haunt-0.3.0/0000755000175000017500000000000014564660362012465 5ustar frankiefrankiehaunt-0.3.0/test-env.in0000644000175000017500000000144614343462711014560 0ustar frankiefrankie#!/bin/sh # Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile # Copyright © 2015 David Thompson # # This file is part of Haunt. # # Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it # under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT # ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY # or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public # License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with Haunt. If not, see . "@abs_top_builddir@/pre-inst-env" "$@" exit $? haunt-0.3.0/Makefile.in0000644000175000017500000016034714543301467014540 0ustar frankiefrankie# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.16.5 from Makefile.am. # @configure_input@ # Copyright (C) 1994-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. @SET_MAKE@ VPATH = @srcdir@ am__is_gnu_make = { \ if test -z '$(MAKELEVEL)'; then \ false; \ elif test -n '$(MAKE_HOST)'; then \ true; \ elif test -n '$(MAKE_VERSION)' && test -n '$(CURDIR)'; then \ true; \ else \ false; \ fi; \ } am__make_running_with_option = \ case $${target_option-} in \ ?) ;; \ *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \ "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ has_opt=no; \ sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \ if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \ sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \ else \ case $$MAKEFLAGS in \ *\\[\ \ ]*) \ bs=\\; \ sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \ | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \ esac; \ fi; \ skip_next=no; \ strip_trailopt () \ { \ flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \ }; \ for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \ test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \ case $$flg in \ *=*|--*) continue;; \ -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \ -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \ -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \ -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \ -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \ -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \ -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \ -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \ esac; \ case $$flg in \ *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \ esac; \ done; \ test $$has_opt = yes am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option)) am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option)) pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) transform = $(program_transform_name) NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : @HAVE_GUILE_READER_TRUE@am__append_1 = \ @HAVE_GUILE_READER_TRUE@ haunt/skribe.scm \ @HAVE_GUILE_READER_TRUE@ haunt/skribe/utils.scm \ @HAVE_GUILE_READER_TRUE@ haunt/reader/skribe.scm @HAVE_GUILE_COMMONMARK_TRUE@am__append_2 = \ @HAVE_GUILE_COMMONMARK_TRUE@ haunt/reader/commonmark.scm @HAVE_INOTIFY_TRUE@am__append_3 = \ @HAVE_INOTIFY_TRUE@ haunt/inotify.scm \ @HAVE_INOTIFY_TRUE@ haunt/watch/linux.scm subdir = . ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure \ $(am__configure_deps) $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi \ $(srcdir)/doc/stamp-vti $(am__DIST_COMMON) am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES = config.status config.cache config.log \ configure.lineno config.status.lineno mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = haunt/config.scm pre-inst-env test-env \ scripts/haunt CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \ $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \ *) f=$$p;; \ esac; am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; am__install_max = 40 am__nobase_strip_setup = \ srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'` am__nobase_strip = \ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||" am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \ sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \ $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \ if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \ { print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \ END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }' am__base_list = \ sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \ sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' am__uninstall_files_from_dir = { \ test -z "$$files" \ || { test ! -d "$$dir" && test ! -f "$$dir" && test ! -r "$$dir"; } \ || { echo " ( cd '$$dir' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \ $(am__cd) "$$dir" && rm -f $$files; }; \ } am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" \ "$(DESTDIR)$(godir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(moddir)" SCRIPTS = $(bin_SCRIPTS) AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@) am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_P_0 = false am__v_P_1 = : AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@) am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@; am__v_GEN_1 = AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@) am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_at_0 = @ am__v_at_1 = DIST_SOURCES = AM_V_DVIPS = $(am__v_DVIPS_@AM_V@) am__v_DVIPS_ = $(am__v_DVIPS_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_DVIPS_0 = @echo " DVIPS " $@; am__v_DVIPS_1 = AM_V_MAKEINFO = $(am__v_MAKEINFO_@AM_V@) am__v_MAKEINFO_ = $(am__v_MAKEINFO_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_MAKEINFO_0 = @echo " MAKEINFO" $@; am__v_MAKEINFO_1 = AM_V_INFOHTML = $(am__v_INFOHTML_@AM_V@) am__v_INFOHTML_ = $(am__v_INFOHTML_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_INFOHTML_0 = @echo " INFOHTML" $@; am__v_INFOHTML_1 = AM_V_TEXI2DVI = $(am__v_TEXI2DVI_@AM_V@) am__v_TEXI2DVI_ = $(am__v_TEXI2DVI_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_TEXI2DVI_0 = @echo " TEXI2DVI" $@; am__v_TEXI2DVI_1 = AM_V_TEXI2PDF = $(am__v_TEXI2PDF_@AM_V@) am__v_TEXI2PDF_ = $(am__v_TEXI2PDF_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_TEXI2PDF_0 = @echo " TEXI2PDF" $@; am__v_TEXI2PDF_1 = AM_V_texinfo = $(am__v_texinfo_@AM_V@) am__v_texinfo_ = $(am__v_texinfo_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_texinfo_0 = -q am__v_texinfo_1 = AM_V_texidevnull = $(am__v_texidevnull_@AM_V@) am__v_texidevnull_ = $(am__v_texidevnull_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_texidevnull_0 = > /dev/null am__v_texidevnull_1 = am__dirstamp = $(am__leading_dot)dirstamp INFO_DEPS = $(srcdir)/doc/haunt.info TEXINFO_TEX = $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/texinfo.tex am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR = $(top_srcdir)/build-aux DVIS = doc/haunt.dvi PDFS = doc/haunt.pdf PSS = doc/haunt.ps HTMLS = doc/haunt.html TEXINFOS = doc/haunt.texi TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi TEXI2PDF = $(TEXI2DVI) --pdf --batch MAKEINFOHTML = $(MAKEINFO) --html DVIPS = dvips RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive cscopelist-recursive \ ctags-recursive dvi-recursive html-recursive info-recursive \ install-data-recursive install-dvi-recursive \ install-exec-recursive install-html-recursive \ install-info-recursive install-pdf-recursive \ install-ps-recursive install-recursive installcheck-recursive \ installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive ps-recursive \ tags-recursive uninstall-recursive am__can_run_installinfo = \ case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \ n|no|NO) false;; \ *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \ esac DATA = $(nobase_go_DATA) $(nobase_mod_DATA) RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS = mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive \ distclean-recursive maintainer-clean-recursive am__recursive_targets = \ $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) \ $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) \ $(am__extra_recursive_targets) AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = $(am__recursive_targets:-recursive=) TAGS CTAGS \ cscope check recheck distdir distdir-am dist dist-all \ distcheck am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) # Read a list of newline-separated strings from the standard input, # and print each of them once, without duplicates. Input order is # *not* preserved. am__uniquify_input = $(AWK) '\ BEGIN { nonempty = 0; } \ { items[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in items) print i; }; } \ ' # Make sure the list of sources is unique. This is necessary because, # e.g., the same source file might be shared among _SOURCES variables # for different programs/libraries. am__define_uniq_tagged_files = \ list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | $(am__uniquify_input)` am__tty_colors_dummy = \ mgn= red= grn= lgn= blu= brg= std=; \ am__color_tests=no am__tty_colors = { \ $(am__tty_colors_dummy); \ if test "X$(AM_COLOR_TESTS)" = Xno; then \ am__color_tests=no; \ elif test "X$(AM_COLOR_TESTS)" = Xalways; then \ am__color_tests=yes; \ elif test "X$$TERM" != Xdumb && { test -t 1; } 2>/dev/null; then \ am__color_tests=yes; \ fi; \ if test $$am__color_tests = yes; then \ red=''; \ grn=''; \ lgn=''; \ blu=''; \ mgn=''; \ brg=''; \ std=''; \ fi; \ } am__recheck_rx = ^[ ]*:recheck:[ ]* am__global_test_result_rx = ^[ ]*:global-test-result:[ ]* am__copy_in_global_log_rx = ^[ ]*:copy-in-global-log:[ ]* # A command that, given a newline-separated list of test names on the # standard input, print the name of the tests that are to be re-run # upon "make recheck". am__list_recheck_tests = $(AWK) '{ \ recheck = 1; \ while ((rc = (getline line < ($$0 ".trs"))) != 0) \ { \ if (rc < 0) \ { \ if ((getline line2 < ($$0 ".log")) < 0) \ recheck = 0; \ break; \ } \ else if (line ~ /$(am__recheck_rx)[nN][Oo]/) \ { \ recheck = 0; \ break; \ } \ else if (line ~ /$(am__recheck_rx)[yY][eE][sS]/) \ { \ break; \ } \ }; \ if (recheck) \ print $$0; \ close ($$0 ".trs"); \ close ($$0 ".log"); \ }' # A command that, given a newline-separated list of test names on the # standard input, create the global log from their .trs and .log files. am__create_global_log = $(AWK) ' \ function fatal(msg) \ { \ print "fatal: making $@: " msg | "cat >&2"; \ exit 1; \ } \ function rst_section(header) \ { \ print header; \ len = length(header); \ for (i = 1; i <= len; i = i + 1) \ printf "="; \ printf "\n\n"; \ } \ { \ copy_in_global_log = 1; \ global_test_result = "RUN"; \ while ((rc = (getline line < ($$0 ".trs"))) != 0) \ { \ if (rc < 0) \ fatal("failed to read from " $$0 ".trs"); \ if (line ~ /$(am__global_test_result_rx)/) \ { \ sub("$(am__global_test_result_rx)", "", line); \ sub("[ ]*$$", "", line); \ global_test_result = line; \ } \ else if (line ~ /$(am__copy_in_global_log_rx)[nN][oO]/) \ copy_in_global_log = 0; \ }; \ if (copy_in_global_log) \ { \ rst_section(global_test_result ": " $$0); \ while ((rc = (getline line < ($$0 ".log"))) != 0) \ { \ if (rc < 0) \ fatal("failed to read from " $$0 ".log"); \ print line; \ }; \ printf "\n"; \ }; \ close ($$0 ".trs"); \ close ($$0 ".log"); \ }' # Restructured Text title. am__rst_title = { sed 's/.*/ & /;h;s/./=/g;p;x;s/ *$$//;p;g' && echo; } # Solaris 10 'make', and several other traditional 'make' implementations, # pass "-e" to $(SHELL), and POSIX 2008 even requires this. Work around it # by disabling -e (using the XSI extension "set +e") if it's set. am__sh_e_setup = case $$- in *e*) set +e;; esac # Default flags passed to test drivers. am__common_driver_flags = \ --color-tests "$$am__color_tests" \ --enable-hard-errors "$$am__enable_hard_errors" \ --expect-failure "$$am__expect_failure" # To be inserted before the command running the test. Creates the # directory for the log if needed. Stores in $dir the directory # containing $f, in $tst the test, in $log the log. Executes the # developer- defined test setup AM_TESTS_ENVIRONMENT (if any), and # passes TESTS_ENVIRONMENT. Set up options for the wrapper that # will run the test scripts (or their associated LOG_COMPILER, if # thy have one). am__check_pre = \ $(am__sh_e_setup); \ $(am__vpath_adj_setup) $(am__vpath_adj) \ $(am__tty_colors); \ srcdir=$(srcdir); export srcdir; \ case "$@" in \ */*) am__odir=`echo "./$@" | sed 's|/[^/]*$$||'`;; \ *) am__odir=.;; \ esac; \ test "x$$am__odir" = x"." || test -d "$$am__odir" \ || $(MKDIR_P) "$$am__odir" || exit $$?; \ if test -f "./$$f"; then dir=./; \ elif test -f "$$f"; then dir=; \ else dir="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ tst=$$dir$$f; log='$@'; \ if test -n '$(DISABLE_HARD_ERRORS)'; then \ am__enable_hard_errors=no; \ else \ am__enable_hard_errors=yes; \ fi; \ case " $(XFAIL_TESTS) " in \ *[\ \ ]$$f[\ \ ]* | *[\ \ ]$$dir$$f[\ \ ]*) \ am__expect_failure=yes;; \ *) \ am__expect_failure=no;; \ esac; \ $(AM_TESTS_ENVIRONMENT) $(TESTS_ENVIRONMENT) # A shell command to get the names of the tests scripts with any registered # extension removed (i.e., equivalently, the names of the test logs, with # the '.log' extension removed). The result is saved in the shell variable # '$bases'. This honors runtime overriding of TESTS and TEST_LOGS. Sadly, # we cannot use something simpler, involving e.g., "$(TEST_LOGS:.log=)", # since that might cause problem with VPATH rewrites for suffix-less tests. # See also 'test-harness-vpath-rewrite.sh' and 'test-trs-basic.sh'. am__set_TESTS_bases = \ bases='$(TEST_LOGS)'; \ bases=`for i in $$bases; do echo $$i; done | sed 's/\.log$$//'`; \ bases=`echo $$bases` AM_TESTSUITE_SUMMARY_HEADER = ' for $(PACKAGE_STRING)' RECHECK_LOGS = $(TEST_LOGS) TEST_SUITE_LOG = test-suite.log am__test_logs1 = $(TESTS:=.log) am__test_logs2 = $(am__test_logs1:@EXEEXT@.log=.log) TEST_LOGS = $(am__test_logs2:.scm.log=.log) SCM_LOG_DRIVER = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/test-driver SCM_LOG_COMPILE = $(SCM_LOG_COMPILER) $(AM_SCM_LOG_FLAGS) \ $(SCM_LOG_FLAGS) am__set_b = \ case '$@' in \ */*) \ case '$*' in \ */*) b='$*';; \ *) b=`echo '$@' | sed 's/\.log$$//'`; \ esac;; \ *) \ b='$*';; \ esac DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS) am__DIST_COMMON = $(doc_haunt_TEXINFOS) $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \ $(srcdir)/pre-inst-env.in $(srcdir)/test-env.in \ $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/compile \ $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/install-sh \ $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/mdate-sh \ $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/missing \ $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/test-driver \ $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/texinfo.tex \ $(top_srcdir)/haunt/config.scm.in \ $(top_srcdir)/scripts/haunt.in COPYING README THANKS \ build-aux/compile build-aux/install-sh build-aux/mdate-sh \ build-aux/missing build-aux/texinfo.tex DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION) top_distdir = $(distdir) am__remove_distdir = \ if test -d "$(distdir)"; then \ find "$(distdir)" -type d ! -perm -200 -exec chmod u+w {} ';' \ && rm -rf "$(distdir)" \ || { sleep 5 && rm -rf "$(distdir)"; }; \ else :; fi am__post_remove_distdir = $(am__remove_distdir) am__relativize = \ dir0=`pwd`; \ sed_first='s,^\([^/]*\)/.*$$,\1,'; \ sed_rest='s,^[^/]*/*,,'; \ sed_last='s,^.*/\([^/]*\)$$,\1,'; \ sed_butlast='s,/*[^/]*$$,,'; \ while test -n "$$dir1"; do \ first=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \ if test "$$first" != "."; then \ if test "$$first" = ".."; then \ dir2=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_last"`/"$$dir2"; \ dir0=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_butlast"`; \ else \ first2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \ if test "$$first2" = "$$first"; then \ dir2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \ else \ dir2="../$$dir2"; \ fi; \ dir0="$$dir0"/"$$first"; \ fi; \ fi; \ dir1=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \ done; \ reldir="$$dir2" DIST_ARCHIVES = $(distdir).tar.gz GZIP_ENV = --best DIST_TARGETS = dist-gzip # Exists only to be overridden by the user if desired. AM_DISTCHECK_DVI_TARGET = dvi distuninstallcheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print am__distuninstallcheck_listfiles = $(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) \ | sed 's|^\./|$(prefix)/|' | grep -v '$(infodir)/dir$$' distcleancheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ AMTAR = @AMTAR@ AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AWK = @AWK@ CC = @CC@ CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CSCOPE = @CSCOPE@ CTAGS = @CTAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ ETAGS = @ETAGS@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ GUILD = @GUILD@ GUILE = @GUILE@ GUILE_CONFIG = @GUILE_CONFIG@ GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION = @GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION@ GUILE_TOOLS = @GUILE_TOOLS@ HUT = @HUT@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBS = @LIBS@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@ PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR = @PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR@ PKG_CONFIG_PATH = @PKG_CONFIG_PATH@ RSYNC = @RSYNC@ SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ SHELL = @SHELL@ STRIP = @STRIP@ TAR = @TAR@ VERSION = @VERSION@ abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ am__include = @am__include@ am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ am__quote = @am__quote@ am__tar = @am__tar@ am__untar = @am__untar@ bindir = @bindir@ build_alias = @build_alias@ builddir = @builddir@ datadir = @datadir@ datarootdir = @datarootdir@ docdir = @docdir@ dvidir = @dvidir@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ guilemoduledir = @guilemoduledir@ guileobjectdir = @guileobjectdir@ host_alias = @host_alias@ htmldir = @htmldir@ includedir = @includedir@ infodir = @infodir@ install_sh = @install_sh@ libdir = @libdir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ localedir = @localedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ mandir = @mandir@ mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ pdfdir = @pdfdir@ prefix = @prefix@ program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ psdir = @psdir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ srcdir = @srcdir@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ target_alias = @target_alias@ top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ top_builddir = @top_builddir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ GOBJECTS = $(SOURCES:%.scm=%.go) nobase_mod_DATA = $(SOURCES) $(NOCOMP_SOURCES) nobase_go_DATA = $(GOBJECTS) # Make sure source files are installed first, so that the mtime of # installed compiled files is greater than that of installed source # files. See # # for details. guile_install_go_files = install-nobase_goDATA EXTRA_DIST = $(SOURCES) $(NOCOMP_SOURCES) pre-inst-env.in README \ guix.scm $(TESTS) GUILE_WARNINGS = -Wunbound-variable -Warity-mismatch -Wformat SUFFIXES = .scm .go moddir = $(prefix)/share/guile/site/$(GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION) godir = $(libdir)/guile/$(GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION)/site-ccache bin_SCRIPTS = \ scripts/haunt SOURCES = haunt/config.scm haunt/utils.scm haunt/post.scm \ haunt/page.scm haunt/asset.scm haunt/artifact.scm \ haunt/reader.scm haunt/publisher.scm haunt/site.scm \ haunt/html.scm haunt/builder/assets.scm haunt/builder/atom.scm \ haunt/builder/blog.scm haunt/builder/rss.scm \ haunt/builder/redirects.scm haunt/builder/flat-pages.scm \ haunt/reader/texinfo.scm haunt/publisher/rsync.scm \ haunt/publisher/sourcehut.scm haunt/watch/fallback.scm \ haunt/ui.scm haunt/ui/build.scm haunt/ui/publish.scm \ haunt/ui/serve.scm haunt/serve/mime-types.scm \ haunt/serve/web-server.scm $(am__append_1) $(am__append_2) \ $(am__append_3) TESTS = \ tests/helper.scm \ tests/post.scm \ tests/utils.scm TEST_EXTENSIONS = .scm SCM_LOG_COMPILER = $(top_builddir)/test-env $(GUILE) AM_SCM_LOG_FLAGS = --no-auto-compile -L "$(top_srcdir)" info_TEXINFOS = doc/haunt.texi doc_haunt_TEXINFOS = doc/fdl-1.3.texi AM_MAKEINFOHTMLFLAGS = \ --css-ref=https://dthompson.us/css/dthompson.css \ --css-include=doc/manual.css SUBDIRS = \ example CLEANFILES = \ $(GOBJECTS) \ $(TESTS:tests/%.scm=%.log) all: all-recursive .SUFFIXES: .SUFFIXES: .scm .go .dvi .log .ps .scm$(EXEEXT) .trs am--refresh: Makefile @: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ echo ' cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign'; \ $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign \ && exit 0; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ done; \ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign Makefile'; \ $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @case '$?' in \ *config.status*) \ echo ' $(SHELL) ./config.status'; \ $(SHELL) ./config.status;; \ *) \ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles)'; \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles);; \ esac; $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) $(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck $(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps) $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF) $(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL) $(ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS) $(am__aclocal_m4_deps): haunt/config.scm: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(top_srcdir)/haunt/config.scm.in cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ pre-inst-env: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(srcdir)/pre-inst-env.in cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ test-env: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(srcdir)/test-env.in cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ scripts/haunt: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(top_srcdir)/scripts/haunt.in cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ install-binSCRIPTS: $(bin_SCRIPTS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) @list='$(bin_SCRIPTS)'; test -n "$(bindir)" || list=; \ if test -n "$$list"; then \ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)'"; \ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" || exit 1; \ fi; \ for p in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ if test -f "$$d$$p"; then echo "$$d$$p"; echo "$$p"; else :; fi; \ done | \ sed -e 'p;s,.*/,,;n' \ -e 'h;s|.*|.|' \ -e 'p;x;s,.*/,,;$(transform)' | sed 'N;N;N;s,\n, ,g' | \ $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = ""; dirs["."] = 1; } \ { d=$$3; if (dirs[d] != 1) { print "d", d; dirs[d] = 1 } \ if ($$2 == $$4) { files[d] = files[d] " " $$1; \ if (++n[d] == $(am__install_max)) { \ print "f", d, files[d]; n[d] = 0; files[d] = "" } } \ else { print "f", d "/" $$4, $$1 } } \ END { for (d in files) print "f", d, files[d] }' | \ while read type dir files; do \ if test "$$dir" = .; then dir=; else dir=/$$dir; fi; \ test -z "$$files" || { \ echo " $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)$$dir'"; \ $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)$$dir" || exit $$?; \ } \ ; done uninstall-binSCRIPTS: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(bin_SCRIPTS)'; test -n "$(bindir)" || exit 0; \ files=`for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | \ sed -e 's,.*/,,;$(transform)'`; \ dir='$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir) doc/$(am__dirstamp): @$(MKDIR_P) doc @: > doc/$(am__dirstamp) $(srcdir)/doc/haunt.info: doc/haunt.texi $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi $(doc_haunt_TEXINFOS) $(AM_V_MAKEINFO)restore=: && backupdir="$(am__leading_dot)am$$$$" && \ am__cwd=`pwd` && $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && \ rm -rf $$backupdir && mkdir $$backupdir && \ if ($(MAKEINFO) --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ for f in $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9] $(@:.info=).i[0-9] $(@:.info=).i[0-9][0-9]; do \ if test -f $$f; then mv $$f $$backupdir; restore=mv; else :; fi; \ done; \ else :; fi && \ cd "$$am__cwd"; \ if $(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I doc -I $(srcdir)/doc \ -o $@ $(srcdir)/doc/haunt.texi; \ then \ rc=0; \ $(am__cd) $(srcdir); \ else \ rc=$$?; \ $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && \ $$restore $$backupdir/* `echo "./$@" | sed 's|[^/]*$$||'`; \ fi; \ rm -rf $$backupdir; exit $$rc doc/haunt.dvi: doc/haunt.texi $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi $(doc_haunt_TEXINFOS) doc/$(am__dirstamp) $(AM_V_TEXI2DVI)TEXINPUTS="$(am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR)$(PATH_SEPARATOR)$$TEXINPUTS" \ MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I doc -I $(srcdir)/doc' \ $(TEXI2DVI) $(AM_V_texinfo) --build-dir=$(@:.dvi=.t2d) -o $@ $(AM_V_texidevnull) \ `test -f 'doc/haunt.texi' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`doc/haunt.texi doc/haunt.pdf: doc/haunt.texi $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi $(doc_haunt_TEXINFOS) doc/$(am__dirstamp) $(AM_V_TEXI2PDF)TEXINPUTS="$(am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR)$(PATH_SEPARATOR)$$TEXINPUTS" \ MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I doc -I $(srcdir)/doc' \ $(TEXI2PDF) $(AM_V_texinfo) --build-dir=$(@:.pdf=.t2p) -o $@ $(AM_V_texidevnull) \ `test -f 'doc/haunt.texi' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`doc/haunt.texi doc/haunt.html: doc/haunt.texi $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi $(doc_haunt_TEXINFOS) doc/$(am__dirstamp) $(AM_V_MAKEINFO)rm -rf $(@:.html=.htp) $(AM_V_at)if $(MAKEINFOHTML) $(AM_MAKEINFOHTMLFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I doc -I $(srcdir)/doc \ -o $(@:.html=.htp) `test -f 'doc/haunt.texi' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`doc/haunt.texi; \ then \ rm -rf $@ && mv $(@:.html=.htp) $@; \ else \ rm -rf $(@:.html=.htp); exit 1; \ fi $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi: $(srcdir)/doc/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/doc/stamp-vti: doc/haunt.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure @test -f doc/$(am__dirstamp) || $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) doc/$(am__dirstamp) @(dir=.; test -f ./doc/haunt.texi || dir=$(srcdir); \ set `$(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/mdate-sh $$dir/doc/haunt.texi`; \ echo "@set UPDATED $$1 $$2 $$3"; \ echo "@set UPDATED-MONTH $$2 $$3"; \ echo "@set EDITION $(VERSION)"; \ echo "@set VERSION $(VERSION)") > vti.tmp$$$$ && \ (cmp -s vti.tmp$$$$ $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi \ || (echo "Updating $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi" && \ cp vti.tmp$$$$ $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi.tmp$$$$ && \ mv $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi.tmp$$$$ $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi)) && \ rm -f vti.tmp$$$$ $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi.$$$$ @cp $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi $@ mostlyclean-vti: -rm -f vti.tmp* $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi.tmp* maintainer-clean-vti: -rm -f $(srcdir)/doc/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi .dvi.ps: $(AM_V_DVIPS)TEXINPUTS="$(am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR)$(PATH_SEPARATOR)$$TEXINPUTS" \ $(DVIPS) $(AM_V_texinfo) -o $@ $< uninstall-dvi-am: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(DVIS)'; test -n "$(dvidir)" || list=; \ for p in $$list; do \ $(am__strip_dir) \ echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)/$$f'"; \ rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)/$$f"; \ done uninstall-html-am: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(HTMLS)'; test -n "$(htmldir)" || list=; \ for p in $$list; do \ $(am__strip_dir) \ echo " rm -rf '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f'"; \ rm -rf "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f"; \ done uninstall-info-am: @$(PRE_UNINSTALL) @if test -d '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)' && $(am__can_run_installinfo); then \ list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \ for file in $$list; do \ relfile=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|^.*/||'`; \ echo " install-info --info-dir='$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)' --remove '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile'"; \ if install-info --info-dir="$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" --remove "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile"; \ then :; else test ! -f "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile" || exit 1; fi; \ done; \ else :; fi @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \ for file in $$list; do \ relfile=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|^.*/||'`; \ relfile_i=`echo "$$relfile" | sed 's|\.info$$||;s|$$|.i|'`; \ (if test -d "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" && cd "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)"; then \ echo " cd '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)' && rm -f $$relfile $$relfile-[0-9] $$relfile-[0-9][0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9][0-9]"; \ rm -f $$relfile $$relfile-[0-9] $$relfile-[0-9][0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9][0-9]; \ else :; fi); \ done uninstall-pdf-am: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(PDFS)'; test -n "$(pdfdir)" || list=; \ for p in $$list; do \ $(am__strip_dir) \ echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)/$$f'"; \ rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)/$$f"; \ done uninstall-ps-am: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(PSS)'; test -n "$(psdir)" || list=; \ for p in $$list; do \ $(am__strip_dir) \ echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)/$$f'"; \ rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)/$$f"; \ done dist-info: $(INFO_DEPS) @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \ list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \ for base in $$list; do \ case $$base in \ $(srcdir)/*) base=`echo "$$base" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \ esac; \ if test -f $$base; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ base_i=`echo "$$base" | sed 's|\.info$$||;s|$$|.i|'`; \ for file in $$d/$$base $$d/$$base-[0-9] $$d/$$base-[0-9][0-9] $$d/$$base_i[0-9] $$d/$$base_i[0-9][0-9]; do \ if test -f $$file; then \ relfile=`expr "$$file" : "$$d/\(.*\)"`; \ test -f "$(distdir)/$$relfile" || \ cp -p $$file "$(distdir)/$$relfile"; \ else :; fi; \ done; \ done mostlyclean-aminfo: -rm -rf doc/haunt.t2d doc/haunt.t2p clean-aminfo: -test -z "doc/haunt.dvi doc/haunt.pdf doc/haunt.ps doc/haunt.html" \ || rm -rf doc/haunt.dvi doc/haunt.pdf doc/haunt.ps doc/haunt.html maintainer-clean-aminfo: @list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; for i in $$list; do \ i_i=`echo "$$i" | sed 's|\.info$$||;s|$$|.i|'`; \ echo " rm -f $$i $$i-[0-9] $$i-[0-9][0-9] $$i_i[0-9] $$i_i[0-9][0-9]"; \ rm -f $$i $$i-[0-9] $$i-[0-9][0-9] $$i_i[0-9] $$i_i[0-9][0-9]; \ done install-nobase_goDATA: $(nobase_go_DATA) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) @list='$(nobase_go_DATA)'; test -n "$(godir)" || list=; \ if test -n "$$list"; then \ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(godir)'"; \ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(godir)" || exit 1; \ fi; \ $(am__nobase_list) | while read dir files; do \ xfiles=; for file in $$files; do \ if test -f "$$file"; then xfiles="$$xfiles $$file"; \ else xfiles="$$xfiles $(srcdir)/$$file"; fi; done; \ test -z "$$xfiles" || { \ test "x$$dir" = x. || { \ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(godir)/$$dir'"; \ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(godir)/$$dir"; }; \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$xfiles '$(DESTDIR)$(godir)/$$dir'"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$xfiles "$(DESTDIR)$(godir)/$$dir" || exit $$?; }; \ done uninstall-nobase_goDATA: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(nobase_go_DATA)'; test -n "$(godir)" || list=; \ $(am__nobase_strip_setup); files=`$(am__nobase_strip)`; \ dir='$(DESTDIR)$(godir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir) install-nobase_modDATA: $(nobase_mod_DATA) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) @list='$(nobase_mod_DATA)'; test -n "$(moddir)" || list=; \ if test -n "$$list"; then \ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(moddir)'"; \ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(moddir)" || exit 1; \ fi; \ $(am__nobase_list) | while read dir files; do \ xfiles=; for file in $$files; do \ if test -f "$$file"; then xfiles="$$xfiles $$file"; \ else xfiles="$$xfiles $(srcdir)/$$file"; fi; done; \ test -z "$$xfiles" || { \ test "x$$dir" = x. || { \ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(moddir)/$$dir'"; \ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(moddir)/$$dir"; }; \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$xfiles '$(DESTDIR)$(moddir)/$$dir'"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$xfiles "$(DESTDIR)$(moddir)/$$dir" || exit $$?; }; \ done uninstall-nobase_modDATA: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(nobase_mod_DATA)'; test -n "$(moddir)" || list=; \ $(am__nobase_strip_setup); files=`$(am__nobase_strip)`; \ dir='$(DESTDIR)$(moddir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir) # This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd # into them and run 'make' without going through this Makefile. # To change the values of 'make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles, # (1) if the variable is set in 'config.status', edit 'config.status' # (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run 'make'); # (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the 'make' command line. $(am__recursive_targets): @fail=; \ if $(am__make_keepgoing); then \ failcom='fail=yes'; \ else \ failcom='exit 1'; \ fi; \ dot_seen=no; \ target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ case "$@" in \ distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \ *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \ esac; \ for subdir in $$list; do \ echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \ dot_seen=yes; \ local_target="$$target-am"; \ else \ local_target="$$target"; \ fi; \ ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ || eval $$failcom; \ done; \ if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \ fi; test -z "$$fail" ID: $(am__tagged_files) $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); mkid -fID $$unique tags: tags-recursive TAGS: tags tags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files) set x; \ here=`pwd`; \ if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ include_option=--etags-include; \ empty_fix=.; \ else \ include_option=--include; \ empty_fix=; \ fi; \ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ test ! -f $$subdir/TAGS || \ set "$$@" "$$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \ fi; \ done; \ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \ shift; \ if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \ test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ if test $$# -gt 0; then \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ "$$@" $$unique; \ else \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique; \ fi; \ fi ctags: ctags-recursive CTAGS: ctags ctags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files) $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \ test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \ || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique GTAGS: here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \ && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here" cscope: cscope.files test ! -s cscope.files \ || $(CSCOPE) -b -q $(AM_CSCOPEFLAGS) $(CSCOPEFLAGS) -i cscope.files $(CSCOPE_ARGS) clean-cscope: -rm -f cscope.files cscope.files: clean-cscope cscopelist cscopelist: cscopelist-recursive cscopelist-am: $(am__tagged_files) list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \ case "$(srcdir)" in \ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) sdir="$(srcdir)" ;; \ *) sdir=$(subdir)/$(srcdir) ;; \ esac; \ for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then \ echo "$(subdir)/$$i"; \ else \ echo "$$sdir/$$i"; \ fi; \ done >> $(top_builddir)/cscope.files distclean-tags: -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags -rm -f cscope.out cscope.in.out cscope.po.out cscope.files # Recover from deleted '.trs' file; this should ensure that # "rm -f foo.log; make foo.trs" re-run 'foo.test', and re-create # both 'foo.log' and 'foo.trs'. Break the recipe in two subshells # to avoid problems with "make -n". .log.trs: rm -f $< $@ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $< # Leading 'am--fnord' is there to ensure the list of targets does not # expand to empty, as could happen e.g. with make check TESTS=''. am--fnord $(TEST_LOGS) $(TEST_LOGS:.log=.trs): $(am__force_recheck) am--force-recheck: @: $(TEST_SUITE_LOG): $(TEST_LOGS) @$(am__set_TESTS_bases); \ am__f_ok () { test -f "$$1" && test -r "$$1"; }; \ redo_bases=`for i in $$bases; do \ am__f_ok $$i.trs && am__f_ok $$i.log || echo $$i; \ done`; \ if test -n "$$redo_bases"; then \ redo_logs=`for i in $$redo_bases; do echo $$i.log; done`; \ redo_results=`for i in $$redo_bases; do echo $$i.trs; done`; \ if $(am__make_dryrun); then :; else \ rm -f $$redo_logs && rm -f $$redo_results || exit 1; \ fi; \ fi; \ if test -n "$$am__remaking_logs"; then \ echo "fatal: making $(TEST_SUITE_LOG): possible infinite" \ "recursion detected" >&2; \ elif test -n "$$redo_logs"; then \ am__remaking_logs=yes $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$redo_logs; \ fi; \ if $(am__make_dryrun); then :; else \ st=0; \ errmsg="fatal: making $(TEST_SUITE_LOG): failed to create"; \ for i in $$redo_bases; do \ test -f $$i.trs && test -r $$i.trs \ || { echo "$$errmsg $$i.trs" >&2; st=1; }; \ test -f $$i.log && test -r $$i.log \ || { echo "$$errmsg $$i.log" >&2; st=1; }; \ done; \ test $$st -eq 0 || exit 1; \ fi @$(am__sh_e_setup); $(am__tty_colors); $(am__set_TESTS_bases); \ ws='[ ]'; \ results=`for b in $$bases; do echo $$b.trs; done`; \ test -n "$$results" || results=/dev/null; \ all=` grep "^$$ws*:test-result:" $$results | wc -l`; \ pass=` grep "^$$ws*:test-result:$$ws*PASS" $$results | wc -l`; \ fail=` grep "^$$ws*:test-result:$$ws*FAIL" $$results | wc -l`; \ skip=` grep "^$$ws*:test-result:$$ws*SKIP" $$results | wc -l`; \ xfail=`grep "^$$ws*:test-result:$$ws*XFAIL" $$results | wc -l`; \ xpass=`grep "^$$ws*:test-result:$$ws*XPASS" $$results | wc -l`; \ error=`grep "^$$ws*:test-result:$$ws*ERROR" $$results | wc -l`; \ if test `expr $$fail + $$xpass + $$error` -eq 0; then \ success=true; \ else \ success=false; \ fi; \ br='==================='; br=$$br$$br$$br$$br; \ result_count () \ { \ if test x"$$1" = x"--maybe-color"; then \ maybe_colorize=yes; \ elif test x"$$1" = x"--no-color"; then \ maybe_colorize=no; \ else \ echo "$@: invalid 'result_count' usage" >&2; exit 4; \ fi; \ shift; \ desc=$$1 count=$$2; \ if test $$maybe_colorize = yes && test $$count -gt 0; then \ color_start=$$3 color_end=$$std; \ else \ color_start= color_end=; \ fi; \ echo "$${color_start}# $$desc $$count$${color_end}"; \ }; \ create_testsuite_report () \ { \ result_count $$1 "TOTAL:" $$all "$$brg"; \ result_count $$1 "PASS: " $$pass "$$grn"; \ result_count $$1 "SKIP: " $$skip "$$blu"; \ result_count $$1 "XFAIL:" $$xfail "$$lgn"; \ result_count $$1 "FAIL: " $$fail "$$red"; \ result_count $$1 "XPASS:" $$xpass "$$red"; \ result_count $$1 "ERROR:" $$error "$$mgn"; \ }; \ { \ echo "$(PACKAGE_STRING): $(subdir)/$(TEST_SUITE_LOG)" | \ $(am__rst_title); \ create_testsuite_report --no-color; \ echo; \ echo ".. contents:: :depth: 2"; \ echo; \ for b in $$bases; do echo $$b; done \ | $(am__create_global_log); \ } >$(TEST_SUITE_LOG).tmp || exit 1; \ mv $(TEST_SUITE_LOG).tmp $(TEST_SUITE_LOG); \ if $$success; then \ col="$$grn"; \ else \ col="$$red"; \ test x"$$VERBOSE" = x || cat $(TEST_SUITE_LOG); \ fi; \ echo "$${col}$$br$${std}"; \ echo "$${col}Testsuite summary"$(AM_TESTSUITE_SUMMARY_HEADER)"$${std}"; \ echo "$${col}$$br$${std}"; \ create_testsuite_report --maybe-color; \ echo "$$col$$br$$std"; \ if $$success; then :; else \ echo "$${col}See $(subdir)/$(TEST_SUITE_LOG)$${std}"; \ if test -n "$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)"; then \ echo "$${col}Please report to $(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)$${std}"; \ fi; \ echo "$$col$$br$$std"; \ fi; \ $$success || exit 1 check-TESTS: @list='$(RECHECK_LOGS)'; test -z "$$list" || rm -f $$list @list='$(RECHECK_LOGS:.log=.trs)'; test -z "$$list" || rm -f $$list @test -z "$(TEST_SUITE_LOG)" || rm -f $(TEST_SUITE_LOG) @set +e; $(am__set_TESTS_bases); \ log_list=`for i in $$bases; do echo $$i.log; done`; \ trs_list=`for i in $$bases; do echo $$i.trs; done`; \ log_list=`echo $$log_list`; trs_list=`echo $$trs_list`; \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $(TEST_SUITE_LOG) TEST_LOGS="$$log_list"; \ exit $$?; recheck: all @test -z "$(TEST_SUITE_LOG)" || rm -f $(TEST_SUITE_LOG) @set +e; $(am__set_TESTS_bases); \ bases=`for i in $$bases; do echo $$i; done \ | $(am__list_recheck_tests)` || exit 1; \ log_list=`for i in $$bases; do echo $$i.log; done`; \ log_list=`echo $$log_list`; \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $(TEST_SUITE_LOG) \ am__force_recheck=am--force-recheck \ TEST_LOGS="$$log_list"; \ exit $$? .scm.log: @p='$<'; \ $(am__set_b); \ $(am__check_pre) $(SCM_LOG_DRIVER) --test-name "$$f" \ --log-file $$b.log --trs-file $$b.trs \ $(am__common_driver_flags) $(AM_SCM_LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) $(SCM_LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) -- $(SCM_LOG_COMPILE) \ "$$tst" $(AM_TESTS_FD_REDIRECT) @am__EXEEXT_TRUE@.scm$(EXEEXT).log: @am__EXEEXT_TRUE@ @p='$<'; \ @am__EXEEXT_TRUE@ $(am__set_b); \ @am__EXEEXT_TRUE@ $(am__check_pre) $(SCM_LOG_DRIVER) --test-name "$$f" \ @am__EXEEXT_TRUE@ --log-file $$b.log --trs-file $$b.trs \ @am__EXEEXT_TRUE@ $(am__common_driver_flags) $(AM_SCM_LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) $(SCM_LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) -- $(SCM_LOG_COMPILE) \ @am__EXEEXT_TRUE@ "$$tst" $(AM_TESTS_FD_REDIRECT) distdir: $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distdir-am distdir-am: $(DISTFILES) $(am__remove_distdir) test -d "$(distdir)" || mkdir "$(distdir)" @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ case $$dist_files in \ */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ sort -u` ;; \ esac; \ for file in $$dist_files; do \ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ else \ test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done @list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ $(am__make_dryrun) \ || test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \ || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \ || exit 1; \ dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(distdir)/$$subdir"; \ $(am__relativize); \ new_distdir=$$reldir; \ dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(top_distdir)"; \ $(am__relativize); \ new_top_distdir=$$reldir; \ echo " (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" distdir="$$new_distdir" \\"; \ echo " am__remove_distdir=: am__skip_length_check=: am__skip_mode_fix=: distdir)"; \ ($(am__cd) $$subdir && \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" \ distdir="$$new_distdir" \ am__remove_distdir=: \ am__skip_length_check=: \ am__skip_mode_fix=: \ distdir) \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" \ dist-info -test -n "$(am__skip_mode_fix)" \ || find "$(distdir)" -type d ! -perm -755 \ -exec chmod u+rwx,go+rx {} \; -o \ ! -type d ! -perm -444 -links 1 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \ ! -type d ! -perm -400 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \ ! -type d ! -perm -444 -exec $(install_sh) -c -m a+r {} {} \; \ || chmod -R a+r "$(distdir)" dist-gzip: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | eval GZIP= gzip $(GZIP_ENV) -c >$(distdir).tar.gz $(am__post_remove_distdir) dist-bzip2: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | BZIP2=$${BZIP2--9} bzip2 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2 $(am__post_remove_distdir) dist-lzip: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | lzip -c $${LZIP_OPT--9} >$(distdir).tar.lz $(am__post_remove_distdir) dist-xz: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | XZ_OPT=$${XZ_OPT--e} xz -c >$(distdir).tar.xz $(am__post_remove_distdir) dist-zstd: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | zstd -c $${ZSTD_CLEVEL-$${ZSTD_OPT--19}} >$(distdir).tar.zst $(am__post_remove_distdir) dist-tarZ: distdir @echo WARNING: "Support for distribution archives compressed with" \ "legacy program 'compress' is deprecated." >&2 @echo WARNING: "It will be removed altogether in Automake 2.0" >&2 tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | compress -c >$(distdir).tar.Z $(am__post_remove_distdir) dist-shar: distdir @echo WARNING: "Support for shar distribution archives is" \ "deprecated." >&2 @echo WARNING: "It will be removed altogether in Automake 2.0" >&2 shar $(distdir) | eval GZIP= gzip $(GZIP_ENV) -c >$(distdir).shar.gz $(am__post_remove_distdir) dist-zip: distdir -rm -f $(distdir).zip zip -rq $(distdir).zip $(distdir) $(am__post_remove_distdir) dist dist-all: $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $(DIST_TARGETS) am__post_remove_distdir='@:' $(am__post_remove_distdir) # This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration. Then # it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another # tarfile. distcheck: dist case '$(DIST_ARCHIVES)' in \ *.tar.gz*) \ eval GZIP= gzip $(GZIP_ENV) -dc $(distdir).tar.gz | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.tar.bz2*) \ bzip2 -dc $(distdir).tar.bz2 | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.tar.lz*) \ lzip -dc $(distdir).tar.lz | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.tar.xz*) \ xz -dc $(distdir).tar.xz | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.tar.Z*) \ uncompress -c $(distdir).tar.Z | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.shar.gz*) \ eval GZIP= gzip $(GZIP_ENV) -dc $(distdir).shar.gz | unshar ;;\ *.zip*) \ unzip $(distdir).zip ;;\ *.tar.zst*) \ zstd -dc $(distdir).tar.zst | $(am__untar) ;;\ esac chmod -R a-w $(distdir) chmod u+w $(distdir) mkdir $(distdir)/_build $(distdir)/_build/sub $(distdir)/_inst chmod a-w $(distdir) test -d $(distdir)/_build || exit 0; \ dc_install_base=`$(am__cd) $(distdir)/_inst && pwd | sed -e 's,^[^:\\/]:[\\/],/,'` \ && dc_destdir="$${TMPDIR-/tmp}/am-dc-$$$$/" \ && am__cwd=`pwd` \ && $(am__cd) $(distdir)/_build/sub \ && ../../configure \ $(AM_DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \ $(DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \ --srcdir=../.. --prefix="$$dc_install_base" \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $(AM_DISTCHECK_DVI_TARGET) \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) installcheck \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) uninstall \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_install_base" \ distuninstallcheck \ && chmod -R a-w "$$dc_install_base" \ && ({ \ (cd ../.. && umask 077 && mkdir "$$dc_destdir") \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" install \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" uninstall \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" \ distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_destdir" distuninstallcheck; \ } || { rm -rf "$$dc_destdir"; exit 1; }) \ && rm -rf "$$dc_destdir" \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dist \ && rm -rf $(DIST_ARCHIVES) \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distcleancheck \ && cd "$$am__cwd" \ || exit 1 $(am__post_remove_distdir) @(echo "$(distdir) archives ready for distribution: "; \ list='$(DIST_ARCHIVES)'; for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done) | \ sed -e 1h -e 1s/./=/g -e 1p -e 1x -e '$$p' -e '$$x' distuninstallcheck: @test -n '$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' || { \ echo 'ERROR: trying to run $@ with an empty' \ '$$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' >&2; \ exit 1; \ }; \ $(am__cd) '$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' || { \ echo 'ERROR: cannot chdir into $(distuninstallcheck_dir)' >&2; \ exit 1; \ }; \ test `$(am__distuninstallcheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -eq 0 \ || { echo "ERROR: files left after uninstall:" ; \ if test -n "$(DESTDIR)"; then \ echo " (check DESTDIR support)"; \ fi ; \ $(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) ; \ exit 1; } >&2 distcleancheck: distclean @if test '$(srcdir)' = . ; then \ echo "ERROR: distcleancheck can only run from a VPATH build" ; \ exit 1 ; \ fi @test `$(distcleancheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -eq 0 \ || { echo "ERROR: files left in build directory after distclean:" ; \ $(distcleancheck_listfiles) ; \ exit 1; } >&2 check-am: all-am $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check-TESTS check: check-recursive all-am: Makefile $(INFO_DEPS) $(SCRIPTS) $(DATA) installdirs: installdirs-recursive installdirs-am: for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(godir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(moddir)"; do \ test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \ done install: install-recursive install-exec: install-exec-recursive install-data: install-data-recursive uninstall: uninstall-recursive install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am installcheck: installcheck-recursive install-strip: if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ install; \ else \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \ fi mostlyclean-generic: -test -z "$(TEST_LOGS)" || rm -f $(TEST_LOGS) -test -z "$(TEST_LOGS:.log=.trs)" || rm -f $(TEST_LOGS:.log=.trs) -test -z "$(TEST_SUITE_LOG)" || rm -f $(TEST_SUITE_LOG) clean-generic: -test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES) distclean-generic: -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) -rm -f doc/$(am__dirstamp) maintainer-clean-generic: @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." clean: clean-recursive clean-am: clean-aminfo clean-generic mostlyclean-am distclean: distclean-recursive -rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES) -rm -f Makefile distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-tags dvi-am: $(DVIS) html: html-recursive html-am: $(HTMLS) info: info-recursive info-am: $(INFO_DEPS) install-data-am: install-info-am install-nobase_goDATA \ install-nobase_modDATA install-dvi: install-dvi-recursive install-dvi-am: $(DVIS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) @list='$(DVIS)'; test -n "$(dvidir)" || list=; \ if test -n "$$list"; then \ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)'"; \ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)" || exit 1; \ fi; \ for p in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ echo "$$d$$p"; \ done | $(am__base_list) | \ while read files; do \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)'"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)" || exit $$?; \ done install-exec-am: install-binSCRIPTS install-html: install-html-recursive install-html-am: $(HTMLS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) @list='$(HTMLS)'; list2=; test -n "$(htmldir)" || list=; \ if test -n "$$list"; then \ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)'"; \ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)" || exit 1; \ fi; \ for p in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$p" || test -d "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ $(am__strip_dir) \ d2=$$d$$p; \ if test -d "$$d2"; then \ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f'"; \ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f" || exit 1; \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$d2'/* '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f'"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$d2"/* "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f" || exit $$?; \ else \ list2="$$list2 $$d2"; \ fi; \ done; \ test -z "$$list2" || { echo "$$list2" | $(am__base_list) | \ while read files; do \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)'"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)" || exit $$?; \ done; } install-info: install-info-recursive install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \ list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; test -n "$(infodir)" || list=; \ if test -n "$$list"; then \ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)'"; \ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" || exit 1; \ fi; \ for file in $$list; do \ case $$file in \ $(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \ esac; \ if test -f $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ file_i=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|\.info$$||;s|$$|.i|'`; \ for ifile in $$d/$$file $$d/$$file-[0-9] $$d/$$file-[0-9][0-9] \ $$d/$$file_i[0-9] $$d/$$file_i[0-9][0-9] ; do \ if test -f $$ifile; then \ echo "$$ifile"; \ else : ; fi; \ done; \ done | $(am__base_list) | \ while read files; do \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)'"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" || exit $$?; done @$(POST_INSTALL) @if $(am__can_run_installinfo); then \ list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; test -n "$(infodir)" || list=; \ for file in $$list; do \ relfile=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|^.*/||'`; \ echo " install-info --info-dir='$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)' '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile'";\ install-info --info-dir="$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile" || :;\ done; \ else : ; fi install-man: install-pdf: install-pdf-recursive install-pdf-am: $(PDFS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) @list='$(PDFS)'; test -n "$(pdfdir)" || list=; \ if test -n "$$list"; then \ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)'"; \ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)" || exit 1; \ fi; \ for p in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ echo "$$d$$p"; \ done | $(am__base_list) | \ while read files; do \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)'"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)" || exit $$?; done install-ps: install-ps-recursive install-ps-am: $(PSS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) @list='$(PSS)'; test -n "$(psdir)" || list=; \ if test -n "$$list"; then \ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)'"; \ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)" || exit 1; \ fi; \ for p in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ echo "$$d$$p"; \ done | $(am__base_list) | \ while read files; do \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)'"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)" || exit $$?; done installcheck-am: maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive -rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES) -rm -rf $(top_srcdir)/autom4te.cache -rm -f Makefile maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-aminfo \ maintainer-clean-generic maintainer-clean-vti mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-vti pdf: pdf-recursive pdf-am: $(PDFS) ps: ps-recursive ps-am: $(PSS) uninstall-am: uninstall-binSCRIPTS uninstall-dvi-am uninstall-html-am \ uninstall-info-am uninstall-nobase_goDATA \ uninstall-nobase_modDATA uninstall-pdf-am uninstall-ps-am .MAKE: $(am__recursive_targets) check-am install-am install-strip .PHONY: $(am__recursive_targets) CTAGS GTAGS TAGS all all-am \ am--refresh check check-TESTS check-am clean clean-aminfo \ clean-cscope clean-generic cscope cscopelist-am ctags ctags-am \ dist dist-all dist-bzip2 dist-gzip dist-info dist-lzip \ dist-shar dist-tarZ dist-xz dist-zip dist-zstd distcheck \ distclean distclean-generic distclean-tags distcleancheck \ distdir distuninstallcheck dvi dvi-am html html-am info \ info-am install install-am install-binSCRIPTS install-data \ install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \ install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \ install-info-am install-man install-nobase_goDATA \ install-nobase_modDATA install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps \ install-ps-am install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \ installdirs installdirs-am maintainer-clean \ maintainer-clean-aminfo maintainer-clean-generic \ maintainer-clean-vti mostlyclean mostlyclean-aminfo \ mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-vti pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \ recheck tags tags-am uninstall uninstall-am \ uninstall-binSCRIPTS uninstall-dvi-am uninstall-html-am \ uninstall-info-am uninstall-nobase_goDATA \ uninstall-nobase_modDATA uninstall-pdf-am uninstall-ps-am .PRECIOUS: Makefile $(guile_install_go_files): install-nobase_modDATA .scm.go: $(AM_V_GEN)$(top_builddir)/pre-inst-env $(GUILE_TOOLS) compile $(GUILE_WARNINGS) -o "$@" "$<" dvi: # Don't build dvi docs publish: distcheck gpg --sign --detach-sign --armor --yes haunt-$(VERSION).tar.gz && \ scp haunt-$(VERSION).tar.gz haunt-$(VERSION).tar.gz.asc \ publish@dthompson.us:/var/www/files/haunt/ # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: haunt-0.3.0/pre-inst-env.in0000644000175000017500000000231514524146715015342 0ustar frankiefrankie#!/bin/sh # Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile # Copyright © 2015 David Thompson # # This file is part of Haunt. # # Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it # under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT # ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY # or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public # License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with Haunt. If not, see . abs_top_srcdir="`cd "@abs_top_srcdir@" > /dev/null; pwd`" abs_top_builddir="`cd "@abs_top_builddir@" > /dev/null; pwd`" GUILE_LOAD_COMPILED_PATH="$abs_top_builddir${GUILE_LOAD_COMPILED_PATH:+:}$GUILE_LOAD_COMPILED_PATH" GUILE_LOAD_PATH="$abs_top_builddir:$abs_top_srcdir${GUILE_LOAD_PATH:+:}:$GUILE_LOAD_PATH" export GUILE_LOAD_COMPILED_PATH GUILE_LOAD_PATH PATH="$abs_top_builddir/scripts:$PATH" export PATH HAUNT_UNINSTALLED=true export HAUNT_UNINSTALLED exec "$@" haunt-0.3.0/build-aux/0000755000175000017500000000000014564660362014357 5ustar frankiefrankiehaunt-0.3.0/build-aux/missing0000555000175000017500000001533514524207443015754 0ustar frankiefrankie#!/bin/sh # Common wrapper for a few potentially missing GNU programs. scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC # Copyright (C) 1996-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Originally written by Fran,cois Pinard , 1996. # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program. If not, see . # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. if test $# -eq 0; then echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information" exit 1 fi case $1 in --is-lightweight) # Used by our autoconf macros to check whether the available missing # script is modern enough. exit 0 ;; --run) # Back-compat with the calling convention used by older automake. shift ;; -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help) echo "\ $0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]... Run 'PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...', returning a proper advice when this fails due to PROGRAM being missing or too old. Options: -h, --help display this help and exit -v, --version output version information and exit Supported PROGRAM values: aclocal autoconf autoheader autom4te automake makeinfo bison yacc flex lex help2man Version suffixes to PROGRAM as well as the prefixes 'gnu-', 'gnu', and 'g' are ignored when checking the name. Send bug reports to ." exit $? ;; -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version) echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)" exit $? ;; -*) echo 1>&2 "$0: unknown '$1' option" echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information" exit 1 ;; esac # Run the given program, remember its exit status. "$@"; st=$? # If it succeeded, we are done. test $st -eq 0 && exit 0 # Also exit now if we it failed (or wasn't found), and '--version' was # passed; such an option is passed most likely to detect whether the # program is present and works. case $2 in --version|--help) exit $st;; esac # Exit code 63 means version mismatch. This often happens when the user # tries to use an ancient version of a tool on a file that requires a # minimum version. if test $st -eq 63; then msg="probably too old" elif test $st -eq 127; then # Program was missing. msg="missing on your system" else # Program was found and executed, but failed. Give up. exit $st fi perl_URL=https://www.perl.org/ flex_URL=https://github.com/westes/flex gnu_software_URL=https://www.gnu.org/software program_details () { case $1 in aclocal|automake) echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Automake package:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/automake>" echo "It also requires GNU Autoconf, GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf>" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>" echo "<$perl_URL>" ;; autoconf|autom4te|autoheader) echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Autoconf package:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf/>" echo "It also requires GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>" echo "<$perl_URL>" ;; esac } give_advice () { # Normalize program name to check for. normalized_program=`echo "$1" | sed ' s/^gnu-//; t s/^gnu//; t s/^g//; t'` printf '%s\n' "'$1' is $msg." configure_deps="'configure.ac' or m4 files included by 'configure.ac'" case $normalized_program in autoconf*) echo "You should only need it if you modified 'configure.ac'," echo "or m4 files included by it." program_details 'autoconf' ;; autoheader*) echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acconfig.h' or" echo "$configure_deps." program_details 'autoheader' ;; automake*) echo "You should only need it if you modified 'Makefile.am' or" echo "$configure_deps." program_details 'automake' ;; aclocal*) echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acinclude.m4' or" echo "$configure_deps." program_details 'aclocal' ;; autom4te*) echo "You might have modified some maintainer files that require" echo "the 'autom4te' program to be rebuilt." program_details 'autom4te' ;; bison*|yacc*) echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.y' file." echo "You may want to install the GNU Bison package:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/bison/>" ;; lex*|flex*) echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.l' file." echo "You may want to install the Fast Lexical Analyzer package:" echo "<$flex_URL>" ;; help2man*) echo "You should only need it if you modified a dependency" \ "of a man page." echo "You may want to install the GNU Help2man package:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/help2man/>" ;; makeinfo*) echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.texi' file, or" echo "any other file indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual." echo "You might want to install the Texinfo package:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/texinfo/>" echo "The spurious makeinfo call might also be the consequence of" echo "using a buggy 'make' (AIX, DU, IRIX), in which case you might" echo "want to install GNU make:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/make/>" ;; *) echo "You might have modified some files without having the proper" echo "tools for further handling them. Check the 'README' file, it" echo "often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing" echo "this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in" echo "case some other package contains this missing '$1' program." ;; esac } give_advice "$1" | sed -e '1s/^/WARNING: /' \ -e '2,$s/^/ /' >&2 # Propagate the correct exit status (expected to be 127 for a program # not found, 63 for a program that failed due to version mismatch). exit $st # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" # time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0" # time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" # End: haunt-0.3.0/build-aux/mdate-sh0000555000175000017500000001373214524207443016004 0ustar frankiefrankie#!/bin/sh # Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it. scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC # Copyright (C) 1995-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # written by Ulrich Drepper , June 1995 # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program. If not, see . # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # This file is maintained in Automake, please report # bugs to or send patches to # . if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then emulate sh NULLCMD=: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST fi case $1 in '') echo "$0: No file. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 exit 1; ;; -h | --h*) cat <<\EOF Usage: mdate-sh [--help] [--version] FILE Pretty-print the modification day of FILE, in the format: 1 January 1970 Report bugs to . EOF exit $? ;; -v | --v*) echo "mdate-sh $scriptversion" exit $? ;; esac error () { echo "$0: $1" >&2 exit 1 } # Prevent date giving response in another language. LANG=C export LANG LC_ALL=C export LC_ALL LC_TIME=C export LC_TIME # Use UTC to get reproducible result. TZ=UTC0 export TZ # GNU ls changes its time format in response to the TIME_STYLE # variable. Since we cannot assume 'unset' works, revert this # variable to its documented default. if test "${TIME_STYLE+set}" = set; then TIME_STYLE=posix-long-iso export TIME_STYLE fi save_arg1=$1 # Find out how to get the extended ls output of a file or directory. if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then ls_command='ls -L -l -d' else ls_command='ls -l -d' fi # Avoid user/group names that might have spaces, when possible. if ls -n /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then ls_command="$ls_command -n" fi # A 'ls -l' line looks as follows on OS/2. # drwxrwx--- 0 Aug 11 2001 foo # This differs from Unix, which adds ownership information. # drwxrwx--- 2 root root 4096 Aug 11 2001 foo # # To find the date, we split the line on spaces and iterate on words # until we find a month. This cannot work with files whose owner is a # user named "Jan", or "Feb", etc. However, it's unlikely that '/' # will be owned by a user whose name is a month. So we first look at # the extended ls output of the root directory to decide how many # words should be skipped to get the date. # On HPUX /bin/sh, "set" interprets "-rw-r--r--" as options, so the "x" below. set x`$ls_command /` # Find which argument is the month. month= command= until test $month do test $# -gt 0 || error "failed parsing '$ls_command /' output" shift # Add another shift to the command. command="$command shift;" case $1 in Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;; Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;; Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;; Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;; May) month=May; nummonth=5;; Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;; Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;; Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;; Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;; Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;; Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;; Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;; esac done test -n "$month" || error "failed parsing '$ls_command /' output" # Get the extended ls output of the file or directory. set dummy x`eval "$ls_command \"\\\$save_arg1\""` # Remove all preceding arguments eval $command # Because of the dummy argument above, month is in $2. # # On a POSIX system, we should have # # $# = 5 # $1 = file size # $2 = month # $3 = day # $4 = year or time # $5 = filename # # On Darwin 7.7.0 and 7.6.0, we have # # $# = 4 # $1 = day # $2 = month # $3 = year or time # $4 = filename # Get the month. case $2 in Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;; Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;; Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;; Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;; May) month=May; nummonth=5;; Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;; Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;; Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;; Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;; Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;; Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;; Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;; esac case $3 in ???*) day=$1;; *) day=$3; shift;; esac # Here we have to deal with the problem that the ls output gives either # the time of day or the year. case $3 in *:*) set `date`; eval year=\$$# case $2 in Jan) nummonthtod=1;; Feb) nummonthtod=2;; Mar) nummonthtod=3;; Apr) nummonthtod=4;; May) nummonthtod=5;; Jun) nummonthtod=6;; Jul) nummonthtod=7;; Aug) nummonthtod=8;; Sep) nummonthtod=9;; Oct) nummonthtod=10;; Nov) nummonthtod=11;; Dec) nummonthtod=12;; esac # For the first six month of the year the time notation can also # be used for files modified in the last year. if (expr $nummonth \> $nummonthtod) > /dev/null; then year=`expr $year - 1` fi;; *) year=$3;; esac # The result. echo $day $month $year # Local Variables: # mode: shell-script # sh-indentation: 2 # eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" # time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0" # time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" # End: haunt-0.3.0/build-aux/compile0000555000175000017500000001634714524207443015737 0ustar frankiefrankie#!/bin/sh # Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'. scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC # Copyright (C) 1999-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Written by Tom Tromey . # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program. If not, see . # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # This file is maintained in Automake, please report # bugs to or send patches to # . nl=' ' # We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is # there to prevent tools from complaining about whitespace usage. IFS=" "" $nl" file_conv= # func_file_conv build_file lazy # Convert a $build file to $host form and store it in $file # Currently only supports Windows hosts. If the determined conversion # type is listed in (the comma separated) LAZY, no conversion will # take place. func_file_conv () { file=$1 case $file in / | /[!/]*) # absolute file, and not a UNC file if test -z "$file_conv"; then # lazily determine how to convert abs files case `uname -s` in MINGW*) file_conv=mingw ;; CYGWIN* | MSYS*) file_conv=cygwin ;; *) file_conv=wine ;; esac fi case $file_conv/,$2, in *,$file_conv,*) ;; mingw/*) file=`cmd //C echo "$file " | sed -e 's/"\(.*\) " *$/\1/'` ;; cygwin/* | msys/*) file=`cygpath -m "$file" || echo "$file"` ;; wine/*) file=`winepath -w "$file" || echo "$file"` ;; esac ;; esac } # func_cl_dashL linkdir # Make cl look for libraries in LINKDIR func_cl_dashL () { func_file_conv "$1" if test -z "$lib_path"; then lib_path=$file else lib_path="$lib_path;$file" fi linker_opts="$linker_opts -LIBPATH:$file" } # func_cl_dashl library # Do a library search-path lookup for cl func_cl_dashl () { lib=$1 found=no save_IFS=$IFS IFS=';' for dir in $lib_path $LIB do IFS=$save_IFS if $shared && test -f "$dir/$lib.dll.lib"; then found=yes lib=$dir/$lib.dll.lib break fi if test -f "$dir/$lib.lib"; then found=yes lib=$dir/$lib.lib break fi if test -f "$dir/lib$lib.a"; then found=yes lib=$dir/lib$lib.a break fi done IFS=$save_IFS if test "$found" != yes; then lib=$lib.lib fi } # func_cl_wrapper cl arg... # Adjust compile command to suit cl func_cl_wrapper () { # Assume a capable shell lib_path= shared=: linker_opts= for arg do if test -n "$eat"; then eat= else case $1 in -o) # configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'. eat=1 case $2 in *.o | *.[oO][bB][jJ]) func_file_conv "$2" set x "$@" -Fo"$file" shift ;; *) func_file_conv "$2" set x "$@" -Fe"$file" shift ;; esac ;; -I) eat=1 func_file_conv "$2" mingw set x "$@" -I"$file" shift ;; -I*) func_file_conv "${1#-I}" mingw set x "$@" -I"$file" shift ;; -l) eat=1 func_cl_dashl "$2" set x "$@" "$lib" shift ;; -l*) func_cl_dashl "${1#-l}" set x "$@" "$lib" shift ;; -L) eat=1 func_cl_dashL "$2" ;; -L*) func_cl_dashL "${1#-L}" ;; -static) shared=false ;; -Wl,*) arg=${1#-Wl,} save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=',' for flag in $arg; do IFS="$save_ifs" linker_opts="$linker_opts $flag" done IFS="$save_ifs" ;; -Xlinker) eat=1 linker_opts="$linker_opts $2" ;; -*) set x "$@" "$1" shift ;; *.cc | *.CC | *.cxx | *.CXX | *.[cC]++) func_file_conv "$1" set x "$@" -Tp"$file" shift ;; *.c | *.cpp | *.CPP | *.lib | *.LIB | *.Lib | *.OBJ | *.obj | *.[oO]) func_file_conv "$1" mingw set x "$@" "$file" shift ;; *) set x "$@" "$1" shift ;; esac fi shift done if test -n "$linker_opts"; then linker_opts="-link$linker_opts" fi exec "$@" $linker_opts exit 1 } eat= case $1 in '') echo "$0: No command. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 exit 1; ;; -h | --h*) cat <<\EOF Usage: compile [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS] Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'. Remove '-o dest.o' from ARGS, run PROGRAM with the remaining arguments, and rename the output as expected. If you are trying to build a whole package this is not the right script to run: please start by reading the file 'INSTALL'. Report bugs to . EOF exit $? ;; -v | --v*) echo "compile $scriptversion" exit $? ;; cl | *[/\\]cl | cl.exe | *[/\\]cl.exe | \ icl | *[/\\]icl | icl.exe | *[/\\]icl.exe ) func_cl_wrapper "$@" # Doesn't return... ;; esac ofile= cfile= for arg do if test -n "$eat"; then eat= else case $1 in -o) # configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'. # So we strip '-o arg' only if arg is an object. eat=1 case $2 in *.o | *.obj) ofile=$2 ;; *) set x "$@" -o "$2" shift ;; esac ;; *.c) cfile=$1 set x "$@" "$1" shift ;; *) set x "$@" "$1" shift ;; esac fi shift done if test -z "$ofile" || test -z "$cfile"; then # If no '-o' option was seen then we might have been invoked from a # pattern rule where we don't need one. That is ok -- this is a # normal compilation that the losing compiler can handle. If no # '.c' file was seen then we are probably linking. That is also # ok. exec "$@" fi # Name of file we expect compiler to create. cofile=`echo "$cfile" | sed 's|^.*[\\/]||; s|^[a-zA-Z]:||; s/\.c$/.o/'` # Create the lock directory. # Note: use '[/\\:.-]' here to ensure that we don't use the same name # that we are using for the .o file. Also, base the name on the expected # object file name, since that is what matters with a parallel build. lockdir=`echo "$cofile" | sed -e 's|[/\\:.-]|_|g'`.d while true; do if mkdir "$lockdir" >/dev/null 2>&1; then break fi sleep 1 done # FIXME: race condition here if user kills between mkdir and trap. trap "rmdir '$lockdir'; exit 1" 1 2 15 # Run the compile. "$@" ret=$? if test -f "$cofile"; then test "$cofile" = "$ofile" || mv "$cofile" "$ofile" elif test -f "${cofile}bj"; then test "${cofile}bj" = "$ofile" || mv "${cofile}bj" "$ofile" fi rmdir "$lockdir" exit $ret # Local Variables: # mode: shell-script # sh-indentation: 2 # eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" # time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0" # time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" # End: haunt-0.3.0/build-aux/texinfo.tex0000444000175000017500000133272614524207443016562 0ustar frankiefrankie% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files. % % Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex. \expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi % \def\texinfoversion{2021-04-25.21} % % Copyright 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. % % This texinfo.tex file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or % modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as % published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the % License, or (at your option) any later version. % % This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be % useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty % of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU % General Public License for more details. % % You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License % along with this program. If not, see . % % As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing % a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without % restriction. This Exception is an additional permission under section 7 % of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3"). % % Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug % reports; you can get the latest version from: % https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/ (the Texinfo release area), or % https://ftpmirror.gnu.org/texinfo/ (same, via a mirror), or % https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page) % The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out % of date, so if that's what you're using, please check. % % Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include a % complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the % problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated. % % To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the % texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple % manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this: % tex foo.texi % texindex foo.?? % tex foo.texi % tex foo.texi % dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps. % The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct. % Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more % than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary. % % It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some % extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the % full Texinfo distribution. % % The GNU Texinfo home page is https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo. \message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:} % If in a .fmt file, print the version number % and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because % they might have appeared in the input file name. \everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}% \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active} % LaTeX's \typeout. This ensures that the messages it is used for % are identical in format to the corresponding ones from latex/pdflatex. \def\typeout{\immediate\write17}% \chardef\other=12 % We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo. % For @tex, we can use \tabalign. \let\+ = \relax % Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine. \let\ptexb=\b \let\ptexbullet=\bullet \let\ptexc=\c \let\ptexcomma=\, \let\ptexdot=\. \let\ptexdots=\dots \let\ptexend=\end \let\ptexequiv=\equiv \let\ptexexclam=\! \let\ptexfootnote=\footnote \let\ptexgtr=> \let\ptexhat=^ \let\ptexi=\i \let\ptexindent=\indent \let\ptexinsert=\insert \let\ptexlbrace=\{ \let\ptexless=< \let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite \let\ptexnoindent=\noindent \let\ptexplus=+ \let\ptexraggedright=\raggedright \let\ptexrbrace=\} \let\ptexslash=\/ \let\ptexsp=\sp \let\ptexstar=\* \let\ptexsup=\sup \let\ptext=\t \let\ptextop=\top {\catcode`\'=\active \global\let\ptexquoteright'}% active in plain's math mode % If this character appears in an error message or help string, it % starts a new line in the output. \newlinechar = `^^J % Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error % messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. % \ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0. \else \def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space} \fi % Set up fixed words for English if not already set. \ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi \ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi \ifx\putworderror\undefined \gdef\putworderror{error}\fi \ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi \ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi \ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi \ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi \ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi \ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi \ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi \ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi \ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi \ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi \ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi \ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi \ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi \ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi \ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi \ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi \ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi % \ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi \ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi \ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi \ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi \ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi \ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi \ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi \ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi \ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi \ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi \ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi \ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi % \ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi \ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi \ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi \ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi \ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi % Give the space character the catcode for a space. \def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =10\relax} % Likewise for ^^M, the end of line character. \def\endlineisspace{\catcode13=10\relax} \chardef\dashChar = `\- \chardef\slashChar = `\/ \chardef\underChar = `\_ % Ignore a token. % \def\gobble#1{} % The following is used inside several \edef's. \def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname} % Hyphenation fixes. \hyphenation{ Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces spell-ing spell-ings stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space wide-spread wrap-around } % Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file % and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here, % since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make % some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log % file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX. % \def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}% \def\loggingall{% \tracingstats2 \tracingpages1 \tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex \tracingparagraphs1 \tracingoutput1 \tracingmacros2 \tracingrestores1 \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined\else % etex gives us more logging \tracingscantokens1 \tracingifs1 \tracinggroups1 \tracingnesting2 \tracingassigns1 \fi \tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex \errorcontextlines16 }% % @errormsg{MSG}. Do the index-like expansions on MSG, but if things % aren't perfect, it's not the end of the world, being an error message, % after all. % \def\errormsg{\begingroup \indexnofonts \doerrormsg} \def\doerrormsg#1{\errmessage{#1}} % add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing % we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space. % \def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi} \def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi} \def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi} % Output routine % % For a final copy, take out the rectangles % that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided % that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin). % \def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt } \newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines \newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in % Output a mark which sets \thischapter, \thissection and \thiscolor. % We dump everything together because we only have one kind of mark. % This works because we only use \botmark / \topmark, not \firstmark. % % A mark contains a subexpression of the \ifcase ... \fi construct. % \get*marks macros below extract the needed part using \ifcase. % % Another complication is to let the user choose whether \thischapter % (\thissection) refers to the chapter (section) in effect at the top % of a page, or that at the bottom of a page. % \domark is called twice inside \chapmacro, to add one % mark before the section break, and one after. % In the second call \prevchapterdefs is the same as \currentchapterdefs, % and \prevsectiondefs is the same as \currentsectiondefs. % Then if the page is not broken at the mark, some of the previous % section appears on the page, and we can get the name of this section % from \firstmark for @everyheadingmarks top. % @everyheadingmarks bottom uses \botmark. % % See page 260 of The TeXbook. \def\domark{% \toks0=\expandafter{\currentchapterdefs}% \toks2=\expandafter{\currentsectiondefs}% \toks4=\expandafter{\prevchapterdefs}% \toks6=\expandafter{\prevsectiondefs}% \toks8=\expandafter{\currentcolordefs}% \mark{% \the\toks0 \the\toks2 % 0: marks for @everyheadingmarks top \noexpand\or \the\toks4 \the\toks6 % 1: for @everyheadingmarks bottom \noexpand\else \the\toks8 % 2: color marks }% } % \gettopheadingmarks, \getbottomheadingmarks, % \getcolormarks - extract needed part of mark. % % \topmark doesn't work for the very first chapter (after the title % page or the contents), so we use \firstmark there -- this gets us % the mark with the chapter defs, unless the user sneaks in, e.g., % @setcolor (or @url, or @link, etc.) between @contents and the very % first @chapter. \def\gettopheadingmarks{% \ifcase0\the\savedtopmark\fi \ifx\thischapter\empty \ifcase0\firstmark\fi \fi } \def\getbottomheadingmarks{\ifcase1\botmark\fi} \def\getcolormarks{\ifcase2\the\savedtopmark\fi} % Avoid "undefined control sequence" errors. \def\currentchapterdefs{} \def\currentsectiondefs{} \def\currentsection{} \def\prevchapterdefs{} \def\prevsectiondefs{} \def\currentcolordefs{} % Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages. \newdimen\bindingoffset \newdimen\normaloffset \newdimen\txipagewidth \newdimen\txipageheight % Main output routine. % \chardef\PAGE = 255 \newtoks\defaultoutput \defaultoutput = {\savetopmark\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}} \output=\expandafter{\the\defaultoutput} \newbox\headlinebox \newbox\footlinebox % When outputting the double column layout for indices, an output routine % is run several times, which hides the original value of \topmark. This % can lead to a page heading being output and duplicating the chapter heading % of the index. Hence, save the contents of \topmark at the beginning of % the output routine. The saved contents are valid until we actually % \shipout a page. % % (We used to run a short output routine to actually set \topmark and % \firstmark to the right values, but if this was called with an empty page % containing whatsits for writing index entries, the whatsits would be thrown % away and the index auxiliary file would remain empty.) % \newtoks\savedtopmark \newif\iftopmarksaved \topmarksavedtrue \def\savetopmark{% \iftopmarksaved\else \global\savedtopmark=\expandafter{\topmark}% \global\topmarksavedtrue \fi } % \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. % \shipout a vbox for a single page, adding an optional header, footer % and footnote. This also causes index entries for this page to be written % to the auxiliary files. % \def\onepageout#1{% \hoffset=\normaloffset % \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi % \checkchapterpage % % Retrieve the information for the headings from the marks in the page, % and call Plain TeX's \makeheadline and \makefootline, which use the % values in \headline and \footline. % % Common context changes for both heading and footing. % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code). \def\commonheadfootline{\let\hsize=\txipagewidth \texinfochars} % \ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi \global\setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\commonheadfootline \makeheadline}% \ifodd\pageno \getoddfootingmarks \else \getevenfootingmarks \fi \global\setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\commonheadfootline \makefootline}% % {% % Set context for writing to auxiliary files like index files. % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends % before the \shipout runs. % \atdummies % don't expand commands in the output. \turnoffactive \shipout\vbox{% % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page. \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi % \unvbox\headlinebox \pagebody{#1}% \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty. % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingyyy.) % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect. \vskip 24pt \unvbox\footlinebox \fi % }% }% \global\topmarksavedfalse \advancepageno \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi } \newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen % Main part of page, including any footnotes \def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\txipageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}} {\catcode`\@ =11 \gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi % marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala) \ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi \dimen@=\dp#1\relax \unvbox#1\relax \ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi \ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi} } % Check if we are on the first page of a chapter. Used for printing headings. \newif\ifchapterpage \def\checkchapterpage{% % Get the chapter that was current at the end of the last page \ifcase1\the\savedtopmark\fi \let\prevchaptername\thischaptername % \ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi \let\curchaptername\thischaptername % \ifx\curchaptername\prevchaptername \chapterpagefalse \else \chapterpagetrue \fi } % Argument parsing % Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of % the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a % macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument. % For example, \def\foo{\parsearg\fooxxx}. % \def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}} \def\parseargusing#1#2{% \def\argtorun{#2}% \begingroup \obeylines \spaceisspace #1% \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below. } {\obeylines % \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{% \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg. \argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm% }% } % First remove any @comment, then any @c comment. Pass the result on to % \argcheckspaces. \def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm} \def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm} % Each occurrence of `\^^M' or `\^^M' is replaced by a single space. % % \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g., % @end itemize @c foo % This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed % by \finishparsearg. % \def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M} \def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M} \def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{% \def\temp{#3}% \ifx\temp\empty % Do not use \next, perhaps the caller of \parsearg uses it; reuse \temp: \let\temp\finishparsearg \else \let\temp\argcheckspaces \fi % Put the space token in: \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm } % If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so % to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation. % We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now, % just before passing the control to \argtorun. % (Similarly, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is % either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger % that a pair of braces would be stripped. % % But first, we have to remove the trailing space token. % \def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\argtorun\expandafter{#1}} % \parseargdef - define a command taking an argument on the line % % \parseargdef\foo{...} % is roughly equivalent to % \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo} % \def\Xfoo#1{...} \def\parseargdef#1{% \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1% } \def\doparseargdef#1#2{% \def#2{\parsearg#1}% \def#1##1% } % Several utility definitions with active space: { \obeyspaces \gdef\obeyedspace{ } % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword % space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input % should produce a line of output anyway. % \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie} % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ). \gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space} } \def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next} % Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex. It's used like this: % % \envdef\foo{...} % \def\Efoo{...} % % It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the % actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo. \envdef also % defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks % whether the environment name matches. The \checkenv macro can also be % used to check whether the current environment is the one expected. % % Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they % are not treated as environments; they don't open a group. (The % implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this % special case.) % At run-time, environments start with this: \def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}} % initialize \let\thisenv\empty % ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'': \long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} \def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} % Check whether we're in the right environment: \def\checkenv#1{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\thisenv\temp \else \badenverr \fi } % Environment mismatch, #1 expected: \def\badenverr{% \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp, not \inenvironment\thisenv}% } \def\inenvironment#1{% \ifx#1\empty outside of any environment% \else in environment \expandafter\string#1% \fi } % @end foo calls \checkenv and executes the definition of \Efoo. \parseargdef\end{% \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname \else % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal. \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname \csname E#1\endcsname \endgroup \fi } \newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.} % Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space % equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space % at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and % since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the % penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph. {\catcode`@ = 11 % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble % if the definition is written into an index file. \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ } } % @: forces normal size whitespace following. \def\:{\spacefactor=1000 } % @* forces a line break. \def\*{\unskip\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces} % @/ allows a line break. \let\/=\allowbreak % @. is an end-of-sentence period. \def\.{.\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} % @! is an end-of-sentence bang. \def\!{!\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} % @? is an end-of-sentence query. \def\?{?\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} % @frenchspacing on|off says whether to put extra space after punctuation. % \def\onword{on} \def\offword{off} % \parseargdef\frenchspacing{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\onword \plainfrenchspacing \else\ifx\temp\offword \plainnonfrenchspacing \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on|off}% \fi\fi } % @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the % beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would % produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph. \def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}} % @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing % it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box % to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for % \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is % max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large, % therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and % the text is small, which looks bad. % % Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can % cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it % does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an % explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The % threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit % percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex). % \newbox\groupbox \def\vfilllimit{0.7} % \envdef\group{% \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}% \fi \startsavinginserts % \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text. \comment } % % The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts % \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done) % \lineskip glue after it. Thus, space below is not quite equal to space % above. But it's pretty close. \def\Egroup{% % To get correct interline space between the last line of the group % and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth. \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar. \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth \egroup % End the \vtop. \addgroupbox \prevdepth = \dimen1 \checkinserts } \def\addgroupbox{ % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box. \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less). \dimen2 = \txipageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big % group, force a page break. \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2 \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\txipageheight \page \fi \fi \box\groupbox } % % TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help % message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'. % \newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{% group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J% where each line of input produces a line of output.} % @need space-in-mils % forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining. \newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in \parseargdef\need{% % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a % paragraph. \par % % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless. \dimen0 = #1\mil \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2 % % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line. % And a page break here is fine. \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}% % % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999. % % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real % document, then we can reconsider our strategy. \penalty9999 % % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not. \kern -#1\mil % % Do not allow a page break right after this kern. \nobreak \fi } % @br forces paragraph break (and is undocumented). \let\br = \par % @page forces the start of a new page. % \def\page{\par\vfill\supereject} % @exdent text.... % outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin % This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment. % That's how much \exdent should take out. \newskip\exdentamount % This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun. \parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break} % This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example. \parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}} % @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current % paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion % class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. Not documented, written for gawk manual. % \newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm \def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox} % \def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{% \nobreak \kern-\strutdepth \vtop to \strutdepth{% \baselineskip=\strutdepth \vss % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size. \ifx#1l% \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}% \else \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}% \fi \null }% }} \def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l} \def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r} % % @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]} % (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right; % else use TEXT for both). % \def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish} \def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing. \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts \def\righttext{#2}% \else \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text \def\righttext{#1}% \fi % \ifodd\pageno \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin \else \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}% \fi \temp } % @include FILE -- \input text of FILE. % \def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz} \def\includezzz#1{% \pushthisfilestack \def\thisfile{#1}% {% \makevalueexpandable % we want to expand any @value in FILE. \turnoffactive % and allow special characters in the expansion \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names. \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @include of #1^^J}% \edef\temp{\noexpand\input #1 }% % % This trickery is to read FILE outside of a group, in case it makes % definitions, etc. \expandafter }\temp \popthisfilestack } \def\filenamecatcodes{% \catcode`\\=\other \catcode`~=\other \catcode`^=\other \catcode`_=\other \catcode`|=\other \catcode`<=\other \catcode`>=\other \catcode`+=\other \catcode`-=\other \catcode`\`=\other \catcode`\'=\other } \def\pushthisfilestack{% \expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm } \def\pushthisfilestackX{% \expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm } \def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {% \gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}% } \def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty} \def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error: the stack of filenames is empty.}} % \def\thisfile{} % @center line % outputs that line, centered. % \parseargdef\center{% \ifhmode \let\centersub\centerH \else \let\centersub\centerV \fi \centersub{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}% \let\centersub\relax % don't let the definition persist, just in case } \def\centerH#1{{% \hfil\break \advance\hsize by -\leftskip \advance\hsize by -\rightskip \line{#1}% \break }} % \newcount\centerpenalty \def\centerV#1{% % The idea here is the same as in \startdefun, \cartouche, etc.: if % @center is the first thing after a section heading, we need to wipe % out the negative parskip inserted by \sectionheading, but still % prevent a page break here. \centerpenalty = \lastpenalty \ifnum\centerpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \fi \ifnum\centerpenalty>9999 \penalty\centerpenalty \fi \line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}% } % @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space % \parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip} % @comment ...line which is ignored... % @c is the same as @comment % @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment \def\c{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active% \catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other% \cxxx} {\catcode`\^^M=\active \gdef\cxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}} % \let\comment\c % @paragraphindent NCHARS % We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough. % NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'. % We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though. % \def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords \def\noneword{none} % \parseargdef\paragraphindent{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\asisword \else \ifx\temp\noneword \defaultparindent = 0pt \else \defaultparindent = #1em \fi \fi \parindent = \defaultparindent } % @exampleindent NCHARS % We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent. % It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but % I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent. \parseargdef\exampleindent{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\asisword \else \ifx\temp\noneword \lispnarrowing = 0pt \else \lispnarrowing = #1em \fi \fi } % @firstparagraphindent WORD % If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph % after a section heading. If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such % paragraphs. % % The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling % \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do. % We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD. % By default, we suppress indentation. % \def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent} \def\insertword{insert} % \parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\noneword \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent \else\ifx\temp\insertword \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}% \fi\fi } % Here is how we actually suppress indentation. Redefine \everypar to % \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty. % % We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next % paragraph. % \gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{% \gdef\indent {\restorefirstparagraphindent \indent}% \gdef\noindent{\restorefirstparagraphindent \noindent}% \global\everypar = {\kern -\parindent \restorefirstparagraphindent}% } % \gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{% \global\let\indent = \ptexindent \global\let\noindent = \ptexnoindent \global\everypar = {}% } % leave vertical mode without cancelling any first paragraph indent \gdef\imageindent{% \toks0=\everypar \everypar={}% \ptexnoindent \global\everypar=\toks0 } % @refill is a no-op. \let\refill=\relax % @setfilename INFO-FILENAME - ignored \let\setfilename=\comment % @bye. \outer\def\bye{\chappager\pagelabels\tracingstats=1\ptexend} \message{pdf,} % adobe `portable' document format \newcount\tempnum \newcount\lnkcount \newtoks\filename \newcount\filenamelength \newcount\pgn \newtoks\toksA \newtoks\toksB \newtoks\toksC \newtoks\toksD \newbox\boxA \newbox\boxB \newcount\countA \newif\ifpdf \newif\ifpdfmakepagedest % % For LuaTeX % \newif\iftxiuseunicodedestname \txiuseunicodedestnamefalse % For pdfTeX etc. \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined \else % Use Unicode destination names \txiuseunicodedestnametrue % Escape PDF strings with converting UTF-16 from UTF-8 \begingroup \catcode`\%=12 \directlua{ function UTF16oct(str) tex.sprint(string.char(0x5c) .. '376' .. string.char(0x5c) .. '377') for c in string.utfvalues(str) do if c < 0x10000 then tex.sprint( string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' .. string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o', math.floor(c / 256), math.floor(c % 256))) else c = c - 0x10000 local c_hi = c / 1024 + 0xd800 local c_lo = c % 1024 + 0xdc00 tex.sprint( string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' .. string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' .. string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' .. string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o', math.floor(c_hi / 256), math.floor(c_hi % 256), math.floor(c_lo / 256), math.floor(c_lo % 256))) end end end } \endgroup \def\pdfescapestrutfsixteen#1{\directlua{UTF16oct('\luaescapestring{#1}')}} % Escape PDF strings without converting \begingroup \directlua{ function PDFescstr(str) for c in string.bytes(str) do if c <= 0x20 or c >= 0x80 or c == 0x28 or c == 0x29 or c == 0x5c then tex.sprint(-2, string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o', c)) else tex.sprint(-2, string.char(c)) end end end } % The -2 in the arguments here gives all the input to TeX catcode 12 % (other) or 10 (space), preventing undefined control sequence errors. See % https://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-texinfo/2019-08/msg00031.html % \endgroup \def\pdfescapestring#1{\directlua{PDFescstr('\luaescapestring{#1}')}} \ifnum\luatexversion>84 % For LuaTeX >= 0.85 \def\pdfdest{\pdfextension dest} \let\pdfoutput\outputmode \def\pdfliteral{\pdfextension literal} \def\pdfcatalog{\pdfextension catalog} \def\pdftexversion{\numexpr\pdffeedback version\relax} \let\pdfximage\saveimageresource \let\pdfrefximage\useimageresource \let\pdflastximage\lastsavedimageresourceindex \def\pdfendlink{\pdfextension endlink\relax} \def\pdfoutline{\pdfextension outline} \def\pdfstartlink{\pdfextension startlink} \def\pdffontattr{\pdfextension fontattr} \def\pdfobj{\pdfextension obj} \def\pdflastobj{\numexpr\pdffeedback lastobj\relax} \let\pdfpagewidth\pagewidth \let\pdfpageheight\pageheight \edef\pdfhorigin{\pdfvariable horigin} \edef\pdfvorigin{\pdfvariable vorigin} \fi \fi % when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1 % can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as being undefined. \ifx\pdfoutput\thisisundefined \else \ifx\pdfoutput\relax \else \ifcase\pdfoutput \else \pdftrue \fi \fi \fi \newif\ifpdforxetex \pdforxetexfalse \ifpdf \pdforxetextrue \fi \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined\else \pdforxetextrue \fi % Output page labels information. % See PDF reference v.1.7 p.594, section 8.3.1. \ifpdf \def\pagelabels{% \def\title{0 << /P (T-) /S /D >>}% \edef\roman{\the\romancount << /S /r >>}% \edef\arabic{\the\arabiccount << /S /D >>}% % % Page label ranges must be increasing. Remove any duplicates. % (There is a slight chance of this being wrong if e.g. there is % a @contents but no @titlepage, etc.) % \ifnum\romancount=0 \def\roman{}\fi \ifnum\arabiccount=0 \def\title{}% \else \ifnum\romancount=\arabiccount \def\roman{}\fi \fi % \ifnum\romancount<\arabiccount \pdfcatalog{/PageLabels << /Nums [\title \roman \arabic ] >> }\relax \else \pdfcatalog{/PageLabels << /Nums [\title \arabic \roman ] >> }\relax \fi } \else \let\pagelabels\relax \fi \newcount\pagecount \pagecount=0 \newcount\romancount \romancount=0 \newcount\arabiccount \arabiccount=0 \ifpdf \let\ptxadvancepageno\advancepageno \def\advancepageno{% \ptxadvancepageno\global\advance\pagecount by 1 } \fi % PDF uses PostScript string constants for the names of xref targets, % for display in the outlines, and in other places. Thus, we have to % double any backslashes. Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be % interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e. Not good. % % See http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html and % related messages. The final outcome is that it is up to the TeX user % to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so % that's what we do. pdftex 1.30.0 (ca.2005) introduced a primitive to % do this reliably, so we use it. % #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements, % which we \xdef. \def\txiescapepdf#1{% \ifx\pdfescapestring\thisisundefined % No primitive available; should we give a warning or log? % Many times it won't matter. \xdef#1{#1}% \else % The expandable \pdfescapestring primitive escapes parentheses, % backslashes, and other special chars. \xdef#1{\pdfescapestring{#1}}% \fi } \def\txiescapepdfutfsixteen#1{% \ifx\pdfescapestrutfsixteen\thisisundefined % No UTF-16 converting macro available. \txiescapepdf{#1}% \else \xdef#1{\pdfescapestrutfsixteen{#1}}% \fi } \newhelp\nopdfimagehelp{Texinfo supports .png, .jpg, .jpeg, and .pdf images with PDF output, and none of those formats could be found. (.eps cannot be supported due to the design of the PDF format; use regular TeX (DVI output) for that.)} \ifpdf % % Color manipulation macros using ideas from pdfcolor.tex, % except using rgb instead of cmyk; the latter is said to render as a % very dark gray on-screen and a very dark halftone in print, instead % of actual black. The dark red here is dark enough to print on paper as % nearly black, but still distinguishable for online viewing. We use % black by default, though. \def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12} \def\rgbBlack{0 0 0} % % rg sets the color for filling (usual text, etc.); % RG sets the color for stroking (thin rules, e.g., normal _'s). \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\pdfliteral{#1 rg #1 RG}} % % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly, % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore. \def\setcolor#1{% \xdef\currentcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}% \domark \pdfsetcolor{#1}% } % \def\maincolor{\rgbBlack} \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor} \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor} \def\currentcolordefs{} % \def\makefootline{% \baselineskip24pt \line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}% } % \def\makeheadline{% \vbox to 0pt{% \vskip-22.5pt \line{% \vbox to8.5pt{}% % Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks. \getcolormarks % Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color. \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}% }% \vss }% \nointerlineskip } % % \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines} % % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto). \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{% \def\pdfimagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% \def\pdfimageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% % % pdftex (and the PDF format) support .pdf, .png, .jpg (among % others). Let's try in that order, PDF first since if % someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a % bitmap. \let\pdfimgext=\empty \begingroup \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1 \errhelp = \nopdfimagehelp \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for pdf}% \else \gdef\pdfimgext{JPG}% \fi \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpeg}% \fi \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpg}% \fi \else \gdef\pdfimgext{png}% \fi \else \gdef\pdfimgext{PDF}% \fi \else \gdef\pdfimgext{pdf}% \fi \closein 1 \endgroup % % without \immediate, ancient pdftex seg faults when the same image is % included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.) \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \immediate\pdfimage \else \immediate\pdfximage \fi \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \pdfimagewidth \fi \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \pdfimageheight \fi \ifnum\pdftexversion<13 #1.\pdfimgext \else {#1.\pdfimgext}% \fi \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage \fi} % \def\setpdfdestname#1{{% % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title. \indexnofonts \makevalueexpandable \turnoffactive \iftxiuseunicodedestname \ifx \declaredencoding \latone % Pass through Latin-1 characters. % LuaTeX with byte wise I/O converts Latin-1 characters to Unicode. \else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight % Pass through Unicode characters. \else % Use ASCII approximations in destination names. \passthroughcharsfalse \fi \fi \else % Use ASCII approximations in destination names. \passthroughcharsfalse \fi \def\pdfdestname{#1}% \txiescapepdf\pdfdestname }} % \def\setpdfoutlinetext#1{{% \indexnofonts \makevalueexpandable \turnoffactive \ifx \declaredencoding \latone % The PDF format can use an extended form of Latin-1 in bookmark % strings. See Appendix D of the PDF Reference, Sixth Edition, for % the "PDFDocEncoding". \passthroughcharstrue % Pass through Latin-1 characters. % LuaTeX: Convert to Unicode % pdfTeX: Use Latin-1 as PDFDocEncoding \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% \else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined % For pdfTeX with UTF-8. % TODO: the PDF format can use UTF-16 in bookmark strings, % but the code for this isn't done yet. % Use ASCII approximations. \passthroughcharsfalse \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% \else % For LuaTeX with UTF-8. % Pass through Unicode characters for title texts. \passthroughcharstrue \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% \fi \else % For non-Latin-1 or non-UTF-8 encodings. % Use ASCII approximations. \passthroughcharsfalse \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% \fi \fi % LuaTeX: Convert to UTF-16 % pdfTeX: Use Latin-1 as PDFDocEncoding \txiescapepdfutfsixteen\pdfoutlinetext }} % \def\pdfmkdest#1{% \setpdfdestname{#1}% \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}% } % % used to mark target names; must be expandable. \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1} % % by default, use black for everything. \def\urlcolor{\rgbBlack} \def\linkcolor{\rgbBlack} \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink} % % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines % come from Petr Olsak \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0% \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi} \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax \advance\tempnum by 1 \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}} % % #1 is the section text, which is what will be displayed in the % outline by the pdf viewer. #2 is the pdf expression for the number % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections). #3 is the node text, % which might be empty if this toc entry had no corresponding node. % #4 is the page number % \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{% % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the % page number. We could generate a destination for the section % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't % seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured. \setpdfoutlinetext{#1} \setpdfdestname{#3} \ifx\pdfdestname\empty \def\pdfdestname{#4}% \fi % \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfdestname}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}% } % \def\pdfmakeoutlines{% \begingroup % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline. \def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% \def\thischapnum{##2}% \def\thissecnum{0}% \def\thissubsecnum{0}% }% \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% \advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}% \def\thissecnum{##2}% \def\thissubsecnum{0}% }% \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% \advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}% \def\thissubsecnum{##2}% }% \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% \advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}% }% \def\thischapnum{0}% \def\thissecnum{0}% \def\thissubsecnum{0}% % % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et % al. a second time, below. \def\appentry{\numchapentry}% \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}% \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}% \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}% \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}% \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}% \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}% \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}% \readdatafile{toc}% % % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines. % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above. % % We use the node names as the destinations. % % Currently we prefix the section name with the section number % for chapter and appendix headings only in order to avoid too much % horizontal space being required in the PDF viewer. \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% \dopdfoutline{##2 ##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}% \def\unnchapentry##1##2##3##4{% \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}% \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}% \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}% \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}% % % PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of % document fonts. Therefore we cannot use special characters, % since the encoding is unknown. For example, the eogonek from % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character. Info from % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100. % % TODO this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Too % much work for too little return. Just use the ASCII equivalents % we use for the index sort strings. % \indexnofonts \setupdatafile % We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike % Texinfo index files. So set that up. \def\{{\lbracecharliteral}% \def\}{\rbracecharliteral}% \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash \input \tocreadfilename \endgroup } {\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2 \catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other \gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]% \gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]% ] % \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}% \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces \addtokens{\filename}{\PP}% \advance\filenamelength by 1 \fi \nextsp} \def\getfilename#1{% \filenamelength=0 % If we don't expand the argument now, \skipspaces will get % snagged on things like "@value{foo}". \edef\temp{#1}% \expandafter\skipspaces\temp|\relax } \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \let \startlink \pdfannotlink \else \let \startlink \pdfstartlink \fi % make a live url in pdf output. \def\pdfurl#1{% \begingroup % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context % of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one % people have actually reported a problem with. % \normalturnoffactive \def\@{@}% \let\/=\empty \makevalueexpandable % do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just % special-casing \var here? \def\var##1{##1}% % \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}% \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}% \endgroup} % \pdfgettoks - Surround page numbers in #1 with @pdflink. #1 may % be a simple number, or a list of numbers in the case of an index % entry. \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}} \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks} \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}} \def\maketoks{% \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax \ifx\first0\adn0 \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3 \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6 \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9 \else \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else \let\next=\maketoks \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD} \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi \fi \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \next} \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}% {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0} \def\pdflink#1{% \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}} \setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink} \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st} \else % non-pdf mode \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble \let\pdfurl = \gobble \let\endlink = \relax \let\setcolor = \gobble \let\pdfsetcolor = \gobble \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax \fi % \ifx\pdfoutput % % For XeTeX % \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined \else % % XeTeX version check % \ifnum\strcmp{\the\XeTeXversion\XeTeXrevision}{0.99996}>-1 % TeX Live 2016 contains XeTeX 0.99996 and xdvipdfmx 20160307. % It can use the `dvipdfmx:config' special (from TeX Live SVN r40941). % For avoiding PDF destination name replacement, we use this special % instead of xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010'. \special{dvipdfmx:config C 0x0010} % XeTeX 0.99995+ comes with xdvipdfmx 20160307+. % It can handle Unicode destination names for PDF. \txiuseunicodedestnametrue \else % XeTeX < 0.99996 (TeX Live < 2016) cannot use the % `dvipdfmx:config' special. % So for avoiding PDF destination name replacement, % xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010' is necessary. % % XeTeX < 0.99995 can not handle Unicode destination names for PDF % because xdvipdfmx 20150315 has a UTF-16 conversion issue. % It is fixed by xdvipdfmx 20160106 (TeX Live SVN r39753). \txiuseunicodedestnamefalse \fi % % Color support % \def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12} \def\rgbBlack{0 0 0} % \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\special{pdf:scolor [#1]}} % % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly, % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore. \def\setcolor#1{% \xdef\currentcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}% \domark \pdfsetcolor{#1}% } % \def\maincolor{\rgbBlack} \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor} \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor} \def\currentcolordefs{} % \def\makefootline{% \baselineskip24pt \line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}% } % \def\makeheadline{% \vbox to 0pt{% \vskip-22.5pt \line{% \vbox to8.5pt{}% % Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks. \getcolormarks % Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color. \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}% }% \vss }% \nointerlineskip } % % PDF outline support % % Emulate pdfTeX primitive \def\pdfdest name#1 xyz{% \special{pdf:dest (#1) [@thispage /XYZ @xpos @ypos null]}% } % \def\setpdfdestname#1{{% % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title. \indexnofonts \makevalueexpandable \turnoffactive \iftxiuseunicodedestname % Pass through Unicode characters. \else % Use ASCII approximations in destination names. \passthroughcharsfalse \fi \def\pdfdestname{#1}% \txiescapepdf\pdfdestname }} % \def\setpdfoutlinetext#1{{% \turnoffactive % Always use Unicode characters in title texts. \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% % For XeTeX, xdvipdfmx converts to UTF-16. % So we do not convert. \txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinetext }} % \def\pdfmkdest#1{% \setpdfdestname{#1}% \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}% } % % by default, use black for everything. \def\urlcolor{\rgbBlack} \def\linkcolor{\rgbBlack} \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink} % \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{% \setpdfoutlinetext{#1} \setpdfdestname{#3} \ifx\pdfdestname\empty \def\pdfdestname{#4}% \fi % \special{pdf:out [-] #2 << /Title (\pdfoutlinetext) /A << /S /GoTo /D (\pdfdestname) >> >> }% } % \def\pdfmakeoutlines{% \begingroup % % For XeTeX, counts of subentries are not necessary. % Therefore, we read toc only once. % % We use node names as destinations. % % Currently we prefix the section name with the section number % for chapter and appendix headings only in order to avoid too much % horizontal space being required in the PDF viewer. \def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% \dopdfoutline{##2 ##1}{1}{##3}{##4}}% \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% \dopdfoutline{##1}{2}{##3}{##4}}% \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% \dopdfoutline{##1}{3}{##3}{##4}}% \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% \dopdfoutline{##1}{4}{##3}{##4}}% % \let\appentry\numchapentry% \let\appsecentry\numsecentry% \let\appsubsecentry\numsubsecentry% \let\appsubsubsecentry\numsubsubsecentry% \def\unnchapentry##1##2##3##4{% \dopdfoutline{##1}{1}{##3}{##4}}% \let\unnsecentry\numsecentry% \let\unnsubsecentry\numsubsecentry% \let\unnsubsubsecentry\numsubsubsecentry% % % For XeTeX, xdvipdfmx converts strings to UTF-16. % Therefore, the encoding and the language may not be considered. % \indexnofonts \setupdatafile % We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike % Texinfo index files. So set that up. \def\{{\lbracecharliteral}% \def\}{\rbracecharliteral}% \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash \input \tocreadfilename \endgroup } {\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2 \catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other \gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]% \gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]% ] \special{pdf:docview << /PageMode /UseOutlines >> } % ``\special{pdf:tounicode ...}'' is not necessary % because xdvipdfmx converts strings from UTF-8 to UTF-16 without it. % However, due to a UTF-16 conversion issue of xdvipdfmx 20150315, % ``\special{pdf:dest ...}'' cannot handle non-ASCII strings. % It is fixed by xdvipdfmx 20160106 (TeX Live SVN r39753). % \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}% \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces \addtokens{\filename}{\PP}% \advance\filenamelength by 1 \fi \nextsp} \def\getfilename#1{% \filenamelength=0 % If we don't expand the argument now, \skipspaces will get % snagged on things like "@value{foo}". \edef\temp{#1}% \expandafter\skipspaces\temp|\relax } % make a live url in pdf output. \def\pdfurl#1{% \begingroup % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context % of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one % people have actually reported a problem with. % \normalturnoffactive \def\@{@}% \let\/=\empty \makevalueexpandable % do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just % special-casing \var here? \def\var##1{##1}% % \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}% \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >> >>}% \endgroup} \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\special{pdf:eann}} \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}} \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks} \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}} \def\maketoks{% \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax \ifx\first0\adn0 \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3 \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6 \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9 \else \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else \let\next=\maketoks \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD} \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi \fi \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \next} \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}% {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0} \def\pdflink#1{% \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A << /S /GoTo /D (#1) >> >>}% \setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink} \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st} % % % @image support % % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto). \def\doxeteximage#1#2#3{% \def\xeteximagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% \def\xeteximageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% % % XeTeX (and the PDF format) supports .pdf, .png, .jpg (among % others). Let's try in that order, PDF first since if % someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a % bitmap. \let\xeteximgext=\empty \begingroup \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1 \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for XeTeX}% \else \gdef\xeteximgext{JPG}% \fi \else \gdef\xeteximgext{jpeg}% \fi \else \gdef\xeteximgext{jpg}% \fi \else \gdef\xeteximgext{png}% \fi \else \gdef\xeteximgext{PDF}% \fi \else \gdef\xeteximgext{pdf}% \fi \closein 1 \endgroup % % Putting an \hbox around the image can prevent an over-long line % after the image. \hbox\bgroup \def\xetexpdfext{pdf}% \ifx\xeteximgext\xetexpdfext \XeTeXpdffile "#1".\xeteximgext "" \else \def\xetexpdfext{PDF}% \ifx\xeteximgext\xetexpdfext \XeTeXpdffile "#1".\xeteximgext "" \else \XeTeXpicfile "#1".\xeteximgext "" \fi \fi \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \xeteximagewidth \fi \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \xeteximageheight \fi \relax \egroup } \fi % \message{fonts,} % Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size % correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers % used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined. % \def\lineskipfactor{.08333} \def\strutheightpercent{.70833} \def\strutdepthpercent {.29167} % % can get a sort of poor man's double spacing by redefining this. \def\baselinefactor{1} % \newdimen\textleading \def\setleading#1{% \dimen0 = #1\relax \normalbaselineskip = \baselinefactor\dimen0 \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip \normalbaselines \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{% \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip }% } % PDF CMaps. See also LaTeX's t1.cmap. % % do nothing with this by default. \expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1\endcsname\gobble \expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname\gobble \expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname\gobble % if we are producing pdf, and we have \pdffontattr, then define cmaps. % (\pdffontattr was introduced many years ago, but people still run % older pdftex's; it's easy to conditionalize, so we do.) \ifpdf \ifx\pdffontattr\thisisundefined \else \begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char. \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap %%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit) %%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit) %%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1-0) %%Title: (TeX-OT1-0 TeX OT1 0) %%Version: 1.000 %%EndComments /CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin 12 dict begin begincmap /CIDSystemInfo << /Registry (TeX) /Ordering (OT1) /Supplement 0 >> def /CMapName /TeX-OT1-0 def /CMapType 2 def 1 begincodespacerange <00> <7F> endcodespacerange 8 beginbfrange <00> <01> <0393> <09> <0A> <03A8> <23> <26> <0023> <28> <3B> <0028> <3F> <5B> <003F> <5D> <5E> <005D> <61> <7A> <0061> <7B> <7C> <2013> endbfrange 40 beginbfchar <02> <0398> <03> <039B> <04> <039E> <05> <03A0> <06> <03A3> <07> <03D2> <08> <03A6> <0B> <00660066> <0C> <00660069> <0D> <0066006C> <0E> <006600660069> <0F> <00660066006C> <10> <0131> <11> <0237> <12> <0060> <13> <00B4> <14> <02C7> <15> <02D8> <16> <00AF> <17> <02DA> <18> <00B8> <19> <00DF> <1A> <00E6> <1B> <0153> <1C> <00F8> <1D> <00C6> <1E> <0152> <1F> <00D8> <21> <0021> <22> <201D> <27> <2019> <3C> <00A1> <3D> <003D> <3E> <00BF> <5C> <201C> <5F> <02D9> <60> <2018> <7D> <02DD> <7E> <007E> <7F> <00A8> endbfchar endcmap CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop end end %%EndResource %%EOF }\endgroup \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1\endcsname#1{% \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% }% % % \cmapOT1IT \begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char. \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap %%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit) %%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit) %%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1IT-0) %%Title: (TeX-OT1IT-0 TeX OT1IT 0) %%Version: 1.000 %%EndComments /CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin 12 dict begin begincmap /CIDSystemInfo << /Registry (TeX) /Ordering (OT1IT) /Supplement 0 >> def /CMapName /TeX-OT1IT-0 def /CMapType 2 def 1 begincodespacerange <00> <7F> endcodespacerange 8 beginbfrange <00> <01> <0393> <09> <0A> <03A8> <25> <26> <0025> <28> <3B> <0028> <3F> <5B> <003F> <5D> <5E> <005D> <61> <7A> <0061> <7B> <7C> <2013> endbfrange 42 beginbfchar <02> <0398> <03> <039B> <04> <039E> <05> <03A0> <06> <03A3> <07> <03D2> <08> <03A6> <0B> <00660066> <0C> <00660069> <0D> <0066006C> <0E> <006600660069> <0F> <00660066006C> <10> <0131> <11> <0237> <12> <0060> <13> <00B4> <14> <02C7> <15> <02D8> <16> <00AF> <17> <02DA> <18> <00B8> <19> <00DF> <1A> <00E6> <1B> <0153> <1C> <00F8> <1D> <00C6> <1E> <0152> <1F> <00D8> <21> <0021> <22> <201D> <23> <0023> <24> <00A3> <27> <2019> <3C> <00A1> <3D> <003D> <3E> <00BF> <5C> <201C> <5F> <02D9> <60> <2018> <7D> <02DD> <7E> <007E> <7F> <00A8> endbfchar endcmap CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop end end %%EndResource %%EOF }\endgroup \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname#1{% \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% }% % % \cmapOT1TT \begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char. \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap %%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit) %%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit) %%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1TT-0) %%Title: (TeX-OT1TT-0 TeX OT1TT 0) %%Version: 1.000 %%EndComments /CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin 12 dict begin begincmap /CIDSystemInfo << /Registry (TeX) /Ordering (OT1TT) /Supplement 0 >> def /CMapName /TeX-OT1TT-0 def /CMapType 2 def 1 begincodespacerange <00> <7F> endcodespacerange 5 beginbfrange <00> <01> <0393> <09> <0A> <03A8> <21> <26> <0021> <28> <5F> <0028> <61> <7E> <0061> endbfrange 32 beginbfchar <02> <0398> <03> <039B> <04> <039E> <05> <03A0> <06> <03A3> <07> <03D2> <08> <03A6> <0B> <2191> <0C> <2193> <0D> <0027> <0E> <00A1> <0F> <00BF> <10> <0131> <11> <0237> <12> <0060> <13> <00B4> <14> <02C7> <15> <02D8> <16> <00AF> <17> <02DA> <18> <00B8> <19> <00DF> <1A> <00E6> <1B> <0153> <1C> <00F8> <1D> <00C6> <1E> <0152> <1F> <00D8> <20> <2423> <27> <2019> <60> <2018> <7F> <00A8> endbfchar endcmap CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop end end %%EndResource %%EOF }\endgroup \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname#1{% \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% }% \fi\fi % Set the font macro #1 to the font named \fontprefix#2. % #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor, #5 is the CMap % encoding (only OT1, OT1IT and OT1TT are allowed, or empty to omit). % Example: % #1 = \textrm % #2 = \rmshape % #3 = 10 % #4 = \mainmagstep % #5 = OT1 % \def\setfont#1#2#3#4#5{% \font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4 \csname cmap#5\endcsname#1% } % This is what gets called when #5 of \setfont is empty. \let\cmap\gobble % % (end of cmaps) % Use cm as the default font prefix. % To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix % before you read in texinfo.tex. \ifx\fontprefix\thisisundefined \def\fontprefix{cm} \fi % Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM. \def\rmshape{r} \def\rmbshape{bx} % where the normal face is bold \def\bfshape{b} \def\bxshape{bx} \def\ttshape{tt} \def\ttbshape{tt} \def\ttslshape{sltt} \def\itshape{ti} \def\itbshape{bxti} \def\slshape{sl} \def\slbshape{bxsl} \def\sfshape{ss} \def\sfbshape{ss} \def\scshape{csc} \def\scbshape{csc} % Definitions for a main text size of 11pt. (The default in Texinfo.) % \def\definetextfontsizexi{% % Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1). \def\textnominalsize{11pt} \edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf} \setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} \setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT} \setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} \font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep \font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep \def\textecsize{1095} % A few fonts for @defun names and args. \setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} \setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} \setfont\defsl\slshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} \setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} \def\df{\let\ttfont=\deftt \let\bffont = \defbf \let\ttslfont=\defttsl \let\slfont=\defsl \bf} % Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). \def\smallnominalsize{9pt} \setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1} \setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1} \setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT} \font\smalli=cmmi9 \font\smallsy=cmsy9 \def\smallecsize{0900} % Fonts for small examples (8pt). \def\smallernominalsize{8pt} \setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1} \setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1} \setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT} \font\smalleri=cmmi8 \font\smallersy=cmsy8 \def\smallerecsize{0800} % Fonts for math mode superscripts (7pt). \def\sevennominalsize{7pt} \setfont\sevenrm\rmshape{7}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\seventt\ttshape{10}{700}{OT1TT} \setfont\sevenbf\bfshape{10}{700}{OT1} \setfont\sevenit\itshape{7}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\sevensl\slshape{10}{700}{OT1} \setfont\sevensf\sfshape{10}{700}{OT1} \setfont\sevensc\scshape{10}{700}{OT1} \setfont\seventtsl\ttslshape{10}{700}{OT1TT} \font\seveni=cmmi7 \font\sevensy=cmsy7 \def\sevenecsize{0700} % Fonts for title page (20.4pt): \def\titlenominalsize{20pt} \setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1} \setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT} \setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} \setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT} \setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT} \setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1} \let\titlebf=\titlerm \setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} \font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 \font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 \def\titleecsize{2074} % Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt). \def\chapnominalsize{17pt} \setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1} \setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1IT} \setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1} \setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1TT} \setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1TT} \setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}{OT1} \let\chapbf=\chaprm \setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1} \font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2 \font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3 \def\chapecsize{1728} % Section fonts (14.4pt). \def\secnominalsize{14pt} \setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} \setfont\secrmnotbold\rmshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} \setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT} \setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} \setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} \setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT} \setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} \let\secbf\secrm \setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} \font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 \font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 \def\sececsize{1440} % Subsection fonts (13.15pt). \def\ssecnominalsize{13pt} \setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1} \setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}{OT1IT} \setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}{OT1} \setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} \setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}{OT1TT} \setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1} \let\ssecbf\ssecrm \setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315}{OT1} \font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf \font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315 \def\ssececsize{1200} % Reduced fonts for @acronym in text (10pt). \def\reducednominalsize{10pt} \setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} \font\reducedi=cmmi10 \font\reducedsy=cmsy10 \def\reducedecsize{1000} \textleading = 13.2pt % line spacing for 11pt CM \textfonts % reset the current fonts \rm } % end of 11pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizexi % Definitions to make the main text be 10pt Computer Modern, with % section, chapter, etc., sizes following suit. This is for the GNU % Press printing of the Emacs 22 manual. Maybe other manuals in the % future. Used with @smallbook, which sets the leading to 12pt. % \def\definetextfontsizex{% % Text fonts (10pt). \def\textnominalsize{10pt} \edef\mainmagstep{1000} \setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} \setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT} \setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} \font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep \font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep \def\textecsize{1000} % A few fonts for @defun names and args. \setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1} \setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} \setfont\defsl\slshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1} \setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} \def\df{\let\ttfont=\deftt \let\bffont = \defbf \let\slfont=\defsl \let\ttslfont=\defttsl \bf} % Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). \def\smallnominalsize{9pt} \setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1} \setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1} \setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT} \font\smalli=cmmi9 \font\smallsy=cmsy9 \def\smallecsize{0900} % Fonts for small examples (8pt). \def\smallernominalsize{8pt} \setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1} \setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1} \setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT} \font\smalleri=cmmi8 \font\smallersy=cmsy8 \def\smallerecsize{0800} % Fonts for math mode superscripts (7pt). \def\sevennominalsize{7pt} \setfont\sevenrm\rmshape{7}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\seventt\ttshape{10}{700}{OT1TT} \setfont\sevenbf\bfshape{10}{700}{OT1} \setfont\sevenit\itshape{7}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\sevensl\slshape{10}{700}{OT1} \setfont\sevensf\sfshape{10}{700}{OT1} \setfont\sevensc\scshape{10}{700}{OT1} \setfont\seventtsl\ttslshape{10}{700}{OT1TT} \font\seveni=cmmi7 \font\sevensy=cmsy7 \def\sevenecsize{0700} % Fonts for title page (20.4pt): \def\titlenominalsize{20pt} \setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1} \setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT} \setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} \setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT} \setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT} \setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1} \let\titlebf=\titlerm \setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} \font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 \font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 \def\titleecsize{2074} % Chapter fonts (14.4pt). \def\chapnominalsize{14pt} \setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} \setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT} \setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} \setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} \setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT} \setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} \let\chapbf\chaprm \setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} \font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 \font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 \def\chapecsize{1440} % Section fonts (12pt). \def\secnominalsize{12pt} \setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1IT} \setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} \setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} \setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{1000}{OT1} \let\secbf\secrm \setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} \font\seci=cmmi12 \font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1 \def\sececsize{1200} % Subsection fonts (10pt). \def\ssecnominalsize{10pt} \setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \let\ssecbf\ssecrm \setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \font\sseci=cmmi10 \font\ssecsy=cmsy10 \def\ssececsize{1000} % Reduced fonts for @acronym in text (9pt). \def\reducednominalsize{9pt} \setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1} \setfont\reducedit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\reducedsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1} \setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT} \font\reducedi=cmmi9 \font\reducedsy=cmsy9 \def\reducedecsize{0900} \divide\parskip by 2 % reduce space between paragraphs \textleading = 12pt % line spacing for 10pt CM \textfonts % reset the current fonts \rm } % end of 10pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizex % Fonts for short table of contents. \setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} % no cmb12 \setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT} % We provide the user-level command % @fonttextsize 10 % (or 11) to redefine the text font size. pt is assumed. % \def\xiword{11} \def\xword{10} \def\xwordpt{10pt} % \parseargdef\fonttextsize{% \def\textsizearg{#1}% %\wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}% % % Set \globaldefs so that documents can use this inside @tex, since % makeinfo 4.8 does not support it, but we need it nonetheless. % \begingroup \globaldefs=1 \ifx\textsizearg\xword \definetextfontsizex \else \ifx\textsizearg\xiword \definetextfontsizexi \else \errhelp=\EMsimple \errmessage{@fonttextsize only supports `10' or `11', not `\textsizearg'} \fi\fi \endgroup } % % Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle. % For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in % italics, not bold italics. % \def\setfontstyle#1{% \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd. \csname #1font\endcsname % change the current font } \def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}} \def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}} \def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}} \def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf} \def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}}\def\ttstylename{tt} % Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not. % So we set up a \sf. \newfam\sffam \def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}} % We don't need math for this font style. \def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}} % In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters, % we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. % We don't bother to reset \scriptscriptfont; awaiting user need. % \def\resetmathfonts{% \textfont0=\rmfont \textfont1=\ifont \textfont2=\syfont \textfont\itfam=\itfont \textfont\slfam=\slfont \textfont\bffam=\bffont \textfont\ttfam=\ttfont \textfont\sffam=\sffont % % Fonts for superscript. Note that the 7pt fonts are used regardless % of the current font size. \scriptfont0=\sevenrm \scriptfont1=\seveni \scriptfont2=\sevensy \scriptfont\itfam=\sevenit \scriptfont\slfam=\sevensl \scriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf \scriptfont\ttfam=\seventt \scriptfont\sffam=\sevensf } % % The font-changing commands (all called \...fonts) redefine the meanings % of \STYLEfont, instead of just \STYLE. We do this because \STYLE needs % to also set the current \fam for math mode. Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) % commands hardwire \STYLEfont to set the current font. % % The fonts used for \ifont are for "math italics" (\itfont is for italics % in regular text). \syfont is also used in math mode only. % % Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower) % and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used % in, e.g., the LaTeX logo and acronyms. % % This all needs generalizing, badly. % \def\assignfonts#1{% \expandafter\let\expandafter\rmfont\csname #1rm\endcsname \expandafter\let\expandafter\itfont\csname #1it\endcsname \expandafter\let\expandafter\slfont\csname #1sl\endcsname \expandafter\let\expandafter\bffont\csname #1bf\endcsname \expandafter\let\expandafter\ttfont\csname #1tt\endcsname \expandafter\let\expandafter\smallcaps\csname #1sc\endcsname \expandafter\let\expandafter\sffont \csname #1sf\endcsname \expandafter\let\expandafter\ifont \csname #1i\endcsname \expandafter\let\expandafter\syfont \csname #1sy\endcsname \expandafter\let\expandafter\ttslfont\csname #1ttsl\endcsname } \newif\ifrmisbold % Select smaller font size with the current style. Used to change font size % in, e.g., the LaTeX logo and acronyms. If we are using bold fonts for % normal roman text, also use bold fonts for roman text in the smaller size. \def\switchtolllsize{% \expandafter\assignfonts\expandafter{\lllsize}% \ifrmisbold \let\rmfont\bffont \fi \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname }% \def\switchtolsize{% \expandafter\assignfonts\expandafter{\lsize}% \ifrmisbold \let\rmfont\bffont \fi \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname }% \def\definefontsetatsize#1#2#3#4#5{% \expandafter\def\csname #1fonts\endcsname{% \def\curfontsize{#1}% \def\lsize{#2}\def\lllsize{#3}% \csname rmisbold#5\endcsname \assignfonts{#1}% \resetmathfonts \setleading{#4}% }} \definefontsetatsize{text} {reduced}{smaller}{\textleading}{false} \definefontsetatsize{title} {chap} {subsec} {27pt} {true} \definefontsetatsize{chap} {sec} {text} {19pt} {true} \definefontsetatsize{sec} {subsec} {reduced}{17pt} {true} \definefontsetatsize{ssec} {text} {small} {15pt} {true} \definefontsetatsize{reduced}{small} {smaller}{10.5pt}{false} \definefontsetatsize{small} {smaller}{smaller}{10.5pt}{false} \definefontsetatsize{smaller}{smaller}{smaller}{9.5pt} {false} \def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}} \let\subsecfonts = \ssecfonts \let\subsubsecfonts = \ssecfonts % Define these just so they can be easily changed for other fonts. \def\angleleft{$\langle$} \def\angleright{$\rangle$} % Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments. \let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts % About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample % can fit this many characters: % 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69 % If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters: % 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77 % For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth % the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt. % % By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt): % 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58 % --karl, 24jan03. % Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes. % \definetextfontsizexi % Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the % Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and % shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have % this property, we can check that font parameter. % \def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt } { \catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active \gdef\setcodequotes{\let`\codequoteleft \let'\codequoteright} \gdef\setregularquotes{\let`\lq \let'\rq} } % Allow an option to not use regular directed right quote/apostrophe % (char 0x27), but instead the undirected quote from cmtt (char 0x0d). % The undirected quote is ugly, so don't make it the default, but it % works for pasting with more pdf viewers (at least evince), the % lilypond developers report. xpdf does work with the regular 0x27. % \def\codequoteright{% \ifmonospace \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax '% \else \char'15 \fi \else \char'15 \fi \else '% \fi } % % and a similar option for the left quote char vs. a grave accent. % Modern fonts display ASCII 0x60 as a grave accent, so some people like % the code environments to do likewise. % \def\codequoteleft{% \ifmonospace \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax % [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391 % \relax disables Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font. \relax`% \else \char'22 \fi \else \char'22 \fi \else \relax`% \fi } % Commands to set the quote options. % \parseargdef\codequoteundirected{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\onword \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname = t% \else\ifx\temp\offword \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname = \relax \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @codequoteundirected value `\temp', must be on|off}% \fi\fi } % \parseargdef\codequotebacktick{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\onword \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname = t% \else\ifx\temp\offword \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname = \relax \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @codequotebacktick value `\temp', must be on|off}% \fi\fi } % [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391, disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font. \def\noligaturesquoteleft{\relax\lq} % Count depth in font-changes, for error checks \newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0 % Font commands. % #1 is the font command (\sl or \it), #2 is the text to slant. % If we are in a monospaced environment, however, 1) always use \ttsl, % and 2) do not add an italic correction. \def\dosmartslant#1#2{% \ifusingtt {{\ttsl #2}\let\next=\relax}% {\def\next{{#1#2}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection}}% \next } \def\smartslanted{\dosmartslant\sl} \def\smartitalic{\dosmartslant\it} % Output an italic correction unless \next (presumed to be the following % character) is such as not to need one. \def\smartitaliccorrection{% \ifx\next,% \else\ifx\next-% \else\ifx\next.% \else\ifx\next\.% \else\ifx\next\comma% \else\ptexslash \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \aftersmartic } % Unconditional use \ttsl, and no ic. @var is set to this for defuns. \def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}} % @cite is like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl. We never want % ttsl for book titles, do we? \def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection} \def\aftersmartic{} \def\var#1{% \let\saveaftersmartic = \aftersmartic \def\aftersmartic{\null\let\aftersmartic=\saveaftersmartic}% \smartslanted{#1}% } \let\i=\smartitalic \let\slanted=\smartslanted \let\dfn=\smartslanted \let\emph=\smartitalic % Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii. \def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font \def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font \def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font % @b, explicit bold. Also @strong. \def\b#1{{\bf #1}} \let\strong=\b % @sansserif, explicit sans. \def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}} % We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at % the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the % group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called. % \def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation} \def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- } % Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value. % Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and % sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up. % \catcode`@=11 \def\plainfrenchspacing{% \sfcode`\.=\@m \sfcode`\?=\@m \sfcode`\!=\@m \sfcode`\:=\@m \sfcode`\;=\@m \sfcode`\,=\@m \def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends } \def\plainnonfrenchspacing{% \sfcode`\.3000\sfcode`\?3000\sfcode`\!3000 \sfcode`\:2000\sfcode`\;1500\sfcode`\,1250 \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% for @. and friends } \catcode`@=\other \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% default % @t, explicit typewriter. \def\t#1{% {\tt \plainfrenchspacing #1}% \null } % @samp. \def\samp#1{{\setcodequotes\lq\tclose{#1}\rq\null}} % @indicateurl is \samp, that is, with quotes. \let\indicateurl=\samp % @code (and similar) prints in typewriter, but with spaces the same % size as normal in the surrounding text, without hyphenation, etc. % This is a subroutine for that. \def\tclose#1{% {% % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font. \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font % % Switch to typewriter. \tt % % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space. \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}% % % Turn off hyphenation. \nohyphenation % \plainfrenchspacing #1% }% \null % reset spacefactor to 1000 } % We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code. % (But see \codedashfinish below.) % Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes % in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc. % % Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control % both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words. % We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that) % and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. -- rms. { \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active \catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active \global\let'=\rq \global\let`=\lq % default definitions % \global\def\code{\begingroup \setcodequotes \catcode\dashChar=\active \catcode\underChar=\active \ifallowcodebreaks \let-\codedash \let_\codeunder \else \let-\normaldash \let_\realunder \fi % Given -foo (with a single dash), we do not want to allow a break % after the hyphen. \global\let\codedashprev=\codedash % \codex } % \gdef\codedash{\futurelet\next\codedashfinish} \gdef\codedashfinish{% \normaldash % always output the dash character itself. % % Now, output a discretionary to allow a line break, unless % (a) the next character is a -, or % (b) the preceding character is a -. % E.g., given --posix, we do not want to allow a break after either -. % Given --foo-bar, we do want to allow a break between the - and the b. \ifx\next\codedash \else \ifx\codedashprev\codedash \else \discretionary{}{}{}\fi \fi % we need the space after the = for the case when \next itself is a % space token; it would get swallowed otherwise. As in @code{- a}. \global\let\codedashprev= \next } } \def\normaldash{-} % \def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup} \def\codeunder{% % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _ % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.) % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop. \ifusingtt{\ifmmode \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_. \else\normalunderscore \fi \discretionary{}{}{}}% {\_}% } % An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g., % each of the four underscores in __typeof__. This is bad. % @allowcodebreaks provides a document-level way to turn breaking at - % and _ on and off. % \newif\ifallowcodebreaks \allowcodebreakstrue \def\keywordtrue{true} \def\keywordfalse{false} \parseargdef\allowcodebreaks{% \def\txiarg{#1}% \ifx\txiarg\keywordtrue \allowcodebreakstrue \else\ifx\txiarg\keywordfalse \allowcodebreaksfalse \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg', must be true|false}% \fi\fi } % For @command, @env, @file, @option quotes seem unnecessary, % so use \code rather than \samp. \let\command=\code \let\env=\code \let\file=\code \let\option=\code % @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') aka @url takes an optional % (comma-separated) second argument specifying the text to display and % an optional third arg as text to display instead of (rather than in % addition to) the url itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. % TeX-only option to allow changing PDF output to show only the second % arg (if given), and not the url (which is then just the link target). \newif\ifurefurlonlylink % The default \pretolerance setting stops the penalty inserted in % \urefallowbreak being a discouragement to line breaking. Set it to % a negative value for this paragraph only. Hopefully this does not % conflict with redefinitions of \par done elsewhere. \def\nopretolerance{% \pretolerance=-1 \def\par{\endgraf\pretolerance=100 \let\par\endgraf}% } % The main macro is \urefbreak, which allows breaking at expected % places within the url. \def\urefbreak{\nopretolerance \begingroup \urefcatcodes \dourefbreak} \let\uref=\urefbreak % \def\dourefbreak#1{\urefbreakfinish #1,,,\finish} \def\urefbreakfinish#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% doesn't work in @example \unsepspaces \pdfurl{#1}% \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that \else \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% look for second arg \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \ifpdf % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX \ifurefurlonlylink % PDF plus option to not display url, show just arg \unhbox0 \else % PDF, normally display both arg and url for consistency, % visibility, if the pdf is eventually used to print, etc. \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% \fi \else \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% DVI, always show arg and url \else % For XeTeX \ifurefurlonlylink % PDF plus option to not display url, show just arg \unhbox0 \else % PDF, normally display both arg and url for consistency, % visibility, if the pdf is eventually used to print, etc. \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% \fi \fi \fi \else \urefcode{#1}% only url given, so show it \fi \fi \endlink \endgroup} % Allow line breaks around only a few characters (only). \def\urefcatcodes{% \catcode`\&=\active \catcode`\.=\active \catcode`\#=\active \catcode`\?=\active \catcode`\/=\active } { \urefcatcodes % \global\def\urefcode{\begingroup \setcodequotes \urefcatcodes \let&\urefcodeamp \let.\urefcodedot \let#\urefcodehash \let?\urefcodequest \let/\urefcodeslash \codex } % % By default, they are just regular characters. \global\def&{\normalamp} \global\def.{\normaldot} \global\def#{\normalhash} \global\def?{\normalquest} \global\def/{\normalslash} } \def\urefcodeamp{\urefprebreak \&\urefpostbreak} \def\urefcodedot{\urefprebreak .\urefpostbreak} \def\urefcodehash{\urefprebreak \#\urefpostbreak} \def\urefcodequest{\urefprebreak ?\urefpostbreak} \def\urefcodeslash{\futurelet\next\urefcodeslashfinish} { \catcode`\/=\active \global\def\urefcodeslashfinish{% \urefprebreak \slashChar % Allow line break only after the final / in a sequence of % slashes, to avoid line break between the slashes in http://. \ifx\next/\else \urefpostbreak \fi } } % By default we'll break after the special characters, but some people like to % break before the special chars, so allow that. Also allow no breaking at % all, for manual control. % \parseargdef\urefbreakstyle{% \def\txiarg{#1}% \ifx\txiarg\wordnone \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak} \else\ifx\txiarg\wordbefore \def\urefprebreak{\urefallowbreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak} \else\ifx\txiarg\wordafter \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\urefallowbreak} \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @urefbreakstyle setting `\txiarg'}% \fi\fi\fi } \def\wordafter{after} \def\wordbefore{before} \def\wordnone{none} % Allow a ragged right output to aid breaking long URL's. There can % be a break at the \allowbreak with no extra glue (if the existing stretch in % the line is sufficient), a break at the \penalty with extra glue added % at the end of the line, or no break at all here. % Changing the value of the penalty and/or the amount of stretch affects how % preferable one choice is over the other. \def\urefallowbreak{% \penalty0\relax \hskip 0pt plus 2 em\relax \penalty1000\relax \hskip 0pt plus -2 em\relax } \urefbreakstyle after % @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it. % \let\url=\uref % rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97. % So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf. % %\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright} \ifpdforxetex \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish} \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup \unsepspaces \pdfurl{mailto:#1}% \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi \endlink \endgroup} \else \let\email=\uref \fi % @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always), % `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends), % or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always). \parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{% \def\txiarg{#1}% \ifx\txiarg\worddistinct \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}% \else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% \else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle setting `\txiarg'}% \fi\fi\fi } \def\worddistinct{distinct} \def\wordexample{example} \def\wordcode{code} % Default is `distinct'. \kbdinputstyle distinct % @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command, % then @kbd has no effect. \def\kbd#1{{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdsub\look??\par}} \def\xkey{\key} \def\kbdsub#1#2#3\par{% \def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}% \ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}% \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setcodequotes\look}}\fi \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setcodequotes\look}}\fi } % definition of @key that produces a lozenge. Doesn't adjust to text size. %\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1} %\font\keysy=cmsy9 %\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{% % \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{% % \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt % \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}% % \kern-0.4pt\hrule}% % \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}} % definition of @key with no lozenge. If the current font is already % monospace, don't change it; that way, we respect @kbdinputstyle. But % if it isn't monospace, then use \tt. % \def\key#1{{\setregularquotes \nohyphenation \ifmonospace\else\tt\fi #1}\null} % @clicksequence{File @click{} Open ...} \def\clicksequence#1{\begingroup #1\endgroup} % @clickstyle @arrow (by default) \parseargdef\clickstyle{\def\click{#1}} \def\click{\arrow} % Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the % argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt. % \def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1} % @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like. % We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for % all-uppercase. % \def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish} \def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{% {\switchtolsize #1}% \def\temp{#2}% \ifx\temp\empty \else \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% \fi \null % reset \spacefactor=1000 } % @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like. % No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing. % \def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish} \def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{% {\plainfrenchspacing #1}% \def\temp{#2}% \ifx\temp\empty \else \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% \fi \null % reset \spacefactor=1000 } % @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. % \def\asis#1{#1} % @math outputs its argument in math mode. % % One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean % an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make % _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam, % which is what @var uses. { \catcode`\_ = \active \gdef\mathunderscore{% \catcode`\_=\active \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}% } } % Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a math (or tt) \. % FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (for no % particular reason), but this is not advertised and we don't care. % % The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\. \def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi} % \def\math{% \ifmmode\else % only go into math if not in math mode already \tex \mathunderscore \let\\ = \mathbackslash \mathactive % make the texinfo accent commands work in math mode \let\"=\ddot \let\'=\acute \let\==\bar \let\^=\hat \let\`=\grave \let\u=\breve \let\v=\check \let\~=\tilde \let\dotaccent=\dot % have to provide another name for sup operator \let\mathopsup=\sup $\expandafter\finishmath\fi } \def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex. % Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math. % We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument % to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section). % { \catcode`^ = \active \catcode`< = \active \catcode`> = \active \catcode`+ = \active \catcode`' = \active \gdef\mathactive{% \let^ = \ptexhat \let< = \ptexless \let> = \ptexgtr \let+ = \ptexplus \let' = \ptexquoteright } } % for @sub and @sup, if in math mode, just do a normal sub/superscript. % If in text, use math to place as sub/superscript, but switch % into text mode, with smaller fonts. This is a different font than the % one used for real math sub/superscripts (8pt vs. 7pt), but let's not % fix it (significant additions to font machinery) until someone notices. % \def\sub{\ifmmode \expandafter\sb \else \expandafter\finishsub\fi} \def\finishsub#1{$\sb{\hbox{\switchtolllsize #1}}$}% % \def\sup{\ifmmode \expandafter\ptexsp \else \expandafter\finishsup\fi} \def\finishsup#1{$\ptexsp{\hbox{\switchtolllsize #1}}$}% % provide this command from LaTeX as it is very common \def\frac#1#2{{{#1}\over{#2}}} % @displaymath. % \globaldefs is needed to recognize the end lines in \tex and % \end tex. Set \thisenv as @end displaymath is seen before @end tex. {\obeylines \globaldefs=1 \envdef\displaymath{% \tex% \def\thisenv{\displaymath}% \begingroup\let\end\displaymathend% $$% } \def\displaymathend{$$\endgroup\end}% \def\Edisplaymath{% \def\thisenv{\tex}% \end tex }} % @inlinefmt{FMTNAME,PROCESSED-TEXT} and @inlineraw{FMTNAME,RAW-TEXT}. % Ignore unless FMTNAME == tex; then it is like @iftex and @tex, % except specified as a normal braced arg, so no newlines to worry about. % \def\outfmtnametex{tex} % \long\def\inlinefmt#1{\doinlinefmt #1,\finish} \long\def\doinlinefmt#1,#2,\finish{% \def\inlinefmtname{#1}% \ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi } % % @inlinefmtifelse{FMTNAME,THEN-TEXT,ELSE-TEXT} expands THEN-TEXT if % FMTNAME is tex, else ELSE-TEXT. \long\def\inlinefmtifelse#1{\doinlinefmtifelse #1,,,\finish} \long\def\doinlinefmtifelse#1,#2,#3,#4,\finish{% \def\inlinefmtname{#1}% \ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\else \ignorespaces #3\fi } % % For raw, must switch into @tex before parsing the argument, to avoid % setting catcodes prematurely. Doing it this way means that, for % example, @inlineraw{html, foo{bar} gets a parse error instead of being % ignored. But this isn't important because if people want a literal % *right* brace they would have to use a command anyway, so they may as % well use a command to get a left brace too. We could re-use the % delimiter character idea from \verb, but it seems like overkill. % \long\def\inlineraw{\tex \doinlineraw} \long\def\doinlineraw#1{\doinlinerawtwo #1,\finish} \def\doinlinerawtwo#1,#2,\finish{% \def\inlinerawname{#1}% \ifx\inlinerawname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi \endgroup % close group opened by \tex. } % @inlineifset{VAR, TEXT} expands TEXT if VAR is @set. % \long\def\inlineifset#1{\doinlineifset #1,\finish} \long\def\doinlineifset#1,#2,\finish{% \def\inlinevarname{#1}% \expandafter\ifx\csname SET\inlinevarname\endcsname\relax \else\ignorespaces#2\fi } % @inlineifclear{VAR, TEXT} expands TEXT if VAR is not @set. % \long\def\inlineifclear#1{\doinlineifclear #1,\finish} \long\def\doinlineifclear#1,#2,\finish{% \def\inlinevarname{#1}% \expandafter\ifx\csname SET\inlinevarname\endcsname\relax \ignorespaces#2\fi } \message{glyphs,} % and logos. % @@ prints an @, as does @atchar{}. \def\@{\char64 } \let\atchar=\@ % @{ @} @lbracechar{} @rbracechar{} all generate brace characters. \def\lbracechar{{\ifmonospace\char123\else\ensuremath\lbrace\fi}} \def\rbracechar{{\ifmonospace\char125\else\ensuremath\rbrace\fi}} \let\{=\lbracechar \let\}=\rbracechar % @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems. \let\comma = , % Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent % Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H. \let\, = \ptexc \let\dotaccent = \ptexdot \def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}} \let\tieaccent = \ptext \let\ubaraccent = \ptexb \let\udotaccent = \d % Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm % Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss. \def\questiondown{?`} \def\exclamdown{!`} \def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize \underbar{a}}} \def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize \underbar{o}}} % Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents. \def\imacro{i} \def\jmacro{j} \def\dotless#1{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\imacro \ifmmode\imath \else\ptexi \fi \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \ifmmode\jmath \else\j \fi \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}% \fi\fi } % The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a % period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.) % \edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 } % @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in % latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most % convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using % the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and % \scriptscriptstyle). % \def\LaTeX{% L\kern-.36em {\setbox0=\hbox{T}% \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{% \ifx\textnominalsize\xwordpt % for 10pt running text, lllsize (8pt) is too small for the A in LaTeX. % Revert to plain's \scriptsize, which is 7pt. \count255=\the\fam $\fam\count255 \scriptstyle A$% \else % For 11pt, we can use our lllsize. \switchtolllsize A% \fi }% \vss }}% \kern-.15em \TeX } % Some math mode symbols. Define \ensuremath to switch into math mode % unless we are already there. Expansion tricks may not be needed here, % but safer, and can't hurt. \def\ensuremath{\ifmmode \expandafter\asis \else\expandafter\ensuredmath \fi} \def\ensuredmath#1{$\relax#1$} % \def\bullet{\ensuremath\ptexbullet} \def\geq{\ensuremath\ge} \def\leq{\ensuremath\le} \def\minus{\ensuremath-} % @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font. % We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm % typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand, % in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em. So do % whichever is larger. % \def\dots{% \leavevmode \setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods \ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em \dimen0 = \wd0 \else \dimen0 = 1.5em \fi \hbox to \dimen0{% \hskip 0pt plus.25fil .\hskip 0pt plus1fil .\hskip 0pt plus1fil .\hskip 0pt plus.5fil }% } % @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. % \def\enddots{% \dots \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor } % @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}. % % Since these characters are used in examples, they should be an even number of % \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em. % \def\point{$\star$} \def\arrow{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\rightarrow$\hfil}} \def\result{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}} \def\expansion{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}} \def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}} \def\equiv{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}} % The @error{} command. % Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit. % \newbox\errorbox % {\ttfont \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box. \dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules % The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.) \setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf \putworderror\kern-1.5pt} % \setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right. \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules. \vbox{% \hrule height\dimen2 \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text. \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below. \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right. \hrule height\dimen2} \hfil} % \def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox} % @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font. % \def\pounds{\ifmonospace{\ecfont\char"BF}\else{\it\$}\fi} % @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style. % We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik % Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and % "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need). % It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym. % % Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore % that. The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular % font height. % % feymr - regular % feymo - slanted % feybr - bold % feybo - bold slanted % % There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge. % A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide. % Hmm. % % Also doesn't work in math. Do we need to do math with euro symbols? % Hope not. % % \def\euro{{\eurofont e}} \def\eurofont{% % We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in % \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that % installations which never need the symbol don't have to have the % font installed. % % There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale % that to the current nominal size. % % By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but % does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts. % \def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}% % \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename % bold: \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize \else % regular: \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize \fi \thiseurofont } % Glyphs from the EC fonts. We don't use \let for the aliases, because % sometimes we redefine the original macro, and the alias should reflect % the redefinition. % % Use LaTeX names for the Icelandic letters. \def\DH{{\ecfont \char"D0}} % Eth \def\dh{{\ecfont \char"F0}} % eth \def\TH{{\ecfont \char"DE}} % Thorn \def\th{{\ecfont \char"FE}} % thorn % \def\guillemetleft{{\ecfont \char"13}} \def\guillemotleft{\guillemetleft} \def\guillemetright{{\ecfont \char"14}} \def\guillemotright{\guillemetright} \def\guilsinglleft{{\ecfont \char"0E}} \def\guilsinglright{{\ecfont \char"0F}} \def\quotedblbase{{\ecfont \char"12}} \def\quotesinglbase{{\ecfont \char"0D}} % % This positioning is not perfect (see the ogonek LaTeX package), but % we have the precomposed glyphs for the most common cases. We put the % tests to use those glyphs in the single \ogonek macro so we have fewer % dummy definitions to worry about for index entries, etc. % % ogonek is also used with other letters in Lithuanian (IOU), but using % the precomposed glyphs for those is not so easy since they aren't in % the same EC font. \def\ogonek#1{{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\macrocharA\Aogonek \else\ifx\temp\macrochara\aogonek \else\ifx\temp\macrocharE\Eogonek \else\ifx\temp\macrochare\eogonek \else \ecfont \setbox0=\hbox{#1}% \ifdim\ht0=1ex\accent"0C #1% \else\ooalign{\unhbox0\crcr\hidewidth\char"0C \hidewidth}% \fi \fi\fi\fi\fi }% } \def\Aogonek{{\ecfont \char"81}}\def\macrocharA{A} \def\aogonek{{\ecfont \char"A1}}\def\macrochara{a} \def\Eogonek{{\ecfont \char"86}}\def\macrocharE{E} \def\eogonek{{\ecfont \char"A6}}\def\macrochare{e} % % Use the European Computer Modern fonts (cm-super in outline format) % for non-CM glyphs. That is ec* for regular text and tc* for the text % companion symbols (LaTeX TS1 encoding). Both are part of the ec % package and follow the same conventions. % \def\ecfont{\etcfont{e}} \def\tcfont{\etcfont{t}} % \def\etcfont#1{% % We can't distinguish serif/sans and italic/slanted, but this % is used for crude hacks anyway (like adding French and German % quotes to documents typeset with CM, where we lose kerning), so % hopefully nobody will notice/care. \edef\ecsize{\csname\curfontsize ecsize\endcsname}% \edef\nominalsize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}% \ifmonospace % typewriter: \font\thisecfont = #1ctt\ecsize \space at \nominalsize \else \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename % bold: \font\thisecfont = #1cb\ifusingit{i}{x}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize \else % regular: \font\thisecfont = #1c\ifusingit{ti}{rm}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize \fi \fi \thisecfont } % @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. The font for the R should really % be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now. % Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright. % \def\registeredsymbol{% $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize R}% \hfil\crcr\Orb}}% }$% } % @textdegree - the normal degrees sign. % \def\textdegree{$^\circ$} % Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with: % Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14) (68K) 16 APR 2004 02:38 % so we'll define it if necessary. % \ifx\Orb\thisisundefined \def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D} \fi % Quotes. \chardef\quoteleft=`\` \chardef\quoteright=`\' % only change font for tt for correct kerning and to avoid using % \ecfont unless necessary. \def\quotedblleft{% \ifmonospace{\ecfont\char"10}\else{\char"5C}\fi } \def\quotedblright{% \ifmonospace{\ecfont\char"11}\else{\char`\"}\fi } \message{page headings,} \newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in \newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc % First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage. \newif\ifseenauthor \newif\iffinishedtitlepage % @setcontentsaftertitlepage used to do an implicit @contents or % @shortcontents after @end titlepage, but it is now obsolete. \def\setcontentsaftertitlepage{% \errmessage{@setcontentsaftertitlepage has been removed as a Texinfo command; move your @contents command if you want the contents after the title page.}}% \def\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage{% \errmessage{@setshortcontentsaftertitlepage has been removed as a Texinfo command; move your @shortcontents and @contents commands if you want the contents after the title page.}}% \parseargdef\shorttitlepage{% \begingroup \hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}% \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page} \envdef\titlepage{% % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage. \begingroup \parindent=0pt \textfonts % Leave some space at the very top of the page. \vglue\titlepagetopglue % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title. \finishedtitlepagetrue % % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second. \let\oldpage = \page \def\page{% \iffinishedtitlepage\else \finishtitlepage \fi \let\page = \oldpage \page \null }% } \def\Etitlepage{% \iffinishedtitlepage\else \finishtitlepage \fi % It is important to do the page break before ending the group, % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group. % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page % after the title page, which we certainly don't want. \oldpage \endgroup % % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers. \HEADINGSon } \def\finishtitlepage{% \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize \vskip\titlepagebottomglue \finishedtitlepagetrue } % Settings used for typesetting titles: no hyphenation, no indentation, % don't worry much about spacing, ragged right. This should be used % inside a \vbox, and fonts need to be set appropriately first. \par should % be specified before the end of the \vbox, since a vbox is a group. % \def\raggedtitlesettings{% \rm \hyphenpenalty=10000 \parindent=0pt \tolerance=5000 \ptexraggedright } % Macros to be used within @titlepage: \let\subtitlerm=\rmfont \def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines} \parseargdef\title{% \checkenv\titlepage \vbox{\titlefonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}% % print a rule at the page bottom also. \finishedtitlepagefalse \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt } \parseargdef\subtitle{% \checkenv\titlepage {\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}% } % @author should come last, but may come many times. % It can also be used inside @quotation. % \parseargdef\author{% \def\temp{\quotation}% \ifx\thisenv\temp \def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation. \else \checkenv\titlepage \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi {\secfonts\rm \leftline{#1}}% \fi } % Set up page headings and footings. \let\thispage=\folio \newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages \newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages \newtoks\evenchapheadline% headline on even pages with a new chapter \newtoks\oddchapheadline % headline on odd pages with a new chapter \newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages \newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages % Now make \makeheadline and \makefootline in Plain TeX use those variables \headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifchapterpage \ifodd\pageno\the\oddchapheadline\else\the\evenchapheadline\fi \else \ifodd\pageno\the\oddheadline\else\the\evenheadline\fi \fi}} \footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook} \let\HEADINGShook=\relax % Commands to set those variables. % For example, this is what @headings on does % @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter % @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle % @evenfooting @thisfile|| % @oddfooting ||@thisfile \def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx} \def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} \def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% \global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}} \global\evenchapheadline=\evenheadline} \def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx} \def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} \def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% \global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}% \global\oddchapheadline=\oddheadline} \parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}% \def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx} \def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} \def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% \global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} \def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx} \def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} \def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}% % % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume % @evenfooting will not be used by itself. \global\advance\txipageheight by -12pt \global\advance\vsize by -12pt } \parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}} % @evenheadingmarks top \thischapter <- chapter at the top of a page % @evenheadingmarks bottom \thischapter <- chapter at the bottom of a page % % The same set of arguments for: % % @oddheadingmarks % @evenfootingmarks % @oddfootingmarks % @everyheadingmarks % @everyfootingmarks % These define \getoddheadingmarks, \getevenheadingmarks, % \getoddfootingmarks, and \getevenfootingmarks, each to one of % \gettopheadingmarks, \getbottomheadingmarks. % \def\evenheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}} \def\oddheadingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{heading}} \def\evenfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}} \def\oddfootingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{footing}} \parseargdef\everyheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}{#1} \headingmarks{odd}{heading}{#1} } \parseargdef\everyfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}{#1} \headingmarks{odd}{footing}{#1} } % #1 = even/odd, #2 = heading/footing, #3 = top/bottom. \def\headingmarks#1#2#3 {% \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp \csname get#3headingmarks\endcsname \global\expandafter\let\csname get#1#2marks\endcsname \temp } \everyheadingmarks bottom \everyfootingmarks bottom % @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing. % @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing. % @headings off turns them off. % @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility. % @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page. % @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page. % @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page. % By default, they are off at the start of a document, % and turned `on' after @end titlepage. \parseargdef\headings{\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname} \def\headingsoff{% non-global headings elimination \evenheadline={\hfil}\evenfootline={\hfil}\evenchapheadline={\hfil}% \oddheadline={\hfil}\oddfootline={\hfil}\oddchapheadline={\hfil}% } \def\HEADINGSoff{{\globaldefs=1 \headingsoff}} % global setting \HEADINGSoff % it's the default % When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1. \def\pageone{ \global\pageno=1 \global\arabiccount = \pagecount } % For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner, % chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document % title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top % edge of all pages. \def\HEADINGSdouble{% \pageone \HEADINGSdoublex } \let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager % For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page, % page number on top right. \def\HEADINGSsingle{% \pageone \HEADINGSsinglex } \def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble} \def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex} \let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter \def\HEADINGSdoublex{% \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\evenchapheadline={\line{\folio\hfil}} \global\oddchapheadline={\line{\hfil\folio}} \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage } \def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex} \def\HEADINGSsinglex{% \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\evenchapheadline={\line{\hfil\folio}} \global\oddchapheadline={\line{\hfil\folio}} \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager } % for @setchapternewpage off \def\HEADINGSsinglechapoff{% \pageone \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\evenchapheadline=\evenheadline \global\oddchapheadline=\oddheadline \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager } % Subroutines used in generating headings % This produces Day Month Year style of output. % Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set % up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this). \ifx\today\thisisundefined \def\today{% \number\day\space \ifcase\month \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec \fi \space\number\year} \fi % @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings. % It generates no output of its own. \def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle} \def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}} \message{tables,} % Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x). % default indentation of table text \newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in % default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text \newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in % margin between end of table item and start of table text. \newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in % used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin \newdimen\itemmax % Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with % these defs. % They also define \itemindex % to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none). \newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip \def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi} \def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz} \def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz} \def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup % \advance\hsize by -\rightskip \advance\hsize by -\tableindent \setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}% \itemindex{#1}% \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx. % % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space. \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax % % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping, % but leave it ragged-right. \begingroup \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent \advance\hsize by\tableindent \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil\relax \leavevmode\unhbox0\par \endgroup % % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started. \nobreak \vskip-\parskip % % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. However, if % what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no % \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would % cause the example and the item to crash together. So we use this % bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert % \parskip glue after all. Section titles are handled this way also. % \penalty 10001 \endgroup \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse \else % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the % following text (if any) will end up on the same line. \noindent % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and % eventually be printed. \nobreak\kern-\tableindent \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \unhbox0 \nobreak\kern\dimen0 \endgroup \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue \fi } \def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}} \def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}} % @table, @ftable, @vtable. \envdef\table{% \let\itemindex\gobble \tablecheck{table}% } \envdef\ftable{% \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}% \tablecheck{ftable}% } \envdef\vtable{% \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}% \tablecheck{vtable}% } \def\tablecheck#1{% \ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active \endgroup \errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}% \def\next{\doignore{#1}}% \else \let\next\tablex \fi \next } \def\tablex#1{% \def\itemindicate{#1}% \parsearg\tabley } \def\tabley#1{% {% \makevalueexpandable \edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}% \expandafter }\temp \endtablez } \def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{% \aboveenvbreak \ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi \ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi \itemmax=\tableindent \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin \advance \leftskip by \tableindent \exdentamount=\tableindent \parindent = 0pt \parskip = \smallskipamount \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi \let\item = \internalBitem \let\itemx = \internalBitemx } \def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak} \let\Eftable\Etable \let\Evtable\Etable \let\Eitemize\Etable \let\Eenumerate\Etable % This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize \newcount \itemno \envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize} \def\doitemize#1{% \aboveenvbreak \itemmax=\itemindent \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin \advance\leftskip by \itemindent \exdentamount=\itemindent \parindent=0pt \parskip=\smallskipamount \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi % % Try typesetting the item mark so that if the document erroneously says % something like @itemize @samp (intending @table), there's an error % right away at the @itemize. It's not the best error message in the % world, but it's better than leaving it to the @item. This means if % the user wants an empty mark, they have to say @w{} not just @w. \def\itemcontents{#1}% \setbox0 = \hbox{\itemcontents}% % % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet. \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi % \let\item=\itemizeitem } % Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate. % \def\itemizeitem{% \advance\itemno by 1 % for enumerations {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break {% % If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a % \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have % done a \vskip-\parskip. In that case, we don't want to zero % parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading. On the % other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there % usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much % space. In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before. At least % that's the theory. \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi \noindent \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}% % \ifinner\else \vadjust{\penalty 1200}% not good to break after first line of item. \fi % We can be in inner vertical mode in a footnote, although an % @itemize looks awful there. }% \flushcr } % \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in % TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder. % \def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}% % Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter, % or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No % argument is the same as `1'. % \envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey} \def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{% % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'. \def\thearg{#1}% \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi % % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number. % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made. % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.) \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark \ifx\rest\empty % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything. % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero. % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and % not equal to itself. % Otherwise, we assume it's a number. % % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from % continuing to look for a . % \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax \numericenumerate % a number (we hope) \else % It's a letter. \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter \else \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter \fi \fi \else % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number. \numericenumerate \fi } % An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is % given in \thearg. % \def\numericenumerate{% \itemno = \thearg \startenumeration{\the\itemno}% } % The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg. \def\lowercaseenumerate{% \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg \startenumeration{% % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. \ifnum\itemno=0 \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger alphabet}% \fi \char\lccode\itemno }% } % The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg. \def\uppercaseenumerate{% \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg \startenumeration{% % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. \ifnum\itemno=0 \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger alphabet} \fi \char\uccode\itemno }% } % Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the % common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in % \itemno, since @item increments \itemno. % \def\startenumeration#1{% \advance\itemno by -1 \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr } % @multitable macros % Macros used to set up halign preamble: % \let\endsetuptable\relax \def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable} \let\columnfractions\relax \def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions} \newif\ifsetpercent % #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might % be just 1. We just use it, whatever it is. % \def\pickupwholefraction#1 {% \global\advance\colcount by 1 \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}% \setuptable } \newcount\colcount \def\setuptable#1{% \def\firstarg{#1}% \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable \let\go = \relax \else \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions \global\setpercenttrue \else \ifsetpercent \let\go\pickupwholefraction \else \global\advance\colcount by 1 \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway. \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}% \fi \fi \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so % we'll always have a period there to be parsed. \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}% \else \let\go = \setuptable \fi% \fi \go } % @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold. Assignments % have to be global since we are inside the implicit group of an % alignment entry. \everycr below resets \everytab so we don't have to % undo it ourselves. \def\headitemfont{\b}% for people to use in the template row; not changeable \def\headitem{% \checkenv\multitable \crcr \gdef\headitemcrhook{\nobreak}% attempt to avoid page break after headings \global\everytab={\bf}% can't use \headitemfont since the parsing differs \the\everytab % for the first item }% % % default for tables with no headings. \let\headitemcrhook=\relax % \def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}% \newtoks\everytab % insert after every tab. % \envdef\multitable{% \vskip\parskip \startsavinginserts % % @item within a multitable starts a normal row. % We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries % contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka % \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize. \def\item{\crcr}% % \tolerance=9500 \hbadness=9500 \parskip=0pt \parindent=6pt \overfullrule=0pt \global\colcount=0 % \everycr = {% \noalign{% \global\everytab={}% Reset from possible headitem. \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter. % % Check for saved footnotes, etc.: \checkinserts % % Perhaps a \nobreak, then reset: \headitemcrhook \global\let\headitemcrhook=\relax }% }% % \parsearg\domultitable } \def\domultitable#1{% % To parse everything between @multitable and @item: \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable % % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will % be used as many times as user calls for columns. % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and % continue for many paragraphs if desired. \halign\bgroup &% \global\advance\colcount by 1 \strut \vtop{% \advance\hsize by -1\leftskip % Find the correct column width \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname % \rightskip=0pt \ifnum\colcount=1 \advance\hsize by\leftskip % Add indent of surrounding text \else % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other. \leftskip=12pt \ifsetpercent \else % If a template has been used \advance\hsize by \leftskip \fi \fi \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\strut }\cr } \def\Emultitable{% \crcr \egroup % end the \halign \global\setpercentfalse } \message{conditionals,} % @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext, % @ifnotxml always succeed. They currently do nothing; we don't % attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested. But we % have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't % attempt to close an environment group. % \def\makecond#1{% \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax \expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1 } \makecond{iftex} \makecond{ifnotdocbook} \makecond{ifnothtml} \makecond{ifnotinfo} \makecond{ifnotplaintext} \makecond{ifnotxml} % Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like. % \def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}} \def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}} \def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}} \def\html{\doignore{html}} \def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}} \def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}} \def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}} \def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}} \def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}} \def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}} \def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}} \def\menu{\doignore{menu}} \def\xml{\doignore{xml}} % Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals. % % A count to remember the depth of nesting. \newcount\doignorecount \def\doignore#1{\begingroup % Scan in ``verbatim'' mode: \obeylines \catcode`\@ = \other \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other % % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants. \spaceisspace % % Count number of #1's that we've seen. \doignorecount = 0 % % Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'. \dodoignore{#1}% } { \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source. \obeylines % % \gdef\dodoignore#1{% % #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'. % % Define a command to find the next `@end #1'. \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{% \doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}% % % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a % line. (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.) \long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}% % % And now expand that command. \doignoretext ^^M% }% } \def\doignoreyyy#1{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\empty % Nothing found. \let\next\doignoretextzzz \else % Found a nested condition, ... \advance\doignorecount by 1 \let\next\doignoretextyyy % ..., look for another. % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example). \fi \next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro. } % We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_". % \def\doignoretextzzz#1{% \ifnum\doignorecount = 0 % We have just found the outermost @end. \let\next\enddoignore \else % Still inside a nested condition. \advance\doignorecount by -1 \let\next\doignoretext % Look for the next @end. \fi \next } % Finish off ignored text. { \obeylines% % Ignore anything after the last `@end #1'; this matters in verbatim % environments, where otherwise the newline after an ignored conditional % would result in a blank line in the output. \gdef\enddoignore#1^^M{\endgroup\ignorespaces}% } % @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value. % @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE. % % Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be % empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our % own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we % didn't need it. % We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10. % \parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy} \def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{% {% \makevalueexpandable \def\temp{#2}% \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}% \ifx\temp\empty \next{}% \else \setzzz#2\endsetzzz \fi }% } % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted. \def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}} % @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR. % \parseargdef\clear{% {% \makevalueexpandable \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax }% } % @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo. \def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx} \def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup} { \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active % \gdef\makevalueexpandable{% \let\value = \expandablevalue % We don't want these characters active, ... \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though. % So \let them to their normal equivalents. \let-\normaldash \let_\normalunderscore } } \def\expandablevalue#1{% \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax {[No value for ``#1'']}% \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}% \else \csname SET#1\endcsname \fi } % Like \expandablevalue, but completely expandable (the \message in the % definition above operates at the execution level of TeX). Used when % writing to auxiliary files, due to the expansion that \write does. % If flag is undefined, pass through an unexpanded @value command: maybe it % will be set by the time it is read back in. % % NB flag names containing - or _ may not work here. \def\dummyvalue#1{% \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax \string\value{#1}% \else \csname SET#1\endcsname \fi } % Used for @value's in index entries to form the sort key: expand the @value % if possible, otherwise sort late. \def\indexnofontsvalue#1{% \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax ZZZZZZZ% \else \csname SET#1\endcsname \fi } % @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined % with @set. % % To get the special treatment we need for `@end ifset,' we call % \makecond and then redefine. % \makecond{ifset} \def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}} \def\doifset#1#2{% {% \makevalueexpandable \let\next=\empty \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax #1% If not set, redefine \next. \fi \expandafter }\next } \def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}} % @ifclear VAR ... @end executes the `...' iff VAR has never been % defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. % % The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the % above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set, % then redefine \next to \ifclearfail. % \makecond{ifclear} \def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}} \def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}} % @ifcommandisdefined CMD ... @end executes the `...' if CMD (written % without the @) is in fact defined. We can only feasibly check at the % TeX level, so something like `mathcode' is going to considered % defined even though it is not a Texinfo command. % \makecond{ifcommanddefined} \def\ifcommanddefined{\parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\let\next=\ifcmddefinedfail}}} % \def\doifcmddefined#1#2{{% \makevalueexpandable \let\next=\empty \expandafter\ifx\csname #2\endcsname\relax #1% If not defined, \let\next as above. \fi \expandafter }\next } \def\ifcmddefinedfail{\doignore{ifcommanddefined}} % @ifcommandnotdefined CMD ... handled similar to @ifclear above. \makecond{ifcommandnotdefined} \def\ifcommandnotdefined{% \parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\else \let\next=\ifcmdnotdefinedfail}}} \def\ifcmdnotdefinedfail{\doignore{ifcommandnotdefined}} % Set the `txicommandconditionals' variable, so documents have a way to % test if the @ifcommand...defined conditionals are available. \set txicommandconditionals % @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file % which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. \let\dircategory=\comment % @defininfoenclose. \let\definfoenclose=\comment \message{indexing,} % Index generation facilities % Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite % except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's. \edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}} % \newindex {foo} defines an index named IX. % It automatically defines \IXindex such that % \IXindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index IX. % It also defines \IXindfile to be the number of the output channel for % the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is IX. % The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long % for the sake of vms. % \def\newindex#1{% \expandafter\chardef\csname#1indfile\endcsname=0 \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index \noexpand\doindex{#1}} } % @defindex foo == \newindex{foo} % \def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex} % Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code. % \def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex} % \def\newcodeindex#1{% \expandafter\chardef\csname#1indfile\endcsname=0 \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}% } % The default indices: \newindex{cp}% concepts, \newcodeindex{fn}% functions, \newcodeindex{vr}% variables, \newcodeindex{tp}% types, \newcodeindex{ky}% keys \newcodeindex{pg}% and programs. % @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar. % Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index. % % @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo % inside @code. % \def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}} \def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}} % #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo), % #3 the target index (bar). \def\dosynindex#1#2#3{% \requireopenindexfile{#3}% % redefine \fooindfile: \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp % redefine \fooindex: \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}% } % Define \doindex, the driver for all index macros. % Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro, % and it is the two-letter name of the index. \def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\doindexxxx} \def\doindexxxx #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}} % like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument. \def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\docodeindexxxx} \def\docodeindexxxx #1{\docind{\indexname}{#1}} % Used for the aux, toc and index files to prevent expansion of Texinfo % commands. % \def\atdummies{% \definedummyletter\@% \definedummyletter\ % \definedummyletter\{% \definedummyletter\}% \definedummyletter\&% % % Do the redefinitions. \definedummies \otherbackslash } % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively % preventing its expansion. This is used only for control words, % not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for % control characters, but is needed to separate the control word % from whatever follows. % % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and % those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever). % % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the % space. % \def\definedummyword #1{\def#1{\string#1\space}}% \def\definedummyletter#1{\def#1{\string#1}}% \let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter % Called from \atdummies to prevent the expansion of commands. % \def\definedummies{% % \let\commondummyword\definedummyword \let\commondummyletter\definedummyletter \let\commondummyaccent\definedummyaccent \commondummiesnofonts % \definedummyletter\_% \definedummyletter\-% % % Non-English letters. \definedummyword\AA \definedummyword\AE \definedummyword\DH \definedummyword\L \definedummyword\O \definedummyword\OE \definedummyword\TH \definedummyword\aa \definedummyword\ae \definedummyword\dh \definedummyword\exclamdown \definedummyword\l \definedummyword\o \definedummyword\oe \definedummyword\ordf \definedummyword\ordm \definedummyword\questiondown \definedummyword\ss \definedummyword\th % % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do. \definedummyword\bf \definedummyword\gtr \definedummyword\hat \definedummyword\less \definedummyword\sf \definedummyword\sl \definedummyword\tclose \definedummyword\tt % \definedummyword\LaTeX \definedummyword\TeX % % Assorted special characters. \definedummyword\ampchar \definedummyword\atchar \definedummyword\arrow \definedummyword\backslashchar \definedummyword\bullet \definedummyword\comma \definedummyword\copyright \definedummyword\registeredsymbol \definedummyword\dots \definedummyword\enddots \definedummyword\entrybreak \definedummyword\equiv \definedummyword\error \definedummyword\euro \definedummyword\expansion \definedummyword\geq \definedummyword\guillemetleft \definedummyword\guillemetright \definedummyword\guilsinglleft \definedummyword\guilsinglright \definedummyword\lbracechar \definedummyword\leq \definedummyword\mathopsup \definedummyword\minus \definedummyword\ogonek \definedummyword\pounds \definedummyword\point \definedummyword\print \definedummyword\quotedblbase \definedummyword\quotedblleft \definedummyword\quotedblright \definedummyword\quoteleft \definedummyword\quoteright \definedummyword\quotesinglbase \definedummyword\rbracechar \definedummyword\result \definedummyword\sub \definedummyword\sup \definedummyword\textdegree % \definedummyword\subentry % % We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write. \macrolist \let\value\dummyvalue % \normalturnoffactive } % \commondummiesnofonts: common to \definedummies and \indexnofonts. % Define \commondummyletter, \commondummyaccent and \commondummyword before % using. Used for accents, font commands, and various control letters. % \def\commondummiesnofonts{% % Control letters and accents. \commondummyletter\!% \commondummyaccent\"% \commondummyaccent\'% \commondummyletter\*% \commondummyaccent\,% \commondummyletter\.% \commondummyletter\/% \commondummyletter\:% \commondummyaccent\=% \commondummyletter\?% \commondummyaccent\^% \commondummyaccent\`% \commondummyaccent\~% \commondummyword\u \commondummyword\v \commondummyword\H \commondummyword\dotaccent \commondummyword\ogonek \commondummyword\ringaccent \commondummyword\tieaccent \commondummyword\ubaraccent \commondummyword\udotaccent \commondummyword\dotless % % Texinfo font commands. \commondummyword\b \commondummyword\i \commondummyword\r \commondummyword\sansserif \commondummyword\sc \commondummyword\slanted \commondummyword\t % % Commands that take arguments. \commondummyword\abbr \commondummyword\acronym \commondummyword\anchor \commondummyword\cite \commondummyword\code \commondummyword\command \commondummyword\dfn \commondummyword\dmn \commondummyword\email \commondummyword\emph \commondummyword\env \commondummyword\file \commondummyword\image \commondummyword\indicateurl \commondummyword\inforef \commondummyword\kbd \commondummyword\key \commondummyword\math \commondummyword\option \commondummyword\pxref \commondummyword\ref \commondummyword\samp \commondummyword\strong \commondummyword\tie \commondummyword\U \commondummyword\uref \commondummyword\url \commondummyword\var \commondummyword\verb \commondummyword\w \commondummyword\xref } \let\indexlbrace\relax \let\indexrbrace\relax \let\indexatchar\relax \let\indexbackslash\relax {\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=13 @gdef@backslashdisappear{@def\{}} } { \catcode`\<=13 \catcode`\-=13 \catcode`\`=13 \gdef\indexnonalnumdisappear{% \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlquoteignore\endcsname\relax\else % @set txiindexlquoteignore makes us ignore left quotes in the sort term. % (Introduced for FSFS 2nd ed.) \let`=\empty \fi % \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexbackslashignore\endcsname\relax\else \backslashdisappear \fi % \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexhyphenignore\endcsname\relax\else \def-{}% \fi \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlessthanignore\endcsname\relax\else \def<{}% \fi \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexatsignignore\endcsname\relax\else \def\@{}% \fi } \gdef\indexnonalnumreappear{% \let-\normaldash \let<\normalless } } % \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index % by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all % control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string % would be for a given command (usually its argument). % \def\indexnofonts{% % Accent commands should become @asis. \def\commondummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}% % We can just ignore other control letters. \def\commondummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}% % All control words become @asis by default; overrides below. \let\commondummyword\commondummyaccent \commondummiesnofonts % % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc. % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands. %\let\tt=\asis % \def\ { }% \def\@{@}% \def\_{\normalunderscore}% \def\-{}% @- shouldn't affect sorting % \uccode`\1=`\{ \uppercase{\def\{{1}}% \uccode`\1=`\} \uppercase{\def\}{1}}% \let\lbracechar\{% \let\rbracechar\}% % % Non-English letters. \def\AA{AA}% \def\AE{AE}% \def\DH{DZZ}% \def\L{L}% \def\OE{OE}% \def\O{O}% \def\TH{TH}% \def\aa{aa}% \def\ae{ae}% \def\dh{dzz}% \def\exclamdown{!}% \def\l{l}% \def\oe{oe}% \def\ordf{a}% \def\ordm{o}% \def\o{o}% \def\questiondown{?}% \def\ss{ss}% \def\th{th}% % \let\do\indexnofontsdef % \do\LaTeX{LaTeX}% \do\TeX{TeX}% % % Assorted special characters. \do\atchar{@}% \do\arrow{->}% \do\bullet{bullet}% \do\comma{,}% \do\copyright{copyright}% \do\dots{...}% \do\enddots{...}% \do\equiv{==}% \do\error{error}% \do\euro{euro}% \do\expansion{==>}% \do\geq{>=}% \do\guillemetleft{<<}% \do\guillemetright{>>}% \do\guilsinglleft{<}% \do\guilsinglright{>}% \do\leq{<=}% \do\lbracechar{\{}% \do\minus{-}% \do\point{.}% \do\pounds{pounds}% \do\print{-|}% \do\quotedblbase{"}% \do\quotedblleft{"}% \do\quotedblright{"}% \do\quoteleft{`}% \do\quoteright{'}% \do\quotesinglbase{,}% \do\rbracechar{\}}% \do\registeredsymbol{R}% \do\result{=>}% \do\textdegree{o}% % % We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present). % Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now. % makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up % writing an index entry, and texindex isn't prepared for an index sort entry % that starts with \. % % Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them % to take a single TeX argument. The case of a macro invocation that % goes to end-of-line is not handled. % \macrolist \let\value\indexnofontsvalue } % Give the control sequence a definition that removes the {} that follows % its use, e.g. @AA{} -> AA \def\indexnofontsdef#1#2{\def#1##1{#2}}% % #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text. \def\doind#1#2{% \iflinks {% % \requireopenindexfile{#1}% \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}% % \def\indextext{#2}% \safewhatsit\doindwrite }% \fi } % Same as \doind, but for code indices \def\docind#1#2{% \iflinks {% % \requireopenindexfile{#1}% \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}% % \def\indextext{#2}% \safewhatsit\docindwrite }% \fi } % Check if an index file has been opened, and if not, open it. \def\requireopenindexfile#1{% \ifnum\csname #1indfile\endcsname=0 \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname \edef\suffix{#1}% % A .fls suffix would conflict with the file extension for the output % of -recorder, so use .f1s instead. \ifx\suffix\indexisfl\def\suffix{f1}\fi % Open the file \immediate\openout\csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.\suffix % Using \immediate above here prevents an object entering into the current % box, which could confound checks such as those in \safewhatsit for % preceding skips. \typeout{Writing index file \jobname.\suffix}% \fi} \def\indexisfl{fl} % Definition for writing index entry sort key. { \catcode`\-=13 \gdef\indexwritesortas{% \begingroup \indexnonalnumreappear \indexwritesortasxxx} \gdef\indexwritesortasxxx#1{% \xdef\indexsortkey{#1}\endgroup} } \def\indexwriteseealso#1{ \gdef\pagenumbertext{\string\seealso{#1}}% } \def\indexwriteseeentry#1{ \gdef\pagenumbertext{\string\seeentry{#1}}% } % The default definitions \def\sortas#1{}% \def\seealso#1{\i{\putwordSeeAlso}\ #1}% for sorted index file only \def\putwordSeeAlso{See also} \def\seeentry#1{\i{\putwordSee}\ #1}% for sorted index file only % Given index entry text like "aaa @subentry bbb @sortas{ZZZ}": % * Set \bracedtext to "{aaa}{bbb}" % * Set \fullindexsortkey to "aaa @subentry ZZZ" % * If @seealso occurs, set \pagenumbertext % \def\splitindexentry#1{% \gdef\fullindexsortkey{}% \xdef\bracedtext{}% \def\sep{}% \def\seealso##1{}% \def\seeentry##1{}% \expandafter\doindexsegment#1\subentry\finish\subentry } % append the results from the next segment \def\doindexsegment#1\subentry{% \def\segment{#1}% \ifx\segment\isfinish \else % % Fully expand the segment, throwing away any @sortas directives, and % trim spaces. \edef\trimmed{\segment}% \edef\trimmed{\expandafter\eatspaces\expandafter{\trimmed}}% \ifincodeindex \edef\trimmed{\noexpand\code{\trimmed}}% \fi % \xdef\bracedtext{\bracedtext{\trimmed}}% % % Get the string to sort by. Process the segment with all % font commands turned off. \bgroup \let\sortas\indexwritesortas \let\seealso\indexwriteseealso \let\seeentry\indexwriteseeentry \indexnofonts % The braces around the commands are recognized by texindex. \def\lbracechar{{\string\indexlbrace}}% \def\rbracechar{{\string\indexrbrace}}% \let\{=\lbracechar \let\}=\rbracechar \def\@{{\string\indexatchar}}% \def\atchar##1{\@}% \def\backslashchar{{\string\indexbackslash}}% \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\let~\backslashchar}% % \let\indexsortkey\empty \global\let\pagenumbertext\empty % Execute the segment and throw away the typeset output. This executes % any @sortas or @seealso commands in this segment. \setbox\dummybox = \hbox{\segment}% \ifx\indexsortkey\empty{% \indexnonalnumdisappear \xdef\trimmed{\segment}% \xdef\trimmed{\expandafter\eatspaces\expandafter{\trimmed}}% \xdef\indexsortkey{\trimmed}% \ifx\indexsortkey\empty\xdef\indexsortkey{ }\fi }\fi % % Append to \fullindexsortkey. \edef\tmp{\gdef\noexpand\fullindexsortkey{% \fullindexsortkey\sep\indexsortkey}}% \tmp \egroup \def\sep{\subentry}% % \expandafter\doindexsegment \fi } \def\isfinish{\finish}% \newbox\dummybox % used above \let\subentry\relax % Use \ instead of @ in index files. To support old texi2dvi and texindex. % This works without changing the escape character used in the toc or aux % files because the index entries are fully expanded here, and \string uses % the current value of \escapechar. \def\escapeisbackslash{\escapechar=`\\} % Use \ in index files by default. texi2dvi didn't support @ as the escape % character (as it checked for "\entry" in the files, and not "@entry"). When % the new version of texi2dvi has had a chance to become more prevalent, then % the escape character can change back to @ again. This should be an easy % change to make now because both @ and \ are only used as escape characters in % index files, never standing for themselves. % \set txiindexescapeisbackslash % Write the entry in \indextext to the index file. % \newif\ifincodeindex \def\doindwrite{\incodeindexfalse\doindwritex} \def\docindwrite{\incodeindextrue\doindwritex} \def\doindwritex{% \maybemarginindex % \atdummies % \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexescapeisbackslash\endcsname\relax\else \escapeisbackslash \fi % % For texindex which always views { and } as separators. \def\{{\lbracechar{}}% \def\}{\rbracechar{}}% \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\def~{\backslashchar{}}}% % % Split the entry into primary entry and any subentries, and get the index % sort key. \splitindexentry\indextext % % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and % the original text, including any font commands. We write % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s % sorted result. % \edef\temp{% \write\writeto{% \string\entry{\fullindexsortkey}% {\ifx\pagenumbertext\empty\noexpand\folio\else\pagenumbertext\fi}% \bracedtext}% }% \temp } % Put the index entry in the margin if desired (undocumented). \def\maybemarginindex{% \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \relax\indextext}}% \fi } \let\SETmarginindex=\relax % Take care of unwanted page breaks/skips around a whatsit: % % If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it % by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting % the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the % \write or \pdfdest will make \lastskip zero. The result is that % sequences like this: % @end defun % @tindex whatever % @defun ... % will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the % start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of % the previous defun. % % But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We % don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph. % % Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too. % % But wait, there is a catch there: % We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip. \ifdim is not % sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts % of the skip. The only way seems to be to check the textual % representation of the skip. % % The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that % the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter). % \edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname} % \newskip\whatsitskip \newcount\whatsitpenalty % % ..., ready, GO: % \def\safewhatsit#1{\ifhmode #1% \else % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously. \whatsitskip = \lastskip \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}% \whatsitpenalty = \lastpenalty % % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a % skip. And since a skip is discardable, that means this % -\whatsitskip glue we're inserting is preceded by a % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed. \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro \else \vskip-\whatsitskip \fi % #1% % \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro % If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and % perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak. In that case, we want % to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various % signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any % following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example: % @deffn deffn-whatever % @vindex index-whatever % Description. % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit % and the "Description." paragraph. \ifnum\whatsitpenalty>9999 \penalty\whatsitpenalty \fi \else % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip, % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak. \nobreak\vskip\whatsitskip \fi \fi} % The index entry written in the file actually looks like % \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic} % or % \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic} % The texindex program reads in these files and writes files % containing these kinds of lines: % \initial {c} % before the first topic whose initial is c % \entry {topic}{pagelist} % for a topic that is used without subtopics % \primary {topic} % \entry {topic}{} % for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics % \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist} % for each subtopic. % \secondary {subtopic}{} % for a subtopic with sub-subtopics % \tertiary {subtopic}{subsubtopic}{pagelist} % for each sub-subtopic. % Define the user-accessible indexing commands % @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex. \def\findex {\fnindex} \def\kindex {\kyindex} \def\cindex {\cpindex} \def\vindex {\vrindex} \def\tindex {\tpindex} \def\pindex {\pgindex} % Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material. % @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed. % It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered). % \parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}% % \smallfonts \rm \tolerance = 9500 \plainfrenchspacing \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression. % % See comment in \requireopenindexfile. \def\indexname{#1}\ifx\indexname\indexisfl\def\indexname{f1}\fi % % See if the index file exists and is nonempty. \openin 1 \jobname.\indexname s \ifeof 1 % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index, % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure % there is some text. \putwordIndexNonexistent \typeout{No file \jobname.\indexname s.}% \else % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so % it can discover if there is anything in it. \read 1 to \thisline \ifeof 1 \putwordIndexIsEmpty \else \expandafter\printindexzz\thisline\relax\relax\finish% \fi \fi \closein 1 \endgroup} % If the index file starts with a backslash, forgo reading the index % file altogether. If somebody upgrades texinfo.tex they may still have % old index files using \ as the escape character. Reading this would % at best lead to typesetting garbage, at worst a TeX syntax error. \def\printindexzz#1#2\finish{% \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexescapeisbackslash\endcsname\relax \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\if\noexpand~}\noexpand#1 \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiskipindexfileswithbackslash\endcsname\relax \errmessage{% ERROR: A sorted index file in an obsolete format was skipped. To fix this problem, please upgrade your version of 'texi2dvi' or 'texi2pdf' to that at . If you are using an old version of 'texindex' (part of the Texinfo distribution), you may also need to upgrade to a newer version (at least 6.0). You may be able to typeset the index if you run 'texindex \jobname.\indexname' yourself. You could also try setting the 'txiindexescapeisbackslash' flag by running a command like 'texi2dvi -t "@set txiindexescapeisbackslash" \jobname.texi'. If you do this, Texinfo will try to use index files in the old format. If you continue to have problems, deleting the index files and starting again might help (with 'rm \jobname.?? \jobname.??s')% }% \else (Skipped sorted index file in obsolete format) \fi \else \begindoublecolumns \input \jobname.\indexname s \enddoublecolumns \fi \else \begindoublecolumns \catcode`\\=0\relax % % Make @ an escape character to give macros a chance to work. This % should work because we (hopefully) don't otherwise use @ in index files. %\catcode`\@=12\relax \catcode`\@=0\relax \input \jobname.\indexname s \enddoublecolumns \fi } % These macros are used by the sorted index file itself. % Change them to control the appearance of the index. {\catcode`\/=13 \catcode`\-=13 \catcode`\^=13 \catcode`\~=13 \catcode`\_=13 \catcode`\|=13 \catcode`\<=13 \catcode`\>=13 \catcode`\+=13 \catcode`\"=13 \catcode`\$=3 \gdef\initialglyphs{% % special control sequences used in the index sort key \let\indexlbrace\{% \let\indexrbrace\}% \let\indexatchar\@% \def\indexbackslash{\math{\backslash}}% % % Some changes for non-alphabetic characters. Using the glyphs from the % math fonts looks more consistent than the typewriter font used elsewhere % for these characters. \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\def~{\math{\backslash}}} % % In case @\ is used for backslash \uppercase{\let\\=~} % Can't get bold backslash so don't use bold forward slash \catcode`\/=13 \def/{{\secrmnotbold \normalslash}}% \def-{{\normaldash\normaldash}}% en dash `--' \def^{{\chapbf \normalcaret}}% \def~{{\chapbf \normaltilde}}% \def\_{% \leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }% \def|{$\vert$}% \def<{$\less$}% \def>{$\gtr$}% \def+{$\normalplus$}% }} \def\initial{% \bgroup \initialglyphs \initialx } \def\initialx#1{% % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own. \removelastskip % % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus. % The glue before the bonus allows a little bit of space at the % bottom of a column to reduce an increase in inter-line spacing. \nobreak \vskip 0pt plus 5\baselineskip \penalty -300 \vskip 0pt plus -5\baselineskip % % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch % we need before each entry, but it's better. % % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns. \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus 1\baselineskip \leftline{\secfonts \kern-0.05em \secbf #1}% % \secfonts is inside the argument of \leftline so that the change of % \baselineskip will not affect any glue inserted before the vbox that % \leftline creates. % Do our best not to break after the initial. \nobreak \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip \egroup % \initialglyphs } \newdimen\entryrightmargin \entryrightmargin=0pt % \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and % then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index % and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip. % \def\entry{% \begingroup % % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't % affect previous text. \par % % No extra space above this paragraph. \parskip = 0in % % When reading the text of entry, convert explicit line breaks % from @* into spaces. The user might give these in long section % titles, for instance. \def\*{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}% \def\entrybreak{\hfil\break}% An undocumented command % % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter): \afterassignment\doentry \let\temp = } \def\entrybreak{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}% \def\doentry{% % Save the text of the entry \global\setbox\boxA=\hbox\bgroup \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace. \noindent \aftergroup\finishentry % And now comes the text of the entry. % Not absorbing as a macro argument reduces the chance of problems % with catcodes occurring. } {\catcode`\@=11 \gdef\finishentry#1{% \egroup % end box A \dimen@ = \wd\boxA % Length of text of entry \global\setbox\boxA=\hbox\bgroup \unhbox\boxA % #1 is the page number. % % Get the width of the page numbers, and only use % leaders if they are present. \global\setbox\boxB = \hbox{#1}% \ifdim\wd\boxB = 0pt \null\nobreak\hfill\ % \else % \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number. % \ifpdforxetex \pdfgettoks#1.% \hskip\skip\thinshrinkable\the\toksA \else \hskip\skip\thinshrinkable #1% \fi \fi \egroup % end \boxA \ifdim\wd\boxB = 0pt \noindent\unhbox\boxA\par \nobreak \else\bgroup % We want the text of the entries to be aligned to the left, and the % page numbers to be aligned to the right. % \parindent = 0pt \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fil \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus -1fill \rightskip = 0pt plus -1fil \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fill % Cause last line, which could consist of page numbers on their own % if the list of page numbers is long, to be aligned to the right. \parfillskip=0pt plus -1fill % \advance\rightskip by \entryrightmargin % Determine how far we can stretch into the margin. % This allows, e.g., "Appendix H GNU Free Documentation License" to % fit on one line in @letterpaper format. \ifdim\entryrightmargin>2.1em \dimen@i=2.1em \else \dimen@i=0em \fi \advance \parfillskip by 0pt minus 1\dimen@i % \dimen@ii = \hsize \advance\dimen@ii by -1\leftskip \advance\dimen@ii by -1\entryrightmargin \advance\dimen@ii by 1\dimen@i \ifdim\wd\boxA > \dimen@ii % If the entry doesn't fit in one line \ifdim\dimen@ > 0.8\dimen@ii % due to long index text % Try to split the text roughly evenly. \dimen@ will be the length of % the first line. \dimen@ = 0.7\dimen@ \dimen@ii = \hsize \ifnum\dimen@>\dimen@ii % If the entry is too long (for example, if it needs more than % two lines), use all the space in the first line. \dimen@ = \dimen@ii \fi \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill % ragged right \advance \dimen@ by 1\rightskip \parshape = 2 0pt \dimen@ 0em \dimen@ii % Ideally we'd add a finite glue at the end of the first line only, % instead of using \parshape with explicit line lengths, but TeX % doesn't seem to provide a way to do such a thing. % % Indent all lines but the first one. \advance\leftskip by 1em \advance\parindent by -1em \fi\fi \indent % start paragraph \unhbox\boxA % % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines. \finalhyphendemerits = 0 % % Word spacing - no stretch \spaceskip=\fontdimen2\font minus \fontdimen4\font % \linepenalty=1000 % Discourage line breaks. \hyphenpenalty=5000 % Discourage hyphenation. % \par % format the paragraph \egroup % The \vbox \fi \endgroup }} \newskip\thinshrinkable \skip\thinshrinkable=.15em minus .15em % Like plain.tex's \dotfill, except uses up at least 1 em. % The filll stretch here overpowers both the fil and fill stretch to push % the page number to the right. \def\indexdotfill{\cleaders \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1filll} \def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}} \def\secondary{\indententry{0.5cm}} \def\tertiary{\indententry{1cm}} \def\indententry#1#2#3{% \bgroup \leftskip=#1 \entry{#2}{#3}% \egroup } % Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes. % Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say, % the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself. \catcode`\@=11 % private names \newbox\partialpage \newdimen\doublecolumnhsize \def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns % If not much space left on page, start a new page. \ifdim\pagetotal>0.8\vsize\vfill\eject\fi % % Grab any single-column material above us. \output = {% \savetopmark % \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{% % Unvbox the main output page. \unvbox\PAGE \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip }% }% \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage % % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages. \output = {\doublecolumnout}% % % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11 % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place. % % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt) % as it did when we hard-coded it. % % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially) % been clobbered. % \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2 \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize % % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the % previous page. \advance\vsize by -\ht\partialpage \vsize = 2\vsize % % For the benefit of balancing columns \advance\baselineskip by 0pt plus 0.5pt } % The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except % the last, which is done by \balancecolumns. % \def\doublecolumnout{% % \savetopmark \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth \dimen@ = \vsize \divide\dimen@ by 2 % % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right. \setbox0=\vsplit\PAGE to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit\PAGE to\dimen@ \global\advance\vsize by 2\ht\partialpage \onepageout\pagesofar % empty except for the first time we are called \unvbox\PAGE \penalty\outputpenalty } % % Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material, % followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2. \def\pagesofar{% \unvbox\partialpage % \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize \hbox to\txipagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}% } % Finished with double columns. \def\enddoublecolumns{% % The following penalty ensures that the page builder is exercised % _before_ we change the output routine. This is necessary in the % following situation: % % The last section of the index consists only of a single entry. % Before this section, \pagetotal is less than \pagegoal, so no % break occurs before the last section starts. However, the last % section, consisting of \initial and the single \entry, does not % fit on the page and has to be broken off. Without the following % penalty the page builder will not be exercised until \eject % below, and by that time we'll already have changed the output % routine to the \balancecolumns version, so the next-to-last % double-column page will be processed with \balancecolumns, which % is wrong: The two columns will go to the main vertical list, with % the broken-off section in the recent contributions. As soon as % the output routine finishes, TeX starts reconsidering the page % break. The two columns and the broken-off section both fit on the % page, because the two columns now take up only half of the page % goal. When TeX sees \eject from below which follows the final % section, it invokes the new output routine that we've set after % \balancecolumns below; \onepageout will try to fit the two columns % and the final section into the vbox of \txipageheight (see % \pagebody), causing an overfull box. % % Note that glue won't work here, because glue does not exercise the % page builder, unlike penalties (see The TeXbook, pp. 280-281). \penalty0 % \output = {% % Split the last of the double-column material. \savetopmark \balancecolumns }% \eject % call the \output just set \ifdim\pagetotal=0pt % Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal % definition right away. \global\output=\expandafter{\the\defaultoutput} % \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns % Leave the double-column material on the current page, no automatic % page break. \box\balancedcolumns % % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize. \global\vsize = \txipageheight % \pagegoal = \txipageheight % \else % We had some left-over material. This might happen when \doublecolumnout % is called in \balancecolumns. Try again. \expandafter\enddoublecolumns \fi } \newbox\balancedcolumns \setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{shouldnt see this}% % % Only called for the last of the double column material. \doublecolumnout % does the others. \def\balancecolumns{% \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox\PAGE}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120. \dimen@ = \ht0 \ifdim\dimen@<7\baselineskip % Don't split a short final column in two. \setbox2=\vbox{}% \global\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{\pagesofar}% \else % double the leading vertical space \advance\dimen@ by \topskip \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to \dimen@ii = \dimen@ \splittopskip = \topskip % Loop until left column is at least as high as the right column. {% \vbadness = 10000 \loop \global\setbox3 = \copy0 \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@ \ifdim\ht1<\ht3 \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt \repeat }% % Now the left column is in box 1, and the right column in box 3. % % Check whether the left column has come out higher than the page itself. % (Note that we have doubled \vsize for the double columns, so % the actual height of the page is 0.5\vsize). \ifdim2\ht1>\vsize % It appears that we have been called upon to balance too much material. % Output some of it with \doublecolumnout, leaving the rest on the page. \setbox\PAGE=\box0 \doublecolumnout \else % Compare the heights of the two columns. \ifdim4\ht1>5\ht3 % Column heights are too different, so don't make their bottoms % flush with each other. \setbox2=\vbox to \ht1 {\unvbox3\vfill}% \setbox0=\vbox to \ht1 {\unvbox1\vfill}% \else % Make column bottoms flush with each other. \setbox2=\vbox to\ht1{\unvbox3\unskip}% \setbox0=\vbox to\ht1{\unvbox1\unskip}% \fi \global\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{\pagesofar}% \fi \fi % } \catcode`\@ = \other \message{sectioning,} % Chapters, sections, etc. % Let's start with @part. \outer\parseargdef\part{\partzzz{#1}} \def\partzzz#1{% \chapoddpage \null \vskip.3\vsize % move it down on the page a bit \begingroup \noindent \titlefonts\rm #1\par % the text \let\lastnode=\empty % no node to associate with \writetocentry{part}{#1}{}% but put it in the toc \headingsoff % no headline or footline on the part page % This outputs a mark at the end of the page that clears \thischapter % and \thissection, as is done in \startcontents. \let\pchapsepmacro\relax \chapmacro{}{Yomitfromtoc}{}% \chapoddpage \endgroup } % \unnumberedno is an oxymoron. But we count the unnumbered % sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf % outlines by their "section number". We avoid collisions with chapter % numbers by starting them at 10000. (If a document ever has 10000 % chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.) \newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000 \newcount\chapno \newcount\secno \secno=0 \newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0 \newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0 % This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ... \newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@ % % \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno} % We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple % construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual % letter in the expansion, not just typeset. % \def\appendixletter{% \ifnum\appendixno=`A A% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z% % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it. \else\char\the\appendixno \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} % Each @chapter defines these (using marks) as the number+name, number % and name of the chapter. Page headings and footings can use % these. @section does likewise. \def\thischapter{} \def\thischapternum{} \def\thischaptername{} \def\thissection{} \def\thissectionnum{} \def\thissectionname{} \newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level \newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count % @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc. \def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1} % @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc. \def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1} % we only have subsub. \chardef\maxseclevel = 3 % % A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too. % To achieve this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in: \chardef\unnlevel = \maxseclevel % % Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not: % \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored. \def\chapheadtype{N} % Choose a heading macro % #1 is heading type % #2 is heading level % #3 is text for heading \def\genhead#1#2#3{% % Compute the abs. sec. level: \absseclevel=#2 \advance\absseclevel by \secbase % Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range: \ifnum \absseclevel < 0 \absseclevel = 0 \else \ifnum \absseclevel > 3 \absseclevel = 3 \fi \fi % The heading type: \def\headtype{#1}% \if \headtype U% \ifnum \absseclevel < \unnlevel \chardef\unnlevel = \absseclevel \fi \else % Check for appendix sections: \ifnum \absseclevel = 0 \edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}% \else \if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N% \errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}% \fi\fi \fi % Check for numbered within unnumbered: \ifnum \absseclevel > \unnlevel \def\headtype{U}% \else \chardef\unnlevel = 3 \fi \fi % Now print the heading: \if \headtype U% \ifcase\absseclevel \unnumberedzzz{#3}% \or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}% \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}% \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}% \fi \else \if \headtype A% \ifcase\absseclevel \appendixzzz{#3}% \or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}% \or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}% \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}% \fi \else \ifcase\absseclevel \chapterzzz{#3}% \or \seczzz{#3}% \or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}% \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}% \fi \fi \fi \suppressfirstparagraphindent } % an interface: \def\numhead{\genhead N} \def\apphead{\genhead A} \def\unnmhead{\genhead U} % @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. Increment top-level counter, reset % all lower-level sectioning counters to zero. % % Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers % (e.g., figures), q.v. By default (before any chapter), that is empty. \let\chaplevelprefix = \empty % \outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz \def\chapterzzz#1{% % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such % as an @include file. \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\chapno by 1 % % Used for \float. \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}% \resetallfloatnos % % \putwordChapter can contain complex things in translations. \toks0=\expandafter{\putwordChapter}% \message{\the\toks0 \space \the\chapno}% % % Write the actual heading. \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}% % % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter. \global\let\section = \numberedsec \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec } \outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally calls appendixzzz % \def\appendixzzz#1{% \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\appendixno by 1 \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}% \resetallfloatnos % % \putwordAppendix can contain complex things in translations. \toks0=\expandafter{\putwordAppendix}% \message{\the\toks0 \space \appendixletter}% % \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}% % \global\let\section = \appendixsec \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec } % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz: \outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} \def\unnumberedzzz#1{% \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1 % % Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures. \global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty \resetallfloatnos % % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant % to be executed, not expanded). % % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use % \the to achieve this: TeX expands \the only once, % simply yielding the contents of . (We also do this for % the toc entries.) \toks0 = {#1}% \message{(\the\toks0)}% % \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}% % \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec } % @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered. \outer\parseargdef\centerchap{% \let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters \unnmhead0{#1}% \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax } % @top is like @unnumbered. \let\top\unnumbered % Sections. % \outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz \def\seczzz#1{% \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}% } % normally calls appendixsectionzzz: \outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} \def\appendixsectionzzz#1{% \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}% } \let\appendixsec\appendixsection % normally calls unnumberedseczzz: \outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} \def\unnumberedseczzz#1{% \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}% } % Subsections. % % normally calls numberedsubseczzz: \outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} \def\numberedsubseczzz#1{% \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% } % normally calls appendixsubseczzz: \outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} \def\appendixsubseczzz#1{% \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}% {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% } % normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz: \outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} \def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{% \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}% {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% } % Subsubsections. % % normally numberedsubsubseczzz: \outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} \def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{% \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}% {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% } % normally appendixsubsubseczzz: \outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} \def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{% \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}% {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% } % normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz: \outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} \def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{% \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}% {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% } % These macros control what the section commands do, according % to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered). % Define them by default for a numbered chapter. \let\section = \numberedsec \let\subsection = \numberedsubsec \let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec % Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading \def\majorheading{% {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }% \parsearg\chapheadingzzz } \def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz} \def\chapheadingzzz#1{% \vbox{\chapfonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}% \nobreak\bigskip \nobreak \suppressfirstparagraphindent } % @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading. \parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} \suppressfirstparagraphindent} \parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} \suppressfirstparagraphindent} \parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} \suppressfirstparagraphindent} % These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only % (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it), % given all the information in convenient, parsed form. % Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative) \def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi} % Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed) \newskip\chapheadingskip % Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it. \def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}} % Start a new page \def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject} % \chapoddpage - start on an odd page for a new chapter % Because \domark is called before \chapoddpage, the filler page will % get the headings for the next chapter, which is wrong. But we don't % care -- we just disable all headings on the filler page. \def\chapoddpage{% \chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \begingroup \headingsoff \null \chappager \endgroup \fi } \parseargdef\setchapternewpage{\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname} \def\CHAPPAGoff{% \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak \global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsinglechapoff}} \def\CHAPPAGon{% \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager \global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}} \def\CHAPPAGodd{% \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage \global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}} \CHAPPAGon % \chapmacro - Chapter opening. % % #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, % Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number. % Not used for @heading series. % % To test against our argument. \def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing} \def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix} \def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc} % \def\chapmacro#1#2#3{% \expandafter\ifx\thisenv\titlepage\else \checkenv{}% chapters, etc., should not start inside an environment. \fi % Insert the first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark). \let\prevchapterdefs=\currentchapterdefs \let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs \gdef\currentsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{}\gdef\thissectionnum{}% \gdef\thissection{}}% % \def\temptype{#2}% \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword \gdef\currentchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}% \gdef\thischapter{\thischaptername}}% \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword \gdef\currentchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}% \gdef\thischapter{}}% \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword \toks0={#1}% \xdef\currentchapterdefs{% \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}% \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\appendixletter}% % \noexpand\putwordAppendix avoids expanding indigestible % commands in some of the translations. \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\noexpand\putwordAppendix{} \noexpand\thischapternum: \noexpand\thischaptername}% }% \else \toks0={#1}% \xdef\currentchapterdefs{% \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}% \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\the\chapno}% % \noexpand\putwordChapter avoids expanding indigestible % commands in some of the translations. \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\noexpand\putwordChapter{} \noexpand\thischapternum: \noexpand\thischaptername}% }% \fi\fi\fi % % Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of % the preceding space. \safewhatsit\domark % % Insert the chapter heading break. \pchapsepmacro % % Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points % between here and the heading. \let\prevchapterdefs=\currentchapterdefs \let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs \domark % {% \chapfonts \rm \let\footnote=\errfootnoteheading % give better error message % % Have to define \currentsection before calling \donoderef, because the % xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon. \gdef\currentsection{#1}% % % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''. \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword \setbox0 = \hbox{}% \def\toctype{unnchap}% \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry \def\toctype{omit}% \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}% \def\toctype{app}% \else \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}% \def\toctype{numchap}% \fi\fi\fi % % Write the toc entry for this chapter. Must come before the % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty. \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}% % % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has % been typeset. If the destination for the pdf outline is after the % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not % being visible, for instance under high magnification. \donoderef{#2}% % % Typeset the actual heading. \nobreak % Avoid page breaks at the interline glue. \vbox{\raggedtitlesettings \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe \unhbox0 #1\par}% }% \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title \nobreak } % @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered. \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax \def\centerparameters{% \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip \leftskip = \rightskip \parfillskip = 0pt } % Section titles. These macros combine the section number parts and % call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing. % \newskip\secheadingskip \def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}} % Subsection titles. \newskip\subsecheadingskip \def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}} % Subsubsection titles. \def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip} \def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak} % Print any size, any type, section title. % % #1 is the text of the title, % #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), % #3 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), % #4 is the section number. % \def\seckeyword{sec} % \def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{% {% \def\sectionlevel{#2}% \def\temptype{#3}% % % It is ok for the @heading series commands to appear inside an % environment (it's been historically allowed, though the logic is % dubious), but not the others. \ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword\else \checkenv{}% non-@*heading should not be in an environment. \fi \let\footnote=\errfootnoteheading % % Switch to the right set of fonts. \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm % % Insert first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark). \let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword \gdef\currentsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{#1}\gdef\thissectionnum{}% \gdef\thissection{\thissectionname}}% \fi \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword % Don't redefine \thissection. \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword \toks0={#1}% \xdef\currentsectiondefs{% \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}% \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}% % \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible % commands in some of the translations. \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\noexpand\putwordSection{} \noexpand\thissectionnum: \noexpand\thissectionname}% }% \fi \else \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword \toks0={#1}% \xdef\currentsectiondefs{% \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}% \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}% % \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible % commands in some of the translations. \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\noexpand\putwordSection{} \noexpand\thissectionnum: \noexpand\thissectionname}% }% \fi \fi\fi\fi % % Go into vertical mode. Usually we'll already be there, but we % don't want the following whatsit to end up in a preceding paragraph % if the document didn't happen to have a blank line. \par % % Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of % the preceding space. \safewhatsit\domark % % Insert space above the heading. \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname % % Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points % between here and the heading. \global\let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs \domark % % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number. \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword \setbox0 = \hbox{}% \def\toctype{unn}% \gdef\currentsection{#1}% \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc, % and don't redefine \currentsection. \setbox0 = \hbox{}% \def\toctype{omit}% \let\sectionlevel=\empty \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% \def\toctype{app}% \gdef\currentsection{#1}% \else \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% \def\toctype{num}% \gdef\currentsection{#1}% \fi\fi\fi % % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chapmacro. \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}% % % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex). % Again, see comments in \chapmacro. \donoderef{#3}% % % Interline glue will be inserted when the vbox is completed. % That glue will be a valid breakpoint for the page, since it'll be % preceded by a whatsit (usually from the \donoderef, or from the % \writetocentry if there was no node). We don't want to allow that % break, since then the whatsits could end up on page n while the % section is on page n+1, thus toc/etc. are wrong. Debian bug 276000. \nobreak % % Output the actual section heading. \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \ptexraggedright \hangindent=\wd0 % zero if no section number \unhbox0 #1}% }% % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it. % Don't allow stretch, though. \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname % % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it % was followed by glue. \nobreak % % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that % glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a % discardable item.) However, when a paragraph is not started next % (\startdefun, \cartouche, \center, etc.), this needs to be wiped out % or the negative glue will cause weirdly wrong output, typically % obscuring the section heading with something else. \vskip-\parskip % % This is so the last item on the main vertical list is a known % \penalty > 10000, so \startdefun, etc., can recognize the situation % and do the needful. \penalty 10001 } \message{toc,} % Table of contents. \newwrite\tocfile % Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary. % Called from @chapter, etc. % % Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno} % We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional % arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually % read this. The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the % destination to jump to. % % We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or % any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document. % But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything. This is used for the % table of contents chapter openings themselves. % \newif\iftocfileopened \def\omitkeyword{omit}% % \def\writetocentry#1#2#3{% \edef\writetoctype{#1}% \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else \iftocfileopened\else \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc \global\tocfileopenedtrue \fi % \iflinks {\atdummies \edef\temp{% \write\tocfile{@#1entry{#2}{#3}{\lastnode}{\noexpand\folio}}}% \temp }% \fi \fi % % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're % writing pdf. These are used in the table of contents. We can't % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first % two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named % `1', and two named `2'. \ifpdforxetex \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi } % These characters do not print properly in the Computer Modern roman % fonts, so we must take special care. This is more or less redundant % with the Texinfo input format setup at the end of this file. % \def\activecatcodes{% \catcode`\"=\active \catcode`\$=\active \catcode`\<=\active \catcode`\>=\active \catcode`\\=\active \catcode`\^=\active \catcode`\_=\active \catcode`\|=\active \catcode`\~=\active } % Read the toc file, which is essentially Texinfo input. \def\readtocfile{% \setupdatafile \activecatcodes \input \tocreadfilename } \newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in \newcount\savepageno \newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1 % Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile. % \def\startcontents#1{% % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. \contentsalignmacro \immediate\closeout\tocfile % % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline. % It is abundantly clear what they are. \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}% % \savepageno = \pageno \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly. \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom. \entryrightmargin=\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length. % % Roman numerals for page numbers. \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi \def\thistitle{}% no title in double-sided headings % Record where the Roman numerals started. \ifnum\romancount=0 \global\romancount=\pagecount \fi } % redefined for the two-volume lispref. We always output on % \jobname.toc even if this is redefined. % \def\tocreadfilename{\jobname.toc} % Normal (long) toc. % \def\contents{% \startcontents{\putwordTOC}% \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space \ifeof 1 \else \readtocfile \fi \vfill \eject \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect \ifeof 1 \else \pdfmakeoutlines \fi \closein 1 \endgroup \contentsendroman } % And just the chapters. \def\summarycontents{% \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}% % \let\partentry = \shortpartentry \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry \let\appentry = \shortchapentry \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry % We want a true roman here for the page numbers. \secfonts \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt \rm \hyphenpenalty = 10000 \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little. \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{} \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space \ifeof 1 \else \readtocfile \fi \closein 1 \vfill \eject \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect \endgroup \contentsendroman } \let\shortcontents = \summarycontents % Get ready to use Arabic numerals again \def\contentsendroman{% \lastnegativepageno = \pageno \global\pageno = \savepageno % % If \romancount > \arabiccount, the contents are at the end of the % document. Otherwise, advance where the Arabic numerals start for % the page numbers. \ifnum\romancount>\arabiccount\else\global\arabiccount=\pagecount\fi } % Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents. % The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter. % \def\shortchaplabel#1{% % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts. % But use \hss just in case. % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.) % % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange % with appendix letters. And right-justifying numbers and % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10 % chapters. Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters % there are before deciding ... \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}% } % These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents. % The first argument is the chapter or section name. % The last argument is the page number. % The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ... % Parts, in the main contents. Replace the part number, which doesn't % exist, with an empty box. Let's hope all the numbers have the same width. % Also ignore the page number, which is conventionally not printed. \def\numeralbox{\setbox0=\hbox{8}\hbox to \wd0{\hfil}} \def\partentry#1#2#3#4{% % Add stretch and a bonus for breaking the page before the part heading. % This reduces the chance of the page being broken immediately after the % part heading, before a following chapter heading. \vskip 0pt plus 5\baselineskip \penalty-300 \vskip 0pt plus -5\baselineskip \dochapentry{\numeralbox\labelspace#1}{}% } % % Parts, in the short toc. \def\shortpartentry#1#2#3#4{% \penalty-300 \vskip.5\baselineskip plus.15\baselineskip minus.1\baselineskip \shortchapentry{{\bf #1}}{\numeralbox}{}{}% } % Chapters, in the main contents. \def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} % Chapters, in the short toc. % See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings. \def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{% \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}% } % Appendices, in the main contents. % Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box. % \def\appendixbox#1{% % We use M since it's probably the widest letter. \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}% \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}} % \def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\hskip.7em#1}{#4}} % Unnumbered chapters. \def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}} \def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}} % Sections. \def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} \let\appsecentry=\numsecentry \def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}} % Subsections. \def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} \let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry \def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}} % And subsubsections. \def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} \let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry \def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}} % This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels. % Same as \defaultparindent. \newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt % Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the % page number. % % If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters % if at all possible; hence the \penalty. \def\dochapentry#1#2{% \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip \begingroup % Move the page numbers slightly to the right \advance\entryrightmargin by -0.05em \chapentryfonts \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip } \def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup} \def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup} \def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup} % We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries. \let\tocentry = \entry % Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title. \def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax} \def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}} \def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}} \def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm} \def\secentryfonts{\textfonts} \def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts} \def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts} \message{environments,} % @foo ... @end foo. % @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw TeX temporarily. % One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works. % But \@ or @@ will get a plain @ character. \envdef\tex{% \setregularquotes \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2 \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6 \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie \catcode `\%=14 \catcode `\+=\other \catcode `\"=\other \catcode `\|=\other \catcode `\<=\other \catcode `\>=\other \catcode `\`=\other \catcode `\'=\other % % ' is active in math mode (mathcode"8000). So reset it, and all our % other math active characters (just in case), to plain's definitions. \mathactive % % Inverse of the list at the beginning of the file. \let\b=\ptexb \let\bullet=\ptexbullet \let\c=\ptexc \let\,=\ptexcomma \let\.=\ptexdot \let\dots=\ptexdots \let\equiv=\ptexequiv \let\!=\ptexexclam \let\i=\ptexi \let\indent=\ptexindent \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent \let\{=\ptexlbrace \let\+=\tabalign \let\}=\ptexrbrace \let\/=\ptexslash \let\sp=\ptexsp \let\*=\ptexstar %\let\sup=\ptexsup % do not redefine, we want @sup to work in math mode \let\t=\ptext \expandafter \let\csname top\endcsname=\ptextop % we've made it outer \let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing % \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}% \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}% \def\@{@}% } % There is no need to define \Etex. % Define @lisp ... @end lisp. % @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things, % including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous). % Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp. \newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in % This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other % such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't % have any width. \def\lisppar{\null\endgraf} % This space is always present above and below environments. \newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt % Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here % to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip % is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the % start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip. % \def\aboveenvbreak{{% % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and % \sectionheading, q.v. \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \advance\envskipamount by \parskip \endgraf \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount \removelastskip \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 % Penalize breaking before the environment, because preceding text % often leads into it. \penalty100 \fi \vskip\envskipamount \fi \fi }} \def\afterenvbreak{{% % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and % \sectionheading, q.v. \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \advance\envskipamount by \parskip \endgraf \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount \removelastskip % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak % or better ... \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi \vskip\envskipamount \fi \fi }} % \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will % also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again. \let\nonarrowing=\relax % @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around % environment contents. % \def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth \def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}} \def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}} \def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}} \def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr \hskip\rskip}} \def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr \hskip\rskip}} % \newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip % only require the font if @cartouche is actually used \def\cartouchefontdefs{% \font\circle=lcircle10\relax \circthick=\fontdimen8\circle } \newdimen\circthick \newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner \newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip \envdef\cartouche{% \cartouchefontdefs \ifhmode\par\fi % can't be in the midst of a paragraph. \startsavinginserts \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*. \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip \advance\cartinner by-\rskip \cartouter=\hsize \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either % side, and for 6pt waste from % each corner char, and rule thickness \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip % % If this cartouche directly follows a sectioning command, we need the % \parskip glue (backspaced over by default) or the cartouche can % collide with the section heading. \ifnum\lastpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \penalty\lastpenalty \fi % \setbox\groupbox=\vbox\bgroup \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt \carttop \hbox\bgroup \hskip\lskip \vrule\kern3pt \vbox\bgroup \kern3pt \hsize=\cartinner \baselineskip=\normbskip \lineskip=\normlskip \parskip=\normpskip \vskip -\parskip \comment % For explanation, see the end of def\group. } \def\Ecartouche{% \ifhmode\par\fi \kern3pt \egroup \kern3pt\vrule \hskip\rskip \egroup \cartbot \egroup \addgroupbox \checkinserts } % This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants, % inside a group. \newdimen\nonfillparindent \def\nonfillstart{% \aboveenvbreak \ifdim\hfuzz < 12pt \hfuzz = 12pt \fi % Don't be fussy \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens. \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output \parskip = 0pt % Turn off paragraph indentation but redefine \indent to emulate % the normal \indent. \nonfillparindent=\parindent \parindent = 0pt \let\indent\nonfillindent % \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes \ifx\nonarrowing\relax \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing \else \let\nonarrowing = \relax \fi \let\exdent=\nofillexdent } \begingroup \obeyspaces % We want to swallow spaces (but not other tokens) after the fake % @indent in our nonfill-environments, where spaces are normally % active and set to @tie, resulting in them not being ignored after % @indent. \gdef\nonfillindent{\futurelet\temp\nonfillindentcheck}% \gdef\nonfillindentcheck{% \ifx\temp % \expandafter\nonfillindentgobble% \else% \leavevmode\nonfillindentbox% \fi% }% \endgroup \def\nonfillindentgobble#1{\nonfillindent} \def\nonfillindentbox{\hbox to \nonfillparindent{\hss}} % If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small. % If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall. % This affects the following displayed environments: % @example, @display, @format, @lisp, @verbatim % \def\smallword{small} \def\nosmallword{nosmall} \let\SETdispenvsize\relax \def\setnormaldispenv{% \ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword % end paragraph for sake of leading, in case document has no blank % line. This is redundant with what happens in \aboveenvbreak, but % we need to do it before changing the fonts, and it's inconvenient % to change the fonts afterward. \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi \smallexamplefonts \rm \fi } \def\setsmalldispenv{% \ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword \else \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi \smallexamplefonts \rm \fi } % We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo. % Let's do it in one command. #1 is the env name, #2 the definition. \def\makedispenvdef#1#2{% \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2}% \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2}% \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak } % Define two environment synonyms (#1 and #2) for an environment. \def\maketwodispenvdef#1#2#3{% \makedispenvdef{#1}{#3}% \makedispenvdef{#2}{#3}% } % % @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; % @example: same as @lisp. % % @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts. % Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox. % \maketwodispenvdef{lisp}{example}{% \nonfillstart \tt\setcodequotes \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special. \parsearg\gobble } % @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font. % \makedispenvdef{display}{% \nonfillstart \gobble } % @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins. % \makedispenvdef{format}{% \let\nonarrowing = t% \nonfillstart \gobble } % @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize. \envdef\flushleft{% \let\nonarrowing = t% \nonfillstart \gobble } \let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak % @flushright. % \envdef\flushright{% \let\nonarrowing = t% \nonfillstart \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill\relax \gobble } \let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak % @raggedright does more-or-less normal line breaking but no right % justification. From plain.tex. \envdef\raggedright{% \rightskip0pt plus2.4em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em\relax } \let\Eraggedright\par \envdef\raggedleft{% \parindent=0pt \leftskip0pt plus2em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em \parfillskip=0pt \hbadness=10000 % Last line will usually be underfull, so turn off % badness reporting. } \let\Eraggedleft\par \envdef\raggedcenter{% \parindent=0pt \rightskip0pt plus1em \leftskip0pt plus1em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em \parfillskip=0pt \hbadness=10000 % Last line will usually be underfull, so turn off % badness reporting. } \let\Eraggedcenter\par % @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart) % and narrows the margins. We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since % we're doing normal filling. So, when using \aboveenvbreak and % \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0. % \makedispenvdef{quotation}{\quotationstart} % \def\quotationstart{% \indentedblockstart % same as \indentedblock, but increase right margin too. \ifx\nonarrowing\relax \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing \fi \parsearg\quotationlabel } % We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're % doing normal filling. % \def\Equotation{% \par \ifx\quotationauthor\thisisundefined\else % indent a bit. \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}% \fi {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}% } \def\Esmallquotation{\Equotation} % If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after. \def\quotationlabel#1{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\empty \else {\bf #1: }% \fi } % @indentedblock is like @quotation, but indents only on the left and % has no optional argument. % \makedispenvdef{indentedblock}{\indentedblockstart} % \def\indentedblockstart{% {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip \parindent=0pt % % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down. \ifx\nonarrowing\relax \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing \else \let\nonarrowing = \relax \fi } % Keep a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're doing normal filling. % \def\Eindentedblock{% \par {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}% } \def\Esmallindentedblock{\Eindentedblock} % LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{...} % If we want to allow any as delimiter, % we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg: % `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org % % [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook. % % [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets % active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a % verbatim line. \def\dospecials{% \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&% \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~% \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"% % Don't do the quotes -- if we do, @set txicodequoteundirected and % @set txicodequotebacktick will not have effect on @verb and % @verbatim, and ?` and !` ligatures won't get disabled. %\do\`\do\'% } % % [Knuth] p. 380 \def\uncatcodespecials{% \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials} % % Setup for the @verb command. % % Eight spaces for a tab \begingroup \catcode`\^^I=\active \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }} \endgroup % \def\setupverb{% \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}% \setcodequotes \tabeightspaces % Respect line breaks, % print special symbols as themselves, and % make each space count % must do in this order: \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces } % Setup for the @verbatim environment % % Real tab expansion. \newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount % % We typeset each line of the verbatim in an \hbox, so we can handle % tabs. \newbox\verbbox \def\starttabbox{\setbox\verbbox=\hbox\bgroup} % \begingroup \catcode`\^^I=\active \gdef\tabexpand{% \catcode`\^^I=\active \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup \dimen\verbbox=\wd\verbbox % the width so far, or since the previous tab \divide\dimen\verbbox by\tabw \multiply\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw \advance\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw \wd\verbbox=\dimen\verbbox \leavevmode\box\verbbox \starttabbox }% } \endgroup % start the verbatim environment. \def\setupverbatim{% \let\nonarrowing = t% \nonfillstart \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim \def\par{\egroup\leavevmode\box\verbbox\endgraf\starttabbox}% \tabexpand \setcodequotes % Respect line breaks, % print special symbols as themselves, and % make each space count. % Must do in this order: \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces } % Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique % delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a % right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace: % % \def\doverb'{'#1'}'{#1} % % [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {} \begingroup \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next] \endgroup % \def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb} % % % Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that % the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie: % % \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1} % % For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX, % because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}': % we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'. % % Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx] % \begingroup \catcode`\ =\active \obeylines % % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end % of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank % line in the output. \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{% \starttabbox#2\egroup\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}% % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble. % The \egroup ends the \verbbox started at the end of the last line in % the block. \endgroup % \envdef\verbatim{% \setnormaldispenv\setupverbatim\doverbatim } \let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak % @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment. % \def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude} % \def\doverbatiminclude#1{% {% \makevalueexpandable \setupverbatim {% \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names. \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @verbatiminclude of #1^^J}% \edef\tmp{\noexpand\input #1 } \expandafter }\expandafter\starttabbox\tmp\egroup \afterenvbreak }% } % @copying ... @end copying. % Save the text away for @insertcopying later. % % We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box. % Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the % typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done % beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source % file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as % possible is desirable. % \def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying} \def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}} % \def\insertcopying{% \begingroup \parindent = 0pt % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page \scanexp\copyingtext \endgroup } \message{defuns,} % @defun etc. \newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in \newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt \newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt \newcount\defunpenalty % Start the processing of @deffn: \def\startdefun{% \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \medbreak \defunpenalty=10003 % Will keep this @deffn together with the % following @def command, see below. \else % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak, % which is there to keep the function description together with its % header. But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a % break somewhere. Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted % by \printdefunline, instead of 10000, since the sectioning % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow % a break between a section heading and a defun. % % As a further refinement, we avoid "club" headers by signalling % with penalty of 10003 after the very first @deffn in the % sequence (see above), and penalty of 10002 after any following % @def command. \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi % % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break. % But do insert the glue. \medskip % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint \fi % \parindent=0in \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \exdentamount=\defbodyindent } \def\dodefunx#1{% % First, check whether we are in the right environment: \checkenv#1% % % As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row. % It's not a great place, though. \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi % % And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun: \expandafter\gobbledefun#1% } \def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{} % \printdefunline \deffnheader{text} % \def\printdefunline#1#2{% \begingroup % call \deffnheader: #1#2 \endheader % common ending: \interlinepenalty = 10000 \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil\relax \endgraf \nobreak\vskip -\parskip \penalty\defunpenalty % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses, % rendering the following check redundant. But we don't optimize. \checkparencounts \endgroup } \def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak} % \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn; % the only thing remaining is to define \deffnheader. % \def\makedefun#1{% \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}% \temp } % \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader { (defn. of \deffnheader) } % % Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters. % \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly. % \def\domakedefun#1#2#3{% \envdef#1{% \startdefun \doingtypefnfalse % distinguish typed functions from all else \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}% }% \def#2{\dodefunx#1}% \def#3% } \newif\ifdoingtypefn % doing typed function? \newif\ifrettypeownline % typeset return type on its own line? % @deftypefnnewline on|off says whether the return type of typed functions % are printed on their own line. This affects @deftypefn, @deftypefun, % @deftypeop, and @deftypemethod. % \parseargdef\deftypefnnewline{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\onword \expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname = \empty \else\ifx\temp\offword \expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname = \relax \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @txideftypefnnl value `\temp', must be on|off}% \fi\fi } % \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic} % % If SUBTOPIC is present, precede it with a space, and call \doind. % (At some time during the 20th century, this made a two-level entry in an % index such as the operation index. Nobody seemed to notice the change in % behaviour though.) \def\dosubind#1#2#3{% \def\thirdarg{#3}% \ifx\thirdarg\empty \doind{#1}{#2}% \else \doind{#1}{#2\space#3}% \fi } % Untyped functions: % @deffn category name args \makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}} % @deffn category class name args \makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}} % \defopon {category on}class name args \def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } % \deffngeneral {subind}category name args % \def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{% \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}% \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}% } % Typed functions: % @deftypefn category type name args \makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}} % @deftypeop category class type name args \makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}} % \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args \def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } % \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args % \def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}% \doingtypefntrue \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% } % Typed variables: % @deftypevr category type var args \makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}} % @deftypecv category class type var args \makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}} % \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args \def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } % \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args % \def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% \dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}% \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% } % Untyped variables: % @defvr category var args \makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} } % @defcv category class var args \makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}} % \defcvof {category of}class var args \def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} } % Types: % @deftp category name args \makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{% \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}% \defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}% } % Remaining @defun-like shortcuts: \makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} } \makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} } \makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} } \makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} } \makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} } \makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} } \makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} } \makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon} \makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon} \makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof} \makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof} % \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args). % #1 is the category, such as "Function". % #2 is the return type, if any. % #3 is the function name. % % We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any. % \def\defname#1#2#3{% \par % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def... \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent % % Determine if we are typesetting the return type of a typed function % on a line by itself. \rettypeownlinefalse \ifdoingtypefn % doing a typed function specifically? % then check user option for putting return type on its own line: \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname\relax \else \rettypeownlinetrue \fi \fi % % How we'll format the category name. Putting it in brackets helps % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line % just below it. \def\temp{#1}% \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi} % % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape. We'll always have at % least two. \tempnum = 2 % % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero, % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it: \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip % % If doing a return type on its own line, we'll have another line. \ifrettypeownline \advance\tempnum by 1 \def\maybeshapeline{0in \hsize}% \else \def\maybeshapeline{}% \fi % % The continuations: \dimen2=\hsize \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent % % The final paragraph shape: \parshape \tempnum 0in \dimen0 \maybeshapeline \defargsindent \dimen2 % % Put the category name at the right margin. \noindent \hbox to 0pt{% \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize % \hsize has to be shortened this way: \kern\leftskip % Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space. }% % % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint: \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000 \exdentamount=\defbodyindent {% % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because: % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle. % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's % common to leave accents off identifiers. The result looks ok in % tt, but exceedingly strange in rm. % . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures. % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no % one has made identifiers using them :). \df \tt \def\temp{#2}% text of the return type \ifx\temp\empty\else \tclose{\temp}% typeset the return type \ifrettypeownline % put return type on its own line; prohibit line break following: \hfil\vadjust{\nobreak}\break \else \space % type on same line, so just followed by a space \fi \fi % no return type #3% output function name }% {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \rmfont % \boldbrax % arguments will be output next, if any. } % Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using % tt for the name. This is because literal text is sometimes needed in % the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very % distinguishable. Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars. % \def\defunargs#1{% % use sl by default (not ttsl), % tt for the names. \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0 % % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we % want a way to get ttsl. We used to recommend @var for that, so % leave the code in, but it's strange for @var to lead to typewriter. % Nowadays we recommend @code, since the difference between a ttsl hyphen % and a tt hyphen is pretty tiny. @code also disables ?` !`. \def\var##1{{\setregularquotes\ttslanted{##1}}}% #1% \sl\hyphenchar\font=45 } % We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line. % \def\activeparens{% \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active \catcode`\&=\active } % Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars. \let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = ) % Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example, % if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet, % so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence. { \activeparens \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack \global\let& = \& \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb} \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm} } \let\ampchar\& \newcount\parencount % If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards \newif\ifampseen \def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\ }} \def\parenfont{% \ifampseen % At the first level, print parens in roman, % otherwise use the default font. \ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi \else % The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than % the contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] . \sf \fi } \def\infirstlevel#1{% \ifampseen \ifnum\parencount=1 #1% \fi \fi } \def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf} \def\opnr{% \global\advance\parencount by 1 {\parenfont(}% \infirstlevel \bfafterword } \def\clnr{% {\parenfont)}% \infirstlevel \sl \global\advance\parencount by -1 } \newcount\brackcount \def\lbrb{% \global\advance\brackcount by 1 {\bf[}% } \def\rbrb{% {\bf]}% \global\advance\brackcount by -1 } \def\checkparencounts{% \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi } % these should not use \errmessage; the glibc manual, at least, actually % has such constructs (when documenting function pointers). \def\badparencount{% \message{Warning: unbalanced parentheses in @def...}% \global\parencount=0 } \def\badbrackcount{% \message{Warning: unbalanced square brackets in @def...}% \global\brackcount=0 } \message{macros,} % @macro. % To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens, % which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX. \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined \newwrite\macscribble \def\scantokens#1{% \toks0={#1}% \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}% \immediate\closeout\macscribble \input \jobname.tmp } \fi \let\E=\expandafter % Used at the time of macro expansion. % Argument is macro body with arguments substituted \def\scanmacro#1{% \newlinechar`\^^M % expand the expansion of \eatleadingcr twice to maybe remove a leading % newline (and \else and \fi tokens), then call \eatspaces on the result. \def\xeatspaces##1{% \E\E\E\E\E\E\E\eatspaces\E\E\E\E\E\E\E{\eatleadingcr##1% }}% \def\xempty##1{}% % % Process the macro body under the current catcode regime. \scantokens{#1@comment}% % % The \comment is to remove the \newlinechar added by \scantokens, and % can be noticed by \parsearg. Note \c isn't used because this means cedilla % in math mode. } % Used for copying and captions \def\scanexp#1{% \expandafter\scanmacro\expandafter{#1}% } \newcount\paramno % Count of parameters \newtoks\macname % Macro name \newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive? % List of all defined macros in the form % \commondummyword\macro1\commondummyword\macro2... % Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split % if there is a need. \def\macrolist{} % Add the macro to \macrolist \def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname} \def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{% \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\commondummyword#1}% \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}% } % Utility routines. % This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is, % \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname % (except of course we have to play expansion games). % \def\cslet#1#2{% \expandafter\let \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname \csname#2\endcsname } % Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string. % Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN). {\catcode`\@=11 \gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }} \gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@} \gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @} \def\unbrace#1{#1} \unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1} } {\catcode`\^^M=\other% \gdef\eatleadingcr#1{\if\noexpand#1\noexpand^^M\else\E#1\fi}}% % Warning: this won't work for a delimited argument % or for an empty argument % Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string. {\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3% \gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}% \gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}% \gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}% } % Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where % all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active % (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \ % to recognize macro arguments; this is the job of \mbodybackslash. % % Non-ASCII encodings make 8-bit characters active, so un-activate % them to avoid their expansion. Must do this non-globally, to % confine the change to the current group. % % It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is % done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro % body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro. % \def\scanctxt{% used as subroutine \catcode`\"=\other \catcode`\+=\other \catcode`\<=\other \catcode`\>=\other \catcode`\^=\other \catcode`\_=\other \catcode`\|=\other \catcode`\~=\other \passthroughcharstrue } \def\scanargctxt{% used for copying and captions, not macros. \scanctxt \catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\\=\other \catcode`\^^M=\other } \def\macrobodyctxt{% used for @macro definitions \scanctxt \catcode`\ =\other \catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other \catcode`\^^M=\other \usembodybackslash } % Used when scanning braced macro arguments. Note, however, that catcode % changes here are ineffectual if the macro invocation was nested inside % an argument to another Texinfo command. \def\macroargctxt{% \scanctxt \catcode`\ =\active \catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\\=\active } \def\macrolineargctxt{% used for whole-line arguments without braces \scanctxt \catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other } % \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies. % It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N % where N is the macro parameter number. % We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so % \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash. % {\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash} @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname} } \expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash} \def\margbackslash#1{\char`\#1 } \def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx} \def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx} \def\macroxxx#1{% \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments \paramno=0\relax \else \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;% \if\paramno>256\relax \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{You need eTeX to compile a file with macros with more than 256 arguments} \fi \fi \fi \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}% \else \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}% \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1% \addtomacrolist{\the\macname}% \fi \begingroup \macrobodyctxt \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody \else \expandafter\parsemacbody \fi} \parseargdef\unmacro{% \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}% \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0% % Remove the macro name from \macrolist: \begingroup \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax \let\commondummyword\unmacrodo \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}% \endgroup \else \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}% \fi } % Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any % macro definitions that have been changed to \relax. % \def\unmacrodo#1{% \ifx #1\relax % remove this \else \noexpand\commondummyword \noexpand#1% \fi } % \getargs -- Parse the arguments to a @macro line. Set \macname to % the name of the macro, and \argl to the braced argument list. \def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}} \def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs} \def\getmacname#1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}} \def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}} % This made use of the feature that if the last token of a % is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by % an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed. % Parse the optional {params} list to @macro or @rmacro. % Set \paramno to the number of arguments, % and \paramlist to a parameter text for the macro (e.g. #1,#2,#3 for a % three-param macro.) Define \macarg.BLAH for each BLAH in the params % list to some hook where the argument is to be expanded. If there are % less than 10 arguments that hook is to be replaced by ##N where N % is the position in that list, that is to say the macro arguments are to be % defined `a la TeX in the macro body. % % That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above). % % If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used: see % \parsemmanyargdef. % \def\parsemargdef#1;{% \paramno=0\def\paramlist{}% \let\hash\relax % \hash is redefined to `#' later to get it into definitions \let\xeatspaces\relax \let\xempty\relax \parsemargdefxxx#1,;,% \ifnum\paramno<10\relax\else \paramno0\relax \parsemmanyargdef@@#1,;,% 10 or more arguments \fi } \def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{% \if#1;\let\next=\relax \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx \advance\paramno by 1 \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno\noexpand\xempty{}}}% \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}% \fi\next} % the \xempty{} is to give \eatleadingcr an argument in the case of an % empty macro argument. % \parsemacbody, \parsermacbody % % Read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. (They're different since % rec and nonrec macros end differently.) % % We are in \macrobodyctxt, and the \xdef causes backslashshes in the macro % body to be transformed. % Set \macrobody to the body of the macro, and call \defmacro. % {\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parsemacbody#1@end macro{% \xdef\macrobody{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}}% {\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro{% \xdef\macrobody{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}}% % Make @ a letter, so that we can make private-to-Texinfo macro names. \edef\texiatcatcode{\the\catcode`\@} \catcode `@=11\relax %%%%%%%%%%%%%% Code for > 10 arguments only %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used, where the % hook remains in the body, and when macro is to be expanded the body is % processed again to replace the arguments. % % In that case, the hook is \the\toks N-1, and we simply set \toks N-1 to the % argument N value and then \edef the body (nothing else will expand because of % the catcode regime under which the body was input). % % If you compile with TeX (not eTeX), and you have macros with 10 or more % arguments, no macro can have more than 256 arguments (else error). % % In case that there are 10 or more arguments we parse again the arguments % list to set new definitions for the \macarg.BLAH macros corresponding to % each BLAH argument. It was anyhow needed to parse already once this list % in order to count the arguments, and as macros with at most 9 arguments % are by far more frequent than macro with 10 or more arguments, defining % twice the \macarg.BLAH macros does not cost too much processing power. \def\parsemmanyargdef@@#1,{% \if#1;\let\next=\relax \else \let\next=\parsemmanyargdef@@ \edef\tempb{\eatspaces{#1}}% \expandafter\def\expandafter\tempa \expandafter{\csname macarg.\tempb\endcsname}% % Note that we need some extra \noexpand\noexpand, this is because we % don't want \the to be expanded in the \parsermacbody as it uses an % \xdef . \expandafter\edef\tempa {\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\the\toks\the\paramno}% \advance\paramno by 1\relax \fi\next} \let\endargs@\relax \let\nil@\relax \def\nilm@{\nil@}% \long\def\nillm@{\nil@}% % This macro is expanded during the Texinfo macro expansion, not during its % definition. It gets all the arguments' values and assigns them to macros % macarg.ARGNAME % % #1 is the macro name % #2 is the list of argument names % #3 is the list of argument values \def\getargvals@#1#2#3{% \def\macargdeflist@{}% \def\saveparamlist@{#2}% Need to keep a copy for parameter expansion. \def\paramlist{#2,\nil@}% \def\macroname{#1}% \begingroup \macroargctxt \def\argvaluelist{#3,\nil@}% \def\@tempa{#3}% \ifx\@tempa\empty \setemptyargvalues@ \else \getargvals@@ \fi } \def\getargvals@@{% \ifx\paramlist\nilm@ % Some sanity check needed here that \argvaluelist is also empty. \ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@ \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Too many arguments in macro `\macroname'!}% \fi \let\next\macargexpandinbody@ \else \ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@ % No more arguments values passed to macro. Set remaining named-arg % macros to empty. \let\next\setemptyargvalues@ \else % pop current arg name into \@tempb \def\@tempa##1{\pop@{\@tempb}{\paramlist}##1\endargs@}% \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\paramlist}% % pop current argument value into \@tempc \def\@tempa##1{\longpop@{\@tempc}{\argvaluelist}##1\endargs@}% \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\argvaluelist}% % Here \@tempb is the current arg name and \@tempc is the current arg value. % First place the new argument macro definition into \@tempd \expandafter\macname\expandafter{\@tempc}% \expandafter\let\csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname\relax \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempe\expandafter{% \csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname}% \edef\@tempd{\long\def\@tempe{\the\macname}}% \push@\@tempd\macargdeflist@ \let\next\getargvals@@ \fi \fi \next } \def\push@#1#2{% \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter#2% \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{% \expandafter#1#2}% } % Replace arguments by their values in the macro body, and place the result % in macro \@tempa. % \def\macvalstoargs@{% % To do this we use the property that token registers that are \the'ed % within an \edef expand only once. So we are going to place all argument % values into respective token registers. % % First we save the token context, and initialize argument numbering. \begingroup \paramno0\relax % Then, for each argument number #N, we place the corresponding argument % value into a new token list register \toks#N \expandafter\putargsintokens@\saveparamlist@,;,% % Then, we expand the body so that argument are replaced by their % values. The trick for values not to be expanded themselves is that they % are within tokens and that tokens expand only once in an \edef . \edef\@tempc{\csname mac.\macroname .body\endcsname}% % Now we restore the token stack pointer to free the token list registers % which we have used, but we make sure that expanded body is saved after % group. \expandafter \endgroup \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\@tempc}% } % Define the named-macro outside of this group and then close this group. % \def\macargexpandinbody@{% \expandafter \endgroup \macargdeflist@ % First the replace in body the macro arguments by their values, the result % is in \@tempa . \macvalstoargs@ % Then we point at the \norecurse or \gobble (for recursive) macro value % with \@tempb . \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempb\csname mac.\macroname .recurse\endcsname % Depending on whether it is recursive or not, we need some tailing % \egroup . \ifx\@tempb\gobble \let\@tempc\relax \else \let\@tempc\egroup \fi % And now we do the real job: \edef\@tempd{\noexpand\@tempb{\macroname}\noexpand\scanmacro{\@tempa}\@tempc}% \@tempd } \def\putargsintokens@#1,{% \if#1;\let\next\relax \else \let\next\putargsintokens@ % First we allocate the new token list register, and give it a temporary % alias \@tempb . \toksdef\@tempb\the\paramno % Then we place the argument value into that token list register. \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname macarg.#1\endcsname \expandafter\@tempb\expandafter{\@tempa}% \advance\paramno by 1\relax \fi \next } % Trailing missing arguments are set to empty. % \def\setemptyargvalues@{% \ifx\paramlist\nilm@ \let\next\macargexpandinbody@ \else \expandafter\setemptyargvaluesparser@\paramlist\endargs@ \let\next\setemptyargvalues@ \fi \next } \def\setemptyargvaluesparser@#1,#2\endargs@{% \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{% \expandafter\def\csname macarg.#1\endcsname{}}% \push@\@tempa\macargdeflist@ \def\paramlist{#2}% } % #1 is the element target macro % #2 is the list macro % #3,#4\endargs@ is the list value \def\pop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{% \def#1{#3}% \def#2{#4}% } \long\def\longpop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{% \long\def#1{#3}% \long\def#2{#4}% } %%%%%%%%%%%%%% End of code for > 10 arguments %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % This defines a Texinfo @macro or @rmacro, called by \parsemacbody. % \macrobody has the body of the macro in it, with placeholders for % its parameters, looking like "\xeatspaces{\hash 1}". % \paramno is the number of parameters % \paramlist is a TeX parameter text, e.g. "#1,#2,#3," % There are four cases: macros of zero, one, up to nine, and many arguments. % \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file % they're defined in: @include reads the file inside a group. % \def\defmacro{% \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars \ifnum\paramno=1 \def\xeatspaces##1{##1}% % This removes the pair of braces around the argument. We don't % use \eatspaces, because this can cause ends of lines to be lost % when the argument to \eatspaces is read, leading to line-based % commands like "@itemize" not being read correctly. \else \let\xeatspaces\relax % suppress expansion \fi \ifcase\paramno % 0 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup \noexpand\spaceisspace \noexpand\endlineisspace \noexpand\expandafter % skip any whitespace after the macro name. \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname{% \egroup \noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}% \or % 1 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup \noexpand\braceorline \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{% \egroup \noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}% }% \else % at most 9 \ifnum\paramno<10\relax % @MACNAME sets the context for reading the macro argument % @MACNAME@@ gets the argument, processes backslashes and appends a % comma. % @MACNAME@@@ removes braces surrounding the argument list. % @MACNAME@@@@ scans the macro body with arguments substituted. \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup \noexpand\expandafter % This \expandafter skip any spaces after the \noexpand\macroargctxt % macro before we change the catcode of space. \noexpand\expandafter \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname##1{% \noexpand\passargtomacro \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname{##1,}}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{% \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname ##1}% \expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\xdef \expandafter\expandafter \csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname\paramlist{% \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}% \else % 10 or more: \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \noexpand\getargvals@{\the\macname}{\argl}% }% \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .body\endcsname\macrobody \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .recurse\endcsname\gobble \fi \fi} \catcode `\@\texiatcatcode\relax % end private-to-Texinfo catcodes \def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % {\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=13 % We need to manipulate \ so use @ as escape @catcode`@_=11 % private names @catcode`@!=11 % used as argument separator % \passargtomacro#1#2 - % Call #1 with a list of tokens #2, with any doubled backslashes in #2 % compressed to one. % % This implementation works by expansion, and not execution (so we cannot use % \def or similar). This reduces the risk of this failing in contexts where % complete expansion is done with no execution (for example, in writing out to % an auxiliary file for an index entry). % % State is kept in the input stream: the argument passed to % @look_ahead, @gobble_and_check_finish and @add_segment is % % THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT ! {PENDING_BS} NEXT_TOKEN (... rest of input) % % where: % THE_MACRO - name of the macro we want to call % ARG_RESULT - argument list we build to pass to that macro % PENDING_BS - either a backslash or nothing % NEXT_TOKEN - used to look ahead in the input stream to see what's coming next @gdef@passargtomacro#1#2{% @add_segment #1!{}@relax#2\@_finish\% } @gdef@_finish{@_finishx} @global@let@_finishx@relax % #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT % #2 - PENDING_BS % #3 - NEXT_TOKEN % #4 used to look ahead % % If the next token is not a backslash, process the rest of the argument; % otherwise, remove the next token. @gdef@look_ahead#1!#2#3#4{% @ifx#4\% @expandafter@gobble_and_check_finish @else @expandafter@add_segment @fi#1!{#2}#4#4% } % #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT % #2 - PENDING_BS % #3 - NEXT_TOKEN % #4 should be a backslash, which is gobbled. % #5 looks ahead % % Double backslash found. Add a single backslash, and look ahead. @gdef@gobble_and_check_finish#1!#2#3#4#5{% @add_segment#1\!{}#5#5% } @gdef@is_fi{@fi} % #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT % #2 - PENDING_BS % #3 - NEXT_TOKEN % #4 is input stream until next backslash % % Input stream is either at the start of the argument, or just after a % backslash sequence, either a lone backslash, or a doubled backslash. % NEXT_TOKEN contains the first token in the input stream: if it is \finish, % finish; otherwise, append to ARG_RESULT the segment of the argument up until % the next backslash. PENDING_BACKSLASH contains a backslash to represent % a backslash just before the start of the input stream that has not been % added to ARG_RESULT. @gdef@add_segment#1!#2#3#4\{% @ifx#3@_finish @call_the_macro#1!% @else % append the pending backslash to the result, followed by the next segment @expandafter@is_fi@look_ahead#1#2#4!{\}@fi % this @fi is discarded by @look_ahead. % we can't get rid of it with \expandafter because we don't know how % long #4 is. } % #1 - THE_MACRO % #2 - ARG_RESULT % #3 discards the res of the conditional in @add_segment, and @is_fi ends the % conditional. @gdef@call_the_macro#1#2!#3@fi{@is_fi #1{#2}} } %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % \braceorline MAC is used for a one-argument macro MAC. It checks % whether the next non-whitespace character is a {. It sets the context % for reading the argument (slightly different in the two cases). Then, % to read the argument, in the whole-line case, it then calls the regular % \parsearg MAC; in the lbrace case, it calls \passargtomacro MAC. % \def\braceorline#1{\let\macnamexxx=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx} \def\braceorlinexxx{% \ifx\nchar\bgroup \macroargctxt \expandafter\passargtomacro \else \macrolineargctxt\expandafter\parsearg \fi \macnamexxx} % @alias. % We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal % sign. Make them active and then expand them all to nothing. % \def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx} \def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax} \def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{% {% \expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty \addtomacrolist{#1}% \xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}% }% \next } \message{cross references,} \newwrite\auxfile \newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known. \newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known. % @inforef is relatively simple. \def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**} \def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{% \putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}}, node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}} % @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in % cross-references. The @node line might or might not have commas, and % might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like: % @node foo , bar , ... % We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name. % \parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse} % % also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this: % @node Help-Cross, , , Cross-refs \def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse} \def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}\omittopnode} % Used so that the @top node doesn't have to be wrapped in an @ifnottex % conditional. % \doignore goes to more effort to skip nested conditionals but we don't need % that here. \def\omittopnode{% \ifx\lastnode\wordTop \expandafter\ignorenode\fi } \def\wordTop{Top} % Until the next @node or @bye command, divert output to a box that is not % output. \def\ignorenode{\setbox\dummybox\vbox\bgroup\def\node{\egroup\node}% \ignorenodebye } {\let\bye\relax \gdef\ignorenodebye{\let\bye\ignorenodebyedef} \gdef\ignorenodebyedef{\egroup(`Top' node ignored)\bye}} % The redefinition of \bye here is because it is declared \outer \let\lastnode=\empty % Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the % type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing). % \def\donoderef#1{% \ifx\lastnode\empty\else \setref{\lastnode}{#1}% \global\let\lastnode=\empty \fi } % @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point. % \newcount\savesfregister % \def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi} \def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi} \def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces} % \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an % anchor), which consists of three parts: % 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \currentsection, % or the anchor name. % 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or % empty for anchors. % 3) NAME-pg - the page number. % % This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat. In the case of % floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here: % 4) NAME-lof - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats. % \def\setref#1#2{% \pdfmkdest{#1}% \iflinks {% \requireauxfile \atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them % match definition in \xrdef, \refx, \xrefX. \def\value##1{##1}% \edef\writexrdef##1##2{% \write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef }% \toks0 = \expandafter{\currentsection}% \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }% \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc. \safewhatsit{\writexrdef{pg}{\folio}}% will be written later, at \shipout }% \fi } % @xrefautosectiontitle on|off says whether @section(ing) names are used % automatically in xrefs, if the third arg is not explicitly specified. % This was provided as a "secret" @set xref-automatic-section-title % variable, now it's official. % \parseargdef\xrefautomaticsectiontitle{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\onword \expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname = \empty \else\ifx\temp\offword \expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname = \relax \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @xrefautomaticsectiontitle value `\temp', must be on|off}% \fi\fi } % % @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is % the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed % node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed % manual. All but the node name can be omitted. % \def\pxref{\putwordsee{} \xrefXX} \def\xref{\putwordSee{} \xrefXX} \def\ref{\xrefXX} \def\xrefXX#1{\def\xrefXXarg{#1}\futurelet\tokenafterxref\xrefXXX} \def\xrefXXX{\expandafter\xrefX\expandafter[\xrefXXarg,,,,,,,]} % \newbox\toprefbox \newbox\printedrefnamebox \newbox\infofilenamebox \newbox\printedmanualbox % \def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup \unsepspaces % % Get args without leading/trailing spaces. \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}% \setbox\printedrefnamebox = \hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}% % \def\infofilename{\ignorespaces #4}% \setbox\infofilenamebox = \hbox{\infofilename\unskip}% % \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}% \setbox\printedmanualbox = \hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}% % % If the printed reference name (arg #3) was not explicitly given in % the @xref, figure out what we want to use. \ifdim \wd\printedrefnamebox = 0pt % No printed node name was explicitly given. \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname \relax % Not auto section-title: use node name inside the square brackets. \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% \else % Auto section-title: use chapter/section title inside % the square brackets if we have it. \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt % It is in another manual, so we don't have it; use node name. \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% \else \ifhavexrefs % We (should) know the real title if we have the xref values. \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}}% \else % Otherwise just copy the Info node name. \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% \fi% \fi \fi \fi % % Make link in pdf output. \ifpdf % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX {\indexnofonts \makevalueexpandable \turnoffactive % This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _ % etc. don't get their TeX definitions. This ignores all spaces in % #4, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename. \getfilename{#4}% % % This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing % spaces in #1, which should be ignored. \setpdfdestname{#1}% % \ifx\pdfdestname\empty \def\pdfdestname{Top}% no empty targets \fi % \leavevmode \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% \ifnum\filenamelength>0 goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfdestname}% \else goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfdestname}}% \fi }% \setcolor{\linkcolor}% \else \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined \else % For XeTeX {\indexnofonts \makevalueexpandable \turnoffactive % This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _ % etc. don't get their TeX definitions. This ignores all spaces in % #4, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename. \getfilename{#4}% % % This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing % spaces in #1, which should be ignored. \setpdfdestname{#1}% % \ifx\pdfdestname\empty \def\pdfdestname{Top}% no empty targets \fi % \leavevmode \ifnum\filenamelength>0 % With default settings, % XeTeX (xdvipdfmx) replaces link destination names with integers. % In this case, the replaced destination names of % remote PDFs are no longer known. In order to avoid a replacement, % you can use xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010'. % If you use XeTeX 0.99996+ (TeX Live 2016+), % this command line option is no longer necessary % because we can use the `dvipdfmx:config' special. \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A << /S /GoToR /F (\the\filename.pdf) /D (\pdfdestname) >> >>}% \else \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A << /S /GoTo /D (\pdfdestname) >> >>}% \fi }% \setcolor{\linkcolor}% \fi \fi {% % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to % include an _ in the xref name, etc. \indexnofonts \turnoffactive \def\value##1{##1}% \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle \csname XR#1-title\endcsname }% % % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2" % instead of "[somenode], p.3". \iffloat distinguishes them by % \Xthisreftitle being set to a magic string. \iffloat\Xthisreftitle % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref, % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2". \ifdim\wd\printedrefnamebox = 0pt \refx{#1-snt}% \else \printedrefname \fi % % If the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append % "in MANUALNAME". \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% \fi \else % node/anchor (non-float) references. % % If we use \unhbox to print the node names, TeX does not insert % empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will not % find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, % this is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name % again, so it is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time. % \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt % Cross-manual reference with a printed manual name. % \crossmanualxref{\cite{\printedmanual\unskip}}% % \else\ifdim \wd\infofilenamebox > 0pt % Cross-manual reference with only an info filename (arg 4), no % printed manual name (arg 5). This is essentially the same as % the case above; we output the filename, since we have nothing else. % \crossmanualxref{\code{\infofilename\unskip}}% % \else % Reference within this manual. % % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty, as the ref % will be empty for @unnumbered and @anchor. \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}}% \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi % % output the `[mynode]' via the macro below so it can be overridden. \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname % \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiomitxrefpg\endcsname\relax % But we always want a comma and a space: ,\space % % output the `page 3'. \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}% % Add a , if xref followed by a space \if\space\noexpand\tokenafterxref ,% \else\ifx\ \tokenafterxref ,% @TAB \else\ifx\*\tokenafterxref ,% @* \else\ifx\ \tokenafterxref ,% @SPACE \else\ifx\ \tokenafterxref ,% @NL \else\ifx\tie\tokenafterxref ,% @tie \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \fi \fi\fi \fi \endlink \endgroup} % Output a cross-manual xref to #1. Used just above (twice). % % Only include the text "Section ``foo'' in" if the foo is neither % missing or Top. Thus, @xref{,,,foo,The Foo Manual} outputs simply % "see The Foo Manual", the idea being to refer to the whole manual. % % But, this being TeX, we can't easily compare our node name against the % string "Top" while ignoring the possible spaces before and after in % the input. By adding the arbitrary 7sp below, we make it much less % likely that a real node name would have the same width as "Top" (e.g., % in a monospaced font). Hopefully it will never happen in practice. % % For the same basic reason, we retypeset the "Top" at every % reference, since the current font is indeterminate. % \def\crossmanualxref#1{% \setbox\toprefbox = \hbox{Top\kern7sp}% \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \printedrefname \unskip \kern7sp}% \ifdim \wd2 > 7sp % nonempty? \ifdim \wd2 = \wd\toprefbox \else % same as Top? \putwordSection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{}\space \fi \fi #1% } % This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref % output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily, % since square brackets don't work well in some documents. Particularly % one that Bob is working on :). % \def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]} % Things referred to by \setref. % \def\Ynothing{} \def\Yomitfromtoc{} \def\Ynumbered{% \ifnum\secno=0 \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno \else \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno \fi\fi\fi } \def\Yappendix{% \ifnum\secno=0 \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}% \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno \else \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno \fi\fi\fi } % \refx{NAME} - reference a cross-reference string named NAME. \def\refx#1{% \requireauxfile {% \indexnofonts \turnoffactive \def\value##1{##1}% \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX \csname XR#1\endcsname }% \ifx\thisrefX\relax % If not defined, say something at least. \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright \iflinks \ifhavexrefs {\toks0 = {#1}% avoid expansion of possibly-complex value \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `\the\toks0'.}}% \else \ifwarnedxrefs\else \global\warnedxrefstrue \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}% \fi \fi \fi \else % It's defined, so just use it. \thisrefX \fi } % This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Define a control % sequence for a cross-reference target (we prepend XR to the control sequence % name to avoid collisions). The value is the page number. If this is a float % type, we have more work to do. % \def\xrdef#1#2{% {% Expand the node or anchor name to remove control sequences. % \turnoffactive stops 8-bit characters being changed to commands % like @'e. \refx does the same to retrieve the value in the definition. \indexnofonts \turnoffactive \def\value##1{##1}% \xdef\safexrefname{#1}% }% % \bgroup \expandafter\gdef\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname{#2}% \egroup % We put the \gdef inside a group to avoid the definitions building up on % TeX's save stack, which can cause it to run out of space for aux files with % thousands of lines. \gdef doesn't use the save stack, but \csname does % when it defines an unknown control sequence as \relax. % % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float? \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname % it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype. \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist \csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname % % Is this the first time we've seen this float type? \expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax \toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do \else % had it before, so preserve previous elements in list. \toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}% \fi % % Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE, % for later use in \listoffloats. \expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0 {\safexrefname}}% \fi } % If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to % be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs. % This is done with @novalidate at the beginning of the file. % \newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files. \let\novalidate = \linksfalse % Used when writing to the aux file, or when using data from it. \def\requireauxfile{% \iflinks \tryauxfile % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit. \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux \fi \global\let\requireauxfile=\relax % Only do this once. } % Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists. % \def\tryauxfile{% \openin 1 \jobname.aux \ifeof 1 \else \readdatafile{aux}% \global\havexrefstrue \fi \closein 1 } \def\setupdatafile{% \catcode`\^^@=\other \catcode`\^^A=\other \catcode`\^^B=\other \catcode`\^^C=\other \catcode`\^^D=\other \catcode`\^^E=\other \catcode`\^^F=\other \catcode`\^^G=\other \catcode`\^^H=\other \catcode`\^^K=\other \catcode`\^^L=\other \catcode`\^^N=\other \catcode`\^^P=\other \catcode`\^^Q=\other \catcode`\^^R=\other \catcode`\^^S=\other \catcode`\^^T=\other \catcode`\^^U=\other \catcode`\^^V=\other \catcode`\^^W=\other \catcode`\^^X=\other \catcode`\^^Z=\other \catcode`\^^[=\other \catcode`\^^\=\other \catcode`\^^]=\other \catcode`\^^^=\other \catcode`\^^_=\other \catcode`\^=\other % % Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but... \catcode`\~=\other \catcode`\[=\other \catcode`\]=\other \catcode`\"=\other \catcode`\_=\active \catcode`\|=\active \catcode`\<=\active \catcode`\>=\active \catcode`\$=\other \catcode`\#=\other \catcode`\&=\other \catcode`\%=\other \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off % \catcode`\\=\active % % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces. \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\@=0 } \def\readdatafile#1{% \begingroup \setupdatafile \input\jobname.#1 \endgroup} \message{insertions,} % including footnotes. \newcount \footnoteno % The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is % vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a % pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is % removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a % space to prevent strange expansion errors.) \def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 } % @footnotestyle is meaningful for Info output only. \let\footnotestyle=\comment {\catcode `\@=11 % % Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain. \gdef\footnote{% \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}% % % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the % extra spacing after we do the footnote number. \let\@sf\empty \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi % % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number. \unskip \thisfootno\@sf \dofootnote }% % Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the % footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general. % % Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses % \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when % the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96. % \gdef\dofootnote{% \insert\footins\bgroup % % Nested footnotes are not supported in TeX, that would take a lot % more work. (\startsavinginserts does not suffice.) \let\footnote=\errfootnotenest % % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment. % So reset some parameters. \hsize=\txipagewidth \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox \floatingpenalty\@MM \leftskip\z@skip \rightskip\z@skip \spaceskip\z@skip \xspaceskip\z@skip \parindent\defaultparindent % \smallfonts \rm % % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style). \let\noindent = \relax % % Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the % footnote extends for more than one paragraph. \everypar = {\hang}% \textindent{\thisfootno}% % % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote. \footstrut % % Invoke rest of plain TeX footnote routine. \futurelet\next\fo@t } }%end \catcode `\@=11 \def\errfootnotenest{% \errhelp=\EMsimple \errmessage{Nested footnotes not supported in texinfo.tex, even though they work in makeinfo; sorry} } \def\errfootnoteheading{% \errhelp=\EMsimple \errmessage{Footnotes in chapters, sections, etc., are not supported} } % In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create % the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion % would be lost. % Similarly, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote % text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished. % And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03. % % Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro. % Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled % out prematurely. % \def\startsavinginserts{% \ifx \insert\ptexinsert \let\insert\saveinsert \else \let\checkinserts\relax \fi } % This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and % \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}. % \def\saveinsert#1{% \edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}% \afterassignment\next % swallow the left brace \let\temp = } \def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}} \def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1} \def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi} \def\placesaveins#1{% \ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname {\box#1}% } % eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other: { \def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials % ;-) \gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{} } % initialization: \def\newsaveins #1{% \edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}% \next } \def\newsaveinsX #1{% \csname newbox\endcsname #1% \expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts \checksaveins #1}% } % initialize: \let\checkinserts\empty \newsaveins\footins \newsaveins\margin % @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this. % If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain. % % Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image % time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get % undone and the next image would fail. \openin 1 = epsf.tex \ifeof 1 \else % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan). \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }% \input epsf.tex \fi \closein 1 % % We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex. \newif\ifwarnednoepsf \newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get it from https://ctan.org/texarchive/macros/texinfo/texinfo/doc/epsf.tex.} % \def\image#1{% \ifx\epsfbox\thisisundefined \ifwarnednoepsf \else \errhelp = \noepsfhelp \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}% \global\warnednoepsftrue \fi \else \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish \fi } % % Arguments to @image: % #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension. % #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height. % #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text. % #5 is (ignored optional) extension. % #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing stuff. \newif\ifimagevmode \def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names \makevalueexpandable % If the image is by itself, center it. \ifvmode \imagevmodetrue \else \ifx\centersub\centerV % for @center @image, we need a vbox so we can have our vertical space \imagevmodetrue \vbox\bgroup % vbox has better behavior than vtop herev \fi\fi % \ifimagevmode \nobreak\medskip % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space % above and below. \nobreak\vskip\parskip \nobreak \fi % % Leave vertical mode so that indentation from an enclosing % environment such as @quotation is respected. % However, if we're at the top level, we don't want the % normal paragraph indentation. % On the other hand, if we are in the case of @center @image, we don't % want to start a paragraph, which will create a hsize-width box and % eradicate the centering. \ifx\centersub\centerV \else \imageindent \fi % % Output the image. \ifpdf % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX <= 0.80 \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}% \else \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined % For epsf.tex % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure. \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi \epsfbox{#1.eps}% \else % For XeTeX \doxeteximage{#1}{#2}{#3}% \fi \fi % \ifimagevmode \medskip % space after a standalone image \fi \ifx\centersub\centerV \egroup \fi \endgroup} % @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables, % etc. We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the % float "here". But it seemed the best name for the future. % \envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish} % There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it. \def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,} % #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically % "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc. Can't contain commas. If omitted, % this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to. % % #2 is the optional xref label. Also must be present for the float to % be referable. % % #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored. It % will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom). % % We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each % chapter-level command. \let\resetallfloatnos=\empty % \def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% \let\thiscaption=\empty \let\thisshortcaption=\empty % % don't lose footnotes inside @float. % % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04 % \startsavinginserts % % We can't be used inside a paragraph. \par % \vtop\bgroup \def\floattype{#1}% \def\floatlabel{#2}% \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet. % \ifx\floattype\empty \let\safefloattype=\empty \else {% % the floattype might have accents or other special characters, % but we need to use it in a control sequence name. \indexnofonts \turnoffactive \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}% }% \fi % % If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type. \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else % We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1, % Table 1, Figure 2, ...). (And if no label, no number.) % \expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname \global\advance\floatno by 1 % {% % This magic value for \currentsection is output by \setref as the % XREFLABEL-title value. \xrefX uses it to distinguish float % labels (which have a completely different output format) from % node and anchor labels. And \xrdef uses it to construct the % lists of floats. % \edef\currentsection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}% \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}% }% \fi % % start with \parskip glue, I guess. \vskip\parskip % % Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section. \restorefirstparagraphindent } % we have these possibilities: % @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap % @float Foo,lbl & no caption: Foo 1.1 % @float Foo & @caption{Cap}: Foo: Cap % @float Foo & no caption: Foo % @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}: 1.1: Cap % @float ,lbl & no caption: 1.1 % @float & @caption{Cap}: Cap % @float & no caption: % \def\Efloat{% \let\floatident = \empty % % In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first. \ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi % % If we have an xref label, the number comes next. \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else \ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first. \appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}% \fi % the number. \appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}% \fi % % Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in % \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again. \let\captionline = \floatident % \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else \ifx\floatident\empty \else \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between \fi % % caption text. \appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}% \fi % % If we have anything to print, print it, with space before. % Eventually this needs to become an \insert. \ifx\captionline\empty \else \vskip.5\parskip \captionline % % Space below caption. \vskip\parskip \fi % % If have an xref label, write the list of floats info. Do this % after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint. \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else % Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as % \floatlabel-lof. Besides \floatident, we include the short % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing. {% \requireauxfile \atdummies % \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty \def\gtemp{\thiscaption}% \else \def\gtemp{\thisshortcaption}% \fi \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}% }% \fi \egroup % end of \vtop % \checkinserts } % Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either. % \def\appendtomacro#1#2{% \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}% } % @caption, @shortcaption % \def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption} \def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption} \def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanargctxt\defcaption} \def\defcaption#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}} % The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are % going to use. Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno. \def\getfloatno#1{% \ifx#1\relax % Haven't seen this figure type before. \csname newcount\endcsname #1% % % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap. \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }% \fi \let\floatno#1% } % \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value. We want an @xref % to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1". We call \setref when we % first read the @float command. % \def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}% % Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can % distinguish floats from other xref types. \def\floatmagic{!!float!!} % #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional % which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic % \currentsection value which we \setref above. % \def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish} % % #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string. If so, #2 will be the % (safe) float type for this float. We set \iffloattype to #2. % \def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{% \def\temp{#1}% \def\iffloattype{#2}% \ifx\temp\floatmagic } % @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents. % \parseargdef\listoffloats{% \def\floattype{#1}% floattype {% % the floattype might have accents or other special characters, % but we need to use it in a control sequence name. \indexnofonts \turnoffactive \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}% }% % % \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE. \expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax \ifhavexrefs % if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo. \message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}% \fi \else \begingroup \leftskip=\tocindent % indent these entries like a toc \let\do=\listoffloatsdo \csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \endgroup \fi } % This is called on each entry in a list of floats. We're passed the % xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the % aux file. We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which % has the text we're supposed to typeset here. % % Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since % they won't appear in the aux file). % \def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish} \def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{% % Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything. Just % pass the control sequence. On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the % page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link % in pdf output. \toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}% % % use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index. \edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}% \writeentry }} \message{localization,} % For single-language documents, @documentlanguage is usually given very % early, just after @documentencoding. Single argument is the language % (de) or locale (de_DE) abbreviation. % { \catcode`\_ = \active \globaldefs=1 \parseargdef\documentlanguage{% \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX. % Read the file by the name they passed if it exists. \let_ = \normalunderscore % normal _ character for filename test \openin 1 txi-#1.tex \ifeof 1 \documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore #1_\finish \else \globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist \input txi-#1.tex \fi \closein 1 \endgroup % end raw TeX } % % If they passed de_DE, and txi-de_DE.tex doesn't exist, % try txi-de.tex. % \gdef\documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore#1_#2\finish{% \openin 1 txi-#1.tex \ifeof 1 \errhelp = \nolanghelp \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}% \else \globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist \input txi-#1.tex \fi \closein 1 } }% end of special _ catcode % \newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or is empty. Maybe you need to install it? Putting it in the current directory should work if nowhere else does.} % This macro is called from txi-??.tex files; the first argument is the % \language name to set (without the "\lang@" prefix), the second and % third args are \{left,right}hyphenmin. % % The language names to pass are determined when the format is built. % See the etex.log file created at that time, e.g., % /usr/local/texlive/2008/texmf-var/web2c/pdftex/etex.log. % % With TeX Live 2008, etex now includes hyphenation patterns for all % available languages. This means we can support hyphenation in % Texinfo, at least to some extent. (This still doesn't solve the % accented characters problem.) % \catcode`@=11 \def\txisetlanguage#1#2#3{% % do not set the language if the name is undefined in the current TeX. \expandafter\ifx\csname lang@#1\endcsname \relax \message{no patterns for #1}% \else \global\language = \csname lang@#1\endcsname \fi % but there is no harm in adjusting the hyphenmin values regardless. \global\lefthyphenmin = #2\relax \global\righthyphenmin = #3\relax } % XeTeX and LuaTeX can handle Unicode natively. % Their default I/O uses UTF-8 sequences instead of a byte-wise operation. % Other TeX engines' I/O (pdfTeX, etc.) is byte-wise. % \newif\iftxinativeunicodecapable \newif\iftxiusebytewiseio \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined \txinativeunicodecapablefalse \txiusebytewiseiotrue \else \txinativeunicodecapabletrue \txiusebytewiseiofalse \fi \else \txinativeunicodecapabletrue \txiusebytewiseiofalse \fi % Set I/O by bytes instead of UTF-8 sequence for XeTeX and LuaTex % for non-UTF-8 (byte-wise) encodings. % \def\setbytewiseio{% \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined \else \XeTeXdefaultencoding "bytes" % For subsequent files to be read \XeTeXinputencoding "bytes" % For document root file % Unfortunately, there seems to be no corresponding XeTeX command for % output encoding. This is a problem for auxiliary index and TOC files. % The only solution would be perhaps to write out @U{...} sequences in % place of non-ASCII characters. \fi \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined \else \directlua{ local utf8_char, byte, gsub = unicode.utf8.char, string.byte, string.gsub local function convert_char (char) return utf8_char(byte(char)) end local function convert_line (line) return gsub(line, ".", convert_char) end callback.register("process_input_buffer", convert_line) local function convert_line_out (line) local line_out = "" for c in string.utfvalues(line) do line_out = line_out .. string.char(c) end return line_out end callback.register("process_output_buffer", convert_line_out) } \fi \txiusebytewiseiotrue } % Helpers for encodings. % Set the catcode of characters 128 through 255 to the specified number. % \def\setnonasciicharscatcode#1{% \count255=128 \loop\ifnum\count255<256 \global\catcode\count255=#1\relax \advance\count255 by 1 \repeat } \def\setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal#1{% \count255=128 \loop\ifnum\count255<256 \catcode\count255=#1\relax \advance\count255 by 1 \repeat } % @documentencoding sets the definition of non-ASCII characters % according to the specified encoding. % \def\documentencoding{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\documentencodingzzz} \def\documentencodingzzz#1{% % % Encoding being declared for the document. \def\declaredencoding{\csname #1.enc\endcsname}% % % Supported encodings: names converted to tokens in order to be able % to compare them with \ifx. \def\ascii{\csname US-ASCII.enc\endcsname}% \def\latnine{\csname ISO-8859-15.enc\endcsname}% \def\latone{\csname ISO-8859-1.enc\endcsname}% \def\lattwo{\csname ISO-8859-2.enc\endcsname}% \def\utfeight{\csname UTF-8.enc\endcsname}% % \ifx \declaredencoding \ascii \asciichardefs % \else \ifx \declaredencoding \lattwo \iftxinativeunicodecapable \setbytewiseio \fi \setnonasciicharscatcode\active \lattwochardefs % \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latone \iftxinativeunicodecapable \setbytewiseio \fi \setnonasciicharscatcode\active \latonechardefs % \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latnine \iftxinativeunicodecapable \setbytewiseio \fi \setnonasciicharscatcode\active \latninechardefs % \else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight \iftxinativeunicodecapable % For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX) \nativeunicodechardefs \else % For treating UTF-8 as byte sequences (TeX, eTeX and pdfTeX) \setnonasciicharscatcode\active % since we already invoked \utfeightchardefs at the top level % (below), do not re-invoke it, otherwise our check for duplicated % definitions gets triggered. Making non-ascii chars active is % sufficient. \fi % \else \message{Ignoring unknown document encoding: #1.}% % \fi % utfeight \fi % latnine \fi % latone \fi % lattwo \fi % ascii % \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined \else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight \else \ifx \declaredencoding \ascii \else \message{Warning: XeTeX with non-UTF-8 encodings cannot handle % non-ASCII characters in auxiliary files.}% \fi \fi \fi } % emacs-page % A message to be logged when using a character that isn't available % the default font encoding (OT1). % \def\missingcharmsg#1{\message{Character missing, sorry: #1.}} % Take account of \c (plain) vs. \, (Texinfo) difference. \def\cedilla#1{\ifx\c\ptexc\c{#1}\else\,{#1}\fi} % First, make active non-ASCII characters in order for them to be % correctly categorized when TeX reads the replacement text of % macros containing the character definitions. \setnonasciicharscatcode\active % \def\gdefchar#1#2{% \gdef#1{% \ifpassthroughchars \string#1% \else #2% \fi }} % Latin1 (ISO-8859-1) character definitions. \def\latonechardefs{% \gdefchar^^a0{\tie} \gdefchar^^a1{\exclamdown} \gdefchar^^a2{{\tcfont \char162}} % cent \gdefchar^^a3{\pounds{}} \gdefchar^^a4{{\tcfont \char164}} % currency \gdefchar^^a5{{\tcfont \char165}} % yen \gdefchar^^a6{{\tcfont \char166}} % broken bar \gdefchar^^a7{\S} \gdefchar^^a8{\"{}} \gdefchar^^a9{\copyright{}} \gdefchar^^aa{\ordf} \gdefchar^^ab{\guillemetleft{}} \gdefchar^^ac{\ensuremath\lnot} \gdefchar^^ad{\-} \gdefchar^^ae{\registeredsymbol{}} \gdefchar^^af{\={}} % \gdefchar^^b0{\textdegree} \gdefchar^^b1{$\pm$} \gdefchar^^b2{$^2$} \gdefchar^^b3{$^3$} \gdefchar^^b4{\'{}} \gdefchar^^b5{$\mu$} \gdefchar^^b6{\P} \gdefchar^^b7{\ensuremath\cdot} \gdefchar^^b8{\cedilla\ } \gdefchar^^b9{$^1$} \gdefchar^^ba{\ordm} \gdefchar^^bb{\guillemetright{}} \gdefchar^^bc{$1\over4$} \gdefchar^^bd{$1\over2$} \gdefchar^^be{$3\over4$} \gdefchar^^bf{\questiondown} % \gdefchar^^c0{\`A} \gdefchar^^c1{\'A} \gdefchar^^c2{\^A} \gdefchar^^c3{\~A} \gdefchar^^c4{\"A} \gdefchar^^c5{\ringaccent A} \gdefchar^^c6{\AE} \gdefchar^^c7{\cedilla C} \gdefchar^^c8{\`E} \gdefchar^^c9{\'E} \gdefchar^^ca{\^E} \gdefchar^^cb{\"E} \gdefchar^^cc{\`I} \gdefchar^^cd{\'I} \gdefchar^^ce{\^I} \gdefchar^^cf{\"I} % \gdefchar^^d0{\DH} \gdefchar^^d1{\~N} \gdefchar^^d2{\`O} \gdefchar^^d3{\'O} \gdefchar^^d4{\^O} \gdefchar^^d5{\~O} \gdefchar^^d6{\"O} \gdefchar^^d7{$\times$} \gdefchar^^d8{\O} \gdefchar^^d9{\`U} \gdefchar^^da{\'U} \gdefchar^^db{\^U} \gdefchar^^dc{\"U} \gdefchar^^dd{\'Y} \gdefchar^^de{\TH} \gdefchar^^df{\ss} % \gdefchar^^e0{\`a} \gdefchar^^e1{\'a} \gdefchar^^e2{\^a} \gdefchar^^e3{\~a} \gdefchar^^e4{\"a} \gdefchar^^e5{\ringaccent a} \gdefchar^^e6{\ae} \gdefchar^^e7{\cedilla c} \gdefchar^^e8{\`e} \gdefchar^^e9{\'e} \gdefchar^^ea{\^e} \gdefchar^^eb{\"e} \gdefchar^^ec{\`{\dotless i}} \gdefchar^^ed{\'{\dotless i}} \gdefchar^^ee{\^{\dotless i}} \gdefchar^^ef{\"{\dotless i}} % \gdefchar^^f0{\dh} \gdefchar^^f1{\~n} \gdefchar^^f2{\`o} \gdefchar^^f3{\'o} \gdefchar^^f4{\^o} \gdefchar^^f5{\~o} \gdefchar^^f6{\"o} \gdefchar^^f7{$\div$} \gdefchar^^f8{\o} \gdefchar^^f9{\`u} \gdefchar^^fa{\'u} \gdefchar^^fb{\^u} \gdefchar^^fc{\"u} \gdefchar^^fd{\'y} \gdefchar^^fe{\th} \gdefchar^^ff{\"y} } % Latin9 (ISO-8859-15) encoding character definitions. \def\latninechardefs{% % Encoding is almost identical to Latin1. \latonechardefs % \gdefchar^^a4{\euro{}} \gdefchar^^a6{\v S} \gdefchar^^a8{\v s} \gdefchar^^b4{\v Z} \gdefchar^^b8{\v z} \gdefchar^^bc{\OE} \gdefchar^^bd{\oe} \gdefchar^^be{\"Y} } % Latin2 (ISO-8859-2) character definitions. \def\lattwochardefs{% \gdefchar^^a0{\tie} \gdefchar^^a1{\ogonek{A}} \gdefchar^^a2{\u{}} \gdefchar^^a3{\L} \gdefchar^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}} \gdefchar^^a5{\v L} \gdefchar^^a6{\'S} \gdefchar^^a7{\S} \gdefchar^^a8{\"{}} \gdefchar^^a9{\v S} \gdefchar^^aa{\cedilla S} \gdefchar^^ab{\v T} \gdefchar^^ac{\'Z} \gdefchar^^ad{\-} \gdefchar^^ae{\v Z} \gdefchar^^af{\dotaccent Z} % \gdefchar^^b0{\textdegree{}} \gdefchar^^b1{\ogonek{a}} \gdefchar^^b2{\ogonek{ }} \gdefchar^^b3{\l} \gdefchar^^b4{\'{}} \gdefchar^^b5{\v l} \gdefchar^^b6{\'s} \gdefchar^^b7{\v{}} \gdefchar^^b8{\cedilla\ } \gdefchar^^b9{\v s} \gdefchar^^ba{\cedilla s} \gdefchar^^bb{\v t} \gdefchar^^bc{\'z} \gdefchar^^bd{\H{}} \gdefchar^^be{\v z} \gdefchar^^bf{\dotaccent z} % \gdefchar^^c0{\'R} \gdefchar^^c1{\'A} \gdefchar^^c2{\^A} \gdefchar^^c3{\u A} \gdefchar^^c4{\"A} \gdefchar^^c5{\'L} \gdefchar^^c6{\'C} \gdefchar^^c7{\cedilla C} \gdefchar^^c8{\v C} \gdefchar^^c9{\'E} \gdefchar^^ca{\ogonek{E}} \gdefchar^^cb{\"E} \gdefchar^^cc{\v E} \gdefchar^^cd{\'I} \gdefchar^^ce{\^I} \gdefchar^^cf{\v D} % \gdefchar^^d0{\DH} \gdefchar^^d1{\'N} \gdefchar^^d2{\v N} \gdefchar^^d3{\'O} \gdefchar^^d4{\^O} \gdefchar^^d5{\H O} \gdefchar^^d6{\"O} \gdefchar^^d7{$\times$} \gdefchar^^d8{\v R} \gdefchar^^d9{\ringaccent U} \gdefchar^^da{\'U} \gdefchar^^db{\H U} \gdefchar^^dc{\"U} \gdefchar^^dd{\'Y} \gdefchar^^de{\cedilla T} \gdefchar^^df{\ss} % \gdefchar^^e0{\'r} \gdefchar^^e1{\'a} \gdefchar^^e2{\^a} \gdefchar^^e3{\u a} \gdefchar^^e4{\"a} \gdefchar^^e5{\'l} \gdefchar^^e6{\'c} \gdefchar^^e7{\cedilla c} \gdefchar^^e8{\v c} \gdefchar^^e9{\'e} \gdefchar^^ea{\ogonek{e}} \gdefchar^^eb{\"e} \gdefchar^^ec{\v e} \gdefchar^^ed{\'{\dotless{i}}} \gdefchar^^ee{\^{\dotless{i}}} \gdefchar^^ef{\v d} % \gdefchar^^f0{\dh} \gdefchar^^f1{\'n} \gdefchar^^f2{\v n} \gdefchar^^f3{\'o} \gdefchar^^f4{\^o} \gdefchar^^f5{\H o} \gdefchar^^f6{\"o} \gdefchar^^f7{$\div$} \gdefchar^^f8{\v r} \gdefchar^^f9{\ringaccent u} \gdefchar^^fa{\'u} \gdefchar^^fb{\H u} \gdefchar^^fc{\"u} \gdefchar^^fd{\'y} \gdefchar^^fe{\cedilla t} \gdefchar^^ff{\dotaccent{}} } % UTF-8 character definitions. % % This code to support UTF-8 is based on LaTeX's utf8.def, with some % changes for Texinfo conventions. It is included here under the GPL by % permission from Frank Mittelbach and the LaTeX team. % \newcount\countUTFx \newcount\countUTFy \newcount\countUTFz \gdef\UTFviiiTwoOctets#1#2{\expandafter \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname} % \gdef\UTFviiiThreeOctets#1#2#3{\expandafter \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname} % \gdef\UTFviiiFourOctets#1#2#3#4{\expandafter \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname} \gdef\UTFviiiDefined#1{% \ifx #1\relax \message{\linenumber Unicode char \string #1 not defined for Texinfo}% \else \expandafter #1% \fi } % Give non-ASCII bytes the active definitions for processing UTF-8 sequences \begingroup \catcode`\~13 \catcode`\$12 \catcode`\"12 % Loop from \countUTFx to \countUTFy, performing \UTFviiiTmp % substituting ~ and $ with a character token of that value. \def\UTFviiiLoop{% \global\catcode\countUTFx\active \uccode`\~\countUTFx \uccode`\$\countUTFx \uppercase\expandafter{\UTFviiiTmp}% \advance\countUTFx by 1 \ifnum\countUTFx < \countUTFy \expandafter\UTFviiiLoop \fi} % For bytes other than the first in a UTF-8 sequence. Not expected to % be expanded except when writing to auxiliary files. \countUTFx = "80 \countUTFy = "C2 \def\UTFviiiTmp{% \gdef~{% \ifpassthroughchars $\fi}}% \UTFviiiLoop \countUTFx = "C2 \countUTFy = "E0 \def\UTFviiiTmp{% \gdef~{% \ifpassthroughchars $% \else\expandafter\UTFviiiTwoOctets\expandafter$\fi}}% \UTFviiiLoop \countUTFx = "E0 \countUTFy = "F0 \def\UTFviiiTmp{% \gdef~{% \ifpassthroughchars $% \else\expandafter\UTFviiiThreeOctets\expandafter$\fi}}% \UTFviiiLoop \countUTFx = "F0 \countUTFy = "F4 \def\UTFviiiTmp{% \gdef~{% \ifpassthroughchars $% \else\expandafter\UTFviiiFourOctets\expandafter$\fi }}% \UTFviiiLoop \endgroup \def\globallet{\global\let} % save some \expandafter's below % @U{xxxx} to produce U+xxxx, if we support it. \def\U#1{% \expandafter\ifx\csname uni:#1\endcsname \relax \iftxinativeunicodecapable % All Unicode characters can be used if native Unicode handling is % active. However, if the font does not have the glyph, % letters are missing. \begingroup \uccode`\.="#1\relax \uppercase{.} \endgroup \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unicode character U+#1 not supported, sorry}% \fi \else \csname uni:#1\endcsname \fi } % These macros are used here to construct the name of a control % sequence to be defined. \def\UTFviiiTwoOctetsName#1#2{% \csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname}% \def\UTFviiiThreeOctetsName#1#2#3{% \csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname}% \def\UTFviiiFourOctetsName#1#2#3#4{% \csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname}% % For UTF-8 byte sequences (TeX, e-TeX and pdfTeX), % provide a definition macro to replace a Unicode character; % this gets used by the @U command % \begingroup \catcode`\"=12 \catcode`\<=12 \catcode`\.=12 \catcode`\,=12 \catcode`\;=12 \catcode`\!=12 \catcode`\~=13 \gdef\DeclareUnicodeCharacterUTFviii#1#2{% \countUTFz = "#1\relax \begingroup \parseXMLCharref % Give \u8:... its definition. The sequence of seven \expandafter's % expands after the \gdef three times, e.g. % % 1. \UTFviiTwoOctetsName B1 B2 % 2. \csname u8:B1 \string B2 \endcsname % 3. \u8: B1 B2 (a single control sequence token) % \expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\gdef \UTFviiiTmp{#2}% % \expandafter\ifx\csname uni:#1\endcsname \relax \else \message{Internal error, already defined: #1}% \fi % % define an additional control sequence for this code point. \expandafter\globallet\csname uni:#1\endcsname \UTFviiiTmp \endgroup} % % Given the value in \countUTFz as a Unicode code point, set \UTFviiiTmp % to the corresponding UTF-8 sequence. \gdef\parseXMLCharref{% \ifnum\countUTFz < "A0\relax \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Cannot define Unicode char value < 00A0}% \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "800\relax \parseUTFviiiA,% \parseUTFviiiB C\UTFviiiTwoOctetsName.,% \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "10000\relax \parseUTFviiiA;% \parseUTFviiiA,% \parseUTFviiiB E\UTFviiiThreeOctetsName.{,;}% \else \parseUTFviiiA;% \parseUTFviiiA,% \parseUTFviiiA!% \parseUTFviiiB F\UTFviiiFourOctetsName.{!,;}% \fi\fi\fi } % Extract a byte from the end of the UTF-8 representation of \countUTFx. % It must be a non-initial byte in the sequence. % Change \uccode of #1 for it to be used in \parseUTFviiiB as one % of the bytes. \gdef\parseUTFviiiA#1{% \countUTFx = \countUTFz \divide\countUTFz by 64 \countUTFy = \countUTFz % Save to be the future value of \countUTFz. \multiply\countUTFz by 64 % \countUTFz is now \countUTFx with the last 5 bits cleared. Subtract % in order to get the last five bits. \advance\countUTFx by -\countUTFz % Convert this to the byte in the UTF-8 sequence. \advance\countUTFx by 128 \uccode `#1\countUTFx \countUTFz = \countUTFy} % Used to put a UTF-8 byte sequence into \UTFviiiTmp % #1 is the increment for \countUTFz to yield a the first byte of the UTF-8 % sequence. % #2 is one of the \UTFviii*OctetsName macros. % #3 is always a full stop (.) % #4 is a template for the other bytes in the sequence. The values for these % bytes is substituted in here with \uppercase using the \uccode's. \gdef\parseUTFviiiB#1#2#3#4{% \advance\countUTFz by "#10\relax \uccode `#3\countUTFz \uppercase{\gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2#3#4}}} \endgroup % For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX), % provide a definition macro that sets a catcode to `other' non-globally % \def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeOther#1#2{% \catcode"#1=\other } % https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plane_(Unicode)#Basic_M % U+0000..U+007F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Basic_Latin_(Unicode_block) % U+0080..U+00FF = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin-1_Supplement_(Unicode_block) % U+0100..U+017F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_Extended-A % U+0180..U+024F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_Extended-B % % Many of our renditions are less than wonderful, and all the missing % characters are available somewhere. Loading the necessary fonts % awaits user request. We can't truly support Unicode without % reimplementing everything that's been done in LaTeX for many years, % plus probably using luatex or xetex, and who knows what else. % We won't be doing that here in this simple file. But we can try to at % least make most of the characters not bomb out. % \def\unicodechardefs{% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A0}{\tie}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\exclamdown}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A2}{{\tcfont \char162}}% 0242=cent \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\pounds{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A4}{{\tcfont \char164}}% 0244=currency \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A5}{{\tcfont \char165}}% 0245=yen \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A6}{{\tcfont \char166}}% 0246=brokenbar \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A7}{\S}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A8}{\"{ }}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A9}{\copyright{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AA}{\ordf}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemetleft{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AC}{\ensuremath\lnot}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AD}{\-}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AE}{\registeredsymbol{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AF}{\={ }}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B0}{\ringaccent{ }}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B1}{\ensuremath\pm}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B2}{$^2$}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B3}{$^3$}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B4}{\'{ }}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B5}{$\mu$}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B6}{\P}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B7}{\ensuremath\cdot}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B8}{\cedilla{ }}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B9}{$^1$}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BA}{\ordm}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemetright{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BC}{$1\over4$}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BD}{$1\over2$}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BE}{$3\over4$}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BF}{\questiondown}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C0}{\`A}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C1}{\'A}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C2}{\^A}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C3}{\~A}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C4}{\"A}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C5}{\AA}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C6}{\AE}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C7}{\cedilla{C}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C8}{\`E}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C9}{\'E}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CA}{\^E}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CB}{\"E}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CC}{\`I}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CD}{\'I}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CE}{\^I}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CF}{\"I}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D0}{\DH}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D1}{\~N}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D2}{\`O}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D3}{\'O}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D4}{\^O}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D5}{\~O}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D6}{\"O}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D7}{\ensuremath\times}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D8}{\O}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D9}{\`U}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DA}{\'U}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DB}{\^U}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DC}{\"U}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DD}{\'Y}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DE}{\TH}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DF}{\ss}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E0}{\`a}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E1}{\'a}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E2}{\^a}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E3}{\~a}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E4}{\"a}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E5}{\aa}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E6}{\ae}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E7}{\cedilla{c}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E8}{\`e}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E9}{\'e}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EA}{\^e}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EB}{\"e}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EC}{\`{\dotless{i}}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00ED}{\'{\dotless{i}}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EE}{\^{\dotless{i}}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EF}{\"{\dotless{i}}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F0}{\dh}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F1}{\~n}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F2}{\`o}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F3}{\'o}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F4}{\^o}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F5}{\~o}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F6}{\"o}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F7}{\ensuremath\div}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F8}{\o}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F9}{\`u}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FA}{\'u}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FB}{\^u}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FC}{\"u}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FD}{\'y}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FE}{\th}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FF}{\"y}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0100}{\=A}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0101}{\=a}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0102}{\u{A}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0103}{\u{a}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0104}{\ogonek{A}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0105}{\ogonek{a}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0106}{\'C}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0107}{\'c}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0108}{\^C}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0109}{\^c}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010A}{\dotaccent{C}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010B}{\dotaccent{c}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010C}{\v{C}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010D}{\v{c}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010E}{\v{D}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010F}{d'}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0110}{\DH}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0111}{\dh}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0112}{\=E}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0113}{\=e}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0114}{\u{E}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0115}{\u{e}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0116}{\dotaccent{E}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0117}{\dotaccent{e}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0118}{\ogonek{E}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0119}{\ogonek{e}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011A}{\v{E}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011B}{\v{e}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011C}{\^G}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011D}{\^g}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011E}{\u{G}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011F}{\u{g}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0120}{\dotaccent{G}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0121}{\dotaccent{g}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0122}{\cedilla{G}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0123}{\cedilla{g}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0124}{\^H}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0125}{\^h}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0126}{\missingcharmsg{H WITH STROKE}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0127}{\missingcharmsg{h WITH STROKE}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0128}{\~I}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0129}{\~{\dotless{i}}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012A}{\=I}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012B}{\={\dotless{i}}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012C}{\u{I}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012D}{\u{\dotless{i}}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012E}{\ogonek{I}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012F}{\ogonek{i}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0130}{\dotaccent{I}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0131}{\dotless{i}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0132}{IJ}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0133}{ij}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0134}{\^J}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0135}{\^{\dotless{j}}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0136}{\cedilla{K}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0137}{\cedilla{k}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0138}{\ensuremath\kappa}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0139}{\'L}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013A}{\'l}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013B}{\cedilla{L}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013C}{\cedilla{l}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013D}{L'}% should kern \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013E}{l'}% should kern \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013F}{L\U{00B7}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0140}{l\U{00B7}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0141}{\L}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0142}{\l}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0143}{\'N}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0144}{\'n}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0145}{\cedilla{N}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0146}{\cedilla{n}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0147}{\v{N}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0148}{\v{n}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0149}{'n}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014A}{\missingcharmsg{ENG}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014B}{\missingcharmsg{eng}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014C}{\=O}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014D}{\=o}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014E}{\u{O}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014F}{\u{o}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0150}{\H{O}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0151}{\H{o}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0152}{\OE}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0153}{\oe}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0154}{\'R}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0155}{\'r}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0156}{\cedilla{R}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0157}{\cedilla{r}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0158}{\v{R}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0159}{\v{r}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015A}{\'S}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015B}{\'s}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015C}{\^S}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015D}{\^s}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015E}{\cedilla{S}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015F}{\cedilla{s}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0160}{\v{S}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0161}{\v{s}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0162}{\cedilla{T}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0163}{\cedilla{t}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0164}{\v{T}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0165}{\v{t}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0166}{\missingcharmsg{H WITH STROKE}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0167}{\missingcharmsg{h WITH STROKE}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0168}{\~U}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0169}{\~u}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016A}{\=U}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016B}{\=u}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016C}{\u{U}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016D}{\u{u}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016E}{\ringaccent{U}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016F}{\ringaccent{u}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0170}{\H{U}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0171}{\H{u}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0172}{\ogonek{U}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0173}{\ogonek{u}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0174}{\^W}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0175}{\^w}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0176}{\^Y}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0177}{\^y}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0178}{\"Y}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0179}{\'Z}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017A}{\'z}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017B}{\dotaccent{Z}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017C}{\dotaccent{z}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017D}{\v{Z}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017E}{\v{z}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017F}{\missingcharmsg{LONG S}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C4}{D\v{Z}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C5}{D\v{z}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C6}{d\v{z}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C7}{LJ}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C8}{Lj}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C9}{lj}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CA}{NJ}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CB}{Nj}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CC}{nj}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CD}{\v{A}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CE}{\v{a}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CF}{\v{I}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D0}{\v{\dotless{i}}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D1}{\v{O}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D2}{\v{o}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D3}{\v{U}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D4}{\v{u}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E2}{\={\AE}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E3}{\={\ae}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E6}{\v{G}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E7}{\v{g}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E8}{\v{K}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E9}{\v{k}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F0}{\v{\dotless{j}}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F1}{DZ}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F2}{Dz}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F3}{dz}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F4}{\'G}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F5}{\'g}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F8}{\`N}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F9}{\`n}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FC}{\'{\AE}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FD}{\'{\ae}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FE}{\'{\O}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FF}{\'{\o}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021E}{\v{H}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021F}{\v{h}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0226}{\dotaccent{A}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0227}{\dotaccent{a}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0228}{\cedilla{E}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0229}{\cedilla{e}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022E}{\dotaccent{O}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022F}{\dotaccent{o}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0232}{\=Y}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0233}{\=y}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0237}{\dotless{j}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02BC}{'}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02DB}{\ogonek{ }}% % % Greek letters upper case \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0391}{{\it A}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0392}{{\it B}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0393}{\ensuremath{\mit\Gamma}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0394}{\ensuremath{\mit\Delta}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0395}{{\it E}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0396}{{\it Z}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0397}{{\it H}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0398}{\ensuremath{\mit\Theta}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0399}{{\it I}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039A}{{\it K}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039B}{\ensuremath{\mit\Lambda}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039C}{{\it M}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039D}{{\it N}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039E}{\ensuremath{\mit\Xi}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039F}{{\it O}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A0}{\ensuremath{\mit\Pi}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A1}{{\it P}}% %\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A2}{} % none - corresponds to final sigma \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A3}{\ensuremath{\mit\Sigma}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A4}{{\it T}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A5}{\ensuremath{\mit\Upsilon}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A6}{\ensuremath{\mit\Phi}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A7}{{\it X}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A8}{\ensuremath{\mit\Psi}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A9}{\ensuremath{\mit\Omega}}% % % Vowels with accents \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0390}{\ensuremath{\ddot{\acute\iota}}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AC}{\ensuremath{\acute\alpha}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AD}{\ensuremath{\acute\epsilon}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AE}{\ensuremath{\acute\eta}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AF}{\ensuremath{\acute\iota}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B0}{\ensuremath{\acute{\ddot\upsilon}}}% % % Standalone accent \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0384}{\ensuremath{\acute{\ }}}% % % Greek letters lower case \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B1}{\ensuremath\alpha}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B2}{\ensuremath\beta}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B3}{\ensuremath\gamma}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B4}{\ensuremath\delta}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B5}{\ensuremath\epsilon}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B6}{\ensuremath\zeta}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B7}{\ensuremath\eta}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B8}{\ensuremath\theta}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B9}{\ensuremath\iota}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BA}{\ensuremath\kappa}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BB}{\ensuremath\lambda}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BC}{\ensuremath\mu}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BD}{\ensuremath\nu}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BE}{\ensuremath\xi}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BF}{{\it o}}% omicron \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C0}{\ensuremath\pi}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C1}{\ensuremath\rho}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C2}{\ensuremath\varsigma}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C3}{\ensuremath\sigma}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C4}{\ensuremath\tau}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C5}{\ensuremath\upsilon}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C6}{\ensuremath\phi}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C7}{\ensuremath\chi}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C8}{\ensuremath\psi}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C9}{\ensuremath\omega}% % % More Greek vowels with accents \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CA}{\ensuremath{\ddot\iota}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CB}{\ensuremath{\ddot\upsilon}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CC}{\ensuremath{\acute o}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CD}{\ensuremath{\acute\upsilon}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CE}{\ensuremath{\acute\omega}}% % % Variant Greek letters \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03D1}{\ensuremath\vartheta}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03D6}{\ensuremath\varpi}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03F1}{\ensuremath\varrho}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E02}{\dotaccent{B}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E03}{\dotaccent{b}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E04}{\udotaccent{B}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E05}{\udotaccent{b}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E06}{\ubaraccent{B}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E07}{\ubaraccent{b}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0A}{\dotaccent{D}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0B}{\dotaccent{d}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0C}{\udotaccent{D}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0D}{\udotaccent{d}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0E}{\ubaraccent{D}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0F}{\ubaraccent{d}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1E}{\dotaccent{F}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1F}{\dotaccent{f}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E20}{\=G}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E21}{\=g}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E22}{\dotaccent{H}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E23}{\dotaccent{h}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E24}{\udotaccent{H}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E25}{\udotaccent{h}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E26}{\"H}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E27}{\"h}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E30}{\'K}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E31}{\'k}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E32}{\udotaccent{K}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E33}{\udotaccent{k}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E34}{\ubaraccent{K}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E35}{\ubaraccent{k}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E36}{\udotaccent{L}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E37}{\udotaccent{l}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3A}{\ubaraccent{L}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3B}{\ubaraccent{l}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3E}{\'M}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3F}{\'m}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E40}{\dotaccent{M}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E41}{\dotaccent{m}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E42}{\udotaccent{M}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E43}{\udotaccent{m}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E44}{\dotaccent{N}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E45}{\dotaccent{n}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E46}{\udotaccent{N}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E47}{\udotaccent{n}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E48}{\ubaraccent{N}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E49}{\ubaraccent{n}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E54}{\'P}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E55}{\'p}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E56}{\dotaccent{P}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E57}{\dotaccent{p}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E58}{\dotaccent{R}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E59}{\dotaccent{r}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5A}{\udotaccent{R}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5B}{\udotaccent{r}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5E}{\ubaraccent{R}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5F}{\ubaraccent{r}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E60}{\dotaccent{S}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E61}{\dotaccent{s}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E62}{\udotaccent{S}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E63}{\udotaccent{s}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6A}{\dotaccent{T}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6B}{\dotaccent{t}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6C}{\udotaccent{T}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6D}{\udotaccent{t}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6E}{\ubaraccent{T}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6F}{\ubaraccent{t}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7C}{\~V}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7D}{\~v}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7E}{\udotaccent{V}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7F}{\udotaccent{v}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E80}{\`W}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E81}{\`w}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E82}{\'W}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E83}{\'w}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E84}{\"W}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E85}{\"w}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E86}{\dotaccent{W}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E87}{\dotaccent{w}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E88}{\udotaccent{W}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E89}{\udotaccent{w}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8A}{\dotaccent{X}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8B}{\dotaccent{x}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8C}{\"X}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8D}{\"x}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8E}{\dotaccent{Y}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8F}{\dotaccent{y}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E90}{\^Z}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E91}{\^z}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E92}{\udotaccent{Z}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E93}{\udotaccent{z}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E94}{\ubaraccent{Z}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E95}{\ubaraccent{z}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E96}{\ubaraccent{h}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E97}{\"t}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E98}{\ringaccent{w}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E99}{\ringaccent{y}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA0}{\udotaccent{A}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA1}{\udotaccent{a}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB8}{\udotaccent{E}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB9}{\udotaccent{e}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBC}{\~E}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBD}{\~e}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECA}{\udotaccent{I}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECB}{\udotaccent{i}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECC}{\udotaccent{O}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECD}{\udotaccent{o}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE4}{\udotaccent{U}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE5}{\udotaccent{u}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF2}{\`Y}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF3}{\`y}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF4}{\udotaccent{Y}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF8}{\~Y}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF9}{\~y}% % % Punctuation \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2013}{--}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2014}{---}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2018}{\quoteleft{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2019}{\quoteright{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201A}{\quotesinglbase{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201C}{\quotedblleft{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201D}{\quotedblright{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201E}{\quotedblbase{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2020}{\ensuremath\dagger}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2021}{\ensuremath\ddagger}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2022}{\bullet{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{202F}{\thinspace}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2026}{\dots{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2039}{\guilsinglleft{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{203A}{\guilsinglright{}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{20AC}{\euro{}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2192}{\expansion{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D2}{\result{}}% % % Mathematical symbols \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2200}{\ensuremath\forall}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2203}{\ensuremath\exists}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2208}{\ensuremath\in}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2212}{\minus{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2217}{\ast}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221E}{\ensuremath\infty}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2225}{\ensuremath\parallel}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2227}{\ensuremath\wedge}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2229}{\ensuremath\cap}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2261}{\equiv{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2264}{\ensuremath\leq}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2265}{\ensuremath\geq}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2282}{\ensuremath\subset}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2287}{\ensuremath\supseteq}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2016}{\ensuremath\Vert}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2032}{\ensuremath\prime}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{210F}{\ensuremath\hbar}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2111}{\ensuremath\Im}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2113}{\ensuremath\ell}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2118}{\ensuremath\wp}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{211C}{\ensuremath\Re}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2135}{\ensuremath\aleph}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2190}{\ensuremath\leftarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2191}{\ensuremath\uparrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2193}{\ensuremath\downarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2194}{\ensuremath\leftrightarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2195}{\ensuremath\updownarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2196}{\ensuremath\nwarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2197}{\ensuremath\nearrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2198}{\ensuremath\searrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2199}{\ensuremath\swarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21A6}{\ensuremath\mapsto}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21A9}{\ensuremath\hookleftarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21AA}{\ensuremath\hookrightarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BC}{\ensuremath\leftharpoonup}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BD}{\ensuremath\leftharpoondown}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21C0}{\ensuremath\rightharpoonup}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21C1}{\ensuremath\rightharpoondown}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21CC}{\ensuremath\rightleftharpoons}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D0}{\ensuremath\Leftarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D1}{\ensuremath\Uparrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D3}{\ensuremath\Downarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D4}{\ensuremath\Leftrightarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D5}{\ensuremath\Updownarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2202}{\ensuremath\partial}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2205}{\ensuremath\emptyset}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2207}{\ensuremath\nabla}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2209}{\ensuremath\notin}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{220B}{\ensuremath\owns}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{220F}{\ensuremath\prod}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2210}{\ensuremath\coprod}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2211}{\ensuremath\sum}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2213}{\ensuremath\mp}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2218}{\ensuremath\circ}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221A}{\ensuremath\surd}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221D}{\ensuremath\propto}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2220}{\ensuremath\angle}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2223}{\ensuremath\mid}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2228}{\ensuremath\vee}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222A}{\ensuremath\cup}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222B}{\ensuremath\smallint}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222E}{\ensuremath\oint}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{223C}{\ensuremath\sim}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2240}{\ensuremath\wr}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2243}{\ensuremath\simeq}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2245}{\ensuremath\cong}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2248}{\ensuremath\approx}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{224D}{\ensuremath\asymp}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2250}{\ensuremath\doteq}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2260}{\ensuremath\neq}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{226A}{\ensuremath\ll}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{226B}{\ensuremath\gg}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{227A}{\ensuremath\prec}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{227B}{\ensuremath\succ}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2283}{\ensuremath\supset}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2286}{\ensuremath\subseteq}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{228E}{\ensuremath\uplus}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2291}{\ensuremath\sqsubseteq}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2292}{\ensuremath\sqsupseteq}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2293}{\ensuremath\sqcap}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2294}{\ensuremath\sqcup}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2295}{\ensuremath\oplus}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2296}{\ensuremath\ominus}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2297}{\ensuremath\otimes}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2298}{\ensuremath\oslash}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2299}{\ensuremath\odot}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A2}{\ensuremath\vdash}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A3}{\ensuremath\dashv}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A4}{\ensuremath\ptextop}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A5}{\ensuremath\bot}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A8}{\ensuremath\models}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C0}{\ensuremath\bigwedge}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C1}{\ensuremath\bigvee}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C2}{\ensuremath\bigcap}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C3}{\ensuremath\bigcup}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C4}{\ensuremath\diamond}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C5}{\ensuremath\cdot}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C6}{\ensuremath\star}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C8}{\ensuremath\bowtie}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2308}{\ensuremath\lceil}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2309}{\ensuremath\rceil}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{230A}{\ensuremath\lfloor}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{230B}{\ensuremath\rfloor}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2322}{\ensuremath\frown}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2323}{\ensuremath\smile}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25B3}{\ensuremath\triangle}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25B7}{\ensuremath\triangleright}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25BD}{\ensuremath\bigtriangledown}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25C1}{\ensuremath\triangleleft}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25C7}{\ensuremath\diamond}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2660}{\ensuremath\spadesuit}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2661}{\ensuremath\heartsuit}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2662}{\ensuremath\diamondsuit}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2663}{\ensuremath\clubsuit}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266D}{\ensuremath\flat}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266E}{\ensuremath\natural}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266F}{\ensuremath\sharp}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{26AA}{\ensuremath\bigcirc}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27B9}{\ensuremath\rangle}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27C2}{\ensuremath\perp}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27E8}{\ensuremath\langle}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F5}{\ensuremath\longleftarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F6}{\ensuremath\longrightarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F7}{\ensuremath\longleftrightarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27FC}{\ensuremath\longmapsto}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{29F5}{\ensuremath\setminus}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A00}{\ensuremath\bigodot}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A01}{\ensuremath\bigoplus}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A02}{\ensuremath\bigotimes}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A04}{\ensuremath\biguplus}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A06}{\ensuremath\bigsqcup}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A3F}{\ensuremath\amalg}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2AAF}{\ensuremath\preceq}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2AB0}{\ensuremath\succeq}% % \global\mathchardef\checkmark="1370% actually the square root sign \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2713}{\ensuremath\checkmark}% }% end of \unicodechardefs % UTF-8 byte sequence (pdfTeX) definitions (replacing and @U command) % It makes the setting that replace UTF-8 byte sequence. \def\utfeightchardefs{% \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterUTFviii \unicodechardefs } % Whether the active definitions of non-ASCII characters expand to % non-active tokens with the same character code. This is used to % write characters literally, instead of using active definitions for % printing the correct glyphs. \newif\ifpassthroughchars \passthroughcharsfalse % For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX), % provide a definition macro to replace/pass-through a Unicode character % \def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNative#1#2{% \catcode"#1=\active \def\dodeclareunicodecharacternative##1##2##3{% \begingroup \uccode`\~="##2\relax \uppercase{\gdef~}{% \ifpassthroughchars ##1% \else ##3% \fi } \endgroup } \begingroup \uccode`\.="#1\relax \uppercase{\def\UTFNativeTmp{.}}% \expandafter\dodeclareunicodecharacternative\UTFNativeTmp{#1}{#2}% \endgroup } % Native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX) character replacing definition. % It activates the setting that replaces Unicode characters. \def\nativeunicodechardefs{% \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNative \unicodechardefs } % For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX), % make the character token expand % to the sequences given in \unicodechardefs for printing. \def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeAtU#1#2{% \def\UTFAtUTmp{#2} \expandafter\globallet\csname uni:#1\endcsname \UTFAtUTmp } % @U command definitions for native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX). \def\nativeunicodechardefsatu{% \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeAtU \unicodechardefs } % US-ASCII character definitions. \def\asciichardefs{% nothing need be done \relax } % Define all Unicode characters we know about. This makes UTF-8 the default % input encoding and allows @U to work. \iftxinativeunicodecapable \nativeunicodechardefsatu \else \utfeightchardefs \fi \message{formatting,} \newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt \chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt \secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt \subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt % Prevent underfull vbox error messages. \vbadness = 10000 % Don't be very finicky about underfull hboxes, either. \hbadness = 6666 % Following George Bush, get rid of widows and orphans. \widowpenalty=10000 \clubpenalty=10000 % Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're % using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of % stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on % \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set. % \def\setemergencystretch{% \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway. \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}% \else \emergencystretch = .15\hsize \fi } % Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; % 3) voffset; 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip; % 7) physical page height; 8) physical page width. % % We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define % \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip. % \def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{% \voffset = #3\relax \topskip = #6\relax \splittopskip = \topskip % \vsize = #1\relax \advance\vsize by \topskip \outervsize = \vsize \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin \txipageheight = \vsize % \hsize = #2\relax \outerhsize = \hsize \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in \txipagewidth = \hsize % \normaloffset = #4\relax \bindingoffset = #5\relax % \ifpdf \pdfpageheight #7\relax \pdfpagewidth #8\relax % if we don't reset these, they will remain at "1 true in" of % whatever layout pdftex was dumped with. \pdfhorigin = 1 true in \pdfvorigin = 1 true in \else \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined \special{papersize=#8,#7}% \else \pdfpageheight #7\relax \pdfpagewidth #8\relax % XeTeX does not have \pdfhorigin and \pdfvorigin. \fi \fi % \setleading{\textleading} % \parindent = \defaultparindent \setemergencystretch } % @letterpaper (the default). \def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt \textleading = 13.2pt % % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even. \internalpagesizes{607.2pt}{6in}% that's 46 lines {\voffset}{.25in}% {\bindingoffset}{36pt}% {11in}{8.5in}% }} % Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.25 trim size. \def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1 \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt \textleading = 12pt % \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}% {-.2in}{0in}% {\bindingoffset}{16pt}% {9.25in}{7in}% % \lispnarrowing = 0.3in \tolerance = 700 \contentsrightmargin = 0pt \defbodyindent = .5cm }} % Use @smallerbook to reset parameters for 6x9 trim size. % (Just testing, parameters still in flux.) \def\smallerbook{{\globaldefs = 1 \parskip = 1.5pt plus 1pt \textleading = 12pt % \internalpagesizes{7.4in}{4.8in}% {-.2in}{-.4in}% {0pt}{14pt}% {9in}{6in}% % \lispnarrowing = 0.25in \tolerance = 700 \contentsrightmargin = 0pt \defbodyindent = .4cm }} % Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper. \def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt \textleading = 13.2pt % % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050 % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm. % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then % do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in % your texinfo source file like this: % @tex % \global\normaloffset = -6mm % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm % @end tex \internalpagesizes{673.2pt}{160mm}% that's 51 lines {\voffset}{\hoffset}% {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% {297mm}{210mm}% % \tolerance = 700 \contentsrightmargin = 0pt \defbodyindent = 5mm }} % Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper. % From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000. % He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small. \def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1 \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt \textleading = 12.5pt % \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}% {\voffset}{\hoffset}% {\bindingoffset}{8pt}% {210mm}{148mm}% % \lispnarrowing = 0.2in \tolerance = 800 \contentsrightmargin = 0pt \defbodyindent = 2mm \tableindent = 12mm }} % A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper. \def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1 \afourpaper \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}% {\voffset}{4.6mm}% {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% {297mm}{210mm}% % % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper. \globaldefs = 0 }} % Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format. \def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1 \afourpaper \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}% {\voffset}{-2.95mm}% {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% {297mm}{210mm}% \globaldefs = 0 }} \def\bsixpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 \afourpaper \internalpagesizes{140mm}{100mm}% {-6.35mm}{-12.7mm}% {\bindingoffset}{14pt}% {176mm}{125mm}% \let\SETdispenvsize=\smallword \lispnarrowing = 0.2in \globaldefs = 0 }} % @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH] % Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip, % and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow. % \parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish} \def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{% \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi \globaldefs = 1 % \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt \setleading{\textleading}% % \dimen0 = #1\relax \advance\dimen0 by 2.5in % default 1in margin above heading line % and 1.5in to include heading, footing and % bottom margin % \dimen2 = \hsize \advance\dimen2 by 2in % default to 1 inch margin on each side % \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}% {\voffset}{\normaloffset}% {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% {\dimen0}{\dimen2}% }} % Set default to letter. % \letterpaper % Default value of \hfuzz, for suppressing warnings about overfull hboxes. \hfuzz = 1pt \message{and turning on texinfo input format.} \def^^L{\par} % remove \outer, so ^L can appear in an @comment % DEL is a comment character, in case @c does not suffice. \catcode`\^^? = 14 % Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text. \catcode`\"=\other \def\normaldoublequote{"} \catcode`\$=\other \def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix \catcode`\+=\other \def\normalplus{+} \catcode`\<=\other \def\normalless{<} \catcode`\>=\other \def\normalgreater{>} \catcode`\^=\other \def\normalcaret{^} \catcode`\_=\other \def\normalunderscore{_} \catcode`\|=\other \def\normalverticalbar{|} \catcode`\~=\other \def\normaltilde{~} % This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt % (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts, % where something hairier probably needs to be done. % % #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print % otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero % interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all % typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter. % \def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} % Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches % non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from % italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway % this is not a problem. \def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi} % Set catcodes for Texinfo file % Active characters for printing the wanted glyph. % Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can % use math or other variants that look better in normal text. % \catcode`\"=\active \def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}} \let"=\activedoublequote \catcode`\~=\active \def\activetilde{{\tt\char126}} \let~ = \activetilde \chardef\hatchar=`\^ \catcode`\^=\active \def\activehat{{\tt \hatchar}} \let^ = \activehat \catcode`\_=\active \def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_} \def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em } \let\realunder=_ \catcode`\|=\active \def|{{\tt\char124}} \chardef \less=`\< \catcode`\<=\active \def\activeless{{\tt \less}}\let< = \activeless \chardef \gtr=`\> \catcode`\>=\active \def\activegtr{{\tt \gtr}}\let> = \activegtr \catcode`\+=\active \def+{{\tt \char 43}} \catcode`\$=\active \def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix \catcode`\-=\active \let-=\normaldash % used for headline/footline in the output routine, in case the page % breaks in the middle of an @tex block. \def\texinfochars{% \let< = \activeless \let> = \activegtr \let~ = \activetilde \let^ = \activehat \setregularquotes \let\b = \strong \let\i = \smartitalic % in principle, all other definitions in \tex have to be undone too. } % Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters even after % parsing them. \def\turnoffactive{% \normalturnoffactive \otherbackslash } \catcode`\@=0 % \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font, % as in \char`\\. \global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\ % \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other. {\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\}} % In Texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash % in fixed width font. \catcode`\\=\active % @ for escape char from now on. % Print a typewriter backslash. For math mode, we can't simply use % \backslashcurfont: the story here is that in math mode, the \char % of \backslashcurfont ends up printing the roman \ from the math symbol % font (because \char in math mode uses the \mathcode, and plain.tex % sets \mathcode`\\="026E). Hence we use an explicit \mathchar, % which is the decimal equivalent of "715c (class 7, e.g., use \fam; % ignored family value; char position "5C). We can't use " for the % usual hex value because it has already been made active. @def@ttbackslash{{@tt @ifmmode @mathchar29020 @else @backslashcurfont @fi}} @let@backslashchar = @ttbackslash % @backslashchar{} is for user documents. % \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with % catcode other. @gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash} % Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of % the literal character `\'. % {@catcode`- = @active @gdef@normalturnoffactive{% @passthroughcharstrue @let-=@normaldash @let"=@normaldoublequote @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix @let+=@normalplus @let<=@normalless @let>=@normalgreater @let^=@normalcaret @let_=@normalunderscore @let|=@normalverticalbar @let~=@normaltilde @let\=@ttbackslash @setregularquotes @unsepspaces } } % If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file % name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line. % So turn them off again, and have @fixbackslash turn them back on. @catcode`+=@other @catcode`@_=@other % \enablebackslashhack - allow file to begin `\input texinfo' % % If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up. % That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing % a backslash. % If the file did not have a `\input texinfo', then it is turned off after % the first line; otherwise the first `\' in the file would cause an error. % This is used on the very last line of this file, texinfo.tex. % We also use @c to call @fixbackslash, in case ends of lines are hidden. { @catcode`@^=7 @catcode`@^^M=13@gdef@enablebackslashhack{% @global@let\ = @eatinput% @catcode`@^^M=13% @def@c{@fixbackslash@c}% % Definition for the newline at the end of this file. @def ^^M{@let^^M@secondlinenl}% % Definition for a newline in the main Texinfo file. @gdef @secondlinenl{@fixbackslash}% % In case the first line has a whole-line command on it @let@originalparsearg@parsearg @def@parsearg{@fixbackslash@originalparsearg} }} {@catcode`@^=7 @catcode`@^^M=13% @gdef@eatinput input texinfo#1^^M{@fixbackslash}} % Emergency active definition of newline, in case an active newline token % appears by mistake. {@catcode`@^=7 @catcode13=13% @gdef@enableemergencynewline{% @gdef^^M{% @par% %@par% }}} @gdef@fixbackslash{% @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @ttbackslash @fi @catcode13=5 % regular end of line @enableemergencynewline @let@c=@comment @let@parsearg@originalparsearg % Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input % file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format. @catcode`+=@active @catcode`@_=@active % % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it. % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. This macro, @fixbackslash, gets % called at the beginning of every Texinfo file. Not opening texinfo.cnf % directly in this file, texinfo.tex, makes it possible to make a format % file for Texinfo. % @openin 1 texinfo.cnf @ifeof 1 @else @input texinfo.cnf @fi @closein 1 } % Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. @escapechar = `@@ % These (along with & and #) are made active for url-breaking, so need % active definitions as the normal characters. @def@normaldot{.} @def@normalquest{?} @def@normalslash{/} % These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. % @hashchar{} gets its own user-level command, because of #line. @catcode`@& = @other @def@normalamp{&} @catcode`@# = @other @def@normalhash{#} @catcode`@% = @other @def@normalpercent{%} @let @hashchar = @normalhash @c Finally, make ` and ' active, so that txicodequoteundirected and @c txicodequotebacktick work right in, e.g., @w{@code{`foo'}}. If we @c don't make ` and ' active, @code will not get them as active chars. @c Do this last of all since we use ` in the previous @catcode assignments. @catcode`@'=@active @catcode`@`=@active @setregularquotes @c Local variables: @c eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) @c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message\\|emacs-page" @c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{" @c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" @c time-stamp-end: "}" @c End: @c vim:sw=2: @enablebackslashhack haunt-0.3.0/build-aux/install-sh0000555000175000017500000003577614524207443016374 0ustar frankiefrankie#!/bin/sh # install - install a program, script, or datafile scriptversion=2020-11-14.01; # UTC # This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was # later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the # following copyright and license. # # Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium # # Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy # of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to # deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the # rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or # sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is # furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: # # The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in # all copies or substantial portions of the Software. # # THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR # IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, # FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE # X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN # AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC- # TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. # # Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not # be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal- # ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor- # tium. # # # FSF changes to this file are in the public domain. # # Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent # 'make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it # when there is no Makefile. # # This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written # from scratch. tab=' ' nl=' ' IFS=" $tab$nl" # Set DOITPROG to "echo" to test this script. doit=${DOITPROG-} doit_exec=${doit:-exec} # Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path; # or use environment vars. chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp} chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod} chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown} cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp} cpprog=${CPPROG-cp} mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir} mvprog=${MVPROG-mv} rmprog=${RMPROG-rm} stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip} posix_mkdir= # Desired mode of installed file. mode=0755 # Create dirs (including intermediate dirs) using mode 755. # This is like GNU 'install' as of coreutils 8.32 (2020). mkdir_umask=22 backupsuffix= chgrpcmd= chmodcmd=$chmodprog chowncmd= mvcmd=$mvprog rmcmd="$rmprog -f" stripcmd= src= dst= dir_arg= dst_arg= copy_on_change=false is_target_a_directory=possibly usage="\ Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES... or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES... In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE. In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY. In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES. Options: --help display this help and exit. --version display version info and exit. -c (ignored) -C install only if different (preserve data modification time) -d create directories instead of installing files. -g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP. -m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE. -o USER $chownprog installed files to USER. -p pass -p to $cpprog. -s $stripprog installed files. -S SUFFIX attempt to back up existing files, with suffix SUFFIX. -t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY. -T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory. Environment variables override the default commands: CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG RMPROG STRIPPROG By default, rm is invoked with -f; when overridden with RMPROG, it's up to you to specify -f if you want it. If -S is not specified, no backups are attempted. Email bug reports to bug-automake@gnu.org. Automake home page: https://www.gnu.org/software/automake/ " while test $# -ne 0; do case $1 in -c) ;; -C) copy_on_change=true;; -d) dir_arg=true;; -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2" shift;; --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;; -m) mode=$2 case $mode in *' '* | *"$tab"* | *"$nl"* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*) echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2 exit 1;; esac shift;; -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2" shift;; -p) cpprog="$cpprog -p";; -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;; -S) backupsuffix="$2" shift;; -t) is_target_a_directory=always dst_arg=$2 # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities. case $dst_arg in -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;; esac shift;; -T) is_target_a_directory=never;; --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;; --) shift break;; -*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2 exit 1;; *) break;; esac shift done # We allow the use of options -d and -T together, by making -d # take the precedence; this is for compatibility with GNU install. if test -n "$dir_arg"; then if test -n "$dst_arg"; then echo "$0: target directory not allowed when installing a directory." >&2 exit 1 fi fi if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create. # When -t is used, the destination is already specified. # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@. for arg do if test -n "$dst_arg"; then # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg. set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg" shift # fnord fi shift # arg dst_arg=$arg # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities. case $dst_arg in -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;; esac done fi if test $# -eq 0; then if test -z "$dir_arg"; then echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2 exit 1 fi # It's OK to call 'install-sh -d' without argument. # This can happen when creating conditional directories. exit 0 fi if test -z "$dir_arg"; then if test $# -gt 1 || test "$is_target_a_directory" = always; then if test ! -d "$dst_arg"; then echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is not a directory." >&2 exit 1 fi fi fi if test -z "$dir_arg"; then do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret' trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1 trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2 trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13 trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15 # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes. # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps. case $mode in # Optimize common cases. *644) cp_umask=133;; *755) cp_umask=22;; *[0-7]) if test -z "$stripcmd"; then u_plus_rw= else u_plus_rw='% 200' fi cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;; *) if test -z "$stripcmd"; then u_plus_rw= else u_plus_rw=,u+rw fi cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;; esac fi for src do # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities. case $src in -* | [=\(\)!]) src=./$src;; esac if test -n "$dir_arg"; then dst=$src dstdir=$dst test -d "$dstdir" dstdir_status=$? # Don't chown directories that already exist. if test $dstdir_status = 0; then chowncmd="" fi else # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'. if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2 exit 1 fi if test -z "$dst_arg"; then echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2 exit 1 fi dst=$dst_arg # If destination is a directory, append the input filename. if test -d "$dst"; then if test "$is_target_a_directory" = never; then echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2 exit 1 fi dstdir=$dst dstbase=`basename "$src"` case $dst in */) dst=$dst$dstbase;; *) dst=$dst/$dstbase;; esac dstdir_status=0 else dstdir=`dirname "$dst"` test -d "$dstdir" dstdir_status=$? fi fi case $dstdir in */) dstdirslash=$dstdir;; *) dstdirslash=$dstdir/;; esac obsolete_mkdir_used=false if test $dstdir_status != 0; then case $posix_mkdir in '') # With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode. # Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask. if test -n "$dir_arg"; then mkdir_mode=-m$mode else mkdir_mode= fi posix_mkdir=false # The $RANDOM variable is not portable (e.g., dash). Use it # here however when possible just to lower collision chance. tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$ trap ' ret=$? rmdir "$tmpdir/a/b" "$tmpdir/a" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null exit $ret ' 0 # Because "mkdir -p" follows existing symlinks and we likely work # directly in world-writeable /tmp, make sure that the '$tmpdir' # directory is successfully created first before we actually test # 'mkdir -p'. if (umask $mkdir_umask && $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode "$tmpdir" && exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/a/b") >/dev/null 2>&1 then if test -z "$dir_arg" || { # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m. # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or # other-writable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't. # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory. test_tmpdir="$tmpdir/a" ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$test_tmpdir"` case $ls_ld_tmpdir in d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;; d????-?--*) different_mode=755;; *) false;; esac && $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$test_tmpdir" && { ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$test_tmpdir"` test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1" } } then posix_mkdir=: fi rmdir "$tmpdir/a/b" "$tmpdir/a" "$tmpdir" else # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations. rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null fi trap '' 0;; esac if $posix_mkdir && ( umask $mkdir_umask && $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir" ) then : else # mkdir does not conform to POSIX, # or it failed possibly due to a race condition. Create the # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go. case $dstdir in /*) prefix='/';; [-=\(\)!]*) prefix='./';; *) prefix='';; esac oIFS=$IFS IFS=/ set -f set fnord $dstdir shift set +f IFS=$oIFS prefixes= for d do test X"$d" = X && continue prefix=$prefix$d if test -d "$prefix"; then prefixes= else if $posix_mkdir; then (umask $mkdir_umask && $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently. test -d "$prefix" || exit 1 else case $prefix in *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; *) qprefix=$prefix;; esac prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'" fi fi prefix=$prefix/ done if test -n "$prefixes"; then # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently. (umask $mkdir_umask && eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") || test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1 obsolete_mkdir_used=true fi fi fi if test -n "$dir_arg"; then { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } && { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } && { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false || test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1 else # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory. dsttmp=${dstdirslash}_inst.$$_ rmtmp=${dstdirslash}_rm.$$_ # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit. trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0 # Copy the file name to the temp name. (umask $cp_umask && { test -z "$stripcmd" || { # Create $dsttmp read-write so that cp doesn't create it read-only, # which would cause strip to fail. if test -z "$doit"; then : >"$dsttmp" # No need to fork-exec 'touch'. else $doit touch "$dsttmp" fi } } && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") && # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits. # # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command. # { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } && { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } && { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } && { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } && # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file. if $copy_on_change && old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` && new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp" 2>/dev/null` && set -f && set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 && set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 && set +f && test "$old" = "$new" && $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1 then rm -f "$dsttmp" else # If $backupsuffix is set, and the file being installed # already exists, attempt a backup. Don't worry if it fails, # e.g., if mv doesn't support -f. if test -n "$backupsuffix" && test -f "$dst"; then $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$dst$backupsuffix" 2>/dev/null fi # Rename the file to the real destination. $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null || # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not # support -f. { # Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location. # We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some # systems and the destination file might be busy for other # reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new # file should still install successfully. { test ! -f "$dst" || $doit $rmcmd "$dst" 2>/dev/null || { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null && { $doit $rmcmd "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; } } || { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2 (exit 1); exit 1 } } && # Now rename the file to the real destination. $doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst" } fi || exit 1 trap '' 0 fi done # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" # time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0" # time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" # End: haunt-0.3.0/build-aux/test-driver0000555000175000017500000001141614524207443016547 0ustar frankiefrankie#!/bin/sh # test-driver - basic testsuite driver script. scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC # Copyright (C) 2011-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program. If not, see . # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # This file is maintained in Automake, please report # bugs to or send patches to # . # Make unconditional expansion of undefined variables an error. This # helps a lot in preventing typo-related bugs. set -u usage_error () { echo "$0: $*" >&2 print_usage >&2 exit 2 } print_usage () { cat <"$log_file" "$@" >>"$log_file" 2>&1 estatus=$? if test $enable_hard_errors = no && test $estatus -eq 99; then tweaked_estatus=1 else tweaked_estatus=$estatus fi case $tweaked_estatus:$expect_failure in 0:yes) col=$red res=XPASS recheck=yes gcopy=yes;; 0:*) col=$grn res=PASS recheck=no gcopy=no;; 77:*) col=$blu res=SKIP recheck=no gcopy=yes;; 99:*) col=$mgn res=ERROR recheck=yes gcopy=yes;; *:yes) col=$lgn res=XFAIL recheck=no gcopy=yes;; *:*) col=$red res=FAIL recheck=yes gcopy=yes;; esac # Report the test outcome and exit status in the logs, so that one can # know whether the test passed or failed simply by looking at the '.log' # file, without the need of also peaking into the corresponding '.trs' # file (automake bug#11814). echo "$res $test_name (exit status: $estatus)" >>"$log_file" # Report outcome to console. echo "${col}${res}${std}: $test_name" # Register the test result, and other relevant metadata. echo ":test-result: $res" > $trs_file echo ":global-test-result: $res" >> $trs_file echo ":recheck: $recheck" >> $trs_file echo ":copy-in-global-log: $gcopy" >> $trs_file # Local Variables: # mode: shell-script # sh-indentation: 2 # eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" # time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0" # time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" # End: haunt-0.3.0/configure.ac0000644000175000017500000000325014524207440014741 0ustar frankiefrankiednl -*- Autoconf -*- AC_INIT(Haunt, 0.3.0) AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR(haunt) AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([build-aux]) AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([color-tests -Wall -Wno-portability foreign]) AM_SILENT_RULES([yes]) AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile example/Makefile haunt/config.scm]) AC_CONFIG_FILES([pre-inst-env], [chmod +x pre-inst-env]) AC_CONFIG_FILES([test-env], [chmod +x test-env]) AC_CONFIG_FILES([scripts/haunt], [chmod +x scripts/haunt]) GUILE_PKG([3.0 2.2 2.0]) GUILE_PROGS dnl Compute complete installation directories for .scm and .go files dnl so that the Haunt executable can automagically add them to Guile's dnl load path. haunt_prefix="`eval echo $prefix | sed -e"s|NONE|/usr/local|g"`" haunt_libdir="`eval echo $libdir | sed -e"s|NONE|$haunt_prefix|g"`" guilemoduledir="`eval echo ${datarootdir}/guile/site/$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION | sed -e"s|NONE|$haunt_prefix|g"`" guileobjectdir="`eval echo ${libdir}/guile/$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION/site-ccache | sed -e"s|NONE|$haunt_prefix|g"`" AC_SUBST([guilemoduledir]) AC_SUBST([guileobjectdir]) dnl Guile-reader is needed for Skribe support GUILE_MODULE_AVAILABLE([have_guile_reader], [(system reader)]) AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_GUILE_READER], [test "x$have_guile_reader" = "xyes"]) GUILE_MODULE_AVAILABLE([have_guile_commonmark], [(commonmark)]) AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_GUILE_COMMONMARK], [test "x$have_guile_commonmark" = "xyes"]) AC_CHECK_FUNC([inotify_init], [AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_INOTIFY, true)], [AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_INOTIFY, false)]) dnl Attempt to find these programs, but if they're not found just dnl default to searching for them on $PATH at runtime. AC_PATH_PROG([RSYNC], [rsync], [rsync]) AC_PATH_PROG([HUT], [hut], [hut]) AC_PATH_PROG([TAR], [tar], [tar]) AC_OUTPUT haunt-0.3.0/THANKS0000644000175000017500000000026514343462711013374 0ustar frankiefrankieBen Sturmfels Vladimir Zhbanov Urbain Vaes Alex Kost Jorge Maldonado Ventura haunt-0.3.0/aclocal.m40000644000175000017500000020173314524207443014324 0ustar frankiefrankie# generated automatically by aclocal 1.16.5 -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1996-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. m4_ifndef([AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS], [m4_defun([_AM_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS], [])m4_defun([AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS], [_AM_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS($@)])]) m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION], [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl m4_if(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]), [2.69],, [m4_warning([this file was generated for autoconf 2.69. You have another version of autoconf. It may work, but is not guaranteed to. If you have problems, you may need to regenerate the build system entirely. To do so, use the procedure documented by the package, typically 'autoreconf'.])]) # serial 11 # GUILE_PKG -- find Guile development files # # Usage: GUILE_PKG([VERSIONS]) # # This macro runs the @code{pkg-config} tool to find development files # for an available version of Guile. # # By default, this macro will search for the latest stable version of # Guile (e.g. 3.0), falling back to the previous stable version # (e.g. 2.2) if it is available. If no guile-@var{VERSION}.pc file is # found, an error is signalled. The found version is stored in # @var{GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION}. # # If @code{GUILE_PROGS} was already invoked, this macro ensures that the # development files have the same effective version as the Guile # program. # # @var{GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION} is marked for substitution, as by # @code{AC_SUBST}. # AC_DEFUN([GUILE_PKG], [AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG]) if test "x$PKG_CONFIG" = x; then AC_MSG_ERROR([pkg-config is missing, please install it]) fi _guile_versions_to_search="m4_default([$1], [3.0 2.2 2.0])" if test -n "$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION"; then _guile_tmp="" for v in $_guile_versions_to_search; do if test "$v" = "$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION"; then _guile_tmp=$v fi done if test -z "$_guile_tmp"; then AC_MSG_FAILURE([searching for guile development files for versions $_guile_versions_to_search, but previously found $GUILE version $GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION]) fi _guile_versions_to_search=$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION fi GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION="" _guile_errors="" for v in $_guile_versions_to_search; do if test -z "$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION"; then AC_MSG_NOTICE([checking for guile $v]) PKG_CHECK_EXISTS([guile-$v], [GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION=$v], []) fi done if test -z "$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION"; then AC_MSG_ERROR([ No Guile development packages were found. Please verify that you have Guile installed. If you installed Guile from a binary distribution, please verify that you have also installed the development packages. If you installed it yourself, you might need to adjust your PKG_CONFIG_PATH; see the pkg-config man page for more. ]) fi AC_MSG_NOTICE([found guile $GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION]) AC_SUBST([GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION]) ]) # GUILE_FLAGS -- set flags for compiling and linking with Guile # # Usage: GUILE_FLAGS # # This macro runs the @code{pkg-config} tool to find out how to compile # and link programs against Guile. It sets four variables: # @var{GUILE_CFLAGS}, @var{GUILE_LDFLAGS}, @var{GUILE_LIBS}, and # @var{GUILE_LTLIBS}. # # @var{GUILE_CFLAGS}: flags to pass to a C or C++ compiler to build code that # uses Guile header files. This is almost always just one or more @code{-I} # flags. # # @var{GUILE_LDFLAGS}: flags to pass to the compiler to link a program # against Guile. This includes @code{-lguile-@var{VERSION}} for the # Guile library itself, and may also include one or more @code{-L} flag # to tell the compiler where to find the libraries. But it does not # include flags that influence the program's runtime search path for # libraries, and will therefore lead to a program that fails to start, # unless all necessary libraries are installed in a standard location # such as @file{/usr/lib}. # # @var{GUILE_LIBS} and @var{GUILE_LTLIBS}: flags to pass to the compiler or to # libtool, respectively, to link a program against Guile. It includes flags # that augment the program's runtime search path for libraries, so that shared # libraries will be found at the location where they were during linking, even # in non-standard locations. @var{GUILE_LIBS} is to be used when linking the # program directly with the compiler, whereas @var{GUILE_LTLIBS} is to be used # when linking the program is done through libtool. # # The variables are marked for substitution, as by @code{AC_SUBST}. # AC_DEFUN([GUILE_FLAGS], [AC_REQUIRE([GUILE_PKG]) PKG_CHECK_MODULES(GUILE, [guile-$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION]) dnl GUILE_CFLAGS and GUILE_LIBS are already defined and AC_SUBST'd by dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES. But GUILE_LIBS to pkg-config is GUILE_LDFLAGS dnl to us. GUILE_LDFLAGS=$GUILE_LIBS dnl Determine the platform dependent parameters needed to use rpath. dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_FROM_LIBS is defined in gnulib/m4/lib-link.m4 and needs dnl the file gnulib/build-aux/config.rpath. AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_FROM_LIBS([GUILE_LIBS], [$GUILE_LDFLAGS], []) GUILE_LIBS="$GUILE_LDFLAGS $GUILE_LIBS" AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_FROM_LIBS([GUILE_LTLIBS], [$GUILE_LDFLAGS], [yes]) GUILE_LTLIBS="$GUILE_LDFLAGS $GUILE_LTLIBS" AC_SUBST([GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION]) AC_SUBST([GUILE_CFLAGS]) AC_SUBST([GUILE_LDFLAGS]) AC_SUBST([GUILE_LIBS]) AC_SUBST([GUILE_LTLIBS]) ]) # GUILE_SITE_DIR -- find path to Guile site directories # # Usage: GUILE_SITE_DIR # # This looks for Guile's "site" directories. The variable @var{GUILE_SITE} will # be set to Guile's "site" directory for Scheme source files (usually something # like PREFIX/share/guile/site). @var{GUILE_SITE_CCACHE} will be set to the # directory for compiled Scheme files also known as @code{.go} files # (usually something like # PREFIX/lib/guile/@var{GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION}/site-ccache). # @var{GUILE_EXTENSION} will be set to the directory for compiled C extensions # (usually something like # PREFIX/lib/guile/@var{GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION}/extensions). The latter two # are set to blank if the particular version of Guile does not support # them. Note that this macro will run the macros @code{GUILE_PKG} and # @code{GUILE_PROGS} if they have not already been run. # # The variables are marked for substitution, as by @code{AC_SUBST}. # AC_DEFUN([GUILE_SITE_DIR], [AC_REQUIRE([GUILE_PKG]) AC_REQUIRE([GUILE_PROGS]) AC_MSG_CHECKING(for Guile site directory) GUILE_SITE=`$PKG_CONFIG --print-errors --variable=sitedir guile-$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION` AC_MSG_RESULT($GUILE_SITE) if test "$GUILE_SITE" = ""; then AC_MSG_FAILURE(sitedir not found) fi AC_SUBST(GUILE_SITE) AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Guile site-ccache directory using pkgconfig]) GUILE_SITE_CCACHE=`$PKG_CONFIG --variable=siteccachedir guile-$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION` if test "$GUILE_SITE_CCACHE" = ""; then AC_MSG_RESULT(no) AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Guile site-ccache directory using interpreter]) GUILE_SITE_CCACHE=`$GUILE -c "(display (if (defined? '%site-ccache-dir) (%site-ccache-dir) \"\"))"` if test $? != "0" -o "$GUILE_SITE_CCACHE" = ""; then AC_MSG_RESULT(no) GUILE_SITE_CCACHE="" AC_MSG_WARN([siteccachedir not found]) fi fi AC_MSG_RESULT($GUILE_SITE_CCACHE) AC_SUBST([GUILE_SITE_CCACHE]) AC_MSG_CHECKING(for Guile extensions directory) GUILE_EXTENSION=`$PKG_CONFIG --print-errors --variable=extensiondir guile-$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION` AC_MSG_RESULT($GUILE_EXTENSION) if test "$GUILE_EXTENSION" = ""; then GUILE_EXTENSION="" AC_MSG_WARN(extensiondir not found) fi AC_SUBST(GUILE_EXTENSION) ]) # GUILE_PROGS -- set paths to Guile interpreter, config and tool programs # # Usage: GUILE_PROGS([VERSION]) # # This macro looks for programs @code{guile} and @code{guild}, setting # variables @var{GUILE} and @var{GUILD} to their paths, respectively. # The macro will attempt to find @code{guile} with the suffix of # @code{-X.Y}, followed by looking for it with the suffix @code{X.Y}, and # then fall back to looking for @code{guile} with no suffix. If # @code{guile} is still not found, signal an error. The suffix, if any, # that was required to find @code{guile} will be used for @code{guild} # as well. # # By default, this macro will search for the latest stable version of # Guile (e.g. 3.0). x.y or x.y.z versions can be specified. If an older # version is found, the macro will signal an error. # # The effective version of the found @code{guile} is set to # @var{GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION}. This macro ensures that the effective # version is compatible with the result of a previous invocation of # @code{GUILE_FLAGS}, if any. # # As a legacy interface, it also looks for @code{guile-config} and # @code{guile-tools}, setting @var{GUILE_CONFIG} and @var{GUILE_TOOLS}. # # The variables are marked for substitution, as by @code{AC_SUBST}. # AC_DEFUN([GUILE_PROGS], [_guile_required_version="m4_default([$1], [$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION])" if test -z "$_guile_required_version"; then _guile_required_version=3.0 fi _guile_candidates=guile _tmp= for v in `echo "$_guile_required_version" | tr . ' '`; do if test -n "$_tmp"; then _tmp=$_tmp.; fi _tmp=$_tmp$v _guile_candidates="guile-$_tmp guile$_tmp $_guile_candidates" done AC_PATH_PROGS(GUILE,[$_guile_candidates]) if test -z "$GUILE"; then AC_MSG_ERROR([guile required but not found]) fi _guile_suffix=`echo "$GUILE" | sed -e 's,^.*/guile\(.*\)$,\1,'` _guile_effective_version=`$GUILE -c "(display (effective-version))"` if test -z "$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION"; then GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION=$_guile_effective_version elif test "$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION" != "$_guile_effective_version"; then AC_MSG_ERROR([found development files for Guile $GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION, but $GUILE has effective version $_guile_effective_version]) fi _guile_major_version=`$GUILE -c "(display (major-version))"` _guile_minor_version=`$GUILE -c "(display (minor-version))"` _guile_micro_version=`$GUILE -c "(display (micro-version))"` _guile_prog_version="$_guile_major_version.$_guile_minor_version.$_guile_micro_version" AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Guile version >= $_guile_required_version]) _major_version=`echo $_guile_required_version | cut -d . -f 1` _minor_version=`echo $_guile_required_version | cut -d . -f 2` _micro_version=`echo $_guile_required_version | cut -d . -f 3` if test "$_guile_major_version" -gt "$_major_version"; then true elif test "$_guile_major_version" -eq "$_major_version"; then if test "$_guile_minor_version" -gt "$_minor_version"; then true elif test "$_guile_minor_version" -eq "$_minor_version"; then if test -n "$_micro_version"; then if test "$_guile_micro_version" -lt "$_micro_version"; then AC_MSG_ERROR([Guile $_guile_required_version required, but $_guile_prog_version found]) fi fi elif test "$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION" = "$_major_version.$_minor_version" -a -z "$_micro_version"; then # Allow prereleases that have the right effective version. true else as_fn_error $? "Guile $_guile_required_version required, but $_guile_prog_version found" "$LINENO" 5 fi elif test "$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION" = "$_major_version.$_minor_version" -a -z "$_micro_version"; then # Allow prereleases that have the right effective version. true else AC_MSG_ERROR([Guile $_guile_required_version required, but $_guile_prog_version found]) fi AC_MSG_RESULT([$_guile_prog_version]) AC_PATH_PROG(GUILD,[guild$_guile_suffix]) AC_SUBST(GUILD) AC_PATH_PROG(GUILE_CONFIG,[guile-config$_guile_suffix]) AC_SUBST(GUILE_CONFIG) if test -n "$GUILD"; then GUILE_TOOLS=$GUILD else AC_PATH_PROG(GUILE_TOOLS,[guile-tools$_guile_suffix]) fi AC_SUBST(GUILE_TOOLS) ]) # GUILE_CHECK -- evaluate Guile Scheme code and capture the return value # # Usage: GUILE_CHECK_RETVAL(var,check) # # @var{var} is a shell variable name to be set to the return value. # @var{check} is a Guile Scheme expression, evaluated with "$GUILE -c", and # returning either 0 or non-#f to indicate the check passed. # Non-0 number or #f indicates failure. # Avoid using the character "#" since that confuses autoconf. # AC_DEFUN([GUILE_CHECK], [AC_REQUIRE([GUILE_PROGS]) $GUILE -c "$2" > /dev/null 2>&1 $1=$? ]) # GUILE_MODULE_CHECK -- check feature of a Guile Scheme module # # Usage: GUILE_MODULE_CHECK(var,module,featuretest,description) # # @var{var} is a shell variable name to be set to "yes" or "no". # @var{module} is a list of symbols, like: (ice-9 common-list). # @var{featuretest} is an expression acceptable to GUILE_CHECK, q.v. # @var{description} is a present-tense verb phrase (passed to AC_MSG_CHECKING). # AC_DEFUN([GUILE_MODULE_CHECK], [AC_MSG_CHECKING([if $2 $4]) GUILE_CHECK($1,(use-modules $2) (exit ((lambda () $3)))) if test "$$1" = "0" ; then $1=yes ; else $1=no ; fi AC_MSG_RESULT($$1) ]) # GUILE_MODULE_AVAILABLE -- check availability of a Guile Scheme module # # Usage: GUILE_MODULE_AVAILABLE(var,module) # # @var{var} is a shell variable name to be set to "yes" or "no". # @var{module} is a list of symbols, like: (ice-9 common-list). # AC_DEFUN([GUILE_MODULE_AVAILABLE], [GUILE_MODULE_CHECK($1,$2,0,is available) ]) # GUILE_MODULE_REQUIRED -- fail if a Guile Scheme module is unavailable # # Usage: GUILE_MODULE_REQUIRED(symlist) # # @var{symlist} is a list of symbols, WITHOUT surrounding parens, # like: ice-9 common-list. # AC_DEFUN([GUILE_MODULE_REQUIRED], [GUILE_MODULE_AVAILABLE(ac_guile_module_required, ($1)) if test "$ac_guile_module_required" = "no" ; then AC_MSG_ERROR([required guile module not found: ($1)]) fi ]) # GUILE_MODULE_EXPORTS -- check if a module exports a variable # # Usage: GUILE_MODULE_EXPORTS(var,module,modvar) # # @var{var} is a shell variable to be set to "yes" or "no". # @var{module} is a list of symbols, like: (ice-9 common-list). # @var{modvar} is the Guile Scheme variable to check. # AC_DEFUN([GUILE_MODULE_EXPORTS], [GUILE_MODULE_CHECK($1,$2,$3,exports `$3') ]) # GUILE_MODULE_REQUIRED_EXPORT -- fail if a module doesn't export a variable # # Usage: GUILE_MODULE_REQUIRED_EXPORT(module,modvar) # # @var{module} is a list of symbols, like: (ice-9 common-list). # @var{modvar} is the Guile Scheme variable to check. # AC_DEFUN([GUILE_MODULE_REQUIRED_EXPORT], [GUILE_MODULE_EXPORTS(guile_module_required_export,$1,$2) if test "$guile_module_required_export" = "no" ; then AC_MSG_ERROR([module $1 does not export $2; required]) fi ]) # pkg.m4 - Macros to locate and utilise pkg-config. -*- Autoconf -*- # serial 12 (pkg-config-0.29.2) dnl Copyright © 2004 Scott James Remnant . dnl Copyright © 2012-2015 Dan Nicholson dnl dnl This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify dnl it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by dnl the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or dnl (at your option) any later version. dnl dnl This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but dnl WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of dnl MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU dnl General Public License for more details. dnl dnl You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License dnl along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software dnl Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA dnl 02111-1307, USA. dnl dnl As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you dnl distribute this file as part of a program that contains a dnl configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under dnl the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that dnl program. dnl PKG_PREREQ(MIN-VERSION) dnl ----------------------- dnl Since: 0.29 dnl dnl Verify that the version of the pkg-config macros are at least dnl MIN-VERSION. Unlike PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG, which checks the user's dnl installed version of pkg-config, this checks the developer's version dnl of pkg.m4 when generating configure. dnl dnl To ensure that this macro is defined, also add: dnl m4_ifndef([PKG_PREREQ], dnl [m4_fatal([must install pkg-config 0.29 or later before running autoconf/autogen])]) dnl dnl See the "Since" comment for each macro you use to see what version dnl of the macros you require. m4_defun([PKG_PREREQ], [m4_define([PKG_MACROS_VERSION], [0.29.2]) m4_if(m4_version_compare(PKG_MACROS_VERSION, [$1]), -1, [m4_fatal([pkg.m4 version $1 or higher is required but ]PKG_MACROS_VERSION[ found])]) ])dnl PKG_PREREQ dnl PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG([MIN-VERSION]) dnl ---------------------------------- dnl Since: 0.16 dnl dnl Search for the pkg-config tool and set the PKG_CONFIG variable to dnl first found in the path. Checks that the version of pkg-config found dnl is at least MIN-VERSION. If MIN-VERSION is not specified, 0.9.0 is dnl used since that's the first version where most current features of dnl pkg-config existed. AC_DEFUN([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG], [m4_pattern_forbid([^_?PKG_[A-Z_]+$]) m4_pattern_allow([^PKG_CONFIG(_(PATH|LIBDIR|SYSROOT_DIR|ALLOW_SYSTEM_(CFLAGS|LIBS)))?$]) m4_pattern_allow([^PKG_CONFIG_(DISABLE_UNINSTALLED|TOP_BUILD_DIR|DEBUG_SPEW)$]) AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG], [path to pkg-config utility]) AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [directories to add to pkg-config's search path]) AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR], [path overriding pkg-config's built-in search path]) if test "x$ac_cv_env_PKG_CONFIG_set" != "xset"; then AC_PATH_TOOL([PKG_CONFIG], [pkg-config]) fi if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then _pkg_min_version=m4_default([$1], [0.9.0]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([pkg-config is at least version $_pkg_min_version]) if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version $_pkg_min_version; then AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) else AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) PKG_CONFIG="" fi fi[]dnl ])dnl PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG dnl PKG_CHECK_EXISTS(MODULES, [ACTION-IF-FOUND], [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]) dnl ------------------------------------------------------------------- dnl Since: 0.18 dnl dnl Check to see whether a particular set of modules exists. Similar to dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES(), but does not set variables or print errors. dnl dnl Please remember that m4 expands AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG]) dnl only at the first occurence in configure.ac, so if the first place dnl it's called might be skipped (such as if it is within an "if", you dnl have to call PKG_CHECK_EXISTS manually AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_EXISTS], [AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG" && \ AC_RUN_LOG([$PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors "$1"]); then m4_default([$2], [:]) m4_ifvaln([$3], [else $3])dnl fi]) dnl _PKG_CONFIG([VARIABLE], [COMMAND], [MODULES]) dnl --------------------------------------------- dnl Internal wrapper calling pkg-config via PKG_CONFIG and setting dnl pkg_failed based on the result. m4_define([_PKG_CONFIG], [if test -n "$$1"; then pkg_cv_[]$1="$$1" elif test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then PKG_CHECK_EXISTS([$3], [pkg_cv_[]$1=`$PKG_CONFIG --[]$2 "$3" 2>/dev/null` test "x$?" != "x0" && pkg_failed=yes ], [pkg_failed=yes]) else pkg_failed=untried fi[]dnl ])dnl _PKG_CONFIG dnl _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED dnl --------------------------- dnl Internal check to see if pkg-config supports short errors. AC_DEFUN([_PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED], [AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG]) if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version 0.20; then _pkg_short_errors_supported=yes else _pkg_short_errors_supported=no fi[]dnl ])dnl _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES(VARIABLE-PREFIX, MODULES, [ACTION-IF-FOUND], dnl [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]) dnl -------------------------------------------------------------- dnl Since: 0.4.0 dnl dnl Note that if there is a possibility the first call to dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES might not happen, you should be sure to include an dnl explicit call to PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG in your configure.ac AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_MODULES], [AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl AC_ARG_VAR([$1][_CFLAGS], [C compiler flags for $1, overriding pkg-config])dnl AC_ARG_VAR([$1][_LIBS], [linker flags for $1, overriding pkg-config])dnl pkg_failed=no AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $2]) _PKG_CONFIG([$1][_CFLAGS], [cflags], [$2]) _PKG_CONFIG([$1][_LIBS], [libs], [$2]) m4_define([_PKG_TEXT], [Alternatively, you may set the environment variables $1[]_CFLAGS and $1[]_LIBS to avoid the need to call pkg-config. See the pkg-config man page for more details.]) if test $pkg_failed = yes; then AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED if test $_pkg_short_errors_supported = yes; then $1[]_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --short-errors --print-errors --cflags --libs "$2" 2>&1` else $1[]_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --print-errors --cflags --libs "$2" 2>&1` fi # Put the nasty error message in config.log where it belongs echo "$$1[]_PKG_ERRORS" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD m4_default([$4], [AC_MSG_ERROR( [Package requirements ($2) were not met: $$1_PKG_ERRORS Consider adjusting the PKG_CONFIG_PATH environment variable if you installed software in a non-standard prefix. _PKG_TEXT])[]dnl ]) elif test $pkg_failed = untried; then AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) m4_default([$4], [AC_MSG_FAILURE( [The pkg-config script could not be found or is too old. Make sure it is in your PATH or set the PKG_CONFIG environment variable to the full path to pkg-config. _PKG_TEXT To get pkg-config, see .])[]dnl ]) else $1[]_CFLAGS=$pkg_cv_[]$1[]_CFLAGS $1[]_LIBS=$pkg_cv_[]$1[]_LIBS AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) $3 fi[]dnl ])dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES_STATIC(VARIABLE-PREFIX, MODULES, [ACTION-IF-FOUND], dnl [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]) dnl --------------------------------------------------------------------- dnl Since: 0.29 dnl dnl Checks for existence of MODULES and gathers its build flags with dnl static libraries enabled. Sets VARIABLE-PREFIX_CFLAGS from --cflags dnl and VARIABLE-PREFIX_LIBS from --libs. dnl dnl Note that if there is a possibility the first call to dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES_STATIC might not happen, you should be sure to dnl include an explicit call to PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG in your dnl configure.ac. AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_MODULES_STATIC], [AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl _save_PKG_CONFIG=$PKG_CONFIG PKG_CONFIG="$PKG_CONFIG --static" PKG_CHECK_MODULES($@) PKG_CONFIG=$_save_PKG_CONFIG[]dnl ])dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES_STATIC dnl PKG_INSTALLDIR([DIRECTORY]) dnl ------------------------- dnl Since: 0.27 dnl dnl Substitutes the variable pkgconfigdir as the location where a module dnl should install pkg-config .pc files. By default the directory is dnl $libdir/pkgconfig, but the default can be changed by passing dnl DIRECTORY. The user can override through the --with-pkgconfigdir dnl parameter. AC_DEFUN([PKG_INSTALLDIR], [m4_pushdef([pkg_default], [m4_default([$1], ['${libdir}/pkgconfig'])]) m4_pushdef([pkg_description], [pkg-config installation directory @<:@]pkg_default[@:>@]) AC_ARG_WITH([pkgconfigdir], [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-pkgconfigdir], pkg_description)],, [with_pkgconfigdir=]pkg_default) AC_SUBST([pkgconfigdir], [$with_pkgconfigdir]) m4_popdef([pkg_default]) m4_popdef([pkg_description]) ])dnl PKG_INSTALLDIR dnl PKG_NOARCH_INSTALLDIR([DIRECTORY]) dnl -------------------------------- dnl Since: 0.27 dnl dnl Substitutes the variable noarch_pkgconfigdir as the location where a dnl module should install arch-independent pkg-config .pc files. By dnl default the directory is $datadir/pkgconfig, but the default can be dnl changed by passing DIRECTORY. The user can override through the dnl --with-noarch-pkgconfigdir parameter. AC_DEFUN([PKG_NOARCH_INSTALLDIR], [m4_pushdef([pkg_default], [m4_default([$1], ['${datadir}/pkgconfig'])]) m4_pushdef([pkg_description], [pkg-config arch-independent installation directory @<:@]pkg_default[@:>@]) AC_ARG_WITH([noarch-pkgconfigdir], [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-noarch-pkgconfigdir], pkg_description)],, [with_noarch_pkgconfigdir=]pkg_default) AC_SUBST([noarch_pkgconfigdir], [$with_noarch_pkgconfigdir]) m4_popdef([pkg_default]) m4_popdef([pkg_description]) ])dnl PKG_NOARCH_INSTALLDIR dnl PKG_CHECK_VAR(VARIABLE, MODULE, CONFIG-VARIABLE, dnl [ACTION-IF-FOUND], [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]) dnl ------------------------------------------- dnl Since: 0.28 dnl dnl Retrieves the value of the pkg-config variable for the given module. AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_VAR], [AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl AC_ARG_VAR([$1], [value of $3 for $2, overriding pkg-config])dnl _PKG_CONFIG([$1], [variable="][$3]["], [$2]) AS_VAR_COPY([$1], [pkg_cv_][$1]) AS_VAR_IF([$1], [""], [$5], [$4])dnl ])dnl PKG_CHECK_VAR # Copyright (C) 2002-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION(VERSION) # ---------------------------- # Automake X.Y traces this macro to ensure aclocal.m4 has been # generated from the m4 files accompanying Automake X.Y. # (This private macro should not be called outside this file.) AC_DEFUN([AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION], [am__api_version='1.16' dnl Some users find AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and mistake it for a way to dnl require some minimum version. Point them to the right macro. m4_if([$1], [1.16.5], [], [AC_FATAL([Do not call $0, use AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([$1]).])])dnl ]) # _AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(VERSION) # ----------------------------- # aclocal traces this macro to find the Autoconf version. # This is a private macro too. Using m4_define simplifies # the logic in aclocal, which can simply ignore this definition. m4_define([_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION], []) # AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION # ------------------------------- # Call AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION so they can be traced. # This function is AC_REQUIREd by AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE. AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION], [AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION([1.16.5])dnl m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION], [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl _AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]))]) # AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 2001-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # For projects using AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([foo]), Autoconf sets # $ac_aux_dir to '$srcdir/foo'. In other projects, it is set to # '$srcdir', '$srcdir/..', or '$srcdir/../..'. # # Of course, Automake must honor this variable whenever it calls a # tool from the auxiliary directory. The problem is that $srcdir (and # therefore $ac_aux_dir as well) can be either absolute or relative, # depending on how configure is run. This is pretty annoying, since # it makes $ac_aux_dir quite unusable in subdirectories: in the top # source directory, any form will work fine, but in subdirectories a # relative path needs to be adjusted first. # # $ac_aux_dir/missing # fails when called from a subdirectory if $ac_aux_dir is relative # $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing # fails if $ac_aux_dir is absolute, # fails when called from a subdirectory in a VPATH build with # a relative $ac_aux_dir # # The reason of the latter failure is that $top_srcdir and $ac_aux_dir # are both prefixed by $srcdir. In an in-source build this is usually # harmless because $srcdir is '.', but things will broke when you # start a VPATH build or use an absolute $srcdir. # # So we could use something similar to $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing, # iff we strip the leading $srcdir from $ac_aux_dir. That would be: # am_aux_dir='\$(top_srcdir)/'`expr "$ac_aux_dir" : "$srcdir//*\(.*\)"` # and then we would define $MISSING as # MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" # This will work as long as MISSING is not called from configure, because # unfortunately $(top_srcdir) has no meaning in configure. # However there are other variables, like CC, which are often used in # configure, and could therefore not use this "fixed" $ac_aux_dir. # # Another solution, used here, is to always expand $ac_aux_dir to an # absolute PATH. The drawback is that using absolute paths prevent a # configured tree to be moved without reconfiguration. AC_DEFUN([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR_DEFAULT])dnl # Expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path. am_aux_dir=`cd "$ac_aux_dir" && pwd` ]) # AM_CONDITIONAL -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1997-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # AM_CONDITIONAL(NAME, SHELL-CONDITION) # ------------------------------------- # Define a conditional. AC_DEFUN([AM_CONDITIONAL], [AC_PREREQ([2.52])dnl m4_if([$1], [TRUE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])], [$1], [FALSE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])])dnl AC_SUBST([$1_TRUE])dnl AC_SUBST([$1_FALSE])dnl _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_TRUE])dnl _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_FALSE])dnl m4_define([_AM_COND_VALUE_$1], [$2])dnl if $2; then $1_TRUE= $1_FALSE='#' else $1_TRUE='#' $1_FALSE= fi AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE( [if test -z "${$1_TRUE}" && test -z "${$1_FALSE}"; then AC_MSG_ERROR([[conditional "$1" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally.]]) fi])]) # Copyright (C) 1999-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # There are a few dirty hacks below to avoid letting 'AC_PROG_CC' be # written in clear, in which case automake, when reading aclocal.m4, # will think it sees a *use*, and therefore will trigger all it's # C support machinery. Also note that it means that autoscan, seeing # CC etc. in the Makefile, will ask for an AC_PROG_CC use... # _AM_DEPENDENCIES(NAME) # ---------------------- # See how the compiler implements dependency checking. # NAME is "CC", "CXX", "OBJC", "OBJCXX", "UPC", or "GJC". # We try a few techniques and use that to set a single cache variable. # # We don't AC_REQUIRE the corresponding AC_PROG_CC since the latter was # modified to invoke _AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC); we would have a circular # dependency, and given that the user is not expected to run this macro, # just rely on AC_PROG_CC. AC_DEFUN([_AM_DEPENDENCIES], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_DEPDIR])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_DEP_TRACK])dnl m4_if([$1], [CC], [depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list=], [$1], [CXX], [depcc="$CXX" am_compiler_list=], [$1], [OBJC], [depcc="$OBJC" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'], [$1], [OBJCXX], [depcc="$OBJCXX" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'], [$1], [UPC], [depcc="$UPC" am_compiler_list=], [$1], [GCJ], [depcc="$GCJ" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'], [depcc="$$1" am_compiler_list=]) AC_CACHE_CHECK([dependency style of $depcc], [am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type], [if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then # We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up # making a dummy file named 'D' -- because '-MD' means "put the output # in D". rm -rf conftest.dir mkdir conftest.dir # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're # using a relative directory. cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir cd conftest.dir # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes. For instance # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object # directory. mkdir sub am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then am_compiler_list=`sed -n ['s/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p'] < ./depcomp` fi am__universal=false m4_case([$1], [CC], [case " $depcc " in #( *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;; esac], [CXX], [case " $depcc " in #( *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;; esac]) for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. # # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines. # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler. : > sub/conftest.c for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c # Using ": > sub/conftst$i.h" creates only sub/conftst1.h with # Solaris 10 /bin/sh. echo '/* dummy */' > sub/conftst$i.h done echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf # We check with '-c' and '-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout" # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly # handle '-M -o', and we need to detect this. Also, some Intel # versions had trouble with output in subdirs. am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj" case $depmode in gcc) # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode. test "$am__universal" = false || continue ;; nosideeffect) # After this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll # only be used when explicitly requested. if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then continue else break fi ;; msvc7 | msvc7msys | msvisualcpp | msvcmsys) # This compiler won't grok '-c -o', but also, the minuso test has # not run yet. These depmodes are late enough in the game, and # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted. am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o} am__minus_obj= ;; none) break ;; esac if depmode=$depmode \ source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \ depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \ $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \ >/dev/null 2>conftest.err && grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings # or remarks (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message # that says an option was ignored or not supported. # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly: # icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0: # icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err || grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode break fi fi done cd .. rm -rf conftest.dir else am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none fi ]) AC_SUBST([$1DEPMODE], [depmode=$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type]) AM_CONDITIONAL([am__fastdep$1], [ test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \ && test "$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3]) ]) # AM_SET_DEPDIR # ------------- # Choose a directory name for dependency files. # This macro is AC_REQUIREd in _AM_DEPENDENCIES. AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_DEPDIR], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl AC_SUBST([DEPDIR], ["${am__leading_dot}deps"])dnl ]) # AM_DEP_TRACK # ------------ AC_DEFUN([AM_DEP_TRACK], [AC_ARG_ENABLE([dependency-tracking], [dnl AS_HELP_STRING( [--enable-dependency-tracking], [do not reject slow dependency extractors]) AS_HELP_STRING( [--disable-dependency-tracking], [speeds up one-time build])]) if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp" AMDEPBACKSLASH='\' am__nodep='_no' fi AM_CONDITIONAL([AMDEP], [test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno]) AC_SUBST([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl AC_SUBST([am__nodep])dnl _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([am__nodep])dnl ]) # Generate code to set up dependency tracking. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1999-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS # ------------------------------ AC_DEFUN([_AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS], [{ # Older Autoconf quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files # are listed without --file. Let's play safe and only enable the eval # if we detect the quoting. # TODO: see whether this extra hack can be removed once we start # requiring Autoconf 2.70 or later. AS_CASE([$CONFIG_FILES], [*\'*], [eval set x "$CONFIG_FILES"], [*], [set x $CONFIG_FILES]) shift # Used to flag and report bootstrapping failures. am_rc=0 for am_mf do # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file. am_mf=`AS_ECHO(["$am_mf"]) | sed -e 's/:.*$//'` # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile which includes # dependency-tracking related rules and includes. # Grep'ing the whole file directly is not great: AIX grep has a line # limit of 2048, but all sed's we know have understand at least 4000. sed -n 's,^am--depfiles:.*,X,p' "$am_mf" | grep X >/dev/null 2>&1 \ || continue am_dirpart=`AS_DIRNAME(["$am_mf"])` am_filepart=`AS_BASENAME(["$am_mf"])` AM_RUN_LOG([cd "$am_dirpart" \ && sed -e '/# am--include-marker/d' "$am_filepart" \ | $MAKE -f - am--depfiles]) || am_rc=$? done if test $am_rc -ne 0; then AC_MSG_FAILURE([Something went wrong bootstrapping makefile fragments for automatic dependency tracking. If GNU make was not used, consider re-running the configure script with MAKE="gmake" (or whatever is necessary). You can also try re-running configure with the '--disable-dependency-tracking' option to at least be able to build the package (albeit without support for automatic dependency tracking).]) fi AS_UNSET([am_dirpart]) AS_UNSET([am_filepart]) AS_UNSET([am_mf]) AS_UNSET([am_rc]) rm -f conftest-deps.mk } ])# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS # AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS # ----------------------------- # This macro should only be invoked once -- use via AC_REQUIRE. # # This code is only required when automatic dependency tracking is enabled. # This creates each '.Po' and '.Plo' makefile fragment that we'll need in # order to bootstrap the dependency handling code. AC_DEFUN([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS], [AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([depfiles], [test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS], [AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" MAKE="${MAKE-make}"])]) # Do all the work for Automake. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1996-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This macro actually does too much. Some checks are only needed if # your package does certain things. But this isn't really a big deal. dnl Redefine AC_PROG_CC to automatically invoke _AM_PROG_CC_C_O. m4_define([AC_PROG_CC], m4_defn([AC_PROG_CC]) [_AM_PROG_CC_C_O ]) # AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(PACKAGE, VERSION, [NO-DEFINE]) # AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([OPTIONS]) # ----------------------------------------------- # The call with PACKAGE and VERSION arguments is the old style # call (pre autoconf-2.50), which is being phased out. PACKAGE # and VERSION should now be passed to AC_INIT and removed from # the call to AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE. # We support both call styles for the transition. After # the next Automake release, Autoconf can make the AC_INIT # arguments mandatory, and then we can depend on a new Autoconf # release and drop the old call support. AC_DEFUN([AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE], [AC_PREREQ([2.65])dnl m4_ifdef([_$0_ALREADY_INIT], [m4_fatal([$0 expanded multiple times ]m4_defn([_$0_ALREADY_INIT]))], [m4_define([_$0_ALREADY_INIT], m4_expansion_stack)])dnl dnl Autoconf wants to disallow AM_ names. We explicitly allow dnl the ones we care about. m4_pattern_allow([^AM_[A-Z]+FLAGS$])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then # Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output # is not polluted with repeated "-I." AC_SUBST([am__isrc], [' -I$(srcdir)'])_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([am__isrc])dnl # test to see if srcdir already configured if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then AC_MSG_ERROR([source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first]) fi fi # test whether we have cygpath if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w' else CYGPATH_W=echo fi fi AC_SUBST([CYGPATH_W]) # Define the identity of the package. dnl Distinguish between old-style and new-style calls. m4_ifval([$2], [AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete], [$0: two- and three-arguments forms are deprecated.]) m4_ifval([$3], [_AM_SET_OPTION([no-define])])dnl AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], [$1])dnl AC_SUBST([VERSION], [$2])], [_AM_SET_OPTIONS([$1])dnl dnl Diagnose old-style AC_INIT with new-style AM_AUTOMAKE_INIT. m4_if( m4_ifset([AC_PACKAGE_NAME], [ok]):m4_ifset([AC_PACKAGE_VERSION], [ok]), [ok:ok],, [m4_fatal([AC_INIT should be called with package and version arguments])])dnl AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], ['AC_PACKAGE_TARNAME'])dnl AC_SUBST([VERSION], ['AC_PACKAGE_VERSION'])])dnl _AM_IF_OPTION([no-define],, [AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([PACKAGE], ["$PACKAGE"], [Name of package]) AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([VERSION], ["$VERSION"], [Version number of package])])dnl # Some tools Automake needs. AC_REQUIRE([AM_SANITY_CHECK])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_ARG_PROGRAM])dnl AM_MISSING_PROG([ACLOCAL], [aclocal-${am__api_version}]) AM_MISSING_PROG([AUTOCONF], [autoconf]) AM_MISSING_PROG([AUTOMAKE], [automake-${am__api_version}]) AM_MISSING_PROG([AUTOHEADER], [autoheader]) AM_MISSING_PROG([MAKEINFO], [makeinfo]) AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl # For better backward compatibility. To be removed once Automake 1.9.x # dies out for good. For more background, see: # # AC_SUBST([mkdir_p], ['$(MKDIR_P)']) # We need awk for the "check" target (and possibly the TAP driver). The # system "awk" is bad on some platforms. AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_AWK])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl _AM_IF_OPTION([tar-ustar], [_AM_PROG_TAR([ustar])], [_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-pax], [_AM_PROG_TAR([pax])], [_AM_PROG_TAR([v7])])]) _AM_IF_OPTION([no-dependencies],, [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CC], [_AM_DEPENDENCIES([CC])], [m4_define([AC_PROG_CC], m4_defn([AC_PROG_CC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([CC])])])dnl AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX], [_AM_DEPENDENCIES([CXX])], [m4_define([AC_PROG_CXX], m4_defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([CXX])])])dnl AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_OBJC], [_AM_DEPENDENCIES([OBJC])], [m4_define([AC_PROG_OBJC], m4_defn([AC_PROG_OBJC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([OBJC])])])dnl AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_OBJCXX], [_AM_DEPENDENCIES([OBJCXX])], [m4_define([AC_PROG_OBJCXX], m4_defn([AC_PROG_OBJCXX])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([OBJCXX])])])dnl ]) # Variables for tags utilities; see am/tags.am if test -z "$CTAGS"; then CTAGS=ctags fi AC_SUBST([CTAGS]) if test -z "$ETAGS"; then ETAGS=etags fi AC_SUBST([ETAGS]) if test -z "$CSCOPE"; then CSCOPE=cscope fi AC_SUBST([CSCOPE]) AC_REQUIRE([AM_SILENT_RULES])dnl dnl The testsuite driver may need to know about EXEEXT, so add the dnl 'am__EXEEXT' conditional if _AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT was seen. This dnl macro is hooked onto _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT early, see below. AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(dnl [m4_provide_if([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT], [AM_CONDITIONAL([am__EXEEXT], [test -n "$EXEEXT"])])])dnl # POSIX will say in a future version that running "rm -f" with no argument # is OK; and we want to be able to make that assumption in our Makefile # recipes. So use an aggressive probe to check that the usage we want is # actually supported "in the wild" to an acceptable degree. # See automake bug#10828. # To make any issue more visible, cause the running configure to be aborted # by default if the 'rm' program in use doesn't match our expectations; the # user can still override this though. if rm -f && rm -fr && rm -rf; then : OK; else cat >&2 <<'END' Oops! Your 'rm' program seems unable to run without file operands specified on the command line, even when the '-f' option is present. This is contrary to the behaviour of most rm programs out there, and not conforming with the upcoming POSIX standard: Please tell bug-automake@gnu.org about your system, including the value of your $PATH and any error possibly output before this message. This can help us improve future automake versions. END if test x"$ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM" = x"yes"; then echo 'Configuration will proceed anyway, since you have set the' >&2 echo 'ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM variable to "yes"' >&2 echo >&2 else cat >&2 <<'END' Aborting the configuration process, to ensure you take notice of the issue. You can download and install GNU coreutils to get an 'rm' implementation that behaves properly: . If you want to complete the configuration process using your problematic 'rm' anyway, export the environment variable ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM to "yes", and re-run configure. END AC_MSG_ERROR([Your 'rm' program is bad, sorry.]) fi fi dnl The trailing newline in this macro's definition is deliberate, for dnl backward compatibility and to allow trailing 'dnl'-style comments dnl after the AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE invocation. See automake bug#16841. ]) dnl Hook into '_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT' early to learn its expansion. Do not dnl add the conditional right here, as _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT may be further dnl mangled by Autoconf and run in a shell conditional statement. m4_define([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT], m4_defn([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT])[m4_provide([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT])]) # When config.status generates a header, we must update the stamp-h file. # This file resides in the same directory as the config header # that is generated. The stamp files are numbered to have different names. # Autoconf calls _AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK (when defined) in the # loop where config.status creates the headers, so we can generate # our stamp files there. AC_DEFUN([_AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK], [# Compute $1's index in $config_headers. _am_arg=$1 _am_stamp_count=1 for _am_header in $config_headers :; do case $_am_header in $_am_arg | $_am_arg:* ) break ;; * ) _am_stamp_count=`expr $_am_stamp_count + 1` ;; esac done echo "timestamp for $_am_arg" >`AS_DIRNAME(["$_am_arg"])`/stamp-h[]$_am_stamp_count]) # Copyright (C) 2001-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH # ------------------ # Define $install_sh. AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl if test x"${install_sh+set}" != xset; then case $am_aux_dir in *\ * | *\ *) install_sh="\${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/install-sh'" ;; *) install_sh="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh" esac fi AC_SUBST([install_sh])]) # Copyright (C) 2003-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # Check whether the underlying file-system supports filenames # with a leading dot. For instance MS-DOS doesn't. AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT], [rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null if test -d .tst; then am__leading_dot=. else am__leading_dot=_ fi rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null AC_SUBST([am__leading_dot])]) # Check to see how 'make' treats includes. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 2001-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # AM_MAKE_INCLUDE() # ----------------- # Check whether make has an 'include' directive that can support all # the idioms we need for our automatic dependency tracking code. AC_DEFUN([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE], [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether ${MAKE-make} supports the include directive]) cat > confinc.mk << 'END' am__doit: @echo this is the am__doit target >confinc.out .PHONY: am__doit END am__include="#" am__quote= # BSD make does it like this. echo '.include "confinc.mk" # ignored' > confmf.BSD # Other make implementations (GNU, Solaris 10, AIX) do it like this. echo 'include confinc.mk # ignored' > confmf.GNU _am_result=no for s in GNU BSD; do AM_RUN_LOG([${MAKE-make} -f confmf.$s && cat confinc.out]) AS_CASE([$?:`cat confinc.out 2>/dev/null`], ['0:this is the am__doit target'], [AS_CASE([$s], [BSD], [am__include='.include' am__quote='"'], [am__include='include' am__quote=''])]) if test "$am__include" != "#"; then _am_result="yes ($s style)" break fi done rm -f confinc.* confmf.* AC_MSG_RESULT([${_am_result}]) AC_SUBST([am__include])]) AC_SUBST([am__quote])]) # Fake the existence of programs that GNU maintainers use. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1997-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # AM_MISSING_PROG(NAME, PROGRAM) # ------------------------------ AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_PROG], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN]) $1=${$1-"${am_missing_run}$2"} AC_SUBST($1)]) # AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN # ------------------ # Define MISSING if not defined so far and test if it is modern enough. # If it is, set am_missing_run to use it, otherwise, to nothing. AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([missing])dnl if test x"${MISSING+set}" != xset; then MISSING="\${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/missing'" fi # Use eval to expand $SHELL if eval "$MISSING --is-lightweight"; then am_missing_run="$MISSING " else am_missing_run= AC_MSG_WARN(['missing' script is too old or missing]) fi ]) # Helper functions for option handling. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 2001-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # _AM_MANGLE_OPTION(NAME) # ----------------------- AC_DEFUN([_AM_MANGLE_OPTION], [[_AM_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])]) # _AM_SET_OPTION(NAME) # -------------------- # Set option NAME. Presently that only means defining a flag for this option. AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTION], [m4_define(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), [1])]) # _AM_SET_OPTIONS(OPTIONS) # ------------------------ # OPTIONS is a space-separated list of Automake options. AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTIONS], [m4_foreach_w([_AM_Option], [$1], [_AM_SET_OPTION(_AM_Option)])]) # _AM_IF_OPTION(OPTION, IF-SET, [IF-NOT-SET]) # ------------------------------------------- # Execute IF-SET if OPTION is set, IF-NOT-SET otherwise. AC_DEFUN([_AM_IF_OPTION], [m4_ifset(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), [$2], [$3])]) # Copyright (C) 1999-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # _AM_PROG_CC_C_O # --------------- # Like AC_PROG_CC_C_O, but changed for automake. We rewrite AC_PROG_CC # to automatically call this. AC_DEFUN([_AM_PROG_CC_C_O], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([compile])dnl AC_LANG_PUSH([C])dnl AC_CACHE_CHECK( [whether $CC understands -c and -o together], [am_cv_prog_cc_c_o], [AC_LANG_CONFTEST([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([])]) # Make sure it works both with $CC and with simple cc. # Following AC_PROG_CC_C_O, we do the test twice because some # compilers refuse to overwrite an existing .o file with -o, # though they will create one. am_cv_prog_cc_c_o=yes for am_i in 1 2; do if AM_RUN_LOG([$CC -c conftest.$ac_ext -o conftest2.$ac_objext]) \ && test -f conftest2.$ac_objext; then : OK else am_cv_prog_cc_c_o=no break fi done rm -f core conftest* unset am_i]) if test "$am_cv_prog_cc_c_o" != yes; then # Losing compiler, so override with the script. # FIXME: It is wrong to rewrite CC. # But if we don't then we get into trouble of one sort or another. # A longer-term fix would be to have automake use am__CC in this case, # and then we could set am__CC="\$(top_srcdir)/compile \$(CC)" CC="$am_aux_dir/compile $CC" fi AC_LANG_POP([C])]) # For backward compatibility. AC_DEFUN_ONCE([AM_PROG_CC_C_O], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])]) # Copyright (C) 2001-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # AM_RUN_LOG(COMMAND) # ------------------- # Run COMMAND, save the exit status in ac_status, and log it. # (This has been adapted from Autoconf's _AC_RUN_LOG macro.) AC_DEFUN([AM_RUN_LOG], [{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $1" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD ($1) >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD 2>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD (exit $ac_status); }]) # Check to make sure that the build environment is sane. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1996-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # AM_SANITY_CHECK # --------------- AC_DEFUN([AM_SANITY_CHECK], [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether build environment is sane]) # Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory # name. Accept space and tab only in the latter. am_lf=' ' case `pwd` in *[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf]]*) AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe absolute working directory name]);; esac case $srcdir in *[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf\ \ ]]*) AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe srcdir value: '$srcdir']);; esac # Do 'set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's # arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a # symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks # (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing # directory). if ( am_has_slept=no for am_try in 1 2; do echo "timestamp, slept: $am_has_slept" > conftest.file set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null` if test "$[*]" = "X"; then # -L didn't work. set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file` fi if test "$[*]" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \ && test "$[*]" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane". AC_MSG_ERROR([ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken alias in your environment]) fi if test "$[2]" = conftest.file || test $am_try -eq 2; then break fi # Just in case. sleep 1 am_has_slept=yes done test "$[2]" = conftest.file ) then # Ok. : else AC_MSG_ERROR([newly created file is older than distributed files! Check your system clock]) fi AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) # If we didn't sleep, we still need to ensure time stamps of config.status and # generated files are strictly newer. am_sleep_pid= if grep 'slept: no' conftest.file >/dev/null 2>&1; then ( sleep 1 ) & am_sleep_pid=$! fi AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE( [AC_MSG_CHECKING([that generated files are newer than configure]) if test -n "$am_sleep_pid"; then # Hide warnings about reused PIDs. wait $am_sleep_pid 2>/dev/null fi AC_MSG_RESULT([done])]) rm -f conftest.file ]) # Copyright (C) 2009-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # AM_SILENT_RULES([DEFAULT]) # -------------------------- # Enable less verbose build rules; with the default set to DEFAULT # ("yes" being less verbose, "no" or empty being verbose). AC_DEFUN([AM_SILENT_RULES], [AC_ARG_ENABLE([silent-rules], [dnl AS_HELP_STRING( [--enable-silent-rules], [less verbose build output (undo: "make V=1")]) AS_HELP_STRING( [--disable-silent-rules], [verbose build output (undo: "make V=0")])dnl ]) case $enable_silent_rules in @%:@ ((( yes) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=0;; no) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=1;; *) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=m4_if([$1], [yes], [0], [1]);; esac dnl dnl A few 'make' implementations (e.g., NonStop OS and NextStep) dnl do not support nested variable expansions. dnl See automake bug#9928 and bug#10237. am_make=${MAKE-make} AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether $am_make supports nested variables], [am_cv_make_support_nested_variables], [if AS_ECHO([['TRUE=$(BAR$(V)) BAR0=false BAR1=true V=1 am__doit: @$(TRUE) .PHONY: am__doit']]) | $am_make -f - >/dev/null 2>&1; then am_cv_make_support_nested_variables=yes else am_cv_make_support_nested_variables=no fi]) if test $am_cv_make_support_nested_variables = yes; then dnl Using '$V' instead of '$(V)' breaks IRIX make. AM_V='$(V)' AM_DEFAULT_V='$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY)' else AM_V=$AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY AM_DEFAULT_V=$AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY fi AC_SUBST([AM_V])dnl AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AM_V])dnl AC_SUBST([AM_DEFAULT_V])dnl AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AM_DEFAULT_V])dnl AC_SUBST([AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY])dnl AM_BACKSLASH='\' AC_SUBST([AM_BACKSLASH])dnl _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AM_BACKSLASH])dnl ]) # Copyright (C) 2001-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP # --------------------- # One issue with vendor 'install' (even GNU) is that you can't # specify the program used to strip binaries. This is especially # annoying in cross-compiling environments, where the build's strip # is unlikely to handle the host's binaries. # Fortunately install-sh will honor a STRIPPROG variable, so we # always use install-sh in "make install-strip", and initialize # STRIPPROG with the value of the STRIP variable (set by the user). AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl # Installed binaries are usually stripped using 'strip' when the user # run "make install-strip". However 'strip' might not be the right # tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake # will honor the 'STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program. dnl Don't test for $cross_compiling = yes, because it might be 'maybe'. if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then AC_CHECK_TOOL([STRIP], [strip], :) fi INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s" AC_SUBST([INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM])]) # Copyright (C) 2006-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE) # --------------------------- # Prevent Automake from outputting VARIABLE = @VARIABLE@ in Makefile.in. # This macro is traced by Automake. AC_DEFUN([_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE]) # AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE) # -------------------------- # Public sister of _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE. AC_DEFUN([AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE], [_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE($@)]) # Check how to create a tarball. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 2004-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # _AM_PROG_TAR(FORMAT) # -------------------- # Check how to create a tarball in format FORMAT. # FORMAT should be one of 'v7', 'ustar', or 'pax'. # # Substitute a variable $(am__tar) that is a command # writing to stdout a FORMAT-tarball containing the directory # $tardir. # tardir=directory && $(am__tar) > result.tar # # Substitute a variable $(am__untar) that extract such # a tarball read from stdin. # $(am__untar) < result.tar # AC_DEFUN([_AM_PROG_TAR], [# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility. Yes, it's still used # in the wild :-( We should find a proper way to deprecate it ... AC_SUBST([AMTAR], ['$${TAR-tar}']) # We'll loop over all known methods to create a tar archive until one works. _am_tools='gnutar m4_if([$1], [ustar], [plaintar]) pax cpio none' m4_if([$1], [v7], [am__tar='$${TAR-tar} chof - "$$tardir"' am__untar='$${TAR-tar} xf -'], [m4_case([$1], [ustar], [# The POSIX 1988 'ustar' format is defined with fixed-size fields. # There is notably a 21 bits limit for the UID and the GID. In fact, # the 'pax' utility can hang on bigger UID/GID (see automake bug#8343 # and bug#13588). am_max_uid=2097151 # 2^21 - 1 am_max_gid=$am_max_uid # The $UID and $GID variables are not portable, so we need to resort # to the POSIX-mandated id(1) utility. Errors in the 'id' calls # below are definitely unexpected, so allow the users to see them # (that is, avoid stderr redirection). am_uid=`id -u || echo unknown` am_gid=`id -g || echo unknown` AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether UID '$am_uid' is supported by ustar format]) if test $am_uid -le $am_max_uid; then AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) else AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) _am_tools=none fi AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether GID '$am_gid' is supported by ustar format]) if test $am_gid -le $am_max_gid; then AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) else AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) _am_tools=none fi], [pax], [], [m4_fatal([Unknown tar format])]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to create a $1 tar archive]) # Go ahead even if we have the value already cached. We do so because we # need to set the values for the 'am__tar' and 'am__untar' variables. _am_tools=${am_cv_prog_tar_$1-$_am_tools} for _am_tool in $_am_tools; do case $_am_tool in gnutar) for _am_tar in tar gnutar gtar; do AM_RUN_LOG([$_am_tar --version]) && break done am__tar="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$$tardir"' am__tar_="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$tardir"' am__untar="$_am_tar -xf -" ;; plaintar) # Must skip GNU tar: if it does not support --format= it doesn't create # ustar tarball either. (tar --version) >/dev/null 2>&1 && continue am__tar='tar chf - "$$tardir"' am__tar_='tar chf - "$tardir"' am__untar='tar xf -' ;; pax) am__tar='pax -L -x $1 -w "$$tardir"' am__tar_='pax -L -x $1 -w "$tardir"' am__untar='pax -r' ;; cpio) am__tar='find "$$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L' am__tar_='find "$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L' am__untar='cpio -i -H $1 -d' ;; none) am__tar=false am__tar_=false am__untar=false ;; esac # If the value was cached, stop now. We just wanted to have am__tar # and am__untar set. test -n "${am_cv_prog_tar_$1}" && break # tar/untar a dummy directory, and stop if the command works. rm -rf conftest.dir mkdir conftest.dir echo GrepMe > conftest.dir/file AM_RUN_LOG([tardir=conftest.dir && eval $am__tar_ >conftest.tar]) rm -rf conftest.dir if test -s conftest.tar; then AM_RUN_LOG([$am__untar /dev/null 2>&1 && break fi done rm -rf conftest.dir AC_CACHE_VAL([am_cv_prog_tar_$1], [am_cv_prog_tar_$1=$_am_tool]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$am_cv_prog_tar_$1])]) AC_SUBST([am__tar]) AC_SUBST([am__untar]) ]) # _AM_PROG_TAR haunt-0.3.0/example/0000755000175000017500000000000014564660362014120 5ustar frankiefrankiehaunt-0.3.0/example/Makefile.in0000644000175000017500000003351414524207443016164 0ustar frankiefrankie# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.16.5 from Makefile.am. # @configure_input@ # Copyright (C) 1994-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. @SET_MAKE@ VPATH = @srcdir@ am__is_gnu_make = { \ if test -z '$(MAKELEVEL)'; then \ false; \ elif test -n '$(MAKE_HOST)'; then \ true; \ elif test -n '$(MAKE_VERSION)' && test -n '$(CURDIR)'; then \ true; \ else \ false; \ fi; \ } am__make_running_with_option = \ case $${target_option-} in \ ?) ;; \ *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \ "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ has_opt=no; \ sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \ if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \ sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \ else \ case $$MAKEFLAGS in \ *\\[\ \ ]*) \ bs=\\; \ sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \ | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \ esac; \ fi; \ skip_next=no; \ strip_trailopt () \ { \ flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \ }; \ for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \ test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \ case $$flg in \ *=*|--*) continue;; \ -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \ -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \ -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \ -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \ -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \ -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \ -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \ -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \ esac; \ case $$flg in \ *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \ esac; \ done; \ test $$has_opt = yes am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option)) am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option)) pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) transform = $(program_transform_name) NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : subdir = example ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(nobase_dist_example_DATA) \ $(am__DIST_COMMON) mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@) am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_P_0 = false am__v_P_1 = : AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@) am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@; am__v_GEN_1 = AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@) am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_at_0 = @ am__v_at_1 = SOURCES = DIST_SOURCES = am__can_run_installinfo = \ case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \ n|no|NO) false;; \ *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \ esac am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \ $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \ *) f=$$p;; \ esac; am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; am__install_max = 40 am__nobase_strip_setup = \ srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'` am__nobase_strip = \ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||" am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \ sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \ $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \ if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \ { print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \ END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }' am__base_list = \ sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \ sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' am__uninstall_files_from_dir = { \ test -z "$$files" \ || { test ! -d "$$dir" && test ! -f "$$dir" && test ! -r "$$dir"; } \ || { echo " ( cd '$$dir' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \ $(am__cd) "$$dir" && rm -f $$files; }; \ } am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(exampledir)" DATA = $(nobase_dist_example_DATA) am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) am__DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ AMTAR = @AMTAR@ AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AWK = @AWK@ CC = @CC@ CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CSCOPE = @CSCOPE@ CTAGS = @CTAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ ETAGS = @ETAGS@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ GUILD = @GUILD@ GUILE = @GUILE@ GUILE_CONFIG = @GUILE_CONFIG@ GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION = @GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION@ GUILE_TOOLS = @GUILE_TOOLS@ HUT = @HUT@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBS = @LIBS@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@ PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR = @PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR@ PKG_CONFIG_PATH = @PKG_CONFIG_PATH@ RSYNC = @RSYNC@ SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ SHELL = @SHELL@ STRIP = @STRIP@ TAR = @TAR@ VERSION = @VERSION@ abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ am__include = @am__include@ am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ am__quote = @am__quote@ am__tar = @am__tar@ am__untar = @am__untar@ bindir = @bindir@ build_alias = @build_alias@ builddir = @builddir@ datadir = @datadir@ datarootdir = @datarootdir@ docdir = @docdir@ dvidir = @dvidir@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ guilemoduledir = @guilemoduledir@ guileobjectdir = @guileobjectdir@ host_alias = @host_alias@ htmldir = @htmldir@ includedir = @includedir@ infodir = @infodir@ install_sh = @install_sh@ libdir = @libdir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ localedir = @localedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ mandir = @mandir@ mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ pdfdir = @pdfdir@ prefix = @prefix@ program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ psdir = @psdir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ srcdir = @srcdir@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ target_alias = @target_alias@ top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ top_builddir = @top_builddir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ exampledir = $(pkgdatadir)/example nobase_dist_example_DATA = \ haunt.scm \ images/guile-banner.small.png \ posts/foo.sxml \ posts/bar.html all: all-am .SUFFIXES: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \ && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ done; \ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign example/Makefile'; \ $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign example/Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @case '$?' in \ *config.status*) \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ *) \ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles)'; \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles);; \ esac; $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(am__aclocal_m4_deps): install-nobase_dist_exampleDATA: $(nobase_dist_example_DATA) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) @list='$(nobase_dist_example_DATA)'; test -n "$(exampledir)" || list=; \ if test -n "$$list"; then \ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(exampledir)'"; \ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(exampledir)" || exit 1; \ fi; \ $(am__nobase_list) | while read dir files; do \ xfiles=; for file in $$files; do \ if test -f "$$file"; then xfiles="$$xfiles $$file"; \ else xfiles="$$xfiles $(srcdir)/$$file"; fi; done; \ test -z "$$xfiles" || { \ test "x$$dir" = x. || { \ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(exampledir)/$$dir'"; \ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(exampledir)/$$dir"; }; \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$xfiles '$(DESTDIR)$(exampledir)/$$dir'"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$xfiles "$(DESTDIR)$(exampledir)/$$dir" || exit $$?; }; \ done uninstall-nobase_dist_exampleDATA: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(nobase_dist_example_DATA)'; test -n "$(exampledir)" || list=; \ $(am__nobase_strip_setup); files=`$(am__nobase_strip)`; \ dir='$(DESTDIR)$(exampledir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir) tags TAGS: ctags CTAGS: cscope cscopelist: distdir: $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distdir-am distdir-am: $(DISTFILES) @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ case $$dist_files in \ */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ sort -u` ;; \ esac; \ for file in $$dist_files; do \ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ else \ test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done check-am: all-am check: check-am all-am: Makefile $(DATA) installdirs: for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(exampledir)"; do \ test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \ done install: install-am install-exec: install-exec-am install-data: install-data-am uninstall: uninstall-am install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am installcheck: installcheck-am install-strip: if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ install; \ else \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \ fi mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: distclean-generic: -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) maintainer-clean-generic: @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." clean: clean-am clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am distclean: distclean-am -rm -f Makefile distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic dvi: dvi-am dvi-am: html: html-am html-am: info: info-am info-am: install-data-am: install-nobase_dist_exampleDATA install-dvi: install-dvi-am install-dvi-am: install-exec-am: install-html: install-html-am install-html-am: install-info: install-info-am install-info-am: install-man: install-pdf: install-pdf-am install-pdf-am: install-ps: install-ps-am install-ps-am: installcheck-am: maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am -rm -f Makefile maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic pdf: pdf-am pdf-am: ps: ps-am ps-am: uninstall-am: uninstall-nobase_dist_exampleDATA .MAKE: install-am install-strip .PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic cscopelist-am \ ctags-am distclean distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am html \ html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \ install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \ install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \ install-info-am install-man install-nobase_dist_exampleDATA \ install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \ install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \ maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \ mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags-am uninstall \ uninstall-am uninstall-nobase_dist_exampleDATA .PRECIOUS: Makefile # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: haunt-0.3.0/example/images/0000755000175000017500000000000014564660362015365 5ustar frankiefrankiehaunt-0.3.0/example/images/guile-banner.small.png0000644000175000017500000005076114343462711021554 0ustar frankiefrankiePNG  IHDRGO/nBbKGD pHYs B(x vpAgGg~lPIDATxXY׀D"6b.*`7+vw{b]׾Z>uWwwr'$! d9Lӌppp00F#$R C qI5=lQ)yUM—{G ?~#IC%'#A;DŽۄl[q$%l!L$4s  *Dȇ 8s"@A#F[R uAÔ0*=F&ޭ!!1 -aX|k5O;0gT7g zæmA_ص8kbĆ89 .lOCᛣCH(xyq4<#ϩap` %ÅpfS,\GVG`ع0 abrw7D s^*ᅀ  &*G?T VGgM9&Kg La|sed ]#ǫˣ%Q dHH))/)0LCeѵ/Gix!  "NXP E R%@4HjHQ P930!P/ AJQ ||gTF:Y P$ql]Y ;`n rT|>[%}WVv];p k,x앎`~,(@yJyqf i\[;8pmSׯ$/AhK5[z>K:B ~pCPgDi0i,@J%("xqz,iNl6T#+IYsPA'FY nKnnCmd(9qL|LQKP<Ȑ,C p#ِ0$-,xA9bAAP!ܧ0i|RӪSҷhNq@(R%@/N%sD8d;:+mIYӠDIG^4-^0 QY>*V6#J@>BKi,IP~ʓ')2qdjŵK)mB6,پޕ8ņ }ZT#JV܃~pTS-H4xq@F )Eʓ LJ ǼQtusT1oBwi ^4 ʑ]e< #JMИfFnL;ʓ 8OǬ\[*]J*B8#3k*XZYC0Ȧ$K8q@"\ CCD%a62b׉GP&R AA9R-Ft:VY|/rd@QN #\0.Q2V7*)}dbWRt@OgֹA٣6W6FCBEAP}`Q׮=p'kd\`J% r O) c}(IvEȲWʶ{&ުޮp :)?hX;3uJsdn.{gkc >`Gdr /TAHq12a=jMIiI" QH !Jc)`ddӫ(c6.2R$! DKn և} ktKR0x" (Gȁ!G# -@=t\1 [ Ph>r0X0,$ګ\>' h\2-v " }>psW6Ҹx" (G(>,}jV,F,~,/XMk8 '@yy<}Kgl8 h*Qu"ٝzEX"̳ ,qvy]Vt1rJK SG$GC2H4SNz$<ݠyRݠ.Zn՜ [d̽o+Hl ȠҘ#v;q A19buφH9 ,3p~fq"EOER'72PPoM,@AH2%­,->N޽#sh߽,߳NNKYji%EwG@֨Yځ?<ۋКpx# *Gǝ7/=tRۀ0$1g]+i=!c`ӳ>4o\ldE=!84E+!& z V+ҚW{Œ&H4{!s|2<0CJ9\~alVI C%eeGVh$EGw֍ɞ;".쳿 AZHG~so^f0B'v0; ʩS浆}anfV`gc%-?@mJ.$'Elgy҆'vHEHf^KOn:C%ee2}_ʌŦyi''(w EF_PC^Ű-, euh>Wd;'UĖCIJXNx'^cI|u<OH/I%D~I>3{񻕰ji6hBϟ2>š!ppU, ;$ncj?שw97D*[;Ҏv-o)g%>:`gckckei(ʂ77WQ C塹_Eh]ԄuE569#Ba>kqǶɿYzzoX1%d =a #F, }{y8 hVgoMD6$ؽQm |#Z2DIDFv00 o*H|18vZz(&{b;sET!Ws^UHjY6؅A8w^*WǢ%!HR$$YiS̬"ֶƯOfݕqAfDXnd Oטz S5jdi\j9Z -S"F9f'ƷfbF'4"ݢo/5u 裴oBM!&=A] (GF{!GQ^?3 4WP$ZK9QFC-,̠oiXnwFc} PdxIKܺ$AayOy4[QwǂJ(2NHBN ZXf.X{te`x*`iaRe \Fov*桟ׄG@=悠1?.KW xVE*|`nߕv.`F0{TSB3?!Ml Vt2DbKq$֟H:t(bTh: }Jy1 aHK;SVطۖZ*v,5o[3%׊[up#!rԯ)xsAPx [rT|'4HRλ[?"QHk{^ͱKX`g 5A n`cm)9w 0F hO&HuGrJGlT̘}c|$IhԲ)&RߏOo (GFw(Ge;NJ߼djoګ|i~iNzR:W1P0cdsON& Tz#4;W^SZ<93ݫKA%H\[_/nh!*) ID:Adp,Uaׯ.d4Z7̵enL?l ޘws6WþؐK@ӱ<:=oCO)v0{C'Dm˟sCLԡQ9iÛTQO+ (GFw8h_pvz3uY0ct96(%ѢAU>ݳoF{(w!8[AHyAN|*I7o2_=+p5.ՌzyiTNRx\IAUHkdJ%Eض\Ҏ;FrΰiN?UTX[&iA`|{b oIRpdMCIY?z]ºÚ#[SYB$_pޏk#G۸˱h:)//z:;/%IҠ%7-Ka ]R9!D~ iPu {ؾ8^aٽ,J9;pצ$6>ځniPfyn蚘? z194Q& SZy,ڵ\Y;^ZY0'M:{BXAH P~m}}񆂠Ӳ?dkt!*JGo-%.^{8:VTA޲޵$>[`Һ]RDFjIh"SjqD*,<N6U=roИ%Ow'.VozOQ2R)2[t4gQ`[^Z6]?^uЊ,޳H"NP"rhhbflaO=B +Wէƣܵ䤦r%C.4alێ"P>I,]7w7%)hݮ%K@`+"6##Ecv?Yd³K[ӹu=b4"es6/ʛNOE2d+"J+}a9"YMx#AblrdrZǙFQ*}c.ͽF%iu^Z3%)2r`2n'OA;:%ԨR^\w92Csmv|]쟺$ m7A*BS\<}D 4LJB'Gn>,^AN D,4.Dq96 mڟ#4hͶM\N#KK?Ti) ʐ#%Fxya8%ysOn\lĈpuv>ehLU{mIs1k#SMo)BGub%qذ}}*U`!E[ʸi5 R$` #:cU 9 }U2 SVdb~dVx@.[0YerzEq~rzY9ebE_*M}Lĵ)=^ޱ!7:4iNH\x-9yճr^Ƃ:v97&쀄AqiL%D؞:Pl;"F˱ ${24Cayb4Iive 'M// Spą6ǮNndiSV++,s*\.inQϨPS\T@E&}Hhؼ1Q,}o򫎤HeE- F`+c)Nq$p)iB!O=?<jW+[,dL~04U<x}`T1 ܨc"GȐt'[~`2l:  ?N~ Z#e}f}UѣĂV5bAK~Q\ӡFZY'iJ(B8e#2;ZMoJ78}F+zwY'xy~(eh/J6DLgER^}>I!7oTGkK}0В`+] {Y4J鋃J($hjY`Y%;j7 A9B92>@9V؇sgֲF+U0p۸XXX%!4,ݷF.AjuЌDJ{CwiDZvjtR#bVXq=5I/NycoNoM³'6 6o[K9?VUU8T GʗSG !ғj*7(oOh\0d@G \Rn*Vmyۖ@BF t A?г3'q0~Xw;YJ8A@/"v:{b RڣXSk><]5{"8FyK(YySVwB̠331F$ћH{[뇽:5̶!(F7~UfvzڏՒB}ÿI ]D9B9gHY.'K~OU+G2shSGU@re6`okߞM# 9Tޙ!C#?K,yt{=|uJǧѸ׬ݾXi20m\ۤ>ߑ*: dLOUvQb"GX'h*hBjb$T|̕3Ɠ*O !)A"ըr1" 06"B1?&#H6Jzmk:z`BbʎQߢ.GE9B9mE ^BR4wwɳB9u*jIrn ϡp7;oϦ4׽6%pҢœG:WKai[x#VY=7$+k٩ +kkhѥ5_:@dX0|5tzŭf eڠQb2rH/=>*6["p(GlZjԯ-,V<-_ɑю|m'Û8:KxXKJ⻢\߲X"![Kx|2o)H +R+&uW e<+]ByRGٕ!,/TZQqEDmRB1=iɑ )G;QPPI0p ɑLM$ xÔGhLЭ櫔$˻ ø>$o )E)JHDtg_zUo 3kU!uyV?G4"E~#5_iG~x_Uqf0u =C8j 4ep?T%L.LTh RhD#\6Qs HוWNj~mEPM\KQYi Z T4nWN"ol~ں'_MǓxJ(aeeQqհx{{CǎD :t諃J Qa2\ [1IV &E+;4EE029󴔡@x\4b*4#4{3XZYB.0k¼|Zȓ@ߵ &@Z>$řgF(K[173=[dor%\\\`Æ pQhժ2e#*aaa 租~m_kb9b@yqv0?j̨9m;,_G&KYW{OeJj)4<]6~MXtC깙vJ PaD粢!G'I###X]ZiftKlϞKY " X[+9 ߴJ8A(cq@|,PO1oUk򯫓<8o~Ayi T= H+m۶#@({pQ#7nOrr2'Me>ю~ 8ʕ{ PVLlO`G 7ЅrDrk,QePJ)aM-iQ71vZ{v[-OjrP`vݤ9(G'G,X u ŌM/abSA ٿZˑFNؗm!ql*%U*s 7( 7OwA h؈5s_&KwZ=Rpx䄄9/yVPɑ{_vv6,Y(>qgkZ>"|Fl;b]\$]DiA"eƾɉVH E4ܿ/]t8(G&)G"(Qka,2|Y),Fml\%/.e` >ХOײ1Ԩ_ JqSUj,k7-qxyU ҁ!ohlMVOOrS%ܔO-L2}rGY(73gȽ/<<*P\fקt垶Ȕ WfC6H.8=LO5^K[>zPm?X5X}i&?uyXPj]٩!?}^Gkn kZS +sJ˗0ޘ)S@@t믿[[[ib* ET'G|Dř4Q#{R'8 Krrrr뢖[>DOs6ݝCsΔ%Q%ԵZ$(-}*HTgXr9yAڵ[&H4FQYZZL><<<6cYlGeT(^^^g&C bhJË3s])&v{{&ǿH^Ƃ"@9B9B92m9!FCq,}a d֩]64)% 6; ?…в^?u;̦> e KGdF~x=t䈮2x|Ihd+}#mEQ8/d<ȓ)H8)1WQ&jIU=ϥ'Xk` t3Ryuܾ'`~-F=u9ISJ [Ύ@Xe`SH3###>&.GGܾrqB0_OA~ET߮5 f$ ʑQ]=Aw [ iJ~eԉU%js0htfFҟe=s~/(Ae1@hn.v~>?KdD8=Px"p+[#[qX0۝>믳=;+Dj:U40=,mQ_^rrrd2rir7}qHgcs9A"PE3!o/ۦ~Y;ï;9*؏oԪ \ shPx{@_HM҂_abQѕq&.Goܾ اBOnXtg'b"/DDr- z޿~_-w4ר,Z7.!?A~_Druʽo+')K˕n-^"CAΰxj/ض?ؚ "aAfj>ܸ)u=`AFߟjT{.k3Ċ (ɽTH###&.GضV&RMc*WY "O,u%&U*Cpd $Ž)w 8y2gÔ^o-/pu)QiQܚ]S@H i/vFxw/8r?Ab_X='n Og#'c%(F<8~*]L X=ßF:x7ԻB=tH####$#JB]\/rtӽ=|χg'g.z˃ggN]ޞ/Wf=qQL 1͡UjU֕.#8I_NhRZE1DxB˪EI. ٽ;-:vv]/_pO@{W{UKFAuQ ʑQ 2Ӂ>dZǢs R<I(S410ap liN>]=mWut;z<E[$Qѕ(Gzk)_4*ڹ]W5̠Iչ"Hz1zqs<110_LgkS S5qjɡpX:<8?B e 834(bmJ@E羄2gOYpma8 i(4RmEcNp. 5E.τ¼IF†E p hJ1hZ1Hxxq^-S VV`kk-WU3s3Gue9%#58( "(G(G(GEuc K(F}cRSh.0]j0l@gܟ4fEtMB5{FʋM5bt]}F(GÜqݠt`Ilkc [#ˉóFv"?tlE;aw=eYB꫗>ɘV!*G#b G3eqZ(ASShZdkbDWQ(}]úްaaJhFb41O͛n%Zmcm .Nvq~H>1zx6 Ib؅fC;G |O5O0gM!Yh//ePPQ oK~6#QS#. S&Ft>1Vx)A#:b(H kM&3ZAGLhT(ȓ-'ڹϽ5w5ހ}V~kr􃱜SՑ l+##c# (BJ۴h*rĕb6:$]80%pxb41,@D#W$DL,'F $'c|ן7}4 0@(@> -G]}Bi_ rrdrĎc>Mk~۳nzKgFʉѳsZe|2 ~\LmogZR} )(}tcKa-G=ul+##cjSF)kUuY܍NH7ydi3 X?YFW4atQ47ͦש.gRQ]OwĘ4), ^}T!h}sE^mrrdrĎe;.T0c)\%lyWC&p]bD?:h0v#-;< K(:PV#HtjmfF[NN!Zh'~(Sӫ"pɖۯFދ,F#{6(d>ŲZn:a"O,c0TpHTPr*Ss?D|JAQ8Xu3B˵DBd09bwF}>c:!Y]n 4&_tGz?t\mxDxckbB~DŰqHmd^{Nd_jȇHe '~Qj~H)dΥA/nh \=4Zן zZ .r@^ .hѩ$h+9j-Bx6@.~"N`ożmԇz ](*F"U]cU74Mx AB FrSȌ~3rCWQ9 h\m =LoYV #wA﮵8IRI?4TJ/ϒk*u_}b3ʑ/.1 t*I;6,5,`j( g2rKux&'G{צAMYZZp+Ӳ7%뵪rbta蜬'w<3HPS+AF?^N(OL+Ks~ HmH`L7@XȤHqIbϢ<Lzx͍0=q G [ʿ.+{rٴ$b|cԮE heT0K%hQQ.'JY6$"m>ZFA~0tߨhLV~3ńj\q"} ]1'ː\ؼ$ -V#͛T!I`'wV&FCD{'` ч6uZ1P(' 3ʑ$%jI&cbBm]]j1 !b; (GtI-͌#}k.ÊfcgA1J-@ѽ59cNk 7 #ڭE5[ ?TFȑ]b%rKJ ޜ1zte:,T2`6Zu %bbV%k$FW 3K+K7x}/`zDl9"G2' NtŒ3BŲ>?W4=ZhC!j;uE3-B5I9b w6ļIrbtj0(,|!/L*׼=AɉQ'FN”ac?vY }VaEFrԣR蔚$tcOҡQGQHm =epMe99҄v,_i8R X.eL zܙoe_Ė?",k!gYjfS&YI];:kĎY{s ֣fVT틂W7?THe`rb2F_Ή?/#-n>MoX$T݅Y"x"/GJ3Iz,cr&PXn,k|!b[pJl9:Fϱ?wXmNaH%1(/=~tlfSE2uPI/b6 m+ù]\1@oա'lm=>1d W)FanA$hU-Y=nԈOTRQ C(wj:`RӽZCY"bBHs kT:ztxS\mbFk\[^0:Qaf^2w,5Nl r#FtV展X/ƽ7LAL9@ M5LQ[pws2E&q [\KgGX4d1FwEAmR|cvCgK˙HtPCi701{E1hlX+|5ώ̮\ù8ã+l믏łKI[X%TC!a:6韉f41bپmNCV <_MAx^gǟr]7+Y=ט].5btJFCʮܾLjvCf^x\M=u6 o:UR.5]|CZHjvZ@U}v/esG6|xM):s>)% &HAszPtk4i 5cAbDG/Mجl8MK6i[{~[0p?\]X[)u < \Z󝀚֖gzr<1QzLCn?͉ȱB$?A,1*[ko8j =oO.=ltS]Yp$YY@Xp|Kr1:oX1u?u%"xegO#?6/BC* &\^=s]JOa|BNieҥ %zzMȺ(-Ơ#Ytģz-:=" F;DĞōd՛t6'ƛaʝss3psf àq~/8%g!2ioN&`.ܯ>jJ씙\*5 [o[  :UZ=E##ZlIAL96{:ʆx.v~6B1:Si |`#h\JXC D D0)7#<eHuTV$t`mؗ{ƈ6ՈAȨ+2ėHQ<%4I$%$ID)#܉A7HALn|ZvNIU&6; Ih vxAP҃}7,O(NYQv4)YFOůf<D @h蛄Q (GEKjK(ȑ(i;fm`Trv<=זXj.[jg YB9h rT\,Ae5hRny9AAPQh,Lh+s; %ѤkOm̋AA#r4 K5ӻ[M8o$/J(p-Cu^a# ʑQuZNo;p%@2;i(G*wKCTNXsYnUl{AA92fA:NGtRAF^NRэ}DvI:jAAP]Pqa#;~5#D^}`m89 AAP*:XBkHjѤq}AA9*rNH' HefϊPଘR*yIC~ci/ĶFA(Jr:L֊a͸iS#*@VpldPض rTTh^@ޚ`F,2h._Cwt- U9jONU Ώ|#H}J< IĪlwGlWAA9*rDs}@p!|N];7e}q/033{oob+MA8C&7<yZmolOAA9*rp233LnH5LZb[" Qq#U>g̴"vDA#S'{ceF  5%da[  date* "2015-04-10 23:00")) (tags "foo" "bar") (summary . "Just a test") (content ((h2 "What is this thing?") (p "This is Haunt. A static site generator for GNU Guile.") (p "SXML is cool because you can evaluate Scheme code in your blog posts. Here are the first " ,count " fibonacci numbers, computed with SRFI-41!") (pre ,(object->string (stream->list (stream-take count fib)))) (p "Guile Scheme is great, eh?") (img (@ (src "/images/guile-banner.small.png")))))) haunt-0.3.0/example/posts/bar.html0000644000175000017500000000024114343462711016710 0ustar frankiefrankietitle: A Foo Walks Into a Bar date: 2015-04-11 20:00 tags: bar ---

This is an example using raw HTML, because Guile doesn't have a Markdown parser.

haunt-0.3.0/example/Makefile.am0000644000175000017500000000163314343462711016150 0ustar frankiefrankie## Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ## Copyright © 2015 David Thompson ## ## This file is part of Haunt. ## ## Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ## under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ## the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ## (at your option) any later version. ## ## Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ## WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ## General Public License for more details. ## ## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ## along with Haunt. If not, see . exampledir = $(pkgdatadir)/example nobase_dist_example_DATA = \ haunt.scm \ images/guile-banner.small.png \ posts/foo.sxml \ posts/bar.html haunt-0.3.0/example/haunt.scm0000644000175000017500000000203614524023030015721 0ustar frankiefrankie(use-modules (haunt asset) (haunt builder blog) (haunt builder atom) (haunt builder assets) (haunt builder rss) (haunt publisher rsync) (haunt publisher sourcehut) (haunt reader) (haunt reader skribe) (haunt reader texinfo) (haunt reader commonmark) (haunt site)) (site #:title "Built with Guile" #:domain "example.com" #:default-metadata '((author . "Eva Luator") (email . "eva@example.com")) #:readers (list commonmark-reader texinfo-reader skribe-reader sxml-reader html-reader) #:builders (list (blog) (atom-feed) (atom-feeds-by-tag) (rss-feed) (static-directory "images")) #:publishers (list (rsync-publisher #:name 'rsync #:destination "/tmp/haunt-example") (sourcehut-publisher #:name 'sourcehut))) haunt-0.3.0/haunt/0000755000175000017500000000000014564660362013604 5ustar frankiefrankiehaunt-0.3.0/haunt/artifact.scm0000644000175000017500000000505614543276324016111 0ustar frankiefrankie;;; Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ;;; Copyright © 2020 David Thompson ;;; ;;; This file is part of Haunt. ;;; ;;; Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Haunt. If not, see . ;;; Commentary: ;; ;; Build artifact data type. ;; ;;; Code: (define-module (haunt artifact) #:use-module (haunt utils) #:use-module (ice-9 match) #:use-module (ice-9 popen) #:use-module (srfi srfi-9) #:export (make-artifact artifact? artifact-file-name artifact-writer create-artifact serialized-artifact verbatim-artifact external-artifact)) (define-record-type (%make-artifact file-name writer) artifact? (file-name artifact-file-name) (writer artifact-writer)) (define (absolutify file-name) (if (string-prefix? "/" file-name) file-name (string-append "/" file-name))) (define (make-artifact file-name writer) (%make-artifact (absolutify file-name) writer)) (define (create-artifact artifact prefix) (match artifact (($ file-name write) (let ((output (string-append prefix file-name))) (mkdir-p (dirname output)) (write output) (unless (file-exists? output) (error "failed to create artifact output file" output)))))) (define (serialized-artifact destination obj serialize) (make-artifact destination (lambda (output) (format #t "write ~a~%" (absolutify destination)) (call-with-output-file output (lambda (port) (serialize obj port)))))) (define (verbatim-artifact source destination) (unless (file-exists? source) (error "verbatim artifact source file does not exist" source)) (make-artifact destination (lambda (output) (format #t "copy ~a → ~a~%" source (absolutify destination)) (copy-file source output)))) haunt-0.3.0/haunt/page.scm0000644000175000017500000000305514343462711015220 0ustar frankiefrankie;;; Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ;;; Copyright © 2015 David Thompson ;;; ;;; This file is part of Haunt. ;;; ;;; Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Haunt. If not, see . ;;; Commentary: ;; ;; Page data type. ;; ;;; Code: (define-module (haunt page) #:use-module (ice-9 match) #:use-module (srfi srfi-9) #:use-module (srfi srfi-26) #:use-module (haunt utils) #:export (make-page page? page-file-name page-contents page-writer write-page)) (define-record-type (make-page file-name contents writer) page? (file-name page-file-name) (contents page-contents) (writer page-writer)) (define (write-page page output-directory) "Write PAGE to OUTPUT-DIRECTORY." (match page (($ file-name contents writer) (let ((output (string-append output-directory "/" file-name))) (mkdir-p (dirname output)) (call-with-output-file output (cut writer contents <>)))))) haunt-0.3.0/haunt/inotify.scm0000644000175000017500000001774514343462711016000 0ustar frankiefrankie;;;;; Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ;;; Copyright © 2022 David Thompson ;;; ;;; This file is part of Haunt. ;;; ;;; Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Haunt. If not, see . ;;; Commentary: ;; ;; Inotify bindings. ;; ;;; Code: (define-module (haunt inotify) #:use-module (ice-9 binary-ports) #:use-module (ice-9 format) #:use-module (ice-9 match) #:use-module (rnrs bytevectors) #:use-module (srfi srfi-9) #:use-module (srfi srfi-9 gnu) #:use-module (system foreign) #:export (make-inotify inotify? inotify-watches inotify-add-watch! inotify-pending-events? inotify-read-event inotify-watch? inotify-watch-id inotify-watch-file-name inotify-watch-remove! inotify-event? inotify-event-watch inotify-event-type inotify-event-cookie inotify-event-file-name inotify-event-within-directory?)) (define libc (dynamic-link)) (define inotify-init (pointer->procedure int (dynamic-func "inotify_init" libc) '())) (define inotify-add-watch (pointer->procedure int (dynamic-func "inotify_add_watch" libc) (list int '* uint32))) (define inotify-rm-watch (pointer->procedure int (dynamic-func "inotify_rm_watch" libc) (list int int))) (define IN_ACCESS #x00000001) ; file was accessed. (define IN_MODIFY #x00000002) ; file was modified. (define IN_ATTRIB #x00000004) ; metadata changed (define IN_CLOSE_WRITE #x00000008) ; file opened for writing closed (define IN_CLOSE_NOWRITE #x00000010) ; file not opened for writing closed (define IN_OPEN #x00000020) ; file was opened (define IN_MOVED_FROM #x00000040) ; file was moved from X (define IN_MOVED_TO #x00000080) ; file was moved to Y (define IN_CREATE #x00000100) ; subfile was created (define IN_DELETE #x00000200) ; subfile was deleted (define IN_DELETE_SELF #x00000400) ; self was deleted (define IN_MOVE_SELF #x00000800) ; self was moved ;; Kernel flags (define IN_UNMOUNT #x00002000) ; backing fs was unmounted (define IN_Q_OVERFLOW #x00004000) ; event queue overflowed (define IN_IGNORED #x00008000) ; file was ignored ;; Special flags (define IN_ONLYDIR #x01000000) ; only watch if directory (define IN_DONT_FOLLOW #x02000000) ; do not follow symlink (define IN_EXCL_UNLINK #x04000000) ; exclude events on unlinked objects (define IN_MASK_ADD #x20000000) ; add to the mask of an existing watch (define IN_ISDIR #x40000000) ; event occurred against directory (define IN_ONESHOT #x80000000) ; only send event once (define mask/symbol (make-hash-table)) (define symbol/mask (make-hash-table)) (for-each (match-lambda ((sym mask) (hashq-set! symbol/mask sym mask) (hashv-set! mask/symbol mask sym))) `((access ,IN_ACCESS) (modify ,IN_MODIFY) (attrib ,IN_ATTRIB) (close-write ,IN_CLOSE_WRITE) (close-no-write ,IN_CLOSE_NOWRITE) (open ,IN_OPEN) (moved-from ,IN_MOVED_FROM) (moved-to ,IN_MOVED_TO) (create ,IN_CREATE) (delete ,IN_DELETE) (delete-self ,IN_DELETE_SELF) (move-self ,IN_MOVE_SELF) (only-dir ,IN_ONLYDIR) (dont-follow ,IN_DONT_FOLLOW) (exclude-unlink ,IN_EXCL_UNLINK) (is-directory ,IN_ISDIR) (once ,IN_ONESHOT))) (define (symbol->mask sym) (hashq-ref symbol/mask sym)) (define (mask->event-symbol mask) ;; Only check the first 4 bits, of which only one bit should be set ;; containing the event type. The other 4 bits may have additional ;; information. (hashq-ref mask/symbol (logand #x0000ffff mask))) (define-record-type (%make-inotify port buffer buffer-pointer watches) inotify? (port inotify-port) (buffer inotify-buffer) (buffer-pointer inotify-buffer-pointer) (watches inotify-watches)) (define-record-type (make-inotify-watch id file-name owner) inotify-watch? (id inotify-watch-id) (file-name inotify-watch-file-name) (owner inotify-watch-owner)) (define-record-type (make-inotify-event watch type cookie file-name) inotify-event? (watch inotify-event-watch) (type inotify-event-type) (cookie inotify-event-cookie) (file-name inotify-event-file-name)) (define (display-inotify inotify port) (format port "#" (inotify-port inotify))) (define (display-inotify-watch watch port) (format port "#" (inotify-watch-id watch) (inotify-watch-file-name watch))) (define (display-inotify-event event port) (format port "#" (inotify-event-type event) (inotify-event-cookie event) (inotify-event-file-name event) (inotify-event-watch event))) (set-record-type-printer! display-inotify) (set-record-type-printer! display-inotify-watch) (set-record-type-printer! display-inotify-event) (define (make-inotify) (let ((fd (inotify-init)) (buffer (make-bytevector 4096))) (%make-inotify (fdopen fd "r") buffer (bytevector->pointer buffer) (make-hash-table)))) (define (inotify-fd inotify) (port->fdes (inotify-port inotify))) (define (absolute-file-name file-name) (if (absolute-file-name? file-name) file-name (string-append (getcwd) "/" file-name))) (define (inotify-add-watch! inotify file-name modes) (let* ((abs-file-name (absolute-file-name file-name)) (wd (inotify-add-watch (inotify-fd inotify) (string->pointer abs-file-name) (apply logior (map symbol->mask modes)))) (watch (make-inotify-watch wd abs-file-name inotify))) (hashv-set! (inotify-watches inotify) wd watch) watch)) (define (inotify-watch-remove! watch) (inotify-rm-watch (inotify-fd (inotify-watch-owner watch)) (inotify-watch-id watch)) (hashv-remove! (inotify-watches (inotify-watch-owner watch)) (inotify-watch-id watch))) (define (inotify-pending-events? inotify) ;; Sometimes an interrupt happens during the char-ready? call and an ;; exception is thrown. Just return #f in that case and move on ;; with life. (false-if-exception (char-ready? (inotify-port inotify)))) (define (read-int port buffer) (get-bytevector-n! port buffer 0 (sizeof int)) (bytevector-sint-ref buffer 0 (native-endianness) (sizeof int))) (define (read-uint32 port buffer) (get-bytevector-n! port buffer 0 (sizeof uint32)) (bytevector-uint-ref buffer 0 (native-endianness) (sizeof uint32))) (define (read-string port buffer buffer-pointer length) (and (> length 0) (begin (get-bytevector-n! port buffer 0 length) (pointer->string buffer-pointer)))) (define (inotify-read-event inotify) (let* ((port (inotify-port inotify)) (buffer (inotify-buffer inotify)) (wd (read-int port buffer)) (event-mask (read-uint32 port buffer)) (cookie (read-uint32 port buffer)) (len (read-uint32 port buffer)) (name (read-string port buffer (inotify-buffer-pointer inotify) len))) (make-inotify-event (hashv-ref (inotify-watches inotify) wd) (mask->event-symbol event-mask) cookie name))) haunt-0.3.0/haunt/config.scm0000644000175000017500000000230014564660330015543 0ustar frankiefrankie;;; Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ;;; Copyright © 2015 David Thompson ;;; ;;; This file is part of Haunt. ;;; ;;; Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Haunt. If not, see . ;;; Commentary: ;; ;; Haunt configuration. ;; ;;; Code: (define-module (haunt config) #:export (%haunt-version %rsync %hut %tar)) (define %haunt-version "0.3.0") (define %rsync "/gnu/store/wvv8586n57j6f4cfvg070l8mkqhcgb61-profile/bin/rsync") (define %hut "/gnu/store/wvv8586n57j6f4cfvg070l8mkqhcgb61-profile/bin/hut") (define %tar "/gnu/store/wvv8586n57j6f4cfvg070l8mkqhcgb61-profile/bin/tar") haunt-0.3.0/haunt/ui.scm0000644000175000017500000001154614540366674014737 0ustar frankiefrankie;;; Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ;;; Copyright © 2015 David Thompson ;;; ;;; This file is part of Haunt. ;;; ;;; Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITnnnHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Haunt. If not, see . ;;; Commentary: ;; ;; Haunt user interface. ;; ;;; Code: ;; Hack to mark this module as non-declarative on Guile 3+ (which ;; would otherwise print a warning) but not break when compiling on ;; earlier versions of Guile. (define-syntax-rule (define-module* name args ...) (cond-expand (guile-3 (define-module name #:declarative? #f args ...)) (guile (define-module name args ...)))) (define-module* (haunt ui) #:use-module (ice-9 format) #:use-module (ice-9 ftw) #:use-module (ice-9 match) #:use-module (srfi srfi-1) #:use-module (srfi srfi-26) #:use-module (srfi srfi-37) #:use-module (haunt config) #:use-module (haunt site) #:use-module (haunt utils) #:export (program-name show-version-and-exit simple-args-fold %common-options %default-common-options show-common-options-help leave string->number* load-config option? haunt-main)) (define commands '("build" "publish" "serve")) (define program-name (make-parameter 'haunt)) (define (show-haunt-help) (format #t "Usage: haunt COMMAND ARGS... Run COMMAND with ARGS.~%~%") (format #t "COMMAND must be one of the sub-commands listed below:~%~%") (format #t "~{ ~a~%~}" (sort commands string This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.~%" name %haunt-version) (exit 0)) (define (leave format-string . args) "Display error message and exit." (apply format (current-error-port) format-string args) (newline) (exit 1)) (define (string->number* str) "Like `string->number', but error out with an error message on failure." (or (string->number str) (leave "~a: invalid number" str))) (define (simple-args-fold args options default-options) (args-fold args options (lambda (opt name arg result) (leave "~A: unrecognized option" name)) (lambda (arg result) (leave "~A: extraneuous argument" arg)) default-options)) (define %common-options (list (option '(#\c "config") #t #f (lambda (opt name arg result) (alist-cons 'config arg result))))) (define %default-common-options '((config . "haunt.scm"))) (define (show-common-options-help) (display " -c, --config configuration file to load")) (define (option? str) (string-prefix? "-" str)) (define* (load-config file-name) "Load configuration from FILE-NAME." (if (file-exists? file-name) (let ((obj (load (absolute-file-name file-name)))) (if (site? obj) obj (leave "configuration object must be a site, got: ~a" obj))) (leave "configuration file not found: ~a" file-name))) (define (run-haunt-command command . args) (let* ((module (catch 'misc-error (lambda () (resolve-interface `(haunt ui ,command))) (lambda - (format (current-error-port) "~a: invalid subcommand~%" command) (show-haunt-usage)))) (command-main (module-ref module (symbol-append 'haunt- command)))) (parameterize ((program-name command)) (apply command-main args)))) (define* (haunt-main arg0 . args) ;; Add haunt site directory to Guile's load path so that users can ;; easily import their own modules. (add-to-load-path (getcwd)) (setlocale LC_ALL "") (match args (() (show-haunt-usage)) ((or ("-h") ("--help")) (show-haunt-help)) ((or ("-V") ("--version")) (show-version-and-exit "haunt")) (((? option? opt) _ ...) (format (current-error-port) "haunt: unrecognized option '~a'~%" opt) (show-haunt-usage)) ((command args ...) (apply run-haunt-command (string->symbol command) args)))) haunt-0.3.0/haunt/config.scm.in0000644000175000017500000000205214524023030016136 0ustar frankiefrankie;;; Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ;;; Copyright © 2015 David Thompson ;;; ;;; This file is part of Haunt. ;;; ;;; Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Haunt. If not, see . ;;; Commentary: ;; ;; Haunt configuration. ;; ;;; Code: (define-module (haunt config) #:export (%haunt-version %rsync %hut %tar)) (define %haunt-version "@PACKAGE_VERSION@") (define %rsync "@RSYNC@") (define %hut "@HUT@") (define %tar "@TAR@") haunt-0.3.0/haunt/builder/0000755000175000017500000000000014564660362015232 5ustar frankiefrankiehaunt-0.3.0/haunt/builder/flat-pages.scm0000644000175000017500000000661314543302624017756 0ustar frankiefrankie;;; Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ;;; Copyright © 2015 David Thompson ;;; Copyright © 2016 Christopher Allan Webber ;;; ;;; This file is part of Haunt. ;;; ;;; Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Haunt. If not, see . ;;; Commentary: ;; ;; Simple static web pages. ;; ;;; Code: (define-module (haunt builder flat-pages) #:use-module (haunt artifact) #:use-module (haunt html) #:use-module (haunt post) #:use-module (haunt reader) #:use-module (haunt site) #:use-module (haunt utils) #:use-module (ice-9 ftw) #:use-module (ice-9 match) #:use-module (srfi srfi-11) #:export (flat-pages)) (define* (flat-pages directory #:key template prefix) "Return a procedure that parses the files in DIRECTORY and returns a list of HTML pages, one for each file. The files are parsed using the readers configured for the current site. The structure of DIRECTORY is preserved in the resulting pages and may be optionally nested within the directory PREFIX. The content of each flat page is inserted into a complete HTML document by the TEMPLATE procedure. This procedure takes three arguments: the site object, the page title string, and an SXML tree of the page body. It returns one value: a new SXML tree representing a complete HTML page that presumably wraps the page body." (lambda (site posts) ;; Recursively scan the directory and generate a page for each ;; file found. (define (enter? file-name stat memo) #t) (define (noop file-name stat memo) memo) (define keep? (site-file-filter site)) (define (leaf file-name stat memo) (if (keep? file-name) (cons file-name memo) memo)) (define (err file-name stat errno memo) (error "flat page directory scanning failed" file-name errno)) (define src-files (file-system-fold enter? leaf noop noop noop err '() directory)) (define (strip-extension file-name) (basename file-name (string-append "." (file-extension file-name)))) (map (lambda (file-name) (match (reader-find (site-readers site) file-name) (reader (let-values (((metadata body) (reader-read reader file-name))) (let* ((dir (substring (dirname file-name) (string-length directory))) (out (string-append (or prefix "/") dir (if (string-null? dir) "" "/") (strip-extension file-name) ".html")) (title (or (assq-ref metadata 'title) "Untitled"))) (serialized-artifact out (template site title body) sxml->html)))) (#f (error "no reader available for page" file-name)))) src-files))) haunt-0.3.0/haunt/builder/rss.scm0000644000175000017500000001347014551632071016542 0ustar frankiefrankie;;; Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ;;; Copyright © 2018 Christopher Lemmer Webber ;;; ;;; This file is part of Haunt. ;;; ;;; Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Haunt. If not, see . ;;; Commentary: ;; ;; RSS feed builder. ;; ;;; Code: (define-module (haunt builder rss) #:use-module (srfi srfi-19) #:use-module (srfi srfi-26) #:use-module (ice-9 match) #:use-module (sxml simple) #:use-module (haunt artifact) #:use-module (haunt site) #:use-module (haunt post) #:use-module (haunt utils) #:use-module (haunt html) #:use-module (haunt serve mime-types) #:use-module (haunt builder atom) #:use-module (web uri) #:export (rss-feed)) ;; Reader beware: this isn't as nice as atom.scm, because rss isn't ;; as nice as atom. Worse beats better on the play field again... ;; RFC 822 dates are inferior to ISO 8601, but it's ;; what RSS wants, so... (define (date->rfc822-str date) (date->string date "~a, ~d ~b ~Y ~T ~z")) (define (sxml->xml* sxml port) "Write SXML to PORT, preceded by an tag." (display "" port) (sxml->xml sxml port)) (define* (post->rss-item site post #:key (blog-prefix "")) "Convert POST into an RSS node." (let ((uri (uri->string (build-uri (site-scheme site) #:host (site-domain site) #:path (string-append (if (string-prefix? "/" blog-prefix) "" "/") blog-prefix (if (or (string-null? blog-prefix) (string-suffix? "/" blog-prefix)) "" "/") (site-post-slug site post) ".html"))))) `(item (title ,(post-ref post 'title)) ;; Looks like: lawyer@boyer.net (Lawyer Boyer) ,@(let ((email (post-ref post 'email)) (author (post-ref post 'author))) (cond ((and email author) `((author ,(string-append email " (" author ")")))) (email `((author ,email))) (else '()))) (pubDate ,(date->rfc822-str (post-date post))) (guid ,uri) (link ,uri) (description ,(sxml->html-string (post-sxml post))) ,@(map (lambda (enclosure) `(enclosure (@ (title ,(enclosure-title enclosure)) (url ,(enclosure-url enclosure)) (type ,(enclosure-mime-type enclosure)) ,@(map (match-lambda ((key . value) (list key value))) (enclosure-extra enclosure))))) (post-ref-all post 'enclosure))))) (define* (rss-feed #:key (file-name "rss-feed.xml") (subtitle "Recent Posts") (filter posts/reverse-chronological) (max-entries 20) (publication-date (current-date)) (blog-prefix "")) "Return a builder procedure that renders a list of posts as an RSS feed. All arguments are optional: FILE-NAME: The page file name. SUBTITLE: The feed subtitle. FILTER: The procedure called to manipulate the posts list before rendering. MAX-ENTRIES: The maximum number of posts to render in the feed. PUBLICATION-DATE: The feed publication date. BLOG-PREFIX: The prefix for all post URLs, which is the combination of the blog's prefix and post prefix." (lambda (site posts) (serialized-artifact file-name `(rss (@ (version "2.0") (xmlns:atom "http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom")) (channel (title ,(site-title site)) ;; It looks like RSS's description and atom's subtitle ;; are equivalent? (description ,subtitle) (pubDate ,(date->rfc822-str publication-date)) (link ,(string-append (symbol->string (site-scheme site)) "://" (site-domain site) "/")) (atom:link (@ (href ,(string-append (symbol->string (site-scheme site)) "://" (site-domain site) "/" file-name)) (rel "self") (type "application/rss+xml"))) ,@(map (cut post->rss-item site <> #:blog-prefix blog-prefix) (take-up-to max-entries (filter posts))))) sxml->xml*))) haunt-0.3.0/haunt/builder/redirects.scm0000644000175000017500000000366114543277565017736 0ustar frankiefrankie;;; Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ;;; Copyright © 2023 David Thompson ;;; ;;; This file is part of Haunt. ;;; ;;; Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Haunt. If not, see . ;;; Commentary: ;; ;; Redirect builder. ;; ;;; Code: (define-module (haunt builder redirects) #:use-module (haunt artifact) #:use-module (haunt site) #:use-module (haunt utils) #:use-module (haunt html) #:use-module (ice-9 match) #:use-module (srfi srfi-1) #:use-module (web uri) #:export (redirects)) (define (redirects specs) "Return a procedure that transforms a list of redirect tuples in SPECS, with the form (FROM TO), into a list of pages that trigger a browser-initiated redirect. This is a convenient way to redirect without needing to modify web server configuration to issue 302 permanent redirects. FROM values must be local page file names, not URLs, but TO values may be either local page file names or full URLs to other websites." (lambda (site posts) (define (render-redirect url) `((doctype "html") (head (meta (@ (http-equiv "Refresh") (content ,(string-append "0; url='" url "'"))))) (body "Redirecting to " (a (@ (href ,url)) ,url)))) (map (match-lambda ((from to) (serialized-artifact from (render-redirect to) sxml->html))) specs))) haunt-0.3.0/haunt/builder/atom.scm0000644000175000017500000002211614551633043016670 0ustar frankiefrankie;;; Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ;;; Copyright © 2015 David Thompson ;;; Copyright © 2016 Christopher Allan Webber ;;; ;;; This file is part of Haunt. ;;; ;;; Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Haunt. If not, see . ;;; Commentary: ;; ;; Atom feed builder. ;; ;;; Code: (define-module (haunt builder atom) #:use-module (srfi srfi-9) #:use-module (srfi srfi-19) #:use-module (srfi srfi-26) #:use-module (ice-9 match) #:use-module (sxml simple) #:use-module (haunt artifact) #:use-module (haunt site) #:use-module (haunt post) #:use-module (haunt page) #:use-module (haunt utils) #:use-module (haunt html) #:use-module (haunt serve mime-types) #:use-module (web uri) #:export (make-enclosure enclosure? enclosure-title enclosure-url enclosure-extra enclosure-mime-type atom-feed atom-feeds-by-tag)) (define-record-type (make-enclosure title url extra) enclosure? (title enclosure-title) (url enclosure-url) (extra enclosure-extra)) (define (enclosure-mime-type enclosure) (mime-type (enclosure-url enclosure))) (define char-set:enclosure-key (char-set-union char-set:letter+digit (char-set-delete char-set:punctuation #\: #\") (char-set-delete char-set:symbol #\=))) (define (parse-enclosure s) (call-with-input-string s (lambda (port) (define (assert-char char) (let ((c (read-char port))) (unless (eqv? c char) (error "enclosure: parse: expected" char "got" c)))) (define (whitespace? char) (char-set-contains? char-set:whitespace char)) (define (consume-whitespace) (match (peek-char port) ((? eof-object?) *unspecified*) ((? whitespace?) (read-char port) (consume-whitespace)) (_ *unspecified*))) (define (read-escape-character) (match (read-char port) (#\" #\") (#\\ #\\) (char (error "enclosure: parse: invalid escape character:" char)))) (define (read-unquoted-string) (list->string (let loop () (let ((c (peek-char port))) (cond ((eof-object? c) '()) ((char-set-contains? char-set:enclosure-key c) (read-char port) (cons c (loop))) (else '())))))) (define (read-string) (if (eqv? (peek-char port) #\") (begin (assert-char #\") (list->string (let loop () (match (read-char port) ((? eof-object?) (error "enclosure: parse: EOF while reading string")) (#\" '()) (#\\ (cons (read-escape-character) (loop))) (char (cons char (loop))))))) (read-unquoted-string))) (define (read-key) (string->symbol (read-unquoted-string))) (let loop ((attrs '())) (consume-whitespace) (if (eof-object? (peek-char port)) (make-enclosure (assq-ref attrs 'title) (assq-ref attrs 'url) (let loop ((attrs attrs)) (match attrs (() '()) ((((or 'title 'url) . _) . rest) (loop rest)) ((attr . rest) (cons attr (loop rest)))))) (let ((key (read-key))) (assert-char #\:) (loop (cons (cons key (read-string)) attrs)))))))) (register-metadata-parser! 'enclosure parse-enclosure) (define (sxml->xml* sxml port) "Write SXML to PORT, preceded by an tag." (display "" port) (sxml->xml sxml port)) (define (date->string* date) "Convert date to RFC-3339 formatted string." (date->string date "~Y-~m-~dT~H:~M:~SZ")) (define* (post->atom-entry site post #:key (blog-prefix "")) "Convert POST into an Atom XML node." (let ((uri (uri->string (build-uri (site-scheme site) #:host (site-domain site) #:path (string-append blog-prefix "/" (site-post-slug site post) ".html"))))) `(entry (title ,(post-ref post 'title)) (id ,uri) (author (name ,(post-ref post 'author)) ,(let ((email (post-ref post 'email))) (if email `(email ,email) '()))) (updated ,(date->string* (post-date post))) (link (@ (href ,uri) (rel "alternate"))) (content (@ (type "html")) ,(sxml->html-string (post-sxml post))) ,@(map (lambda (enclosure) `(link (@ (rel "enclosure") (title ,(enclosure-title enclosure)) (href ,(enclosure-url enclosure)) (type ,(enclosure-mime-type enclosure)) ,@(map (match-lambda ((key . value) (list key value))) (enclosure-extra enclosure))))) (post-ref-all post 'enclosure))))) (define* (atom-feed #:key (file-name "feed.xml") (subtitle "Recent Posts") (filter posts/reverse-chronological) (last-updated (current-date)) (max-entries 20) (blog-prefix "")) "Return a builder procedure that renders a list of posts as an Atom feed. All arguments are optional: FILE-NAME: The page file name. SUBTITLE: The feed subtitle. FILTER: The procedure called to manipulate the posts list before rendering. LAST-UPDATED: The feed last updated date. MAX-ENTRIES: The maximum number of posts to render in the feed. BLOG-PREFIX: The prefix for all post URLs, which is the combination of the blog's prefix and post prefix." (lambda (site posts) (let ((uri (uri->string (build-uri (site-scheme site) #:host (site-domain site) #:path (string-append "/" file-name))))) (serialized-artifact file-name `(feed (@ (xmlns "http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom")) (title ,(site-title site)) (id ,uri) (subtitle ,subtitle) (updated ,(date->string* last-updated)) (link (@ (href ,uri) (rel "self"))) (link (@ (href ,(uri->string (build-uri (site-scheme site) #:host (site-domain site)))))) ,@(map (cut post->atom-entry site <> #:blog-prefix blog-prefix) (take-up-to max-entries (filter posts)))) sxml->xml*)))) (define* (atom-feeds-by-tag #:key (prefix "feeds/tags") (filter posts/reverse-chronological) (last-updated (current-date)) (max-entries 20) (blog-prefix "")) "Return a builder procedure that renders an atom feed for every tag used in a post. All arguments are optional: PREFIX: The directory in which to write the feeds. FILTER: The procedure called to manipulate the posts list before rendering. LAST-UPDATED: The feed last updated date. MAX-ENTRIES: The maximum number of posts to render in each feed. BLOG-PREFIX: The prefix for all post URLs, which is the combination of the blog's prefix and post prefix." (lambda (site posts) (let ((tag-groups (posts/group-by-tag posts))) (map (match-lambda ((tag . posts) ((atom-feed #:file-name (string-append prefix "/" tag ".xml") #:subtitle (string-append "Tag: " tag) #:filter filter #:last-updated last-updated #:max-entries max-entries #:blog-prefix blog-prefix) site posts))) tag-groups)))) haunt-0.3.0/haunt/builder/blog.scm0000644000175000017500000002312714543273503016660 0ustar frankiefrankie;;; Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ;;; Copyright © 2015 David Thompson ;;; Copyright © 2016 Christopher Allan Webber ;;; ;;; This file is part of Haunt. ;;; ;;; Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Haunt. If not, see . ;;; Commentary: ;; ;; Page builders ;; ;;; Code: (define-module (haunt builder blog) #:use-module (ice-9 match) #:use-module (srfi srfi-1) #:use-module (srfi srfi-9) #:use-module (srfi srfi-19) #:use-module (haunt artifact) #:use-module (haunt site) #:use-module (haunt post) #:use-module (haunt utils) #:use-module (haunt html) #:export (theme theme? theme-name theme-layout theme-post-template theme-collection-template theme-pagination-template with-layout render-post render-collection date->string* blog)) (define-record-type (make-theme name layout post-template collection-template pagination-template) theme? (name theme-name) (layout theme-layout) (post-template theme-post-template) (collection-template theme-collection-template) (pagination-template theme-pagination-template)) (define (ugly-default-layout site title body) `((doctype "html") (head (meta (@ (charset "utf-8"))) (title ,(string-append title " — " (site-title site)))) (body (h1 ,(site-title site)) ,body))) (define (ugly-default-post-template post) `((h2 ,(post-ref post 'title)) (h3 "by " ,(post-ref post 'author) " — " ,(date->string* (post-date post))) (div ,(post-sxml post)))) (define (ugly-default-collection-template site title posts prefix) (define (post-uri post) (string-append (or prefix "") "/" (site-post-slug site post) ".html")) `((h3 ,title) (ul ,@(map (lambda (post) `(li (a (@ (href ,(post-uri post))) ,(post-ref post 'title) " — " ,(date->string* (post-date post))))) posts)))) (define (ugly-default-pagination-template site body previous-page next-page) `(,@body (div ,(if previous-page `(a (@ (href ,previous-page)) "← Previous") '()) " — " ,(if next-page `(a (@ (href ,next-page)) "Next →") '())))) (define* (theme #:key (name "Untitled") (layout ugly-default-layout) (post-template ugly-default-post-template) (collection-template ugly-default-collection-template) (pagination-template ugly-default-pagination-template)) (make-theme name layout post-template collection-template pagination-template)) (define (with-layout theme site title body) ((theme-layout theme) site title body)) (define (render-post theme site post) ((theme-post-template theme) post)) (define (render-collection theme site title posts prefix) ((theme-collection-template theme) site title posts prefix)) (define (render-pagination theme site body previous-page next-page) ((theme-pagination-template theme) site body previous-page next-page)) (define (date->string* date) "Convert DATE to human readable string." (date->string date "~a ~d ~B ~Y")) (define ugly-theme (theme #:name "Ugly" #:layout ugly-default-layout #:post-template ugly-default-post-template #:collection-template ugly-default-collection-template #:pagination-template ugly-default-pagination-template)) (define* (blog #:key (theme ugly-theme) prefix post-prefix (collections `(("Recent Posts" "index.html" ,posts/reverse-chronological))) posts-per-page) "Return a procedure that transforms a list of posts into pages decorated by THEME, whose URLs start with PREFIX. Post pages may be nested deeper in the file hierarchy than collection pages by specifying the POST-PREFIX argument. If POSTS-PER-PAGE is specified, collections will be broken up into several pages with up to POSTS-PER-PAGE posts on each page." (define (make-file-name base-name) (string-append (or prefix "") (if prefix "/" "") base-name)) (lambda (site posts) (define (post->page post) (let ((base-name (string-append (if post-prefix (string-append post-prefix "/") "") (site-post-slug site post) ".html")) (title (post-ref post 'title)) (body ((theme-post-template theme) post))) (serialized-artifact (make-file-name base-name) (with-layout theme site title body) sxml->html))) (define (paginate base-name items) (define (make-page-file-name i) (make-file-name ;; First page does not get a page number added to the file ;; name. (if (= 0 i) (string-append base-name ".html") (string-append base-name "-" (number->string i) ".html")))) (define (make-page i items) (list (make-page-file-name i) (reverse items))) (let loop ((items items) (n 0) (i 0) (page '())) (if (= n posts-per-page) (cons (make-page i page) (loop items 0 (+ i 1) '())) (match items (() (list (make-page i page))) ((item . rest) (loop rest (+ n 1) i (cons item page))))))) (define collection-post-prefix (if prefix (if post-prefix (string-append prefix "/" post-prefix) prefix) (or post-prefix ""))) (define collection->page (match-lambda ((title file-name filtered-posts) ;; Earlier versions of Haunt, which did not have collection ;; pagination, told users to include a full file name, not ;; just a base name, so we continue to honor that style of ;; configuration. (let ((base-name (if (string-suffix? ".html" file-name) (string-take file-name (- (string-length file-name) 5)) file-name))) (define (make-collection-page current-page prev-page next-page) (match current-page ((file-name posts) (let* ((coll-sxml (render-collection theme site title posts collection-post-prefix)) (page-sxml (with-layout theme site title (render-pagination theme site coll-sxml (match prev-page (#f #f) ((file-name _) file-name)) (match next-page (#f #f) ((file-name _) file-name)))))) (serialized-artifact file-name page-sxml sxml->html))))) (if posts-per-page (let loop ((pages (paginate base-name filtered-posts)) (prev-page #f)) (match pages (() '()) ((last-page) (list (make-collection-page last-page prev-page #f))) ((and (page . rest) (_ next-page . _)) (cons (make-collection-page page prev-page next-page) (loop rest page))))) (list (serialized-artifact (string-append base-name ".html") (with-layout theme site title (render-collection theme site title filtered-posts collection-post-prefix)) sxml->html))))))) ;; Produce a new collections lists, but with the filters applied ;; to the actual posts. (define collections* (map (match-lambda ((title file-name filter) (list title file-name (filter posts)))) collections)) ;; Collect the subset of posts that belong to this blog. Those ;; are the only posts that will have dedicated pages rendered. (define posts* (delete-duplicates (append-map (match-lambda ((_ _ posts) posts)) collections*))) (append (map post->page posts*) (append-map collection->page collections*)))) haunt-0.3.0/haunt/builder/assets.scm0000644000175000017500000000271514343462711017236 0ustar frankiefrankie;;; Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ;;; Copyright © 2015 David Thompson ;;; ;;; This file is part of Haunt. ;;; ;;; Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Haunt. If not, see . ;;; Commentary: ;; ;; Static asset builder. ;; ;;; Code: (define-module (haunt builder assets) #:use-module (srfi srfi-1) #:use-module (srfi srfi-9) #:use-module (ice-9 ftw) #:use-module (ice-9 match) #:use-module (haunt asset) #:use-module (haunt site) #:export (static-directory)) (define* (static-directory directory #:optional (dest directory)) "Return a builder procedure that recursively copies all of the files in DIRECTORY, a file names relative to a site's source directory, and copies them into DEST, a prefix relative to a site's target output directory. By default, DEST is DIRECTORY." (lambda (site posts) (directory-assets directory (site-file-filter site) dest))) haunt-0.3.0/haunt/skribe.scm0000644000175000017500000000565014343462711015566 0ustar frankiefrankie;;; Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ;;; Copyright © 2015 David Thompson ;;; Copyright 2005, 2006 Ludovic Courtès ;;; ;;; This file is part of Haunt. ;;; ;;; Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Haunt. If not, see . ;;; Commentary: ;; ;; Skribe reader. ;; Much code taken from the excellent Skribilo project. ;; ;;; Code: (define-module (haunt skribe) #:use-module ((system reader) #:renamer (symbol-prefix-proc 'r:)) #:export (%skribe-reader)) ;; Taken from Skribilo (define (make-colon-free-token-reader tr) ;; Stolen from `guile-reader' 0.3. "If token reader @var{tr} handles the @code{:} (colon) character, remove it from its specification and return the new token reader." (let* ((spec (r:token-reader-specification tr)) (proc (r:token-reader-procedure tr))) (r:make-token-reader (filter (lambda (chr) (not (char=? chr #\:))) spec) proc))) (define &sharp-reader ;; The reader for what comes after a `#' character. (let* ((dsssl-keyword-reader ;; keywords à la `#!key' (r:make-token-reader #\! (r:token-reader-procedure (r:standard-token-reader 'keyword))))) (r:make-reader (cons dsssl-keyword-reader (map r:standard-token-reader '(character srfi-4 vector number+radix boolean srfi30-block-comment srfi62-sexp-comment))) #f ;; use default fault handler 'reader/record-positions))) (define (make-skribe-reader) (let ((colon-keywords ;; keywords à la `:key' fashion (r:make-token-reader #\: (r:token-reader-procedure (r:standard-token-reader 'keyword)))) (symbol-misc-chars-tr ;; Make sure `:' is handled only by the keyword token reader. (make-colon-free-token-reader (r:standard-token-reader 'r6rs-symbol-misc-chars)))) ;; Note: we use the `r6rs-symbol-*' and `r6rs-number' token readers since ;; they consider square brackets as delimiters. (r:make-reader (cons* (r:make-token-reader #\# &sharp-reader) colon-keywords symbol-misc-chars-tr (map r:standard-token-reader `(whitespace sexp string r6rs-number r6rs-symbol-lower-case r6rs-symbol-upper-case quote-quasiquote-unquote semicolon-comment skribe-exp))) #f ;; use the default fault handler 'reader/record-positions))) (define %skribe-reader (make-skribe-reader)) haunt-0.3.0/haunt/reader/0000755000175000017500000000000014564660362015046 5ustar frankiefrankiehaunt-0.3.0/haunt/reader/skribe.scm0000644000175000017500000000365114343462711017027 0ustar frankiefrankie;;; Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ;;; Copyright © 2015 David Thompson ;;; ;;; This file is part of Haunt. ;;; ;;; Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Haunt. If not, see . ;;; Commentary: ;; ;; Skribe post reader. ;; ;;; Code: ;; Hack to mark this module as non-declarative on Guile 3+ (which ;; would otherwise print a warning) but not break when compiling on ;; earlier versions of Guile. (define-syntax-rule (define-module* name args ...) (cond-expand (guile-3 (define-module name #:declarative? #f args ...)) (guile (define-module name args ...)))) (define-module* (haunt reader skribe) #:use-module (haunt reader) #:use-module (haunt skribe) #:use-module (haunt skribe utils) #:use-module (haunt utils) #:export (make-skribe-reader skribe-reader)) (define* (make-skribe-reader #:key (modules '((haunt skribe utils)))) "Return a new Skribe post reader that imports MODULES by default before reading a document." (make-reader (make-file-extension-matcher "skr") (lambda (file) (let ((file (absolute-file-name file))) (save-module-excursion (lambda () (set-current-module (make-user-module modules)) (load file %skribe-reader))))))) (define skribe-reader (make-skribe-reader)) haunt-0.3.0/haunt/reader/texinfo.scm0000644000175000017500000000260314343462711017220 0ustar frankiefrankie;;; Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ;;; Copyright © 2015 David Thompson ;;; ;;; This file is part of Haunt. ;;; ;;; Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Haunt. If not, see . ;;; Commentary: ;; ;; Texinfo post reader. ;; ;;; Code: (define-module (haunt reader texinfo) #:use-module (texinfo) #:use-module (texinfo html) #:use-module (haunt post) #:use-module (haunt reader) #:use-module (haunt utils) #:export (texinfo-reader)) (define texi->shtml (compose stexi->shtml texi-fragment->stexi)) (define texinfo-reader (make-reader (make-file-extension-matcher "texi") (lambda (file) (call-with-input-file file (lambda (port) (values (read-metadata-headers port) (texi->shtml port))))))) haunt-0.3.0/haunt/reader/commonmark.scm0000644000175000017500000000243314343462711017710 0ustar frankiefrankie;;; Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ;;; Copyright © 2016 Erik Edrosa ;;; ;;; This file is part of Haunt. ;;; ;;; Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Haunt. If not, see . ;;; Commentary: ;; ;; CommonMark post reader. ;; ;;; Code: (define-module (haunt reader commonmark) #:use-module (commonmark) #:use-module (haunt post) #:use-module (haunt reader) #:export (commonmark-reader)) (define commonmark-reader (make-reader (make-file-extension-matcher "md") (lambda (file) (call-with-input-file file (lambda (port) (values (read-metadata-headers port) (commonmark->sxml port))))))) haunt-0.3.0/haunt/reader.scm0000644000175000017500000001115014543124316015537 0ustar frankiefrankie;;; Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ;;; Copyright © 2015 David Thompson ;;; ;;; This file is part of Haunt. ;;; ;;; Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Haunt. If not, see . ;;; Commentary: ;; ;; Post readers. ;; ;;; Code: ;; Hack to mark this module as non-declarative on Guile 3+ (which ;; would otherwise print a warning) but not break when compiling on ;; earlier versions of Guile. (define-syntax-rule (define-module* name args ...) (cond-expand (guile-3 (define-module name #:declarative? #f args ...)) (guile (define-module name args ...)))) (define-module* (haunt reader) #:use-module (srfi srfi-1) #:use-module (srfi srfi-9) #:use-module (srfi srfi-11) #:use-module (srfi srfi-26) #:use-module (ice-9 ftw) #:use-module (ice-9 match) #:use-module (ice-9 regex) #:use-module (sxml simple) #:use-module (haunt post) #:use-module (haunt utils) #:export (make-reader reader? reader-matcher reader-proc reader-match? reader-find reader-read read-post read-posts make-file-extension-matcher sxml-reader html-reader)) (define-record-type (make-reader matcher proc) reader? (matcher reader-matcher) (proc reader-proc)) (define (reader-match? reader file-name) "Return #t if FILE-NAME is a file supported by READER." ((reader-matcher reader) file-name)) (define (reader-find readers file-name) "Return the first reader in READERS that can parse FILE-NAME, or #f if there is no such reader." (find (cut reader-match? <> file-name) readers)) (define (reader-read reader file-name) "Parse FILE-NAME using READER and return two values: an alist of metadata and an SXML tree." ((reader-proc reader) file-name)) (define* (read-post reader file-name #:optional (default-metadata '())) "Read a post object from FILE-NAME using READER, merging its metadata with DEFAULT-METADATA." (let-values (((metadata sxml) (reader-read reader file-name))) (make-post file-name (append metadata default-metadata) sxml))) (define* (read-posts directory keep? readers #:optional (default-metadata '())) "Read all of the files in DIRECTORY that match KEEP? as post objects. The READERS list must contain a matching reader for every post." (define enter? (const #t)) (define (leaf file-name stat memo) (if (keep? file-name) (match (reader-find readers file-name) (reader (cons (read-post reader file-name default-metadata) memo)) (#f (error "no reader available for post: " file-name))) memo)) (define (noop file-name stat result) result) (define (err file-name stat errno result) (error "file processing failed with errno: " file-name errno)) (file-system-fold enter? leaf noop noop noop err '() directory stat)) ;;; ;;; Simple readers ;;; (define (make-file-extension-matcher ext) "Return a procedure that returns #t when a file name ends with '.EXT'." (let ((regexp (make-regexp (string-append "\\." ext "$")))) (lambda (file-name) (regexp-match? (regexp-exec regexp file-name))))) (define sxml-reader (make-reader (make-file-extension-matcher "sxml") (lambda (file-name) (let ((contents (load (absolute-file-name file-name)))) (values (alist-delete 'content contents eq?) (assq-ref contents 'content)))))) (define (read-html-post port) (values (read-metadata-headers port) (let loop () (let ((next-char (peek-char port))) (cond ((eof-object? next-char) '()) ((char-set-contains? char-set:whitespace next-char) (read-char port) (loop)) (else (match (xml->sxml port) (('*TOP* sxml) (cons sxml (loop)))))))))) (define html-reader (make-reader (make-file-extension-matcher "html") (cut call-with-input-file <> read-html-post))) haunt-0.3.0/haunt/asset.scm0000644000175000017500000000557514343462711015434 0ustar frankiefrankie;;; Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ;;; Copyright © 2015 David Thompson ;;; ;;; This file is part of Haunt. ;;; ;;; Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Haunt. If not, see . ;;; Commentary: ;; ;; Static asset data type. ;; ;;; Code: (define-module (haunt asset) #:use-module (srfi srfi-1) #:use-module (srfi srfi-9) #:use-module (ice-9 ftw) #:use-module (ice-9 match) #:use-module (haunt artifact) #:use-module (haunt utils) #:export (make-asset asset? asset-source asset-target install-asset directory-assets)) ;; Assets are static files that are copied verbatim from a site's ;; source directory to the target output directory, such as images, ;; CSS, and JavaScript files. The 'source' and 'target' fields are ;; file names that are relative to a source and target directory, ;; respectively. (define-record-type (make-asset source target) asset? (source asset-source) (target asset-target)) (define (install-asset asset prefix) "Install ASSET source file into destination directory within PREFIX." (match asset (($ source target) (let ((target* (string-append prefix "/" target))) (mkdir-p (dirname target*)) (copy-file source target*))))) (define (directory-assets directory keep? dest) "Create a list of asset objects to be stored within DEST for all files in DIRECTORY that match KEEP?, recursively." (define enter? (const #t)) ;; In order to do accurate file name manipulation, every file name ;; is converted into a list of components, manipulated, then ;; converted back into a string. (define leaf (let ((base-length (length (file-name-components directory))) (dest* (file-name-components dest))) (lambda (file-name stat memo) (if (keep? file-name) (let* ((file-name* (file-name-components file-name)) (target (join-file-name-components (append dest* (drop file-name* base-length))))) (cons (verbatim-artifact file-name target) memo)) memo)))) (define (noop file-name stat memo) memo) (define (err file-name stat errno memo) (error "asset processing failed with errno: " file-name errno)) (file-system-fold enter? leaf noop noop noop err '() directory)) haunt-0.3.0/haunt/html.scm0000644000175000017500000000706014343462711015250 0ustar frankiefrankie;;; Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ;;; Copyright © 2015 David Thompson ;;; ;;; This file is part of Haunt. ;;; ;;; Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Haunt. If not, see . ;;; Commentary: ;; ;; SXML to HTML conversion. ;; ;;; Code: (define-module (haunt html) #:use-module (sxml simple) #:use-module (srfi srfi-26) #:use-module (ice-9 match) #:use-module (ice-9 format) #:use-module (ice-9 hash-table) #:export (sxml->html sxml->html-string)) (define %void-elements '(area base br col command embed hr img input keygen link meta param source track wbr)) (define (void-element? tag) "Return #t if TAG is a void element." (pair? (memq tag %void-elements))) (define %escape-chars (alist->hash-table '((#\" . "quot") (#\& . "amp") (#\< . "lt") (#\> . "gt")))) (define (string->escaped-html s port) "Write the HTML escaped form of S to PORT." (define (escape c) (let ((escaped (hash-ref %escape-chars c))) (if escaped (format port "&~a;" escaped) (display c port)))) (string-for-each escape s)) (define (object->escaped-html obj port) "Write the HTML escaped form of OBJ to PORT." (string->escaped-html (call-with-output-string (cut display obj <>)) port)) (define (attribute-value->html value port) "Write the HTML escaped form of VALUE to PORT." (if (string? value) (string->escaped-html value port) (object->escaped-html value port))) (define (attribute->html attr value port) "Write ATTR and VALUE to PORT." (format port "~a=\"" attr) (attribute-value->html value port) (display #\" port)) (define (element->html tag attrs body port) "Write the HTML TAG to PORT, where TAG has the attributes in the list ATTRS and the child nodes in BODY." (format port "<~a" tag) (for-each (match-lambda ((attr value) (display #\space port) (attribute->html attr value port))) attrs) (if (and (null? body) (void-element? tag)) (display " />" port) (begin (display #\> port) (for-each (cut sxml->html <> port) body) (format port "" tag)))) (define (doctype->html doctype port) (format port "" doctype)) (define* (sxml->html tree #:optional (port (current-output-port))) "Write the serialized HTML form of TREE to PORT." (match tree (() *unspecified*) (('doctype type) (doctype->html type port)) (((? symbol? tag) ('@ attrs ...) body ...) (element->html tag attrs body port)) (((? symbol? tag) body ...) (element->html tag '() body port)) ((nodes ...) (for-each (cut sxml->html <> port) nodes)) ((? string? text) (string->escaped-html text port)) ;; Render arbitrary Scheme objects, too. (obj (object->escaped-html obj port)))) (define (sxml->html-string sxml) "Render SXML as an HTML string." (call-with-output-string (lambda (port) (sxml->html sxml port)))) haunt-0.3.0/haunt/watch/0000755000175000017500000000000014564660362014712 5ustar frankiefrankiehaunt-0.3.0/haunt/watch/linux.scm0000644000175000017500000000654414343462711016557 0ustar frankiefrankie;;; Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ;;; Copyright © 2022 David Thompson ;;; ;;; This file is part of Haunt. ;;; ;;; Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Haunt. If not, see . ;;; Commentary: ;; ;; Inotify-based file watching for Linux. ;; ;;; Code: (define-module (haunt watch linux) #:use-module (haunt inotify) #:use-module (haunt site) #:use-module (ice-9 ftw) #:export (watch)) ;; TODO: Detect new directories and watch them, too. (define (watch thunk check-dir? check-file?) (let ((inotify (make-inotify))) (define (no-op name stat result) result) (define (watch-directory name stat result) (and (check-dir? name) (inotify-add-watch! inotify name '(create delete close-write moved-to moved-from)) #t)) ;; Drop .scm extension, remove working directory, ;; and transform into a symbolic module name. (define (file-name->module-name file-name) (map string->symbol (string-split (string-drop (string-take file-name (- (string-length file-name) 4)) (+ (string-length (getcwd)) 1)) #\/))) (file-system-fold watch-directory no-op no-op no-op no-op no-op #t (getcwd)) (let loop ((processed-event? #f)) (cond ((inotify-pending-events? inotify) (let* ((event (inotify-read-event inotify)) (type (inotify-event-type event)) (file-name (string-append (inotify-watch-file-name (inotify-event-watch event)) "/" (inotify-event-file-name event)))) (if (and (check-dir? file-name) (check-file? file-name)) (let ((action (case type ((create) "create") ((delete) "delete") ((close-write) "write") ((moved-to moved-from) "move")))) (format #t "watch: observed ~a '~a'~%" action file-name) ;; Reload Scheme modules when they are changed. (when (%search-load-path file-name) (let ((module (resolve-module (file-name->module-name file-name)))) (when (module-filename module) (format #t "watch: reload module ~s~%" (module-name module)) (reload-module module)))) (loop #t)) (loop processed-event?)))) (processed-event? (thunk) (loop #f)) (else (sleep 1) (loop #f)))))) haunt-0.3.0/haunt/watch/fallback.scm0000644000175000017500000000353014343462711017147 0ustar frankiefrankie;;; Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ;;; Copyright © 2022 David Thompson ;;; ;;; This file is part of Haunt. ;;; ;;; Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Haunt. If not, see . ;;; Commentary: ;; ;; Fallback file update watcher that uses a naive tree walking ;; implementation. ;; ;;; Code: (define-module (haunt watch fallback) #:use-module (haunt site) #:use-module (ice-9 ftw) #:export (watch)) (define (watch thunk check-dir? check-file?) (define cwd (getcwd)) (define (any-files-changed? time) (define (enter? name stat result) ;; Don't bother descending if we already know that a file has ;; changed. (and (not result) (check-dir? name))) (define (leaf name stat result) ;; Test if file has been modified since the last time we ;; checked. (or result (and (check-file? name) (or (>= (stat:mtime stat) time) (>= (stat:ctime stat) time))))) (define (no-op name stat result) result) (file-system-fold enter? leaf no-op no-op no-op no-op #f cwd)) (let loop ((time (current-time))) (when (any-files-changed? time) (display "watch: file changes detected") (thunk)) (let ((next-time (current-time))) (sleep 1) (loop next-time)))) haunt-0.3.0/haunt/site.scm0000644000175000017500000001426314343462711015253 0ustar frankiefrankie;;; Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ;;; Copyright © 2015 David Thompson ;;; ;;; This file is part of Haunt. ;;; ;;; Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Haunt. If not, see . ;;; Commentary: ;; ;; Site configuration data type. ;; ;;; Code: (define-module (haunt site) #:use-module (srfi srfi-1) #:use-module (srfi srfi-9) #:use-module (srfi srfi-26) #:use-module (ice-9 match) #:use-module (ice-9 regex) #:use-module (haunt artifact) #:use-module (haunt utils) #:use-module (haunt reader) #:use-module (haunt page) #:use-module (haunt post) #:use-module (haunt asset) #:use-module (haunt publisher) #:export (site site? site-title site-domain site-scheme site-posts-directory site-file-filter site-build-directory site-absolute-build-directory site-default-metadata site-make-slug site-readers site-builders site-publishers site-post-slug build-site publish-site make-file-filter default-file-filter)) (define-record-type (make-site title domain scheme posts-directory file-filter build-directory default-metadata make-slug readers builders publishers) site? (title site-title) (domain site-domain) (scheme site-scheme) ; https or http (posts-directory site-posts-directory) (file-filter site-file-filter) (build-directory site-build-directory) (default-metadata site-default-metadata) (make-slug site-make-slug) (readers site-readers) (builders site-builders) (publishers site-publishers)) (define* (site #:key (title "This Place is Haunted") (domain "example.com") (scheme 'https) (posts-directory "posts") (file-filter default-file-filter) (build-directory "site") (default-metadata '()) (make-slug post-slug) (readers '()) (builders '()) (publishers '())) "Create a new site object. All arguments are optional: TITLE: The name of the site DOMAIN: The domain that will host the site SCHEME: Either 'https' or 'http' ('https' by default) POSTS-DIRECTORY: The directory where posts are found FILE-FILTER: A predicate procedure that returns #f when a post file should be ignored, and #f otherwise. Emacs temp files are ignored by default. BUILD-DIRECTORY: The directory that generated pages are stored in DEFAULT-METADATA: An alist of arbitrary default metadata for posts whose keys are symbols MAKE-SLUG: A procedure generating a file name slug from a post READERS: A list of reader objects for processing posts BUILDERS: A list of procedures for building pages from posts PUBLISHERS: A list of publisher objects for upload site contents to a remote location" (make-site title domain scheme posts-directory file-filter build-directory default-metadata make-slug readers builders publishers)) (define (site-post-slug site post) "Return a slug string for POST using the slug generator for SITE." ((site-make-slug site) post)) (define (site-absolute-build-directory site) (absolute-file-name (site-build-directory site))) (define (build-site site) "Build SITE in the appropriate build directory." (let ((posts (if (file-exists? (site-posts-directory site)) (read-posts (site-posts-directory site) (site-file-filter site) (site-readers site) (site-default-metadata site)) '())) (build-dir (site-absolute-build-directory site))) (when (file-exists? build-dir) (delete-file-recursively build-dir) (mkdir build-dir)) (for-each (match-lambda ((? page? page) (issue-deprecation-warning "Page objects are deprecated" " Use serialized-artifact instead") (format #t "writing page '~a'~%" (page-file-name page)) (write-page page build-dir)) ((? asset? asset) (issue-deprecation-warning "Asset objects are deprecated" " Use verbatim-artifact instead") (format #t "copying asset '~a' → '~a'~%" (asset-source asset) (asset-target asset)) (install-asset asset build-dir)) ((? artifact? artifact) (create-artifact artifact build-dir)) (obj (error "unrecognized site object: " obj))) (flat-map (cut <> site posts) (site-builders site))))) (define* (publish-site site name) "Publish SITE to another location using the publisher named NAME." (unless (file-exists? (site-absolute-build-directory site)) (error "site has not been built yet")) (let ((publisher (or (find (lambda (publisher) (eq? (publisher-name publisher) name)) (site-publishers site)) (error "no publisher found for name" name)))) (unless (publish publisher site) (error "publish failed")))) (define (make-file-filter patterns) (let ((patterns (map make-regexp patterns))) (lambda (file-name) (not (any (lambda (regexp) (regexp-match? (regexp-exec regexp (basename file-name)))) patterns))))) ;; Filter out Emacs temporary files by default. (define default-file-filter (make-file-filter '("^\\." "^#" "~$"))) haunt-0.3.0/haunt/publisher.scm0000644000175000017500000000324514524423507016303 0ustar frankiefrankie;;; Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ;;; Copyright © 2022 David Thompson ;;; ;;; This file is part of Haunt. ;;; ;;; Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Haunt. If not, see . ;;; Commentary: ;; ;; Site publishing abstraction. ;; ;;; Code: (define-module (haunt publisher) #:use-module (srfi srfi-9) #:export (%default-publisher-name make-publisher publisher? publisher-name publisher-proc publish run-command)) (define %default-publisher-name 'production) (define-record-type (%make-publisher name proc) publisher? (name publisher-name) (proc publisher-proc)) (define (make-publisher name proc) (unless (symbol? name) (error "expected symbol for publisher name" name)) (%make-publisher name proc)) (define (publish publisher site) ((publisher-proc publisher) site)) (define (run-command program . args) (let ((status (apply system* program args))) (unless (zero? status) (error "program exited with non-zero status" (status:exit-val status) program args)))) haunt-0.3.0/haunt/ui/0000755000175000017500000000000014564660362014221 5ustar frankiefrankiehaunt-0.3.0/haunt/ui/serve.scm0000644000175000017500000001262414343462711016047 0ustar frankiefrankie;;; Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ;;; Copyright © 2015, 2022 David Thompson ;;; ;;; This file is part of Haunt. ;;; ;;; Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Haunt. If not, see . ;;; Commentary: ;; ;; Haunt serve sub-command. ;; ;;; Code: (define-module (haunt ui serve) #:use-module (srfi srfi-1) #:use-module (srfi srfi-26) #:use-module (srfi srfi-37) #:use-module (ice-9 match) #:use-module (ice-9 format) #:use-module (ice-9 ftw) #:use-module (ice-9 threads) #:use-module (haunt config) #:use-module (haunt serve web-server) #:use-module (haunt site) #:use-module (haunt ui) #:export (haunt-serve)) (define %linux? (string=? (utsname:sysname (uname)) "Linux")) (define (show-help) (format #t "Usage: haunt serve [OPTION] Start an HTTP server for the current site.~%") (display " -p, --port port to listen on") (display " -h, --host host address (IP address, \"localhost\", or \"any\")") (display " -w, --watch rebuild site when files change") (newline) (show-common-options-help) (newline) (display " -h, --help display this help and exit") (display " -V, --version display version and exit") (newline)) (define %options (cons* (option '(#\h "help") #f #f (lambda _ (show-help) (exit 0))) (option '(#\V "version") #f #f (lambda _ (show-version-and-exit "haunt serve"))) (option '(#\p "port") #t #f (lambda (opt name arg result) (alist-cons 'port (string->number* arg) result))) (option '(#\b "host") #t #f (lambda (opt name arg result) (define host-addr (match arg ((or "loopback" "localhost") INADDR_LOOPBACK) ("any" INADDR_ANY) ;; lazy way of doing this... ;; "." or ":" indicates ipv4 or ipv6 ((? (cut string-contains <> ".")) (inet-pton AF_INET arg)) ((? (cut string-contains <> ":")) (inet-pton AF_INET6 arg)) (_ (format #t "Unrecognized option for --host: ~a\n" arg) (display "Must be an IP address, \"localhost\", or \"any\".\n") (exit 1)))) (alist-cons 'host host-addr result))) (option '(#\w "watch") #f #f (lambda (opt name arg result) (alist-cons 'watch? #t result))) %common-options)) (define %default-options (append `((port . 8080) (host . ,INADDR_LOOPBACK)) %default-common-options)) (define (call-with-error-handling thunk) (catch #t thunk (lambda (key . args) (let ((cep (current-error-port)) (stack (make-stack #t 1))) (display "ERROR: site rebuild failed\n\n" cep) (display "Backtrace:\n" cep) (display-backtrace stack cep) (newline cep) (apply display-error (stack-ref stack 0) cep args) (newline cep))))) (define (haunt-serve . args) (let* ((opts (simple-args-fold args %options %default-options)) (port (assq-ref opts 'port)) (host (assq-ref opts 'host)) (watch? (assq-ref opts 'watch?)) (config (assq-ref opts 'config)) (site (load-config config)) (doc-root (site-build-directory site))) (format #t "serving ~a on port ~d~%" doc-root port) (when watch? ;; Resolve correct watch module at runtime so that we don't try ;; to load inotify bindings on Mac OS or something, which would ;; crash. (let ((watch (if %linux? (let ((module (resolve-module '(haunt watch linux)))) (display "watch: using inotify mode\n") (module-ref module 'watch)) (let ((module (resolve-module '(haunt watch fallback)))) (display "watch: using fallback mode\n") (module-ref module 'watch))))) (call-with-new-thread (lambda () (watch (lambda () (display "rebuilding...\n") (call-with-error-handling (lambda () (build-site (load-config config))))) (let ((build-dir (string-append (getcwd) "/" (site-build-directory site)))) (lambda (dir) (not (string-prefix? build-dir dir)))) (site-file-filter site)))))) (serve doc-root #:open-params `(#:port ,port #:addr ,host)))) haunt-0.3.0/haunt/ui/publish.scm0000644000175000017500000000470214377205476016401 0ustar frankiefrankie;;; Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ;;; Copyright © 2022 David Thompson ;;; ;;; This file is part of Haunt. ;;; ;;; Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Haunt. If not, see . ;;; Commentary: ;; ;; Haunt publish sub-command. ;; ;;; Code: (define-module (haunt ui publish) #:use-module (srfi srfi-37) #:use-module (ice-9 match) #:use-module (haunt config) #:use-module (haunt publisher) #:use-module (haunt site) #:use-module (haunt ui) #:export (haunt-publish)) (define (show-help) (format #t "Usage: haunt publish [OPTION] [NAME] Deploy the site using the publisher named NAME, or '~a' if no name is specified.~%" %default-publisher-name) (show-common-options-help) (newline) (display " -h, --help display this help and exit") (display " -V, --version display version information and exit") (newline)) (define %options (cons* (option '(#\h "help") #f #f (lambda _ (show-help) (exit 0))) (option '(#\V "version") #f #f (lambda _ (show-version-and-exit "haunt publish"))) %common-options)) (define (haunt-publish . args) (let* ((opts (args-fold args %options (lambda (opt name arg result) (leave "~A: unrecognized option" name)) (lambda (arg result) (if (assq-ref result 'name) (leave "extraneous argument: ~A" arg) (cons (cons 'name (string->symbol arg)) result))) %default-common-options)) (site (load-config (assq-ref opts 'config))) (name (or (assq-ref opts 'name) %default-publisher-name))) (format #t "publishing to '~a'...~%" name) (publish-site site name) (display "publish complete!\n"))) haunt-0.3.0/haunt/ui/build.scm0000644000175000017500000000372214343462711016021 0ustar frankiefrankie;;; Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ;;; Copyright © 2015 David Thompson ;;; ;;; This file is part of Haunt. ;;; ;;; Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Haunt. If not, see . ;;; Commentary: ;; ;; Haunt build sub-command. ;; ;;; Code: (define-module (haunt ui build) #:use-module (srfi srfi-37) #:use-module (ice-9 match) #:use-module (haunt site) #:use-module (haunt config) #:use-module (haunt ui) #:export (haunt-build)) (define (show-help) (format #t "Usage: haunt build [OPTION] Compile the site defined in the current directory.~%") (show-common-options-help) (newline) (display " -h, --help display this help and exit") (display " -V, --version display version information and exit") (newline)) (define %options (cons* (option '(#\h "help") #f #f (lambda _ (show-help) (exit 0))) (option '(#\V "version") #f #f (lambda _ (show-version-and-exit "haunt build"))) %common-options)) (define %default-options %default-common-options) (define (haunt-build . args) (let* ((opts (simple-args-fold args %options %default-options)) (site (load-config (assq-ref opts 'config)))) (format #t "building pages in '~a'...~%" (site-build-directory site)) (build-site site) (display "build completed successfully\n"))) haunt-0.3.0/haunt/skribe/0000755000175000017500000000000014564660362015063 5ustar frankiefrankiehaunt-0.3.0/haunt/skribe/utils.scm0000644000175000017500000000527414343462711016730 0ustar frankiefrankie;;; Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ;;; Copyright © 2015 David Thompson ;;; ;;; This file is part of Haunt. ;;; ;;; Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Haunt. If not, see . ;;; Commentary: ;; ;; Skribe helper procedures. ;; ;;; Code: (define-module (haunt skribe utils) #:use-module (ice-9 match) #:use-module (srfi srfi-1) #:use-module (srfi srfi-19) #:export (post p blockquote em h1 h2 h3 h4 h5 h6 section nav aside code pre strong ul ol li dl dt dd anchor image source-code make-date*)) (define (post . metadata+sxml) "Create a new Skribe post by parsing out the metadata and SXML contents from METADATA+SXML." (let loop ((stuff metadata+sxml) (metadata '())) (match stuff (() (values metadata '())) (((and (? keyword?) (= keyword->symbol key)) value . rest) (loop rest (alist-cons key value metadata))) (_ (values metadata stuff))))) ;; Basic SXML constructors. (define-syntax-rule (define-simple-sxml-constructors tag ...) (begin (define (tag . contents) `(tag ,@contents)) ...)) (define-simple-sxml-constructors p blockquote em strong code samp pre kbd var cite dfn abbr h1 h2 h3 h4 h5 h6 section nav aside ul ol li dl dt dd) (define (anchor text uri) "Return an anchor SXML node that contains TEXT and points to to URI." `(a (@ (href ,uri)) ,text)) (define* (image uri #:key (alt-text "")) "Return an image SXML node that points to a URI for an image. Optionally, the ALT-TEXT keyword argument may be a string that contains a description of the image." `(img (@ (src ,uri) (alt ,alt-text)))) (define (source-code . code) "Return an SXML node that wraps CODE in a 'pre' and 'code' tag to create a code block." `(pre (code ,code))) (define* (make-date* year month day #:optional (hour 0) (minute 0)) "Create a SRFI-19 date for the given YEAR, MONTH, DAY, HOUR (24-hour format), and MINUTE." (let ((tzoffset (tm:gmtoff (localtime (time-second (current-time)))))) (make-date 0 0 minute hour day month year tzoffset))) haunt-0.3.0/haunt/publisher/0000755000175000017500000000000014564660362015601 5ustar frankiefrankiehaunt-0.3.0/haunt/publisher/rsync.scm0000644000175000017500000000454514524023237017441 0ustar frankiefrankie;;; Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ;;; Copyright © 2022 David Thompson ;;; ;;; This file is part of Haunt. ;;; ;;; Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Haunt. If not, see . ;;; Commentary: ;; ;; Rsync publisher. ;; ;;; Code: (define-module (haunt publisher rsync) #:use-module (haunt config) #:use-module (haunt publisher) #:use-module (haunt site) #:use-module (haunt utils) #:export (%default-rsync-flags rsync-publisher)) (define %default-rsync-flags '("--compress" "--delete" "--progress" "--recursive" "--verbose")) (define* (rsync-publisher #:key destination user host (name %default-publisher-name) (flags %default-rsync-flags) (rsync %rsync)) "Return a new publisher named NAME that publishes a site to DESTINATION, either locally or to a remote host if HOST and/or USER arguments are specified. Passing RSYNC overrides the default rsync executable used. Passing FLAGS overrides the default set of command line flags used." (let ((dest (cond ((and user host) (string-append user "@" host ":" destination)) (host (string-append host ":" destination)) (else destination)))) (define (publish site) ;; Trailing slash so rsync copies the contents of the site build ;; directory to the destination but doesn't include the ;; directory itself. ;; ;; Good: /my/destination/index.html ;; Bad: /my/destination/site/index.html (let ((build-dir (string-append (site-absolute-build-directory site) "/"))) (apply run-command rsync (append flags (list build-dir dest))))) (make-publisher name publish))) haunt-0.3.0/haunt/publisher/sourcehut.scm0000644000175000017500000000416014524423563020323 0ustar frankiefrankie;;; Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ;;; Copyright © 2023 Filip Lajszczak ;;; ;;; This file is part of Haunt. ;;; ;;; Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Haunt. If not, see . ;;; Commentary: ;; ;; Sourcehut publisher. ;; ;;; Code: (define-module (haunt publisher sourcehut) #:use-module (haunt config) #:use-module (haunt publisher) #:use-module (haunt site) #:export (sourcehut-publisher)) (define* (sourcehut-publisher #:key (name %default-publisher-name) (hut %hut) (tar %tar)) "Return a new publisher named NAME that publishes a site to Sourcehut pages. Passing HUT and/or TAR overrides the default executables used." (define (publish site) (let ((tarball (string-append (or (getenv "TMPDIR") "/tmp") "/haunt-publish-sourcehut-" (number->string (current-time)) ".tar.gz"))) (dynamic-wind (lambda () #t) (lambda () (run-command tar "--directory" (site-absolute-build-directory site) "--create" "--gzip" "--file" tarball ".") (run-command hut "pages" "publish" "--domain" (site-domain site) tarball)) (lambda () (when (file-exists? tarball) (delete-file tarball)))))) (make-publisher name publish)) haunt-0.3.0/haunt/utils.scm0000644000175000017500000001406314543272630015446 0ustar frankiefrankie;;; Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ;;; Copyright © 2015 David Thompson ;;; Copyright © 2012, 2013, 2014 Ludovic Courtès ;;; ;;; This file is part of Haunt. ;;; ;;; Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Haunt. If not, see . ;;; Commentary: ;; ;; Miscellaneous utility procedures. ;; ;;; Code: (define-module (haunt utils) #:use-module (ice-9 ftw) #:use-module (ice-9 match) #:use-module (srfi srfi-1) #:use-module (srfi srfi-19) #:use-module (srfi srfi-26) #:export (flatten flat-map string-split-at file-name-components join-file-name-components absolute-file-name file-extension delete-file-recursively mkdir-p string->date* take-up-to make-user-module)) (define* (flatten lst #:optional depth) "Return a list that recursively concatenates the sub-lists of LST, up to DEPTH levels deep. When DEPTH is #f, the entire tree is flattened." (if (and (number? depth) (zero? depth)) lst (fold-right (match-lambda* (((sub-list ...) memo) (append (flatten sub-list (and depth (1- depth))) memo)) ((elem memo) (cons elem memo))) '() lst))) (define (flat-map proc . lsts) "Apply PROC to each element of each list in LSTS and return a new list in which nested lists are concatenated into the result. For example, the list (1 2 (3)) would be flattened to (1 2 3)." (flatten (apply map proc lsts) 1)) (define (string-split-at str char-pred) "Split STR at the first character that matches CHAR-PRED and return a list of one or two strings. Two strings are returned if the string was able to be split, with the character matching CHAR-PRED removed. A list containing only STR is returned if CHAR-PRED does not match any charcter." (let ((i (string-index str char-pred))) (if i (list (string-take str i) (string-drop str (1+ i))) (list str)))) (define (file-name-components file-name) "Split FILE-NAME into the components delimited by '/'." (match file-name ("" '()) ("/" '("")) (_ (remove string-null? (string-split file-name #\/))))) (define (join-file-name-components components) "Join COMPONENTS into a file name string." (string-join components "/")) (define (absolute-file-name file-name) "Return a an absolute file name string relative to the current working directory for FILE-NAME, a relative file name string. If FILE-NAME happens to already be absolute, FILE-NAME is returned as-is." (if (absolute-file-name? file-name) file-name (string-append (getcwd) "/" file-name))) (define (file-extension file) "Return the extension of FILE or #f if there is none." (let ((dot (string-rindex file #\.))) (and dot (substring file (+ 1 dot) (string-length file))))) ;; Written by Ludovic Courtès for GNU Guix. (define* (delete-file-recursively dir #:key follow-mounts?) "Delete DIR recursively, like `rm -rf', without following symlinks. Don't follow mount points either, unless FOLLOW-MOUNTS? is true. Report but ignore errors." (let ((dev (stat:dev (lstat dir)))) (file-system-fold (lambda (dir stat result) ; enter? (or follow-mounts? (= dev (stat:dev stat)))) (lambda (file stat result) ; leaf (delete-file file)) (const #t) ; down (lambda (dir stat result) ; up (rmdir dir)) (const #t) ; skip (lambda (file stat errno result) (format (current-error-port) "warning: failed to delete ~a: ~a~%" file (strerror errno))) #t dir ;; Don't follow symlinks. lstat))) ;; Written by Ludovic Courtès for GNU Guix. (define (mkdir-p dir) "Create directory DIR and all its ancestors." (define absolute? (string-prefix? "/" dir)) (define not-slash (char-set-complement (char-set #\/))) (let loop ((components (string-tokenize dir not-slash)) (root (if absolute? "" "."))) (match components ((head tail ...) (let ((path (string-append root "/" head))) (catch 'system-error (lambda () (mkdir path) (loop tail path)) (lambda args (if (= EEXIST (system-error-errno args)) (loop tail path) (apply throw args)))))) (() #t)))) (define (string->date* str) "Convert STR, a string in '~Y~m~d ~H:~M' format, into a SRFI-19 date object." (string->date str "~Y~m~d ~H:~M")) (define (take-up-to n lst) "Return the first N elements of LST or an equivalent list if there are fewer than N elements." (if (zero? n) '() (match lst (() '()) ((head . tail) (cons head (take-up-to (1- n) tail)))))) (define (make-user-module modules) "Return a new user module with the additional MODULES loaded." (let ((module (make-fresh-user-module))) (for-each (lambda (iface) (module-use! module (resolve-interface iface))) modules) module)) haunt-0.3.0/haunt/serve/0000755000175000017500000000000014564660362014730 5ustar frankiefrankiehaunt-0.3.0/haunt/serve/web-server.scm0000644000175000017500000001250314523041027017500 0ustar frankiefrankie;;; Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ;;; Copyright © 2015 David Thompson ;;; ;;; This file is part of Haunt. ;;; ;;; Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Haunt. If not, see . ;;; Commentary: ;; ;; Simple HTTP server. ;; ;;; Code: (define-module (haunt serve web-server) #:use-module (ice-9 format) #:use-module (ice-9 ftw) #:use-module (ice-9 match) #:use-module (ice-9 popen) #:use-module (ice-9 rdelim) #:use-module (ice-9 binary-ports) #:use-module (srfi srfi-1) #:use-module (srfi srfi-26) #:use-module (sxml simple) #:use-module (web server) #:use-module (web request) #:use-module (web response) #:use-module (web uri) #:use-module (haunt utils) #:use-module (haunt serve mime-types) #:export (serve)) (define (stat:directory? stat) "Return #t if STAT is a directory." (eq? (stat:type stat) 'directory)) (define (directory? file-name) "Return #t if FILE-NAME is a directory." (stat:directory? (stat file-name))) (define (directory-contents dir) "Return a list of the files contained within DIR." (define name+directory? (match-lambda ((name stat) (list name (stat:directory? stat))))) (define (same-dir? other stat) (string=? dir other)) (match (file-system-tree dir same-dir?) ;; We are not interested in the parent directory, only the ;; children. ((_ _ children ...) (map name+directory? children)))) (define (work-dir+path->file-name work-dir path) "Convert the URI PATH to an absolute file name relative to the directory WORK-DIR." (string-append work-dir path)) (define (request-path-components request) "Split the URI path of REQUEST into a list of component strings. For example: \"/foo/bar\" yields '(\"foo\" \"bar\")." (split-and-decode-uri-path (uri-path (request-uri request)))) (define (request-file-name request) "Return the relative file name corresponding to the REQUEST URI." (let ((components (request-path-components request))) (if (null? components) "/" (string-join components "/" 'prefix)))) (define (resolve-file-name file-name) "If FILE-NAME is a directory with an 'index.html' file, return that file name. If FILE-NAME does not exist, return #f. Otherwise, return FILE-NAME as-is." (let ((index-file-name (string-append file-name "/index.html"))) (cond ((file-exists? index-file-name) index-file-name) ((file-exists? file-name) file-name) (else #f)))) (define (render-file file-name) "Return a 200 OK HTTP response that renders the contents of FILE-NAME." (values `((content-type . (,(mime-type file-name))) (access-control-allow-origin . "*")) (call-with-input-file file-name get-bytevector-all))) (define (render-directory path dir) "Render the contents of DIR represented by the URI PATH." (define (concat+uri-encode . file-names) "Concatenate FILE-NAMES, preserving the correct file separators." (string-join (map uri-encode (remove string-null? (flat-map (cut string-split <> #\/) file-names))) "/" 'prefix)) (define render-child (match-lambda ((file-name directory?) `(li (a (@ (href ,(concat+uri-encode path file-name))) ,(if directory? (string-append file-name "/") file-name)))))) (define file-name< (match-lambda* (((name-a _) (name-b _)) (string< name-a name-b)))) (let* ((children (sort (directory-contents dir) file-name<)) (title (string-append "Directory listing for " path)) (view `(html (head (title ,title)) (body (h1 ,title) (ul ,@(map render-child children)))))) (values '((content-type . (text/html))) (lambda (port) (display "" port) (sxml->xml view port))))) (define (not-found path) "Return a 404 not found HTTP response for PATH." (values (build-response #:code 404) (string-append "Resource not found: " path))) (define (serve-file work-dir path) "Return an HTTP response for the file represented by PATH." (match (resolve-file-name (work-dir+path->file-name work-dir path)) (#f (not-found path)) ((? directory? dir) (render-directory path dir)) (file-name (render-file file-name)))) (define (make-handler work-dir) (lambda (request body) "Serve the file asked for in REQUEST." (format #t "~a ~a~%" (request-method request) (uri-path (request-uri request))) (serve-file work-dir (request-file-name request)))) (define* (serve work-dir #:key (open-params '())) "Run a simple HTTP server that serves files in WORK-DIR." (run-server (make-handler work-dir) 'http open-params)) haunt-0.3.0/haunt/serve/mime-types.scm0000644000175000017500000004642714543272630017534 0ustar frankiefrankie;;; Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ;;; Copyright © 2015 David Thompson ;;; ;;; This file is part of Haunt. ;;; ;;; Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Haunt. If not, see . ;;; Commentary: ;; ;; Simple MIME type guesser. ;; ;;; Code: (define-module (haunt serve mime-types) #:use-module (haunt utils) #:use-module (ice-9 hash-table) #:use-module (ice-9 regex) #:export (mime-type)) (define %mime-types (alist->hash-table '(("ez" . application/andrew-inset) ("anx" . application/annodex) ("atom" . application/atom+xml) ("atomcat" . application/atomcat+xml) ("atomsrv" . application/atomserv+xml) ("lin" . application/bbolin) ("cap" . application/cap) ("pcap" . application/cap) ("cu" . application/cu-seeme) ("davmount" . application/davmount+xml) ("tsp" . application/dsptype) ("es" . application/ecmascript) ("spl" . application/futuresplash) ("hta" . application/hta) ("jar" . application/java-archive) ("ser" . application/java-serialized-object) ("class" . application/java-vm) ("js" . application/javascript) ("wasm" . application/wasm) ("m3g" . application/m3g) ("hqx" . application/mac-binhex40) ("cpt" . application/mac-compactpro) ("nb" . application/mathematica) ("nbp" . application/mathematica) ("mdb" . application/msaccess) ("doc" . application/msword) ("dot" . application/msword) ("mxf" . application/mxf) ("bin" . application/octet-stream) ("oda" . application/oda) ("ogx" . application/ogg) ("pdf" . application/pdf) ("key" . application/pgp-keys) ("pgp" . application/pgp-signature) ("prf" . application/pics-rules) ("ps" . application/postscript) ("ai" . application/postscript) ("eps" . application/postscript) ("epsi" . application/postscript) ("epsf" . application/postscript) ("eps2" . application/postscript) ("eps3" . application/postscript) ("rar" . application/rar) ("rdf" . application/rdf+xml) ("rss" . application/rss+xml) ("rtf" . application/rtf) ("smi" . application/smil) ("smil" . application/smil) ("xhtml" . application/xhtml+xml) ("xht" . application/xhtml+xml) ("xml" . application/xml) ("xsl" . application/xml) ("xsd" . application/xml) ("xspf" . application/xspf+xml) ("zip" . application/zip) ("apk" . application/vnd.android.package-archive) ("cdy" . application/vnd.cinderella) ("kml" . application/vnd.google-earth.kml+xml) ("kmz" . application/vnd.google-earth.kmz) ("xul" . application/vnd.mozilla.xul+xml) ("xls" . application/vnd.ms-excel) ("xlb" . application/vnd.ms-excel) ("xlt" . application/vnd.ms-excel) ("cat" . application/vnd.ms-pki.seccat) ("stl" . application/vnd.ms-pki.stl) ("ppt" . application/vnd.ms-powerpoint) ("pps" . application/vnd.ms-powerpoint) ("odc" . application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.chart) ("odb" . application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.database) ("odf" . application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.formula) ("odg" . application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.graphics) ("otg" . application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.graphics-template) ("odi" . application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.image) ("odp" . application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.presentation) ("otp" . application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.presentation-template) ("ods" . application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.spreadsheet) ("ots" . application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.spreadsheet-template) ("odt" . application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.text) ("odm" . application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.text-master) ("ott" . application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.text-template) ("oth" . application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.text-web) ("xlsx" . application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet) ("xltx" . application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.template) ("pptx" . application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation) ("ppsx" . application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.slideshow) ("potx" . application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.template) ("docx" . application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document) ("dotx" . application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.template) ("cod" . application/vnd.rim.cod) ("mmf" . application/vnd.smaf) ("sdc" . application/vnd.stardivision.calc) ("sds" . application/vnd.stardivision.chart) ("sda" . application/vnd.stardivision.draw) ("sdd" . application/vnd.stardivision.impress) ("sdf" . application/vnd.stardivision.math) ("sdw" . application/vnd.stardivision.writer) ("sgl" . application/vnd.stardivision.writer-global) ("sxc" . application/vnd.sun.xml.calc) ("stc" . application/vnd.sun.xml.calc.template) ("sxd" . application/vnd.sun.xml.draw) ("std" . application/vnd.sun.xml.draw.template) ("sxi" . application/vnd.sun.xml.impress) ("sti" . application/vnd.sun.xml.impress.template) ("sxm" . application/vnd.sun.xml.math) ("sxw" . application/vnd.sun.xml.writer) ("sxg" . application/vnd.sun.xml.writer.global) ("stw" . application/vnd.sun.xml.writer.template) ("sis" . application/vnd.symbian.install) ("vsd" . application/vnd.visio) ("wbxml" . application/vnd.wap.wbxml) ("wmlc" . application/vnd.wap.wmlc) ("wmlsc" . application/vnd.wap.wmlscriptc) ("wpd" . application/vnd.wordperfect) ("wp5" . application/vnd.wordperfect5.1) ("wk" . application/x-123) ("7z" . application/x-7z-compressed) ("bz2" . application/x-bzip2) ("gz" . application/x-gzip) ("abw" . application/x-abiword) ("dmg" . application/x-apple-diskimage) ("bcpio" . application/x-bcpio) ("torrent" . application/x-bittorrent) ("cab" . application/x-cab) ("cbr" . application/x-cbr) ("cbz" . application/x-cbz) ("cdf" . application/x-cdf) ("cda" . application/x-cdf) ("vcd" . application/x-cdlink) ("pgn" . application/x-chess-pgn) ("cpio" . application/x-cpio) ("csh" . application/x-csh) ("deb" . application/x-debian-package) ("udeb" . application/x-debian-package) ("dcr" . application/x-director) ("dir" . application/x-director) ("dxr" . application/x-director) ("dms" . application/x-dms) ("wad" . application/x-doom) ("dvi" . application/x-dvi) ("rhtml" . application/x-httpd-eruby) ("pfa" . application/x-font) ("pfb" . application/x-font) ("gsf" . application/x-font) ("pcf" . application/x-font) ("pcf.Z" . application/x-font) ("mm" . application/x-freemind) ("spl" . application/x-futuresplash) ("gnumeric" . application/x-gnumeric) ("sgf" . application/x-go-sgf) ("gcf" . application/x-graphing-calculator) ("gtar" . application/x-gtar) ("tgz" . application/x-gtar) ("taz" . application/x-gtar) ("tar.gz" . application/x-gtar) ("tar.bz2" . application/x-gtar) ("tbz2" . application/x-gtar) ("hdf" . application/x-hdf) ("phtml" . application/x-httpd-php) ("pht" . application/x-httpd-php) ("php" . application/x-httpd-php) ("phps" . application/x-httpd-php-source) ("php3" . application/x-httpd-php3) ("php3p" . application/x-httpd-php3-preprocessed) ("php4" . application/x-httpd-php4) ("php5" . application/x-httpd-php5) ("ica" . application/x-ica) ("info" . application/x-info) ("ins" . application/x-internet-signup) ("isp" . application/x-internet-signup) ("iii" . application/x-iphone) ("iso" . application/x-iso9660-image) ("jam" . application/x-jam) ("jnlp" . application/x-java-jnlp-file) ("jmz" . application/x-jmol) ("chrt" . application/x-kchart) ("kil" . application/x-killustrator) ("skp" . application/x-koan) ("skd" . application/x-koan) ("skt" . application/x-koan) ("skm" . application/x-koan) ("kpr" . application/x-kpresenter) ("kpt" . application/x-kpresenter) ("ksp" . application/x-kspread) ("kwd" . application/x-kword) ("kwt" . application/x-kword) ("latex" . application/x-latex) ("lha" . application/x-lha) ("lyx" . application/x-lyx) ("lzh" . application/x-lzh) ("lzx" . application/x-lzx) ("frm" . application/x-maker) ("maker" . application/x-maker) ("frame" . application/x-maker) ("fm" . application/x-maker) ("fb" . application/x-maker) ("book" . application/x-maker) ("fbdoc" . application/x-maker) ("mif" . application/x-mif) ("wmd" . application/x-ms-wmd) ("wmz" . application/x-ms-wmz) ("com" . application/x-msdos-program) ("exe" . application/x-msdos-program) ("bat" . application/x-msdos-program) ("dll" . application/x-msdos-program) ("msi" . application/x-msi) ("nc" . application/x-netcdf) ("pac" . application/x-ns-proxy-autoconfig) ("dat" . application/x-ns-proxy-autoconfig) ("nwc" . application/x-nwc) ("o" . application/x-object) ("oza" . application/x-oz-application) ("p7r" . application/x-pkcs7-certreqresp) ("crl" . application/x-pkcs7-crl) ("pyc" . application/x-python-code) ("pyo" . application/x-python-code) ("qgs" . application/x-qgis) ("shp" . application/x-qgis) ("shx" . application/x-qgis) ("qtl" . application/x-quicktimeplayer) ("rpm" . application/x-redhat-package-manager) ("rb" . application/x-ruby) ("sh" . application/x-sh) ("shar" . application/x-shar) ("swf" . application/x-shockwave-flash) ("swfl" . application/x-shockwave-flash) ("scr" . application/x-silverlight) ("sit" . application/x-stuffit) ("sitx" . application/x-stuffit) ("sv4cpio" . application/x-sv4cpio) ("sv4crc" . application/x-sv4crc) ("tar" . application/x-tar) ("tcl" . application/x-tcl) ("gf" . application/x-tex-gf) ("pk" . application/x-tex-pk) ("texinfo" . application/x-texinfo) ("texi" . application/x-texinfo) ("~" . application/x-trash) ("%" . application/x-trash) ("bak" . application/x-trash) ("old" . application/x-trash) ("sik" . application/x-trash) ("t" . application/x-troff) ("tr" . application/x-troff) ("roff" . application/x-troff) ("man" . application/x-troff-man) ("me" . application/x-troff-me) ("ms" . application/x-troff-ms) ("ustar" . application/x-ustar) ("src" . application/x-wais-source) ("wz" . application/x-wingz) ("crt" . application/x-x509-ca-cert) ("xcf" . application/x-xcf) ("fig" . application/x-xfig) ("xpi" . application/x-xpinstall) ("amr" . audio/amr) ("awb" . audio/amr-wb) ("amr" . audio/amr) ("awb" . audio/amr-wb) ("axa" . audio/annodex) ("au" . audio/basic) ("snd" . audio/basic) ("flac" . audio/flac) ("mid" . audio/midi) ("midi" . audio/midi) ("kar" . audio/midi) ("mpga" . audio/mpeg) ("mpega" . audio/mpeg) ("mp2" . audio/mpeg) ("mp3" . audio/mpeg) ("m4a" . audio/mpeg) ("m3u" . audio/mpegurl) ("oga" . audio/ogg) ("ogg" . audio/ogg) ("spx" . audio/ogg) ("sid" . audio/prs.sid) ("aif" . audio/x-aiff) ("aiff" . audio/x-aiff) ("aifc" . audio/x-aiff) ("gsm" . audio/x-gsm) ("m3u" . audio/x-mpegurl) ("wma" . audio/x-ms-wma) ("wax" . audio/x-ms-wax) ("ra" . audio/x-pn-realaudio) ("rm" . audio/x-pn-realaudio) ("ram" . audio/x-pn-realaudio) ("ra" . audio/x-realaudio) ("pls" . audio/x-scpls) ("sd2" . audio/x-sd2) ("wav" . audio/x-wav) ("alc" . chemical/x-alchemy) ("cac" . chemical/x-cache) ("cache" . chemical/x-cache) ("csf" . chemical/x-cache-csf) ("cbin" . chemical/x-cactvs-binary) ("cascii" . chemical/x-cactvs-binary) ("ctab" . chemical/x-cactvs-binary) ("cdx" . chemical/x-cdx) ("cer" . chemical/x-cerius) ("c3d" . chemical/x-chem3d) ("chm" . chemical/x-chemdraw) ("cif" . chemical/x-cif) ("cmdf" . chemical/x-cmdf) ("cml" . chemical/x-cml) ("cpa" . chemical/x-compass) ("bsd" . chemical/x-crossfire) ("csml" . chemical/x-csml) ("csm" . chemical/x-csml) ("ctx" . chemical/x-ctx) ("cxf" . chemical/x-cxf) ("cef" . chemical/x-cxf) ("emb" . chemical/x-embl-dl-nucleotide) ("embl" . chemical/x-embl-dl-nucleotide) ("spc" . chemical/x-galactic-spc) ("inp" . chemical/x-gamess-input) ("gam" . chemical/x-gamess-input) ("gamin" . chemical/x-gamess-input) ("fch" . chemical/x-gaussian-checkpoint) ("fchk" . chemical/x-gaussian-checkpoint) ("cub" . chemical/x-gaussian-cube) ("gau" . chemical/x-gaussian-input) ("gjc" . chemical/x-gaussian-input) ("gjf" . chemical/x-gaussian-input) ("gal" . chemical/x-gaussian-log) ("gcg" . chemical/x-gcg8-sequence) ("gen" . chemical/x-genbank) ("hin" . chemical/x-hin) ("istr" . chemical/x-isostar) ("ist" . chemical/x-isostar) ("jdx" . chemical/x-jcamp-dx) ("dx" . chemical/x-jcamp-dx) ("kin" . chemical/x-kinemage) ("mcm" . chemical/x-macmolecule) ("mmd" . chemical/x-macromodel-input) ("mmod" . chemical/x-macromodel-input) ("mol" . chemical/x-mdl-molfile) ("rd" . chemical/x-mdl-rdfile) ("rxn" . chemical/x-mdl-rxnfile) ("sd" . chemical/x-mdl-sdfile) ("sdf" . chemical/x-mdl-sdfile) ("tgf" . chemical/x-mdl-tgf) ("mcif" . chemical/x-mmcif) ("mol2" . chemical/x-mol2) ("b" . chemical/x-molconn-Z) ("gpt" . chemical/x-mopac-graph) ("mop" . chemical/x-mopac-input) ("mopcrt" . chemical/x-mopac-input) ("mpc" . chemical/x-mopac-input) ("zmt" . chemical/x-mopac-input) ("moo" . chemical/x-mopac-out) ("mvb" . chemical/x-mopac-vib) ("asn" . chemical/x-ncbi-asn1) ("prt" . chemical/x-ncbi-asn1-ascii) ("ent" . chemical/x-ncbi-asn1-ascii) ("val" . chemical/x-ncbi-asn1-binary) ("aso" . chemical/x-ncbi-asn1-binary) ("asn" . chemical/x-ncbi-asn1-spec) ("pdb" . chemical/x-pdb) ("ent" . chemical/x-pdb) ("ros" . chemical/x-rosdal) ("sw" . chemical/x-swissprot) ("vms" . chemical/x-vamas-iso14976) ("vmd" . chemical/x-vmd) ("xtel" . chemical/x-xtel) ("xyz" . chemical/x-xyz) ("gif" . image/gif) ("ief" . image/ief) ("jpeg" . image/jpeg) ("jpg" . image/jpeg) ("jpe" . image/jpeg) ("pcx" . image/pcx) ("png" . image/png) ("svg" . image/svg+xml) ("svgz" . image/svg+xml) ("tiff" . image/tiff) ("tif" . image/tiff) ("djvu" . image/vnd.djvu) ("djv" . image/vnd.djvu) ("wbmp" . image/vnd.wap.wbmp) ("cr2" . image/x-canon-cr2) ("crw" . image/x-canon-crw) ("ras" . image/x-cmu-raster) ("cdr" . image/x-coreldraw) ("pat" . image/x-coreldrawpattern) ("cdt" . image/x-coreldrawtemplate) ("cpt" . image/x-corelphotopaint) ("erf" . image/x-epson-erf) ("ico" . image/x-icon) ("art" . image/x-jg) ("jng" . image/x-jng) ("bmp" . image/x-ms-bmp) ("nef" . image/x-nikon-nef) ("orf" . image/x-olympus-orf) ("psd" . image/x-photoshop) ("pnm" . image/x-portable-anymap) ("pbm" . image/x-portable-bitmap) ("pgm" . image/x-portable-graymap) ("ppm" . image/x-portable-pixmap) ("rgb" . image/x-rgb) ("xbm" . image/x-xbitmap) ("xpm" . image/x-xpixmap) ("xwd" . image/x-xwindowdump) ("eml" . message/rfc822) ("igs" . model/iges) ("iges" . model/iges) ("msh" . model/mesh) ("mesh" . model/mesh) ("silo" . model/mesh) ("wrl" . model/vrml) ("vrml" . model/vrml) ("x3dv" . model/x3d+vrml) ("x3d" . model/x3d+xml) ("x3db" . model/x3d+binary) ("manifest" . text/cache-manifest) ("ics" . text/calendar) ("icz" . text/calendar) ("css" . text/css) ("csv" . text/csv) ("323" . text/h323) ("html" . text/html) ("htm" . text/html) ("shtml" . text/html) ("uls" . text/iuls) ("mml" . text/mathml) ("asc" . text/plain) ("txt" . text/plain) ("text" . text/plain) ("pot" . text/plain) ("brf" . text/plain) ("rtx" . text/richtext) ("sct" . text/scriptlet) ("wsc" . text/scriptlet) ("tm" . text/texmacs) ("ts" . text/texmacs) ("tsv" . text/tab-separated-values) ("jad" . text/vnd.sun.j2me.app-descriptor) ("wml" . text/vnd.wap.wml) ("wmls" . text/vnd.wap.wmlscript) ("bib" . text/x-bibtex) ("boo" . text/x-boo) ("h++" . text/x-c++hdr) ("hpp" . text/x-c++hdr) ("hxx" . text/x-c++hdr) ("hh" . text/x-c++hdr) ("c++" . text/x-c++src) ("cpp" . text/x-c++src) ("cxx" . text/x-c++src) ("cc" . text/x-c++src) ("h" . text/x-chdr) ("htc" . text/x-component) ("csh" . text/x-csh) ("c" . text/x-csrc) ("d" . text/x-dsrc) ("diff" . text/x-diff) ("patch" . text/x-diff) ("hs" . text/x-haskell) ("java" . text/x-java) ("lhs" . text/x-literate-haskell) ("moc" . text/x-moc) ("p" . text/x-pascal) ("pas" . text/x-pascal) ("gcd" . text/x-pcs-gcd) ("pl" . text/x-perl) ("pm" . text/x-perl) ("py" . text/x-python) ("scala" . text/x-scala) ("etx" . text/x-setext) ("sh" . text/x-sh) ("tcl" . text/x-tcl) ("tk" . text/x-tcl) ("tex" . text/x-tex) ("ltx" . text/x-tex) ("sty" . text/x-tex) ("cls" . text/x-tex) ("vcs" . text/x-vcalendar) ("vcf" . text/x-vcard) ("json" . text/javascript) ("3gp" . video/3gpp) ("axv" . video/annodex) ("dl" . video/dl) ("dif" . video/dv) ("dv" . video/dv) ("fli" . video/fli) ("gl" . video/gl) ("mpeg" . video/mpeg) ("mpg" . video/mpeg) ("mpe" . video/mpeg) ("mp4" . video/mp4) ("qt" . video/quicktime) ("mov" . video/quicktime) ("ogv" . video/ogg) ("mxu" . video/vnd.mpegurl) ("flv" . video/x-flv) ("lsf" . video/x-la-asf) ("lsx" . video/x-la-asf) ("mng" . video/x-mng) ("asf" . video/x-ms-asf) ("asx" . video/x-ms-asf) ("wm" . video/x-ms-wm) ("wmv" . video/x-ms-wmv) ("wmx" . video/x-ms-wmx) ("wvx" . video/x-ms-wvx) ("avi" . video/x-msvideo) ("movie" . video/x-sgi-movie) ("mpv" . video/x-matroska) ("mkv" . video/x-matroska) ("ice" . x-conference/x-cooltalk) ("sisx" . x-epoc/x-sisx-app) ("vrm" . x-world/x-vrml) ("vrml" . x-world/x-vrml) ("wrl" . x-world/x-vrml)))) (define (mime-type file-name) "Guess the MIME type for FILE-NAME based upon its file extension." (or (hash-ref %mime-types (file-extension file-name)) 'text/plain)) haunt-0.3.0/haunt/post.scm0000644000175000017500000001235214543272630015272 0ustar frankiefrankie;;; Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ;;; Copyright © 2015 David Thompson ;;; Copyright © 2016 Christopher Allan Webber ;;; ;;; This file is part of Haunt. ;;; ;;; Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Haunt. If not, see . ;;; Commentary: ;; ;; Post data type. ;; ;;; Code: (define-module (haunt post) #:use-module (ice-9 match) #:use-module (ice-9 rdelim) #:use-module (srfi srfi-1) #:use-module (srfi srfi-9) #:use-module (srfi srfi-19) #:use-module (haunt utils) #:export (make-post post? post-file-name post-sxml post-metadata post-ref post-ref-all post-slug post-slug-v2 %default-date post-date post-author post-tags post-title posts/reverse-chronological posts/group-by-tag register-metadata-parser! parse-metadata read-metadata-headers)) (define-record-type (make-post file-name metadata sxml) post? (file-name post-file-name) (metadata post-metadata) (sxml post-sxml)) (define (post-ref post key) "Return the metadata corresponding to KEY within POST." (assq-ref (post-metadata post) key)) (define (post-ref-all post key) "Return a list of all metadata values for KEY within POST." (filter-map (match-lambda ((k . v) (and (eq? key k) v))) (post-metadata post))) (define char-set:slug (char-set-union char-set:letter+digit (char-set #\-))) (define (post-slug post) "Transform the title of POST into a URL slug." (or (post-ref post 'slug) (string-join (map (lambda (s) (string-filter char-set:slug s)) (string-split (string-downcase (post-title post)) char-set:whitespace)) "-"))) (define char-set:slug-v2 char-set:letter+digit) (define char-set:!slug-v2 (char-set-complement char-set:slug-v2)) (define (post-slug-v2 post) "Transform the title of POST into a URL slug." (or (post-ref post 'slug) (string-join (remove string-null? (string-split (string-downcase (post-title post)) char-set:!slug-v2)) "-"))) (define %default-date (make-date 0 0 0 0 1 1 1970 0)) ; UNIX epoch (define (post-date post) "Return the date for POST, or '%default-date' if no date is specified." (or (post-ref post 'date) %default-date)) (define (post-time post) (date->time-utc (post-date post))) (define (posts/reverse-chronological posts) "Returns POSTS sorted in reverse chronological order." (sort posts (lambda (a b) (time>? (post-time a) (post-time b))))) (define (post-author post) "Return the author of POST, or #f if no author is specified." (post-ref post 'author)) (define (post-tags post) "Return list of tags for POST, or the empty list if no tags are specified." (or (post-ref post 'tags) '())) (define (post-title post) "Return the title of POST, or #f if no title is specified." (post-ref post 'title)) (define (posts/group-by-tag posts) "Return an alist of tags mapped to the posts that used them." (let ((table (make-hash-table))) (for-each (lambda (post) (for-each (lambda (tag) (let ((current (hash-ref table tag))) (if current (hash-set! table tag (cons post current)) (hash-set! table tag (list post))))) (post-tags post))) posts) (hash-fold alist-cons '() table))) ;;; ;;; Metadata ;;; (define %metadata-parsers (make-hash-table)) (define (metadata-parser key) (or (hash-ref %metadata-parsers key) identity)) (define (register-metadata-parser! name parser) (hash-set! %metadata-parsers name parser)) (define (parse-metadata key value) ((metadata-parser key) value)) (define (read-metadata-headers port) (let loop ((metadata '())) (let ((line (read-line port))) (cond ((eof-object? line) (error "end of file while reading metadata: " (port-filename port))) ((string=? line "---") metadata) (else (match (map string-trim-both (string-split-at line #\:)) (((= string->symbol key) value) (loop (alist-cons key (parse-metadata key value) metadata))) (_ (error "invalid metadata format: " line)))))))) (register-metadata-parser! 'tags (lambda (str) (map string-trim-both (string-split str #\,)))) (register-metadata-parser! 'date string->date*) haunt-0.3.0/doc/0000755000175000017500000000000014564660362013232 5ustar frankiefrankiehaunt-0.3.0/doc/fdl-1.3.texi0000644000175000017500000005560714343462711015177 0ustar frankiefrankie@c The GNU Free Documentation License. @center Version 1.3, 3 November 2008 @c This file is intended to be included within another document, @c hence no sectioning command or @node. @display Copyright @copyright{} 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. @uref{http://fsf.org/} Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. @end display @enumerate 0 @item PREAMBLE The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other functional and useful document @dfn{free} in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others. This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software. We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. @item APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that work under the conditions stated herein. The ``Document'', below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as ``you''. You accept the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission under copyright law. A ``Modified Version'' of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language. A ``Secondary Section'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them. The ``Invariant Sections'' are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant Sections then there are none. The ``Cover Texts'' are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words. A ``Transparent'' copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, that is suitable for revising the document straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount of text. A copy that is not ``Transparent'' is called ``Opaque''. Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, La@TeX{} input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word processors for output purposes only. The ``Title Page'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text. The ``publisher'' means any person or entity that distributes copies of the Document to the public. A section ``Entitled XYZ'' means a named subunit of the Document whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as ``Acknowledgements'', ``Dedications'', ``Endorsements'', or ``History''.) To ``Preserve the Title'' of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a section ``Entitled XYZ'' according to this definition. The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has no effect on the meaning of this License. @item VERBATIM COPYING You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies. @item COPYING IN QUANTITY If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects. If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages. If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general network-using public has access to download using public-standard network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public. It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. @item MODIFICATIONS You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: @enumerate A @item Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that version gives permission. @item List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five), unless they release you from this requirement. @item State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher. @item Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. @item Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright notices. @item Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. @item Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. @item Include an unaltered copy of this License. @item Preserve the section Entitled ``History'', Preserve its Title, and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If there is no section Entitled ``History'' in the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence. @item Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the ``History'' section. You may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. @item For any section Entitled ``Acknowledgements'' or ``Dedications'', Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein. @item Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. @item Delete any section Entitled ``Endorsements''. Such a section may not be included in the Modified Version. @item Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled ``Endorsements'' or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. @item Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers. @end enumerate If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. You may add a section Entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties---for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard. You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version. @item COMBINING DOCUMENTS You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers. The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled ``History'' in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled ``History''; likewise combine any sections Entitled ``Acknowledgements'', and any sections Entitled ``Dedications''. You must delete all sections Entitled ``Endorsements.'' @item COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. @item AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an ``aggregate'' if the copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves derivative works of the Document. If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole aggregate. @item TRANSLATION Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License, and all the license notices in the Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include the original English version of this License and the original versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original version of this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will prevail. If a section in the Document is Entitled ``Acknowledgements'', ``Dedications'', or ``History'', the requirement (section 4) to Preserve its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual title. @item TERMINATION You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation. Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after your receipt of the notice. Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently reinstated, receipt of a copy of some or all of the same material does not give you any rights to use it. @item FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See @uref{http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/}. Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this License ``or any later version'' applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of this License can be used, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the Document. @item RELICENSING ``Massive Multiauthor Collaboration Site'' (or ``MMC Site'') means any World Wide Web server that publishes copyrightable works and also provides prominent facilities for anybody to edit those works. A public wiki that anybody can edit is an example of such a server. A ``Massive Multiauthor Collaboration'' (or ``MMC'') contained in the site means any set of copyrightable works thus published on the MMC site. ``CC-BY-SA'' means the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 license published by Creative Commons Corporation, a not-for-profit corporation with a principal place of business in San Francisco, California, as well as future copyleft versions of that license published by that same organization. ``Incorporate'' means to publish or republish a Document, in whole or in part, as part of another Document. An MMC is ``eligible for relicensing'' if it is licensed under this License, and if all works that were first published under this License somewhere other than this MMC, and subsequently incorporated in whole or in part into the MMC, (1) had no cover texts or invariant sections, and (2) were thus incorporated prior to November 1, 2008. The operator of an MMC Site may republish an MMC contained in the site under CC-BY-SA on the same site at any time before August 1, 2009, provided the MMC is eligible for relicensing. @end enumerate @page @heading ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page: @smallexample @group Copyright (C) @var{year} @var{your name}. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''. @end group @end smallexample If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts, replace the ``with@dots{}Texts.''@: line with this: @smallexample @group with the Invariant Sections being @var{list their titles}, with the Front-Cover Texts being @var{list}, and with the Back-Cover Texts being @var{list}. @end group @end smallexample If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the situation. If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit their use in free software. @c Local Variables: @c ispell-local-pdict: "ispell-dict" @c End: haunt-0.3.0/doc/stamp-vti0000644000175000017500000000014314551633021015063 0ustar frankiefrankie@set UPDATED 17 January 2024 @set UPDATED-MONTH January 2024 @set EDITION 0.3.0 @set VERSION 0.3.0 haunt-0.3.0/doc/haunt.texi0000644000175000017500000012134614551632740015246 0ustar frankiefrankie\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- @c %**start of header @setfilename haunt.info @documentencoding UTF-8 @settitle Haunt Reference Manual @c %**end of header @include version.texi @copying Copyright @copyright{} 2015-2021 David Thompson@* Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''. @end copying @dircategory Web development @direntry * Haunt: (haunt). Haunt, the functional static site generator. @end direntry @titlepage @title Haunt Reference Manual @subtitle Using Haunt @author The Haunt Developers @page @vskip 0pt plus 1filll Edition @value{EDITION} @* @value{UPDATED} @* @insertcopying @end titlepage @contents @node Top @top Haunt This document describes Haunt version @value{VERSION}, an extensible, functional static site generator. @menu * Introduction:: About Haunt. * Installation:: Installing Haunt. * Tutorial:: How to get started quickly. * Command-line Interface:: Using Haunt from the command-line. * Programming Interface:: Using the Haunt API in Scheme. * Contributing:: How to contribute to Haunt. * GNU Free Documentation License:: The license of this manual. * Concept Index:: Concepts. * Programming Index:: Data types, procedures, syntax, and variables. @end menu @node Introduction @chapter Introduction Haunt is a hackable static site generator written in Guile Scheme. A static site generator assists an author with generating the HTML pages that they publish on the web. Unlike ``content management systems'' such as Wordpress or Drupal, static site generators are not dynamic web applications (complete with a relational database) that build pages on-the-fly. Instead, web pages are built in advance, on the author's computer, and copied to a web server when it is time to publish changes. The consequence of this design is that the web server no longer needs to run a complex, potentially insecure web application that connects to a database to retrieve data. Static files can be served easily by any generic web server. Since there is no web application or database server to deal with, static websites are easier to maintain, more secure, and resistant to high web traffic (``slashdotting.'') Furthermore, the entire website is stored in plain text, which allows the files to be version-controlled rather than kept in a relational database with no concept of history that needs to be backed up regularly. At the time that Haunt was conceived, there existed literally hundreds of other static site generators. Why add another one? Haunt differentiates itself from most other static site generators in that it aspires to the Emacs philosophy of ``practical software freedom.'' Not only is the source code available under a Free Software license, as most static site generators are, it is designed to be easily hacked and extended without altering the core source code. Haunt purposefully blurs the line between document and program, author and programmer, by embracing the notion of data as code. A Haunt-based website is not simply data, but a computer program. This design strategy encourages authors to automate repetitive tasks and empowers them to extend the software with their own ideas. To make such a system work well, a general-purpose, extensible programming language is needed. A traditional configuration file format simply will not do. The programming language that we feel is best suited to this task is Scheme, a clean and elegant dialect of Lisp. We believe that by giving authors the full expressive power of Scheme, they will be able to produce better websites and make better use of their time than with less programmable systems and less capable programming languages. Authors should feel empowered to hack the system to make it do what they want rather than what some programmer decided they should want. And perhaps most importantly, building websites with Haunt should be @emph{fun}. Websites written in Haunt are described as purely functional programs that accept ``posts'', text documents containing arbitrary metadata, as input and transform them into complete HTML pages using Scheme procedures. Haunt has no opinion about what markup language authors should use to write their posts and will happily work with any format for which a ``reader'' procedure exists. Likewise, Haunt also has no opinion about how authors should structure their sites, but has sane defaults. Currently, there exist helpful ``builder'' procedures that do common tasks such as generating a blog or Atom feed. While the built-in features may be enough for some, they surely will not be enough for all. Haunt's Scheme API empowers authors to easily tweak existing components, write replacements, or add entirely new features that do things no else has thought to do yet. Happy haunting! @node Installation @chapter Installation @menu * Downloading:: Downloading the source code. * Requirements:: Software needed to build and run Haunt. * Building:: Building from source code. @end menu @node Downloading @section Downloading Official Haunt source code release tarballs can be found under Releases in @url{https://dthompson.us/projects/haunt.html, Haunt's website}, along with their associated checksums. @node Requirements @section Requirements Haunt depends on the following packages: @itemize @item @url{https://gnu.org/software/guile, GNU Guile} version 2.0.11 or later @end itemize The following dependencies are optional: @itemize @item @url{http://www.nongnu.org/guile-reader/, Guile-Reader} version 0.6 or later (for Skribe support) @item @url{https://github.com/OrangeShark/guile-commonmark, guile-commonmark} version 0.1 or later (for CommonMark support) @item @url{https://rsync.samba.org/, rsync} version 0.2 or later (for rsync publishing) @item @url{https://sr.ht/~emersion/hut/, hut} version 0.2 or later (for Sourcehut publishing) @item @url{https://www.gnu.org/software/tar/, Tar} (for Sourcehut publishing) @end itemize @node Building @section Building Haunt uses the standard GNU build system, so the basic installation procedure looks like this: @example ./configure make make install @end example This will install Haunt to @file{/usr/local/}. This is not part of the default load path for GNU Guile if you installed it from your distribution's package manager (@file{/usr} is.) You may choose to change the prefix to your GNU Guile's location with @code{./configure --prefix=/usr} or add @file{/usr/local/} to GNU Guile's load path in your shell environment like this (replacing 3.0 with your GNU Guile version): @example export GUILE_LOAD_PATH="/usr/local/share/guile/site/3.0\ $@{GUILE_LOAD_PATH:+:@}$GUILE_LOAD_PATH" export GUILE_LOAD_COMPILED_PATH="/usr/local/lib/guile/3.0/site-ccache\ $@{GUILE_LOAD_COMPILED_PATH:+:@}$GUILE_COMPILED_LOAD_PATH" @end example (@pxref{Environment Variables, Environment Variables,, guile, GNU Guile Reference Manual} for more details on @env{GUILE_LOAD_PATH} and @env{GUILE_LOAD_COMPILED_PATH}.) @node Tutorial @chapter Tutorial The goal of this tutorial is to quickly create a barebones blog with Haunt in order to demonstrate the basic workflow and key concepts. First, create a directory for the new site: @example mkdir haunt-tutorial cd haunt-tutorial @end example Next, create the site configuration file @file{haunt.scm}. This is where all of the code for building the website will go. Here's what a simple Haunt configuration looks like: @example (use-modules (haunt asset) (haunt site) (haunt builder blog) (haunt builder atom) (haunt reader skribe)) (site #:title "My First Haunt Site" #:domain "example.com" #:default-metadata '((author . "Eva Luator") (email . "eva@@example.com")) #:readers (list skribe-reader) #:builders (list (blog) (atom-feed) (atom-feeds-by-tag))) @end example Haunt represents the full configuration of the website using the @code{site} procedure. Site objects specify things like the site title, the default metadata to use for posts, which markup formats are supported, and which builders are used to generate web pages. With the above code saved into the @file{haunt.scm} file, the next step is to create a @file{posts} directory and populate it with articles to publish. Put the text below into a file named @file{posts/hello.skr}: @example (post :title "Hello, World!" :date (make-date* 2015 10 15) :tags '("hello") (h1 [Hello, World!]) (p [This is my very first Skribe document!])) @end example This is a @url{http://www.nongnu.org/skribilo/doc/user-3.html#skribe-syntax, Skribe} document. Skribe is one of the built-in languages that Haunt knows how to work with. It's basically Scheme, but with support for writing literal text without quoting it all by enclosing it in square brackets. The code above defines a post named ``Hello, World!'' with a publishing date of 2015-10-15, whose contents are just a single heading and a paragraph. To build the site, run @command{haunt build} to compile all of the HTML pages. To view the results, run @command{haunt serve} and visit @url{http://localhost:8080} in a web browser. @command{haunt serve} is a handy utility that serves the contents of the website using Guile's built-in HTTP server. Since the blog builder was specified in @file{haunt.scm}, the default index page is a simple listing of all posts, which for now is a single post. Clicking on the post title will display a page with only that post's contents. In addition to the basic blog builder, the @file{haunt.scm} file specifies two additional builders for Atom feeds. The @code{atom-feed} builder creates a feed of all posts located at @url{http://localhost:8080/feed.xml}. The @code{atom-feeds-by-tag} builder creates one feed for each unique tag specified in the post metadata. There's only one tag right now, ``hello'', and its feed is located at @url{http://localhost/feeds/tags/hello.xml}. Tweaking a post, rebuilding the site, and viewing the results in a web browser is the typical Haunt workflow. However, having to run @command{haunt build} every after each edit is tedious. To address this, run @command{haunt serve --watch}. The Haunt web server, in addition to serving web pages, will now watch for changes to important files and automatically rebuild the site when they are edited. This streamlines the workflow into an edit, save, view loop. Now that we've introduced the basic utilities and concepts, continue reading this manual to learn more about Haunt's command-line and programming interfaces. @node Command-line Interface @chapter Command-line Interface @menu * Invoking haunt build:: Build the website. * Invoking haunt serve:: Serve the website over HTTP. * Invoking haunt publish:: Publish the website. @end menu The Haunt command-line interface is composed of many subcommands. The general syntax for all Haunt commands is: @example haunt @var{subcommand} @var{options}@dots{} @end example @node Invoking haunt build @section Invoking @command{haunt build} The @command{haunt build} command realizes a Haunt site configuration file by compiling web pages and copying static assets to the output directory. For details on how to configure a Haunt site, @pxref{Sites}. Example: @example haunt build --config=haunt.scm @end example @table @code @item --config=@var{configuration-file} @itemx -c @var{configuration-file} Load the Haunt site declaration from @var{configuration-file}. @end table @node Invoking haunt serve @section Invoking @command{haunt serve} The @command{haunt serve} command allows one to quickly view a local preview of the generated website before publishing the finished product to a remote web server. When @command{haunt serve} runs, a local HTTP server is spawned. Visit the server using a web browser to inspect the results of the build. By default, the web server listens on port 8080, so the URL to visit would be @url{http://localhost:8080}. While developing, it is common to rebuild the site frequently to view the results of incremental changes. Rather than manually running @command{haunt build} (@ref{Invoking haunt build}) each time changes are made, the @code{--watch} flag can be used to automatically rebuild the site when a source file changes on disk. @table @code @item --config=@var{configuration-file} @itemx -c @var{configuration-file} Load the Haunt site declaration from @var{configuration-file}. @item --port=@var{port} @itemx -p @var{port} Listen for HTTP requests on @var{port}. Defaults to 8080. @item --host=@var{host} @itemx -p @var{host} Listen for HTTP requests on @var{host}. Accepts an IP address (IPv4 or IPv6), @code{localhost} or @code{loopback} to serve on the local loopback device (the default), or @code{any} to bind on all local available ports (useful if you want to show off your website to someone else on your LAN, or something.) @item --watch @itemx -w Automatically rebuild the site when source files change. @end table @node Invoking haunt publish @section Invoking @command{haunt publish} The @command{haunt publish} command deploys the site to a remote location. The site must have already been built via @command{haunt build} before running @command{haunt publish}. Usage: @example haunt publish @end example By default, Haunt uses the publisher named @code{production} defined for the current site. However, Haunt supports multiple publishers. Consider the use case where an author wants to publish to a staging environment to confirm that everything looks good on a real web server before publishing to production. To use a non-production publisher, simply say so at the command line: @example haunt publish staging @end example For details on how to configure publishers, @pxref{Publishers}. @node Programming Interface @chapter Programming Interface @menu * Sites:: Description of the site and how to build it. * Posts:: Articles, prose, blog posts, etc. * Readers:: Post interpreters. * Builders:: Web page builders. * Publishers:: How to publish your site. * Artifacts:: The build outputs that form a website. * Assets:: Images, stylesheets, etc. @end menu Haunt is a fully-programmable system composed of several Guile Scheme modules. This section documents the public API. @node Sites @section Sites @example (use-modules (haunt site)) @end example A site object defines all of the properties for a Haunt website: The site name, domain name, where blog posts are found, what post formats are understood, which procedures are used to build the site, where the output files are written to, etc. @deffn {Procedure} site [#:title "This Place is Haunted"] @ [#:domain "example.com"] [#:posts-directory "posts"] @ [#:file-filter @code{default-file-filter}] @ [#:build-directory "site"] [#:default-metadata '()] @ [#:make-slug @code{post-slug}] [#:readers '()] @ [#:builders '()] [#:publishers '()] Create a new site object. All arguments are optional: @table @var @item title The name of the site. @item posts-directory The directory where posts are found. @item file-filter A predicate procedure that returns @code{#f} when a post file should be ignored, and @code{#t} otherwise. Emacs temporary files are ignored by default. @item build-directory The directory that generated pages are stored in. @item default-metadata An alist of arbitrary default metadata for posts whose keys are symbols. @item make-slug A procedure generating a file name slug from a post. @item readers A list of reader objects for processing posts. @item builders A list of procedures for building pages from posts. @item publishers A list of publisher objects for upload site contents to a remote location @end table @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} site? @var{obj} Return @code{#t} if @var{obj} is a site object. @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} site-title @var{site} Return the title of @var{site}. @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} site-domain @var{site} Return the domain of @var{site}. @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} site-posts-directory @var{site} Return the posts directory for @var{site}. @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} site-file-filter @var{site} Return the file filter procedure for @var{site}. @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} site-build-directory @var{site} Return the build directory of @var{site}. @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} site-make-slug @var{site} Return the slug constructor for @var{site}. @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} site-readers @var{site} Return the list of reader procedures for @var{site}. @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} site-builders @var{site} Return the list of builder procedures for @var{site}. @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} site-publishers @var{site} Return the list of publisher objects for upload @var{site} contents to a remote location. @end deffn @node Posts @section Posts @example (use-modules (haunt post)) @end example Posts represent the articles that are kept in a site's post directory and written in a markup format that Haunt can understand. @xref{Readers} for how files on disk can be transformed into posts. @deffn {Procedure} make-post @var{file-name} @var{metadata} @var{sxml} Create a new post object that represents the contents of the file @var{file-name}. The body of the post, @var{sxml}, is represented as an SXML tree (@pxref{SXML, SXML,, guile, GNU Guile Reference Manual}) and the metadata is an association list (@pxref{Association Lists, Association Lists,, guile, GNU Guile Reference Manual}) of arbitrary key/value pairs. @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} post? @var{object} Return @code{#t} if @var{object} is a post. @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} post-file-name @var{post} Return the file name for @var{post}. @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} post-metadata @var{post} Return the metadata association list for @var{post}. @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} post-sxml @var{post} Return the SXML tree for @var{post}. @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} post-ref @var{post} @var{key} Return the metadata value corresponding to @var{key} within @var{post}. @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} post-slug post Return a URL slug suitable for the file name of @var{post}. If a custom @code{slug} metadata value exists for @var{post} then that is returned. Otherwise, a slug is automatically generated from the @code{title} metadata value. @end deffn The original @code{post-slug} procedure above has some less than ideal behavior. One issue is that version numbers like ``1.2.3'' get transformed to ``123'' rather than something more sensible like ``1-2-3''. Unfortunately, changing this behavior would mean breaking the URLs for existing Haunt sites. Instead, users may opt-in to using @code{post-slug-v2} by passing it as the @code{#:make-slug} argument to @code{make-site}. @xref{Sites} for more information. @deffn {Procedure} post-slug-v2 post Transform the title of @var{post} into a URL slug. This second revision does a better job than the original. Like @code{post-slug}, if a custom @code{slug} metadata value exists for @var{post} then that is returned. Otherwise, a slug is automatically generated from the @code{title} metadata value. @end deffn @defvr {Variable} %default-date The default date of a post when no other date is specified in the metadata association list. @end defvr @deffn {Procedure} post-date @var{post} Return the date for @var{post}, or @code{%default-date} if no date is specified. @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} posts/reverse-chronological @var{posts} Sort @var{posts}, a list of posts, in reverse chronological order. @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} post-author @var{post} Return the author of @var{post}, or @code{#f} if no author is specified. @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} post-tags @var{post} Return list of tags for @var{post}, or the empty list if no tags are specified. @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} post-title @var{post} Return the title of @var{post}, or @code{#f} if no title is specified. @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} posts/group-by-tag @var{posts} Create an association list of tags mapped to the posts in the list @var{posts} that used them. @end deffn @node Readers @section Readers @menu * Reader:: Reader interface and basic readers * Texinfo:: Texinfo reader * Skribe:: Skribe reader * CommonMark:: CommonMark reader @end menu @node Reader @subsection Reader @example (use-modules (haunt reader)) @end example The purpose of a reader is to translate the markup within a post file into an SXML tree representing the HTML structure and associate some metadata with it. @deffn {Procedure} make-reader @var{matcher} @var{proc} Create a new reader. The reader is to be activated when @var{matcher}, a procedure that accepts a file name as its only argument, returns @code{#t}. When a post file matches, the procedure @var{proc}, which also accepts a file name as its only argument, reads the contents and returns a post object (@pxref{Posts}). @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} reader? @var{object} Return @code{#t} if @var{object} is a reader. @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} reader-matcher @var{reader} Return the match procedure for @var{reader}. @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} reader-proc @var{reader} Return the read procedure for @var{reader}. @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} reader-match? @var{reader} @var{file-name} Return @code{#t} if @var{file-name} is a file supported by @var{reader}. @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} reader-find? readers file-name Return the first reader in @var{readers} that can parse @var{file-name}, or @code{#f} if there is no such reader. @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} reader-read reader file-name Parse @var{file-name} using @var{reader} and return two values: an alist of metadata and an SXML tree. @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} read-post @var{reader} @var{file-name} [@var{default-metadata}] Read a post object from @var{file-name} using @var{reader}, merging its metadata with @var{default-metadata}, or the empty list if not specified. @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} read-posts @var{directory} @var{keep?} @var{readers} [@var{default-metadata}] Read all of the files in @var{directory} that match @var{keep?} as post objects. The @var{readers} list must contain a matching reader for every post. @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} make-file-extension-matcher @var{ext} Create a procedure that returns @code{#t} when a file name ends with ``.ext''. @end deffn @defvr {Procedure} sxml-reader A basic reader for posts written as Scheme code that evaluates to an an association list. The special key @code{content} contains the post body as an SXML tree. Example: @example (use-modules (haunt utils)) `((title . "Hello, world!") (date . ,(string->date* "2015-04-10 23:00")) (tags "foo" "bar") (summary . "Just a test") (content ((h2 "Hello!") (p "This is Haunt. A static site generator for GNU Guile.")))) @end example @end defvr @defvr {Procedure} html-reader A basic reader for posts written in plain ol' HTML. Metadata is encoded as the @code{key: value} pairs, one per line, at the beginning of the file. A line with the @code{---} sentinel marks the end of the metadata section and the rest of the file is encoded as HTML. Example: @example title: A Foo Walks Into a Bar date: 2015-04-11 20:00 tags: bar ---

This is an example using raw HTML, because Guile doesn't have a Markdown parser.

@end example @end defvr @node Texinfo @subsection Texinfo @example (use-modules (haunt reader texinfo)) @end example @defvr {Procedure} texinfo-reader A reader for posts written in texinfo, the official documentation format of the GNU project. Metadata is encoded as @code{key: value} pairs, one per line, at the beginning of the file. A line with the @code{---} sentinel marks the end of the metadata section and the rest of the file is encoded as HTML. Example: @example title: Hello, Texi! date: 2016-08-20 12:00 tags: texinfo, foo --- @@emph@{Texinfo@} is the official documentation format of the @@url@{http://www.gnu.org/, GNU project@}. It was invented by Richard Stallman and Bob Chassell many years ago, loosely based on Brian Reid's Scribe and other formatting languages of the time. It is used by many non-GNU projects as well. @end example @end defvr @node Skribe @subsection Skribe @example (use-modules (haunt reader skribe)) @end example @defvr {Procedure} skribe-reader A reader for posts written in Skribe, a markup language with the full power of Scheme. Skribe posts are created with the @code{post} expression with metadata encoded as @code{:key expression} pairs at the beginning of the @code{post} expression. After the metadata section, the rest of the @code{post} expression is encoded as HTML. Example: @example (post :title "Hello, Skribe!" :date (make-date* 2016 08 20 12 00) :tags '("skribe" "foo" "baz") (h2 [This is a Skribe post]) (p [Skribe is a ,(em [really]) cool document authoring format that provides all the power of Scheme whilst giving the user a means to write literal text without stuffing it into a string literal. If this sort of thing suits you, be sure to check out ,(anchor "Skribilo" "http://www.nongnu.org/skribilo/"), too.])) @end example @end defvr @node CommonMark @subsection CommonMark @example (use-modules (haunt reader commonmark)) @end example @defvr {Procedure} commonmark-reader A reader for posts written in CommonMark, a fully specified variant of Markdown. Metadata is encoded as @code{key: value} pairs, one per line, at the beginning of the file. A line with the @code{---} sentinel marks the end of the metadata section and the rest of the file is encoded as HTML. Example: @example title: Hello, CommonMark! date: 2016-08-20 12:00 tags: markdown, commonmark --- ## This is a CommonMark post CommonMark is a **strongly** defined, *highly* compatible specification of Markdown, learn more about CommomMark [here](http://commonmark.org/). @end example @end defvr @node Builders @section Builders @menu * Static Assets:: Images, CSS, JavaScript, etc. * Flat pages:: Simple static pages. * Blog:: Dear diary... * Atom:: Atom feeds. * RSS:: RSS feeds. * Redirects:: Client-side redirects. @end menu Builders are procedures that return one or more artifacts (@pxref{Artifacts}) when applied. A builder accepts two arguments: A site (@pxref{Sites}) and a list of posts (@pxref{Posts}). Haunt comes with a few convenient builders to help users who want to create a simple blog with an Atom feed. @node Static Assets @subsection Static Assets @example (use-modules (haunt builder assets)) @end example @deffn {Procedure} static-directory @var{directory} [@var{dest}] Create a builder procedure that recursively copies all of the files in @var{directory}, a file name relative to a site's source directory, and copies them into @var{dest}, a prefix relative to a site's target output directory. By default, @var{dest} is @var{directory}. @end deffn @node Flat pages @subsection Flat pages @example (use-modules (haunt builder flat-pages)) @end example Flat pages cover the simple case of converting a tree of files written in some markup language to full web pages. Flat pages work great for the more informational parts of a website that don't require any fancy programming to generate, like an ``About me'' page. @deffn {Procedure} flat-pages directory [#:template] [#:prefix] Return a procedure that parses the files in @var{directory} and returns a list of HTML pages, one for each file. The files are parsed using the readers configured for the current site. Each flat page starts with a metadata header. Only a single piece of metadata is used, though: the title. Here's what a flat page written in Markdown might look like: @example title: About me --- # About me Hello, I am Alice! I'm a fictitious person made up for the purposes of demonstrating Haunt's flat page functionality. I live here in this manual with my two cats: Bob and Carol. @end example The content of each flat page is inserted into a complete HTML document by the @var{template} procedure. This procedure takes three arguments: @itemize @item the site object @item the page title string (from the metadata header) @item an SXML tree of the page body @end itemize @var{template} should return a single value: a new SXML tree representing a complete HTML page that presumably wraps the page body. Conveniently, the signature of @var{template} matches the blog theme layout procedure so that it can be reused for flat pages. @xref{Blog} for more information. The structure of @var{directory} is preserved in the resulting pages and may be optionally nested within the directory @var{prefix}. If no prefix is specified, the files are placed starting at the root of the site. @end deffn @node Blog @subsection Blog @example (use-modules (haunt builder blog)) @end example @deffn {Procedure} theme [#:name "Untitled"] [#:layout] [#:post-template] @ [#:collection-template] [#:pagination-template] Create a new theme named @var{name}. The procedure @var{layout} accepts three arguments: a site, a page title string, and an SXML tree. Its purpose is to wrap the contents of a post with the theme's header/footer and return the complete SXML tree for a web page. The procedure @var{post-template} accepts a single argument: a post. Its purpose is to return an SXML tree containing the contents of the post, applying any desired post-processing operations. The procedure @var{collection-template} accepts four arguments: a site, a title string, a list of posts, and a URL prefix string. Its purpose is to return an SXML tree containing the body of the collection page. The procedure @var{pagination-template} accepts four arguments: a site, an SXML tree, the file name of the previous page, and the file name of the next page. Its purpose is to incorporate the given SXML tree into a larger document that incorporates previous/next page links. @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} theme? @var{object} Return @code{#t} if @var{object} is a theme object. @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} blog [#:theme] [#:prefix] [#:post-prefix] @ [#:collections `(("Recent Posts" "index.html" ,posts/reverse-chronological))] @ [#:posts-per-page] Create a builder procedure that transforms a list of posts into pages decorated by @var{theme}, a theme object, whose URLs start with @var{prefix}. Post pages may be nested deeper in the file hierarchy than collection pages by specifying the @var{post-prefix} argument. Additionally, this builder creates pages that aggregate previews of many posts corresponding to what is specified in the list @var{collections}. Each collection is a three element list in the form @code{(title file-name filter)}. @table @var @item title The human readable name of the collection. @item file-name The HTML file that will contain the rendered collection. @item filter A procedure that accepts a list of posts as its only argument and returns a new list of posts. The filter procedure is used to remove and/or sort the posts into the desired form for the collection. For example, a filter could sort posts in reverse chronological order or select all posts that are written by a particular author. @end table By default, a single collection is created that lists posts in reverse chronological order and writes to @file{index.html}. Also by default, collection pages are not paginated. When there are a lot of posts in one or more collections, it is best to paginate them. To do so, pass the @var{posts-per-page} argument. The default theme is intended only for testing purposes. @end deffn @node Atom @subsection Atom @example (use-modules (haunt builder atom)) @end example @deffn {Procedure} atom-feed [#:file-name "feed.xml"] [#:subtitle "Recent Posts"] @ [#:filter posts/reverse-chronological] @ [#:last-updated (current-date)] @ [#:max-entries 20] [#:blog-prefix ""] Return a builder procedure that renders a site's posts as an Atom feed. All arguments are optional: @table @var @item file-name: The page file name. @item subtitle The feed subtitle. @item filter The procedure called to manipulate the posts list before rendering. @item last-updated The feed last updated date. Defaults to the current date. @item max-entries The maximum number of posts to render in the feed. @item blog-prefix The prefix for all post URLs, which is the combination of the blog's prefix and post prefix. @xref{Blog} for more information. @end table @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} atom-feeds-by-tag [#:prefix "feeds/tags"] @ [#:filter posts/reverse-chronological] @ [#:last-updated (current-date)] @ [#:max-entries 20] [#:blog-prefix ""] Return a builder procedure that renders an atom feed for every tag used in a post. All arguments are optional: @table @var @item prefix The directory in which to write the feeds. @item filter The procedure called to manipulate the posts list before rendering. @item last-updated The feed last updated date. Defaults to the current date. @item max-entries The maximum number of posts to render in each feed. @item blog-prefix The prefix for all post URLs, which is the combination of the blog's prefix and post prefix. @xref{Blog} for more information. @end table @end deffn @node RSS @subsection RSS @example (use-modules (haunt builder rss)) @end example @deffn {Procedure} rss-feed [#:file-name "rss-feed.xml"] [#:subtitle "Recent Posts"] @ [#:filter posts/reverse-chronological] @ [#:publication-date (current-date)] @ [#:max-entries 20] [#:blog-prefix ""] Return a builder procedure that renders a list of posts as an RSS feed. All arguments are optional: @table @var @item file-name The page file name. @item subtitle The feed subtitle. @item filter The procedure called to manipulate the posts list before rendering. @item publication-date The feed publication date. Defaults to the current date. @item max-entries The maximum number of posts to render in the feed. @item blog-prefix The prefix for all post URLs, which is the combination of the blog's prefix and post prefix. @xref{Blog} for more information. @end table @end deffn @node Redirects @subsection Redirects @example (use-modules (haunt builder redirects)) @end example The redirects builder creates pages that trigger browser redirects to another URL. This allows for easily specifying redirects as part of a Haunt site configuration and without the need for modifying the configuration of the production web server that is hosting the site. @deffn {Procedure} redirects specs Return a procedure that transforms a list of redirect tuples in @var{specs}, with the form @code{(from to)}, into a list of pages that trigger a browser-initiated redirect. @code{from} values must be local page file names, @emph{not} URLs, but @var{to} values may be either local page file names or full URLs to other websites. @example (redirects '(("/about.html" "/about/me.html") ; local ("/guile.html" "https://gnu.org/software/guile"))) ; remote @end example @end deffn @node Publishers @section Publishers @example (use-modules (haunt publisher)) @end example The purpose of a publisher is to deploy a built site. Haunt comes with some built-in publishers, but custom publishers can be created with the following interface. @deffn {Procedure} make-publisher @var{name} @var{proc} Create a new publisher. @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} publisher? @var{object} Return @code{#t} if @var{object} is a publisher. @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} publisher-name @var{publisher} Return the publisher name. @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} publisher-proc @var{reader} Return the publisher procedure for @var{publisher}. @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} publish @var{publisher} @var{site} Publish @var{site} with @var{publisher}. @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} run-command @var{program} @var{args} Run command @var{program} with @var{args} arguments. @end deffn Haunt comes with the following built-in publishers: @node Rsync @subsection Rsync @example (use-modules (haunt publisher rsync)) @end example @deffn {Procedure} rsync-publisher [#:name 'production] [#:destination] @@ [#:user] [#:host] [#:name] [#:rsync] @@ [#:flags '("--compress" "--delete" "--progress" "--recursive" "--verbose")] Return a new publisher named @var{name} that publishes a site to @var{destination}, either locally or to a remote host if @var{host} and/or @var{user} arguments are specified. Passing @var{rsync} overrides the @command{rsync} executable used. Passing @var{flags} overrides the set of command line flags used. @end deffn @node Sourcehut @subsection Sourcehut @example (use-modules (haunt publisher sourcehut)) @end example @deffn {Procedure} sourcehut-publisher [#:name 'production] [#:hut] [#:tar] Return a new publisher named @var{name} that publishes a site to @url{https://srht.site/, sourcehut pages} using the site's configured domain. Passing @var{hut} and/or @var{tar} overrides the default @command{hut} and @command{tar} executables used. For the publisher to work, the @command{hut} CLI tool that is used under the hood has to be configured. One can do so by creating @file{~/.config/hut/config} manually or by running the @command{hut init} command. In both cases an OAuth access token needs to be generated via @url{https://meta.sr.ht/oauth2, sourcehut meta}. @end deffn @node Artifacts @section Artifacts @example (use-modules (haunt artifact)) @end example Artifacts are objects that represent the output of a build. A collection of artifacts forms a complete website. Artifacts are quite simple: They contain a file name string that specifies where the artifact belongs in the build output directory, and a writer procedure that populates that file with data. For example, making an artifact that writes ``Hello, world!'' to @file{/hello.txt} would look like this: @example (make-artifact "/hello.txt" (lambda (output) (call-with-output-file output (lambda (port) (display "Hello, world!\n" port))))) @end example Previous versions of Haunt made a distinction between pages, whose content is defined algorithmically, and assets, whose content is copied verbatim from an input file such as an image. The artifact data type is a unifying primitive that replaces both pages and assets. Artifacts that require serializing some input, such as SXML, should use @code{serialize-artifact}. Artifacts that make a verbatim copy of an input file should use @code{verbatim-artifact}. Unless you are implementing a custom builder, it's unlikely that these procedures will be need to used directly. @deffn {Procedure} serialized-artifact destination obj serialize Return a new artifact whose writer serializes @var{obj} using the procedure @var{serialize} to the @var{destination} in the build output directory. @end deffn @deffn {Procedure} verbatim-artifact source destination Return a new artifact that copies the file @var{source} verbatim to @var{destination} within the build output directory. @end deffn @node Assets @section Assets @example (use-modules (haunt asset)) @end example Assets represent files on disk that should be copied verbatim to a site's output directory. Common types of assets include CSS, JavaScript, images, and fonts. It is often the case that there are entire directories full of static assets to copy over, thus there is a convenient @code{directory-assets} procedure. However, it's unlikely that this procedure needs to be used directly. See @pxref{Static Assets} for a convenient builder. @deffn {Procedure} directory-assets @var{directory} @var{keep?} @var{dest} Create a list of asset objects to be stored within @var{dest} for all files in @var{directory} that match @var{keep?}, recursively. @end deffn @node Contributing @chapter Contributing Haunt is developed using the Git version control system. The official repository is hosted at @url{https://git.dthompson.us/haunt.git}. Send patches and bug reports to @email{davet@@gnu.org}. @c ********************************************************************* @node GNU Free Documentation License @appendix GNU Free Documentation License @include fdl-1.3.texi @c ********************************************************************* @node Concept Index @unnumbered Concept Index @printindex cp @node Programming Index @unnumbered Programming Index @syncodeindex tp fn @syncodeindex vr fn @printindex fn @bye @c Local Variables: @c ispell-local-dictionary: "american"; @c End: haunt-0.3.0/doc/version.texi0000644000175000017500000000014314551633021015574 0ustar frankiefrankie@set UPDATED 17 January 2024 @set UPDATED-MONTH January 2024 @set EDITION 0.3.0 @set VERSION 0.3.0 haunt-0.3.0/doc/haunt.info0000644000175000017500000021722414551633021015222 0ustar frankiefrankieThis is haunt.info, produced by makeinfo version 6.8 from haunt.texi. Copyright © 2015-2021 David Thompson Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled “GNU Free Documentation License”. INFO-DIR-SECTION Web development START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY * Haunt: (haunt). Haunt, the functional static site generator. END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY  File: haunt.info, Node: Top, Next: Introduction, Up: (dir) Haunt ***** This document describes Haunt version 0.3.0, an extensible, functional static site generator. * Menu: * Introduction:: About Haunt. * Installation:: Installing Haunt. * Tutorial:: How to get started quickly. * Command-line Interface:: Using Haunt from the command-line. * Programming Interface:: Using the Haunt API in Scheme. * Contributing:: How to contribute to Haunt. * GNU Free Documentation License:: The license of this manual. * Concept Index:: Concepts. * Programming Index:: Data types, procedures, syntax, and variables.  File: haunt.info, Node: Introduction, Next: Installation, Prev: Top, Up: Top 1 Introduction ************** Haunt is a hackable static site generator written in Guile Scheme. A static site generator assists an author with generating the HTML pages that they publish on the web. Unlike “content management systems” such as Wordpress or Drupal, static site generators are not dynamic web applications (complete with a relational database) that build pages on-the-fly. Instead, web pages are built in advance, on the author’s computer, and copied to a web server when it is time to publish changes. The consequence of this design is that the web server no longer needs to run a complex, potentially insecure web application that connects to a database to retrieve data. Static files can be served easily by any generic web server. Since there is no web application or database server to deal with, static websites are easier to maintain, more secure, and resistant to high web traffic (“slashdotting.”) Furthermore, the entire website is stored in plain text, which allows the files to be version-controlled rather than kept in a relational database with no concept of history that needs to be backed up regularly. At the time that Haunt was conceived, there existed literally hundreds of other static site generators. Why add another one? Haunt differentiates itself from most other static site generators in that it aspires to the Emacs philosophy of “practical software freedom.” Not only is the source code available under a Free Software license, as most static site generators are, it is designed to be easily hacked and extended without altering the core source code. Haunt purposefully blurs the line between document and program, author and programmer, by embracing the notion of data as code. A Haunt-based website is not simply data, but a computer program. This design strategy encourages authors to automate repetitive tasks and empowers them to extend the software with their own ideas. To make such a system work well, a general-purpose, extensible programming language is needed. A traditional configuration file format simply will not do. The programming language that we feel is best suited to this task is Scheme, a clean and elegant dialect of Lisp. We believe that by giving authors the full expressive power of Scheme, they will be able to produce better websites and make better use of their time than with less programmable systems and less capable programming languages. Authors should feel empowered to hack the system to make it do what they want rather than what some programmer decided they should want. And perhaps most importantly, building websites with Haunt should be _fun_. Websites written in Haunt are described as purely functional programs that accept “posts”, text documents containing arbitrary metadata, as input and transform them into complete HTML pages using Scheme procedures. Haunt has no opinion about what markup language authors should use to write their posts and will happily work with any format for which a “reader” procedure exists. Likewise, Haunt also has no opinion about how authors should structure their sites, but has sane defaults. Currently, there exist helpful “builder” procedures that do common tasks such as generating a blog or Atom feed. While the built-in features may be enough for some, they surely will not be enough for all. Haunt’s Scheme API empowers authors to easily tweak existing components, write replacements, or add entirely new features that do things no else has thought to do yet. Happy haunting!  File: haunt.info, Node: Installation, Next: Tutorial, Prev: Introduction, Up: Top 2 Installation ************** * Menu: * Downloading:: Downloading the source code. * Requirements:: Software needed to build and run Haunt. * Building:: Building from source code.  File: haunt.info, Node: Downloading, Next: Requirements, Up: Installation 2.1 Downloading =============== Official Haunt source code release tarballs can be found under Releases in Haunt’s website (https://dthompson.us/projects/haunt.html), along with their associated checksums.  File: haunt.info, Node: Requirements, Next: Building, Prev: Downloading, Up: Installation 2.2 Requirements ================ Haunt depends on the following packages: • GNU Guile (https://gnu.org/software/guile) version 2.0.11 or later The following dependencies are optional: • Guile-Reader (http://www.nongnu.org/guile-reader/) version 0.6 or later (for Skribe support) • guile-commonmark (https://github.com/OrangeShark/guile-commonmark) version 0.1 or later (for CommonMark support) • rsync (https://rsync.samba.org/) version 0.2 or later (for rsync publishing) • hut (https://sr.ht/~emersion/hut/) version 0.2 or later (for Sourcehut publishing) • Tar (https://www.gnu.org/software/tar/) (for Sourcehut publishing)  File: haunt.info, Node: Building, Prev: Requirements, Up: Installation 2.3 Building ============ Haunt uses the standard GNU build system, so the basic installation procedure looks like this: ./configure make make install This will install Haunt to ‘/usr/local/’. This is not part of the default load path for GNU Guile if you installed it from your distribution’s package manager (‘/usr’ is.) You may choose to change the prefix to your GNU Guile’s location with ‘./configure --prefix=/usr’ or add ‘/usr/local/’ to GNU Guile’s load path in your shell environment like this (replacing 3.0 with your GNU Guile version): export GUILE_LOAD_PATH="/usr/local/share/guile/site/3.0\ ${GUILE_LOAD_PATH:+:}$GUILE_LOAD_PATH" export GUILE_LOAD_COMPILED_PATH="/usr/local/lib/guile/3.0/site-ccache\ ${GUILE_LOAD_COMPILED_PATH:+:}$GUILE_COMPILED_LOAD_PATH" (*note Environment Variables: (guile)Environment Variables. for more details on ‘GUILE_LOAD_PATH’ and ‘GUILE_LOAD_COMPILED_PATH’.)  File: haunt.info, Node: Tutorial, Next: Command-line Interface, Prev: Installation, Up: Top 3 Tutorial ********** The goal of this tutorial is to quickly create a barebones blog with Haunt in order to demonstrate the basic workflow and key concepts. First, create a directory for the new site: mkdir haunt-tutorial cd haunt-tutorial Next, create the site configuration file ‘haunt.scm’. This is where all of the code for building the website will go. Here’s what a simple Haunt configuration looks like: (use-modules (haunt asset) (haunt site) (haunt builder blog) (haunt builder atom) (haunt reader skribe)) (site #:title "My First Haunt Site" #:domain "example.com" #:default-metadata '((author . "Eva Luator") (email . "eva@example.com")) #:readers (list skribe-reader) #:builders (list (blog) (atom-feed) (atom-feeds-by-tag))) Haunt represents the full configuration of the website using the ‘site’ procedure. Site objects specify things like the site title, the default metadata to use for posts, which markup formats are supported, and which builders are used to generate web pages. With the above code saved into the ‘haunt.scm’ file, the next step is to create a ‘posts’ directory and populate it with articles to publish. Put the text below into a file named ‘posts/hello.skr’: (post :title "Hello, World!" :date (make-date* 2015 10 15) :tags '("hello") (h1 [Hello, World!]) (p [This is my very first Skribe document!])) This is a Skribe (http://www.nongnu.org/skribilo/doc/user-3.html#skribe-syntax) document. Skribe is one of the built-in languages that Haunt knows how to work with. It’s basically Scheme, but with support for writing literal text without quoting it all by enclosing it in square brackets. The code above defines a post named “Hello, World!” with a publishing date of 2015-10-15, whose contents are just a single heading and a paragraph. To build the site, run ‘haunt build’ to compile all of the HTML pages. To view the results, run ‘haunt serve’ and visit in a web browser. ‘haunt serve’ is a handy utility that serves the contents of the website using Guile’s built-in HTTP server. Since the blog builder was specified in ‘haunt.scm’, the default index page is a simple listing of all posts, which for now is a single post. Clicking on the post title will display a page with only that post’s contents. In addition to the basic blog builder, the ‘haunt.scm’ file specifies two additional builders for Atom feeds. The ‘atom-feed’ builder creates a feed of all posts located at . The ‘atom-feeds-by-tag’ builder creates one feed for each unique tag specified in the post metadata. There’s only one tag right now, “hello”, and its feed is located at . Tweaking a post, rebuilding the site, and viewing the results in a web browser is the typical Haunt workflow. However, having to run ‘haunt build’ every after each edit is tedious. To address this, run ‘haunt serve --watch’. The Haunt web server, in addition to serving web pages, will now watch for changes to important files and automatically rebuild the site when they are edited. This streamlines the workflow into an edit, save, view loop. Now that we’ve introduced the basic utilities and concepts, continue reading this manual to learn more about Haunt’s command-line and programming interfaces.  File: haunt.info, Node: Command-line Interface, Next: Programming Interface, Prev: Tutorial, Up: Top 4 Command-line Interface ************************ * Menu: * Invoking haunt build:: Build the website. * Invoking haunt serve:: Serve the website over HTTP. * Invoking haunt publish:: Publish the website. The Haunt command-line interface is composed of many subcommands. The general syntax for all Haunt commands is: haunt SUBCOMMAND OPTIONS...  File: haunt.info, Node: Invoking haunt build, Next: Invoking haunt serve, Up: Command-line Interface 4.1 Invoking ‘haunt build’ ========================== The ‘haunt build’ command realizes a Haunt site configuration file by compiling web pages and copying static assets to the output directory. For details on how to configure a Haunt site, *note Sites::. Example: haunt build --config=haunt.scm ‘--config=CONFIGURATION-FILE’ ‘-c CONFIGURATION-FILE’ Load the Haunt site declaration from CONFIGURATION-FILE.  File: haunt.info, Node: Invoking haunt serve, Next: Invoking haunt publish, Prev: Invoking haunt build, Up: Command-line Interface 4.2 Invoking ‘haunt serve’ ========================== The ‘haunt serve’ command allows one to quickly view a local preview of the generated website before publishing the finished product to a remote web server. When ‘haunt serve’ runs, a local HTTP server is spawned. Visit the server using a web browser to inspect the results of the build. By default, the web server listens on port 8080, so the URL to visit would be . While developing, it is common to rebuild the site frequently to view the results of incremental changes. Rather than manually running ‘haunt build’ (*note Invoking haunt build::) each time changes are made, the ‘--watch’ flag can be used to automatically rebuild the site when a source file changes on disk. ‘--config=CONFIGURATION-FILE’ ‘-c CONFIGURATION-FILE’ Load the Haunt site declaration from CONFIGURATION-FILE. ‘--port=PORT’ ‘-p PORT’ Listen for HTTP requests on PORT. Defaults to 8080. ‘--host=HOST’ ‘-p HOST’ Listen for HTTP requests on HOST. Accepts an IP address (IPv4 or IPv6), ‘localhost’ or ‘loopback’ to serve on the local loopback device (the default), or ‘any’ to bind on all local available ports (useful if you want to show off your website to someone else on your LAN, or something.) ‘--watch’ ‘-w’ Automatically rebuild the site when source files change.  File: haunt.info, Node: Invoking haunt publish, Prev: Invoking haunt serve, Up: Command-line Interface 4.3 Invoking ‘haunt publish’ ============================ The ‘haunt publish’ command deploys the site to a remote location. The site must have already been built via ‘haunt build’ before running ‘haunt publish’. Usage: haunt publish By default, Haunt uses the publisher named ‘production’ defined for the current site. However, Haunt supports multiple publishers. Consider the use case where an author wants to publish to a staging environment to confirm that everything looks good on a real web server before publishing to production. To use a non-production publisher, simply say so at the command line: haunt publish staging For details on how to configure publishers, *note Publishers::.  File: haunt.info, Node: Programming Interface, Next: Contributing, Prev: Command-line Interface, Up: Top 5 Programming Interface *********************** * Menu: * Sites:: Description of the site and how to build it. * Posts:: Articles, prose, blog posts, etc. * Readers:: Post interpreters. * Builders:: Web page builders. * Publishers:: How to publish your site. * Artifacts:: The build outputs that form a website. * Assets:: Images, stylesheets, etc. Haunt is a fully-programmable system composed of several Guile Scheme modules. This section documents the public API.  File: haunt.info, Node: Sites, Next: Posts, Up: Programming Interface 5.1 Sites ========= (use-modules (haunt site)) A site object defines all of the properties for a Haunt website: The site name, domain name, where blog posts are found, what post formats are understood, which procedures are used to build the site, where the output files are written to, etc. -- Procedure: site [#:title "This Place is Haunted"] [#:domain "example.com"] [#:posts-directory "posts"] [#:file-filter default-file-filter] [#:build-directory "site"] [#:default-metadata '()] [#:make-slug post-slug] [#:readers '()] [#:builders '()] [#:publishers '()] Create a new site object. All arguments are optional: TITLE The name of the site. POSTS-DIRECTORY The directory where posts are found. FILE-FILTER A predicate procedure that returns ‘#f’ when a post file should be ignored, and ‘#t’ otherwise. Emacs temporary files are ignored by default. BUILD-DIRECTORY The directory that generated pages are stored in. DEFAULT-METADATA An alist of arbitrary default metadata for posts whose keys are symbols. MAKE-SLUG A procedure generating a file name slug from a post. READERS A list of reader objects for processing posts. BUILDERS A list of procedures for building pages from posts. PUBLISHERS A list of publisher objects for upload site contents to a remote location -- Procedure: site? OBJ Return ‘#t’ if OBJ is a site object. -- Procedure: site-title SITE Return the title of SITE. -- Procedure: site-domain SITE Return the domain of SITE. -- Procedure: site-posts-directory SITE Return the posts directory for SITE. -- Procedure: site-file-filter SITE Return the file filter procedure for SITE. -- Procedure: site-build-directory SITE Return the build directory of SITE. -- Procedure: site-make-slug SITE Return the slug constructor for SITE. -- Procedure: site-readers SITE Return the list of reader procedures for SITE. -- Procedure: site-builders SITE Return the list of builder procedures for SITE. -- Procedure: site-publishers SITE Return the list of publisher objects for upload SITE contents to a remote location.  File: haunt.info, Node: Posts, Next: Readers, Prev: Sites, Up: Programming Interface 5.2 Posts ========= (use-modules (haunt post)) Posts represent the articles that are kept in a site’s post directory and written in a markup format that Haunt can understand. *Note Readers:: for how files on disk can be transformed into posts. -- Procedure: make-post FILE-NAME METADATA SXML Create a new post object that represents the contents of the file FILE-NAME. The body of the post, SXML, is represented as an SXML tree (*note SXML: (guile)SXML.) and the metadata is an association list (*note Association Lists: (guile)Association Lists.) of arbitrary key/value pairs. -- Procedure: post? OBJECT Return ‘#t’ if OBJECT is a post. -- Procedure: post-file-name POST Return the file name for POST. -- Procedure: post-metadata POST Return the metadata association list for POST. -- Procedure: post-sxml POST Return the SXML tree for POST. -- Procedure: post-ref POST KEY Return the metadata value corresponding to KEY within POST. -- Procedure: post-slug post Return a URL slug suitable for the file name of POST. If a custom ‘slug’ metadata value exists for POST then that is returned. Otherwise, a slug is automatically generated from the ‘title’ metadata value. The original ‘post-slug’ procedure above has some less than ideal behavior. One issue is that version numbers like “1.2.3” get transformed to “123” rather than something more sensible like “1-2-3”. Unfortunately, changing this behavior would mean breaking the URLs for existing Haunt sites. Instead, users may opt-in to using ‘post-slug-v2’ by passing it as the ‘#:make-slug’ argument to ‘make-site’. *Note Sites:: for more information. -- Procedure: post-slug-v2 post Transform the title of POST into a URL slug. This second revision does a better job than the original. Like ‘post-slug’, if a custom ‘slug’ metadata value exists for POST then that is returned. Otherwise, a slug is automatically generated from the ‘title’ metadata value. -- Variable: %default-date The default date of a post when no other date is specified in the metadata association list. -- Procedure: post-date POST Return the date for POST, or ‘%default-date’ if no date is specified. -- Procedure: posts/reverse-chronological POSTS Sort POSTS, a list of posts, in reverse chronological order. -- Procedure: post-author POST Return the author of POST, or ‘#f’ if no author is specified. -- Procedure: post-tags POST Return list of tags for POST, or the empty list if no tags are specified. -- Procedure: post-title POST Return the title of POST, or ‘#f’ if no title is specified. -- Procedure: posts/group-by-tag POSTS Create an association list of tags mapped to the posts in the list POSTS that used them.  File: haunt.info, Node: Readers, Next: Builders, Prev: Posts, Up: Programming Interface 5.3 Readers =========== * Menu: * Reader:: Reader interface and basic readers * Texinfo:: Texinfo reader * Skribe:: Skribe reader * CommonMark:: CommonMark reader  File: haunt.info, Node: Reader, Next: Texinfo, Up: Readers 5.3.1 Reader ------------ (use-modules (haunt reader)) The purpose of a reader is to translate the markup within a post file into an SXML tree representing the HTML structure and associate some metadata with it. -- Procedure: make-reader MATCHER PROC Create a new reader. The reader is to be activated when MATCHER, a procedure that accepts a file name as its only argument, returns ‘#t’. When a post file matches, the procedure PROC, which also accepts a file name as its only argument, reads the contents and returns a post object (*note Posts::). -- Procedure: reader? OBJECT Return ‘#t’ if OBJECT is a reader. -- Procedure: reader-matcher READER Return the match procedure for READER. -- Procedure: reader-proc READER Return the read procedure for READER. -- Procedure: reader-match? READER FILE-NAME Return ‘#t’ if FILE-NAME is a file supported by READER. -- Procedure: reader-find? readers file-name Return the first reader in READERS that can parse FILE-NAME, or ‘#f’ if there is no such reader. -- Procedure: reader-read reader file-name Parse FILE-NAME using READER and return two values: an alist of metadata and an SXML tree. -- Procedure: read-post READER FILE-NAME [DEFAULT-METADATA] Read a post object from FILE-NAME using READER, merging its metadata with DEFAULT-METADATA, or the empty list if not specified. -- Procedure: read-posts DIRECTORY KEEP? READERS [DEFAULT-METADATA] Read all of the files in DIRECTORY that match KEEP? as post objects. The READERS list must contain a matching reader for every post. -- Procedure: make-file-extension-matcher EXT Create a procedure that returns ‘#t’ when a file name ends with “.ext”. -- Procedure: sxml-reader A basic reader for posts written as Scheme code that evaluates to an an association list. The special key ‘content’ contains the post body as an SXML tree. Example: (use-modules (haunt utils)) `((title . "Hello, world!") (date . ,(string->date* "2015-04-10 23:00")) (tags "foo" "bar") (summary . "Just a test") (content ((h2 "Hello!") (p "This is Haunt. A static site generator for GNU Guile.")))) -- Procedure: html-reader A basic reader for posts written in plain ol’ HTML. Metadata is encoded as the ‘key: value’ pairs, one per line, at the beginning of the file. A line with the ‘---’ sentinel marks the end of the metadata section and the rest of the file is encoded as HTML. Example: title: A Foo Walks Into a Bar date: 2015-04-11 20:00 tags: bar ---

This is an example using raw HTML, because Guile doesn't have a Markdown parser.

 File: haunt.info, Node: Texinfo, Next: Skribe, Prev: Reader, Up: Readers 5.3.2 Texinfo ------------- (use-modules (haunt reader texinfo)) -- Procedure: texinfo-reader A reader for posts written in texinfo, the official documentation format of the GNU project. Metadata is encoded as ‘key: value’ pairs, one per line, at the beginning of the file. A line with the ‘---’ sentinel marks the end of the metadata section and the rest of the file is encoded as HTML. Example: title: Hello, Texi! date: 2016-08-20 12:00 tags: texinfo, foo --- @emph{Texinfo} is the official documentation format of the @url{http://www.gnu.org/, GNU project}. It was invented by Richard Stallman and Bob Chassell many years ago, loosely based on Brian Reid's Scribe and other formatting languages of the time. It is used by many non-GNU projects as well.  File: haunt.info, Node: Skribe, Next: CommonMark, Prev: Texinfo, Up: Readers 5.3.3 Skribe ------------ (use-modules (haunt reader skribe)) -- Procedure: skribe-reader A reader for posts written in Skribe, a markup language with the full power of Scheme. Skribe posts are created with the ‘post’ expression with metadata encoded as ‘:key expression’ pairs at the beginning of the ‘post’ expression. After the metadata section, the rest of the ‘post’ expression is encoded as HTML. Example: (post :title "Hello, Skribe!" :date (make-date* 2016 08 20 12 00) :tags '("skribe" "foo" "baz") (h2 [This is a Skribe post]) (p [Skribe is a ,(em [really]) cool document authoring format that provides all the power of Scheme whilst giving the user a means to write literal text without stuffing it into a string literal. If this sort of thing suits you, be sure to check out ,(anchor "Skribilo" "http://www.nongnu.org/skribilo/"), too.]))  File: haunt.info, Node: CommonMark, Prev: Skribe, Up: Readers 5.3.4 CommonMark ---------------- (use-modules (haunt reader commonmark)) -- Procedure: commonmark-reader A reader for posts written in CommonMark, a fully specified variant of Markdown. Metadata is encoded as ‘key: value’ pairs, one per line, at the beginning of the file. A line with the ‘---’ sentinel marks the end of the metadata section and the rest of the file is encoded as HTML. Example: title: Hello, CommonMark! date: 2016-08-20 12:00 tags: markdown, commonmark --- ## This is a CommonMark post CommonMark is a **strongly** defined, *highly* compatible specification of Markdown, learn more about CommomMark [here](http://commonmark.org/).  File: haunt.info, Node: Builders, Next: Publishers, Prev: Readers, Up: Programming Interface 5.4 Builders ============ * Menu: * Static Assets:: Images, CSS, JavaScript, etc. * Flat pages:: Simple static pages. * Blog:: Dear diary... * Atom:: Atom feeds. * RSS:: RSS feeds. * Redirects:: Client-side redirects. Builders are procedures that return one or more artifacts (*note Artifacts::) when applied. A builder accepts two arguments: A site (*note Sites::) and a list of posts (*note Posts::). Haunt comes with a few convenient builders to help users who want to create a simple blog with an Atom feed.  File: haunt.info, Node: Static Assets, Next: Flat pages, Up: Builders 5.4.1 Static Assets ------------------- (use-modules (haunt builder assets)) -- Procedure: static-directory DIRECTORY [DEST] Create a builder procedure that recursively copies all of the files in DIRECTORY, a file name relative to a site’s source directory, and copies them into DEST, a prefix relative to a site’s target output directory. By default, DEST is DIRECTORY.  File: haunt.info, Node: Flat pages, Next: Blog, Prev: Static Assets, Up: Builders 5.4.2 Flat pages ---------------- (use-modules (haunt builder flat-pages)) Flat pages cover the simple case of converting a tree of files written in some markup language to full web pages. Flat pages work great for the more informational parts of a website that don’t require any fancy programming to generate, like an “About me” page. -- Procedure: flat-pages directory [#:template] [#:prefix] Return a procedure that parses the files in DIRECTORY and returns a list of HTML pages, one for each file. The files are parsed using the readers configured for the current site. Each flat page starts with a metadata header. Only a single piece of metadata is used, though: the title. Here’s what a flat page written in Markdown might look like: title: About me --- # About me Hello, I am Alice! I'm a fictitious person made up for the purposes of demonstrating Haunt's flat page functionality. I live here in this manual with my two cats: Bob and Carol. The content of each flat page is inserted into a complete HTML document by the TEMPLATE procedure. This procedure takes three arguments: • the site object • the page title string (from the metadata header) • an SXML tree of the page body TEMPLATE should return a single value: a new SXML tree representing a complete HTML page that presumably wraps the page body. Conveniently, the signature of TEMPLATE matches the blog theme layout procedure so that it can be reused for flat pages. *Note Blog:: for more information. The structure of DIRECTORY is preserved in the resulting pages and may be optionally nested within the directory PREFIX. If no prefix is specified, the files are placed starting at the root of the site.  File: haunt.info, Node: Blog, Next: Atom, Prev: Flat pages, Up: Builders 5.4.3 Blog ---------- (use-modules (haunt builder blog)) -- Procedure: theme [#:name "Untitled"] [#:layout] [#:post-template] [#:collection-template] [#:pagination-template] Create a new theme named NAME. The procedure LAYOUT accepts three arguments: a site, a page title string, and an SXML tree. Its purpose is to wrap the contents of a post with the theme’s header/footer and return the complete SXML tree for a web page. The procedure POST-TEMPLATE accepts a single argument: a post. Its purpose is to return an SXML tree containing the contents of the post, applying any desired post-processing operations. The procedure COLLECTION-TEMPLATE accepts four arguments: a site, a title string, a list of posts, and a URL prefix string. Its purpose is to return an SXML tree containing the body of the collection page. The procedure PAGINATION-TEMPLATE accepts four arguments: a site, an SXML tree, the file name of the previous page, and the file name of the next page. Its purpose is to incorporate the given SXML tree into a larger document that incorporates previous/next page links. -- Procedure: theme? OBJECT Return ‘#t’ if OBJECT is a theme object. -- Procedure: blog [#:theme] [#:prefix] [#:post-prefix] [#:collections `(("Recent Posts" "index.html" ,posts/reverse-chronological))] [#:posts-per-page] Create a builder procedure that transforms a list of posts into pages decorated by THEME, a theme object, whose URLs start with PREFIX. Post pages may be nested deeper in the file hierarchy than collection pages by specifying the POST-PREFIX argument. Additionally, this builder creates pages that aggregate previews of many posts corresponding to what is specified in the list COLLECTIONS. Each collection is a three element list in the form ‘(title file-name filter)’. TITLE The human readable name of the collection. FILE-NAME The HTML file that will contain the rendered collection. FILTER A procedure that accepts a list of posts as its only argument and returns a new list of posts. The filter procedure is used to remove and/or sort the posts into the desired form for the collection. For example, a filter could sort posts in reverse chronological order or select all posts that are written by a particular author. By default, a single collection is created that lists posts in reverse chronological order and writes to ‘index.html’. Also by default, collection pages are not paginated. When there are a lot of posts in one or more collections, it is best to paginate them. To do so, pass the POSTS-PER-PAGE argument. The default theme is intended only for testing purposes.  File: haunt.info, Node: Atom, Next: RSS, Prev: Blog, Up: Builders 5.4.4 Atom ---------- (use-modules (haunt builder atom)) -- Procedure: atom-feed [#:file-name "feed.xml"] [#:subtitle "Recent Posts"] [#:filter posts/reverse-chronological] [#:last-updated (current-date)] [#:max-entries 20] [#:blog-prefix ""] Return a builder procedure that renders a site’s posts as an Atom feed. All arguments are optional: FILE-NAME: The page file name. SUBTITLE The feed subtitle. FILTER The procedure called to manipulate the posts list before rendering. LAST-UPDATED The feed last updated date. Defaults to the current date. MAX-ENTRIES The maximum number of posts to render in the feed. BLOG-PREFIX The prefix for all post URLs, which is the combination of the blog’s prefix and post prefix. *Note Blog:: for more information. -- Procedure: atom-feeds-by-tag [#:prefix "feeds/tags"] [#:filter posts/reverse-chronological] [#:last-updated (current-date)] [#:max-entries 20] [#:blog-prefix ""] Return a builder procedure that renders an atom feed for every tag used in a post. All arguments are optional: PREFIX The directory in which to write the feeds. FILTER The procedure called to manipulate the posts list before rendering. LAST-UPDATED The feed last updated date. Defaults to the current date. MAX-ENTRIES The maximum number of posts to render in each feed. BLOG-PREFIX The prefix for all post URLs, which is the combination of the blog’s prefix and post prefix. *Note Blog:: for more information.  File: haunt.info, Node: RSS, Next: Redirects, Prev: Atom, Up: Builders 5.4.5 RSS --------- (use-modules (haunt builder rss)) -- Procedure: rss-feed [#:file-name "rss-feed.xml"] [#:subtitle "Recent Posts"] [#:filter posts/reverse-chronological] [#:publication-date (current-date)] [#:max-entries 20] [#:blog-prefix ""] Return a builder procedure that renders a list of posts as an RSS feed. All arguments are optional: FILE-NAME The page file name. SUBTITLE The feed subtitle. FILTER The procedure called to manipulate the posts list before rendering. PUBLICATION-DATE The feed publication date. Defaults to the current date. MAX-ENTRIES The maximum number of posts to render in the feed. BLOG-PREFIX The prefix for all post URLs, which is the combination of the blog’s prefix and post prefix. *Note Blog:: for more information.  File: haunt.info, Node: Redirects, Prev: RSS, Up: Builders 5.4.6 Redirects --------------- (use-modules (haunt builder redirects)) The redirects builder creates pages that trigger browser redirects to another URL. This allows for easily specifying redirects as part of a Haunt site configuration and without the need for modifying the configuration of the production web server that is hosting the site. -- Procedure: redirects specs Return a procedure that transforms a list of redirect tuples in SPECS, with the form ‘(from to)’, into a list of pages that trigger a browser-initiated redirect. ‘from’ values must be local page file names, _not_ URLs, but TO values may be either local page file names or full URLs to other websites. (redirects '(("/about.html" "/about/me.html") ; local ("/guile.html" "https://gnu.org/software/guile"))) ; remote  File: haunt.info, Node: Publishers, Next: Artifacts, Prev: Builders, Up: Programming Interface 5.5 Publishers ============== (use-modules (haunt publisher)) The purpose of a publisher is to deploy a built site. Haunt comes with some built-in publishers, but custom publishers can be created with the following interface. -- Procedure: make-publisher NAME PROC Create a new publisher. -- Procedure: publisher? OBJECT Return ‘#t’ if OBJECT is a publisher. -- Procedure: publisher-name PUBLISHER Return the publisher name. -- Procedure: publisher-proc READER Return the publisher procedure for PUBLISHER. -- Procedure: publish PUBLISHER SITE Publish SITE with PUBLISHER. -- Procedure: run-command PROGRAM ARGS Run command PROGRAM with ARGS arguments. Haunt comes with the following built-in publishers: * Menu: * Rsync:: * Sourcehut::  File: haunt.info, Node: Rsync, Next: Sourcehut, Up: Publishers 5.5.1 Rsync ----------- (use-modules (haunt publisher rsync)) -- Procedure: rsync-publisher [#:name 'production] [#:destination] @ [#:user] [#:host] [#:name] [#:rsync] @ [#:flags ’("–compress" "–delete" "–progress" "–recursive" "–verbose")] Return a new publisher named NAME that publishes a site to DESTINATION, either locally or to a remote host if HOST and/or USER arguments are specified. Passing RSYNC overrides the ‘rsync’ executable used. Passing FLAGS overrides the set of command line flags used.  File: haunt.info, Node: Sourcehut, Prev: Rsync, Up: Publishers 5.5.2 Sourcehut --------------- (use-modules (haunt publisher sourcehut)) -- Procedure: sourcehut-publisher [#:name 'production] [#:hut] [#:tar] Return a new publisher named NAME that publishes a site to sourcehut pages (https://srht.site/) using the site’s configured domain. Passing HUT and/or TAR overrides the default ‘hut’ and ‘tar’ executables used. For the publisher to work, the ‘hut’ CLI tool that is used under the hood has to be configured. One can do so by creating ‘~/.config/hut/config’ manually or by running the ‘hut init’ command. In both cases an OAuth access token needs to be generated via sourcehut meta (https://meta.sr.ht/oauth2).  File: haunt.info, Node: Artifacts, Next: Assets, Prev: Publishers, Up: Programming Interface 5.6 Artifacts ============= (use-modules (haunt artifact)) Artifacts are objects that represent the output of a build. A collection of artifacts forms a complete website. Artifacts are quite simple: They contain a file name string that specifies where the artifact belongs in the build output directory, and a writer procedure that populates that file with data. For example, making an artifact that writes “Hello, world!” to ‘/hello.txt’ would look like this: (make-artifact "/hello.txt" (lambda (output) (call-with-output-file output (lambda (port) (display "Hello, world!\n" port))))) Previous versions of Haunt made a distinction between pages, whose content is defined algorithmically, and assets, whose content is copied verbatim from an input file such as an image. The artifact data type is a unifying primitive that replaces both pages and assets. Artifacts that require serializing some input, such as SXML, should use ‘serialize-artifact’. Artifacts that make a verbatim copy of an input file should use ‘verbatim-artifact’. Unless you are implementing a custom builder, it’s unlikely that these procedures will be need to used directly. -- Procedure: serialized-artifact destination obj serialize Return a new artifact whose writer serializes OBJ using the procedure SERIALIZE to the DESTINATION in the build output directory. -- Procedure: verbatim-artifact source destination Return a new artifact that copies the file SOURCE verbatim to DESTINATION within the build output directory.  File: haunt.info, Node: Assets, Prev: Artifacts, Up: Programming Interface 5.7 Assets ========== (use-modules (haunt asset)) Assets represent files on disk that should be copied verbatim to a site’s output directory. Common types of assets include CSS, JavaScript, images, and fonts. It is often the case that there are entire directories full of static assets to copy over, thus there is a convenient ‘directory-assets’ procedure. However, it’s unlikely that this procedure needs to be used directly. See *note Static Assets:: for a convenient builder. -- Procedure: directory-assets DIRECTORY KEEP? DEST Create a list of asset objects to be stored within DEST for all files in DIRECTORY that match KEEP?, recursively.  File: haunt.info, Node: Contributing, Next: GNU Free Documentation License, Prev: Programming Interface, Up: Top 6 Contributing ************** Haunt is developed using the Git version control system. The official repository is hosted at . Send patches and bug reports to .  File: haunt.info, Node: GNU Free Documentation License, Next: Concept Index, Prev: Contributing, Up: Top Appendix A GNU Free Documentation License ***************************************** Version 1.3, 3 November 2008 Copyright © 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. 0. PREAMBLE The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other functional and useful document “free” in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others. This License is a kind of “copyleft”, which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software. We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that work under the conditions stated herein. The “Document”, below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as “you”. You accept the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission under copyright law. A “Modified Version” of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language. A “Secondary Section” is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document’s overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them. The “Invariant Sections” are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant Sections then there are none. The “Cover Texts” are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words. A “Transparent” copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, that is suitable for revising the document straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount of text. A copy that is not “Transparent” is called “Opaque”. Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word processors for output purposes only. The “Title Page” means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, “Title Page” means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work’s title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text. The “publisher” means any person or entity that distributes copies of the Document to the public. A section “Entitled XYZ” means a named subunit of the Document whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as “Acknowledgements”, “Dedications”, “Endorsements”, or “History”.) To “Preserve the Title” of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a section “Entitled XYZ” according to this definition. The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has no effect on the meaning of this License. 2. VERBATIM COPYING You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the Document’s license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects. If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages. If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general network-using public has access to download using public-standard network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public. It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. 4. MODIFICATIONS You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that version gives permission. B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five), unless they release you from this requirement. C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher. D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright notices. F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document’s license notice. H. Include an unaltered copy of this License. I. Preserve the section Entitled “History”, Preserve its Title, and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If there is no section Entitled “History” in the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence. J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the “History” section. You may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. K. For any section Entitled “Acknowledgements” or “Dedications”, Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein. L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. M. Delete any section Entitled “Endorsements”. Such a section may not be included in the Modified Version. N. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled “Endorsements” or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. O. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers. If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version’s license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. You may add a section Entitled “Endorsements”, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties—for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard. You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers. The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled “History” in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled “History”; likewise combine any sections Entitled “Acknowledgements”, and any sections Entitled “Dedications”. You must delete all sections Entitled “Endorsements.” 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an “aggregate” if the copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights of the compilation’s users beyond what the individual works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves derivative works of the Document. If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of the entire aggregate, the Document’s Cover Texts may be placed on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole aggregate. 8. TRANSLATION Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License, and all the license notices in the Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include the original English version of this License and the original versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original version of this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will prevail. If a section in the Document is Entitled “Acknowledgements”, “Dedications”, or “History”, the requirement (section 4) to Preserve its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual title. 9. TERMINATION You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation. Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after your receipt of the notice. Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently reinstated, receipt of a copy of some or all of the same material does not give you any rights to use it. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See . Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this License “or any later version” applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of this License can be used, that proxy’s public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the Document. 11. RELICENSING “Massive Multiauthor Collaboration Site” (or “MMC Site”) means any World Wide Web server that publishes copyrightable works and also provides prominent facilities for anybody to edit those works. A public wiki that anybody can edit is an example of such a server. A “Massive Multiauthor Collaboration” (or “MMC”) contained in the site means any set of copyrightable works thus published on the MMC site. “CC-BY-SA” means the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 license published by Creative Commons Corporation, a not-for-profit corporation with a principal place of business in San Francisco, California, as well as future copyleft versions of that license published by that same organization. “Incorporate” means to publish or republish a Document, in whole or in part, as part of another Document. An MMC is “eligible for relicensing” if it is licensed under this License, and if all works that were first published under this License somewhere other than this MMC, and subsequently incorporated in whole or in part into the MMC, (1) had no cover texts or invariant sections, and (2) were thus incorporated prior to November 1, 2008. The operator of an MMC Site may republish an MMC contained in the site under CC-BY-SA on the same site at any time before August 1, 2009, provided the MMC is eligible for relicensing. ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents ==================================================== To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page: Copyright (C) YEAR YOUR NAME. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''. If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts, replace the “with...Texts.” line with this: with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST. If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the situation. If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit their use in free software.  File: haunt.info, Node: Concept Index, Next: Programming Index, Prev: GNU Free Documentation License, Up: Top Concept Index *************  File: haunt.info, Node: Programming Index, Prev: Concept Index, Up: Top Programming Index ***************** [index] * Menu: * %default-date: Posts. (line 55) * atom-feed: Atom. (line 8) * atom-feeds-by-tag: Atom. (line 35) * blog: Blog. (line 35) * commonmark-reader: CommonMark. (line 8) * directory-assets: Assets. (line 16) * flat-pages: Flat pages. (line 13) * html-reader: Reader. (line 69) * make-file-extension-matcher: Reader. (line 48) * make-post: Posts. (line 12) * make-publisher: Publishers. (line 12) * make-reader: Reader. (line 12) * post-author: Posts. (line 66) * post-date: Posts. (line 59) * post-file-name: Posts. (line 22) * post-metadata: Posts. (line 25) * post-ref: Posts. (line 31) * post-slug: Posts. (line 34) * post-slug-v2: Posts. (line 48) * post-sxml: Posts. (line 28) * post-tags: Posts. (line 69) * post-title: Posts. (line 73) * post?: Posts. (line 19) * posts/group-by-tag: Posts. (line 76) * posts/reverse-chronological: Posts. (line 63) * publish: Publishers. (line 24) * publisher-name: Publishers. (line 18) * publisher-proc: Publishers. (line 21) * publisher?: Publishers. (line 15) * read-post: Reader. (line 39) * read-posts: Reader. (line 43) * reader-find?: Reader. (line 31) * reader-match?: Reader. (line 28) * reader-matcher: Reader. (line 22) * reader-proc: Reader. (line 25) * reader-read: Reader. (line 35) * reader?: Reader. (line 19) * redirects: Redirects. (line 13) * rss-feed: RSS. (line 8) * rsync-publisher: Rsync. (line 8) * run-command: Publishers. (line 27) * serialized-artifact: Artifacts. (line 34) * site: Sites. (line 13) * site-build-directory: Sites. (line 66) * site-builders: Sites. (line 75) * site-domain: Sites. (line 57) * site-file-filter: Sites. (line 63) * site-make-slug: Sites. (line 69) * site-posts-directory: Sites. (line 60) * site-publishers: Sites. (line 78) * site-readers: Sites. (line 72) * site-title: Sites. (line 54) * site?: Sites. (line 51) * skribe-reader: Skribe. (line 8) * sourcehut-publisher: Sourcehut. (line 8) * static-directory: Static Assets. (line 8) * sxml-reader: Reader. (line 52) * texinfo-reader: Texinfo. (line 8) * theme: Blog. (line 8) * theme?: Blog. (line 32) * verbatim-artifact: Artifacts. (line 39)  Tag Table: Node: Top629 Node: Introduction1342 Node: Installation4995 Node: Downloading5317 Node: Requirements5607 Node: Building6390 Node: Tutorial7450 Node: Command-line Interface11229 Node: Invoking haunt build11711 Node: Invoking haunt serve12259 Node: Invoking haunt publish13842 Node: Programming Interface14693 Node: Sites15416 Node: Posts17851 Node: Readers20864 Node: Reader21204 Node: Texinfo24194 Node: Skribe25175 Node: CommonMark26330 Node: Builders27182 Node: Static Assets27916 Node: Flat pages28398 Node: Blog30380 Node: Atom33386 Node: RSS35205 Node: Redirects36220 Node: Publishers37161 Node: Rsync38064 Node: Sourcehut38702 Node: Artifacts39505 Node: Assets41277 Node: Contributing42038 Node: GNU Free Documentation License42376 Node: Concept Index67733 Node: Programming Index67879  End Tag Table  Local Variables: coding: utf-8 End: haunt-0.3.0/COPYING0000644000175000017500000010451314343462711013515 0ustar frankiefrankie GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 3, 29 June 2007 Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. Preamble The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for software and other kinds of works. The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to your programs, too. When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs, and that you know you can do these things. To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others. For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps: (1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it. For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to authors of previous versions. Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users. Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents. States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that patents cannot be used to render the program non-free. The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. TERMS AND CONDITIONS 0. Definitions. "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License. "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of works, such as semiconductor masks. "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and "recipients" may be individuals or organizations. To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work. A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based on the Program. To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying, distribution (with or without modification), making available to the public, and in some countries other activities as well. To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying. An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices" to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2) tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion. 1. Source Code. The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source form of a work. A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that is widely used among developers working in that language. The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an implementation is available to the public in source code form. A "Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component (kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system (if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it. The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to control those activities. However, it does not include the work's System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source includes interface definition files associated with source files for the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require, such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those subprograms and other parts of the work. The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding Source. The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that same work. 2. Basic Permissions. All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law. You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you. Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10 makes it unnecessary. 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law. No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article 11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such measures. When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of technological measures. 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies. You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice; keep intact all notices stating that this License and any non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code; keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all recipients a copy of this License along with the Program. You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey, and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee. 5. Conveying Modified Source Versions. You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified it, and giving a relevant date. b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is released under this License and any conditions added under section 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to "keep intact all notices". c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7 additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts, regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not invalidate such permission if you have separately received it. d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your work need not make them do so. A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work, and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other parts of the aggregate. 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms. You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, in one of these ways: a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium customarily used for software interchange. b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge. c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord with subsection 6b. d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party) that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements. e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no charge under subsection 6d. A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be included in conveying the object code work. A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family, or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product, doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent the only significant mode of use of the product. "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods, procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because modification has been made. If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has been installed in ROM). The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a network may be denied when the modification itself materially and adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and protocols for communication across the network. Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided, in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly documented (and with an implementation available to the public in source code form), and must require no special password or key for unpacking, reading or copying. 7. Additional Terms. "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions. Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by this License without regard to the additional permissions. When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work, for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission. Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms: a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal Notices displayed by works containing it; or c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in reasonable ways as different from the original version; or d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or authors of the material; or e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on those licensors and authors. All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is governed by this License along with a term that is a further restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms of that license document, provided that the further restriction does not survive such relicensing or conveying. If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating where to find the applicable terms. Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions; the above requirements apply either way. 8. Termination. You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third paragraph of section 11). However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation. Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after your receipt of the notice. Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same material under section 10. 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies. You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However, nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so. 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients. Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License. An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered work results from an entity transaction, each party to that transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts. You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it. 11. Patents. A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version". A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version, but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of this License. Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and propagate the contents of its contributor version. In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent (such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a patent against the party. If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license, and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a publicly available network server or other readily accessible means, then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that country that you have reason to believe are valid. If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered work and works based on it. A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily for and in connection with specific products or compilations that contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement, or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007. Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law. 12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom. If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program. 13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License. Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work, but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License, section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the combination as such. 14. Revised Versions of this License. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the Program. Later license versions may give you additional or different permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a later version. 15. Disclaimer of Warranty. THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. 16. Limitation of Liability. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16. If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms, reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a copy of the Program in return for a fee. END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. Copyright (C) This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see . Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: Copyright (C) This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box". You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see . The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General Public License instead of this License. But first, please read . haunt-0.3.0/configure0000755000175000017500000050454614524207443014403 0ustar frankiefrankie#! /bin/sh # Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles. # Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69 for Haunt 0.3.0. # # # Copyright (C) 1992-1996, 1998-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # # This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. ## -------------------- ## ## M4sh Initialization. ## ## -------------------- ## # Be more Bourne compatible DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then : emulate sh NULLCMD=: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST else case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #( *posix*) : set -o posix ;; #( *) : ;; esac fi as_nl=' ' export as_nl # Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf. as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo # Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris, # but without wasting forks for bash or zsh. if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \ && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then as_echo='print -r --' as_echo_n='print -rn --' elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then as_echo='printf %s\n' as_echo_n='printf %s' else if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"' as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n' else as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"' as_echo_n_body='eval arg=$1; case $arg in #( *"$as_nl"*) expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl"; arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;; esac; expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl" ' export as_echo_n_body as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo' fi export as_echo_body as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo' fi # The user is always right. if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then PATH_SEPARATOR=: (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && { (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 || PATH_SEPARATOR=';' } fi # IFS # We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is # there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab. # (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word # splitting by setting IFS to empty value.) IFS=" "" $as_nl" # Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no directory separator. as_myself= case $0 in #(( *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' # in which case we are not to be found in the path. if test "x$as_myself" = x; then as_myself=$0 fi if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2 exit 1 fi # Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in # pre-3.0 UWIN ksh). But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1" # suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there. '((' could # trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14. for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \ && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || : done PS1='$ ' PS2='> ' PS4='+ ' # NLS nuisances. LC_ALL=C export LC_ALL LANGUAGE=C export LANGUAGE # CDPATH. (unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH # Use a proper internal environment variable to ensure we don't fall # into an infinite loop, continuously re-executing ourselves. if test x"${_as_can_reexec}" != xno && test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then _as_can_reexec=no; export _as_can_reexec; # We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a # neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also # works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables. # Preserve -v and -x to the replacement shell. BASH_ENV=/dev/null ENV=/dev/null (unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV case $- in # (((( *v*x* | *x*v* ) as_opts=-vx ;; *v* ) as_opts=-v ;; *x* ) as_opts=-x ;; * ) as_opts= ;; esac exec $CONFIG_SHELL $as_opts "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"} # Admittedly, this is quite paranoid, since all the known shells bail # out after a failed `exec'. $as_echo "$0: could not re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL" >&2 as_fn_exit 255 fi # We don't want this to propagate to other subprocesses. { _as_can_reexec=; unset _as_can_reexec;} if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" = x; then as_bourne_compatible="if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then : emulate sh NULLCMD=: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"' setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST else case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in #( *posix*) : set -o posix ;; #( *) : ;; esac fi " as_required="as_fn_return () { (exit \$1); } as_fn_success () { as_fn_return 0; } as_fn_failure () { as_fn_return 1; } as_fn_ret_success () { return 0; } as_fn_ret_failure () { return 1; } exitcode=0 as_fn_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_success failed.; } as_fn_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_failure succeeded.; } as_fn_ret_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_success failed.; } as_fn_ret_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_failure succeeded.; } if ( set x; as_fn_ret_success y && test x = \"\$1\" ); then : else exitcode=1; echo positional parameters were not saved. fi test x\$exitcode = x0 || exit 1 test -x / || exit 1" as_suggested=" as_lineno_1=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_1a=\$LINENO as_lineno_2=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_2a=\$LINENO eval 'test \"x\$as_lineno_1'\$as_run'\" != \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\" && test \"x\`expr \$as_lineno_1'\$as_run' + 1\`\" = \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\"' || exit 1" if (eval "$as_required") 2>/dev/null; then : as_have_required=yes else as_have_required=no fi if test x$as_have_required = xyes && (eval "$as_suggested") 2>/dev/null; then : else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR as_found=false for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. as_found=: case $as_dir in #( /*) for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do # Try only shells that exist, to save several forks. as_shell=$as_dir/$as_base if { test -f "$as_shell" || test -f "$as_shell.exe"; } && { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then : CONFIG_SHELL=$as_shell as_have_required=yes if { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_suggested" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then : break 2 fi fi done;; esac as_found=false done $as_found || { if { test -f "$SHELL" || test -f "$SHELL.exe"; } && { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$SHELL"; } 2>/dev/null; then : CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL as_have_required=yes fi; } IFS=$as_save_IFS if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then : export CONFIG_SHELL # We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a # neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also # works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables. # Preserve -v and -x to the replacement shell. BASH_ENV=/dev/null ENV=/dev/null (unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV case $- in # (((( *v*x* | *x*v* ) as_opts=-vx ;; *v* ) as_opts=-v ;; *x* ) as_opts=-x ;; * ) as_opts= ;; esac exec $CONFIG_SHELL $as_opts "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"} # Admittedly, this is quite paranoid, since all the known shells bail # out after a failed `exec'. $as_echo "$0: could not re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL" >&2 exit 255 fi if test x$as_have_required = xno; then : $as_echo "$0: This script requires a shell more modern than all" $as_echo "$0: the shells that I found on your system." if test x${ZSH_VERSION+set} = xset ; then $as_echo "$0: In particular, zsh $ZSH_VERSION has bugs and should" $as_echo "$0: be upgraded to zsh 4.3.4 or later." else $as_echo "$0: Please tell bug-autoconf@gnu.org about your system, $0: including any error possibly output before this $0: message. Then install a modern shell, or manually run $0: the script under such a shell if you do have one." fi exit 1 fi fi fi SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} export SHELL # Unset more variables known to interfere with behavior of common tools. CLICOLOR_FORCE= GREP_OPTIONS= unset CLICOLOR_FORCE GREP_OPTIONS ## --------------------- ## ## M4sh Shell Functions. ## ## --------------------- ## # as_fn_unset VAR # --------------- # Portably unset VAR. as_fn_unset () { { eval $1=; unset $1;} } as_unset=as_fn_unset # as_fn_set_status STATUS # ----------------------- # Set $? to STATUS, without forking. as_fn_set_status () { return $1 } # as_fn_set_status # as_fn_exit STATUS # ----------------- # Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context. as_fn_exit () { set +e as_fn_set_status $1 exit $1 } # as_fn_exit # as_fn_mkdir_p # ------------- # Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary. as_fn_mkdir_p () { case $as_dir in #( -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;; esac test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || { as_dirs= while :; do case $as_dir in #( *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'( *) as_qdir=$as_dir;; esac as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs" as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" || $as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$as_dir" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` test -d "$as_dir" && break done test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs" } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error $? "cannot create directory $as_dir" } # as_fn_mkdir_p # as_fn_executable_p FILE # ----------------------- # Test if FILE is an executable regular file. as_fn_executable_p () { test -f "$1" && test -x "$1" } # as_fn_executable_p # as_fn_append VAR VALUE # ---------------------- # Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take # advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over # repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive # implementations. if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then : eval 'as_fn_append () { eval $1+=\$2 }' else as_fn_append () { eval $1=\$$1\$2 } fi # as_fn_append # as_fn_arith ARG... # ------------------ # Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the # global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments # must be portable across $(()) and expr. if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then : eval 'as_fn_arith () { as_val=$(( $* )) }' else as_fn_arith () { as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1` } fi # as_fn_arith # as_fn_error STATUS ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD] # ---------------------------------------- # Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are # provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the # script with STATUS, using 1 if that was 0. as_fn_error () { as_status=$1; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1 if test "$4"; then as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$3"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $2" >&$4 fi $as_echo "$as_me: error: $2" >&2 as_fn_exit $as_status } # as_fn_error if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then as_expr=expr else as_expr=false fi if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then as_basename=basename else as_basename=false fi if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_dirname=dirname else as_dirname=false fi as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" || $as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X/"$0" | sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` # Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS as_cr_digits='0123456789' as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits as_lineno_1=$LINENO as_lineno_1a=$LINENO as_lineno_2=$LINENO as_lineno_2a=$LINENO eval 'test "x$as_lineno_1'$as_run'" != "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'" && test "x`expr $as_lineno_1'$as_run' + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'"' || { # Blame Lee E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax. :-) sed -n ' p /[$]LINENO/= ' <$as_myself | sed ' s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/ t lineno b :lineno N :loop s/[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n\)\(.*\)/\2\1\2/ t loop s/-\n.*// ' >$as_me.lineno && chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" || { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2; as_fn_exit 1; } # If we had to re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL, we're ensured to have # already done that, so ensure we don't try to do so again and fall # in an infinite loop. This has already happened in practice. _as_can_reexec=no; export _as_can_reexec # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the # original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensitive to this). . "./$as_me.lineno" # Exit status is that of the last command. exit } ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T= case `echo -n x` in #((((( -n*) case `echo 'xy\c'` in *c*) ECHO_T=' ';; # ECHO_T is single tab character. xy) ECHO_C='\c';; *) echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null ECHO_T=' ';; esac;; *) ECHO_N='-n';; esac rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file if test -d conf$$.dir; then rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file else rm -f conf$$.dir mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null fi if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then as_ln_s='ln -s' # ... but there are two gotchas: # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail. # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable. # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -pR'. ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe || as_ln_s='cp -pR' elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then as_ln_s=ln else as_ln_s='cp -pR' fi else as_ln_s='cp -pR' fi rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"' else test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p as_mkdir_p=false fi as_test_x='test -x' as_executable_p=as_fn_executable_p # Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" # Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" test -n "$DJDIR" || exec 7<&0 &1 # Name of the host. # hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, old GNU/Linux) returns a bogus exit status, # so uname gets run too. ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` # # Initializations. # ac_default_prefix=/usr/local ac_clean_files= ac_config_libobj_dir=. LIBOBJS= cross_compiling=no subdirs= MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS= # Identity of this package. PACKAGE_NAME='Haunt' PACKAGE_TARNAME='haunt' PACKAGE_VERSION='0.3.0' PACKAGE_STRING='Haunt 0.3.0' PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='' PACKAGE_URL='' ac_unique_file="haunt" ac_subst_vars='am__EXEEXT_FALSE am__EXEEXT_TRUE LTLIBOBJS LIBOBJS TAR HUT RSYNC HAVE_INOTIFY_FALSE HAVE_INOTIFY_TRUE am__fastdepCC_FALSE am__fastdepCC_TRUE CCDEPMODE am__nodep AMDEPBACKSLASH AMDEP_FALSE AMDEP_TRUE am__include DEPDIR OBJEXT EXEEXT ac_ct_CC CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS CFLAGS CC HAVE_GUILE_COMMONMARK_FALSE HAVE_GUILE_COMMONMARK_TRUE HAVE_GUILE_READER_FALSE HAVE_GUILE_READER_TRUE guileobjectdir guilemoduledir GUILE_TOOLS GUILE_CONFIG GUILD GUILE GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR PKG_CONFIG_PATH PKG_CONFIG AM_BACKSLASH AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY AM_DEFAULT_V AM_V CSCOPE ETAGS CTAGS am__untar am__tar AMTAR am__leading_dot SET_MAKE AWK mkdir_p MKDIR_P INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM STRIP install_sh MAKEINFO AUTOHEADER AUTOMAKE AUTOCONF ACLOCAL VERSION PACKAGE CYGPATH_W am__isrc INSTALL_DATA INSTALL_SCRIPT INSTALL_PROGRAM target_alias host_alias build_alias LIBS ECHO_T ECHO_N ECHO_C DEFS mandir localedir libdir psdir pdfdir dvidir htmldir infodir docdir oldincludedir includedir localstatedir sharedstatedir sysconfdir datadir datarootdir libexecdir sbindir bindir program_transform_name prefix exec_prefix PACKAGE_URL PACKAGE_BUGREPORT PACKAGE_STRING PACKAGE_VERSION PACKAGE_TARNAME PACKAGE_NAME PATH_SEPARATOR SHELL am__quote' ac_subst_files='' ac_user_opts=' enable_option_checking enable_silent_rules enable_dependency_tracking ' ac_precious_vars='build_alias host_alias target_alias PKG_CONFIG PKG_CONFIG_PATH PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR CC CFLAGS LDFLAGS LIBS CPPFLAGS' # Initialize some variables set by options. ac_init_help= ac_init_version=false ac_unrecognized_opts= ac_unrecognized_sep= # The variables have the same names as the options, with # dashes changed to underlines. cache_file=/dev/null exec_prefix=NONE no_create= no_recursion= prefix=NONE program_prefix=NONE program_suffix=NONE program_transform_name=s,x,x, silent= site= srcdir= verbose= x_includes=NONE x_libraries=NONE # Installation directory options. # These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo" # and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix # by default will actually change. # Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them. # (The list follows the same order as the GNU Coding Standards.) bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin' sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin' libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec' datarootdir='${prefix}/share' datadir='${datarootdir}' sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc' sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com' localstatedir='${prefix}/var' includedir='${prefix}/include' oldincludedir='/usr/include' docdir='${datarootdir}/doc/${PACKAGE_TARNAME}' infodir='${datarootdir}/info' htmldir='${docdir}' dvidir='${docdir}' pdfdir='${docdir}' psdir='${docdir}' libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib' localedir='${datarootdir}/locale' mandir='${datarootdir}/man' ac_prev= ac_dashdash= for ac_option do # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. if test -n "$ac_prev"; then eval $ac_prev=\$ac_option ac_prev= continue fi case $ac_option in *=?*) ac_optarg=`expr "X$ac_option" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ;; *=) ac_optarg= ;; *) ac_optarg=yes ;; esac # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos. case $ac_dashdash$ac_option in --) ac_dashdash=yes ;; -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi) ac_prev=bindir ;; -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*) bindir=$ac_optarg ;; -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu) ac_prev=build_alias ;; -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*) build_alias=$ac_optarg ;; -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \ | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c) ac_prev=cache_file ;; -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \ | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*) cache_file=$ac_optarg ;; --config-cache | -C) cache_file=config.cache ;; -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad) ac_prev=datadir ;; -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=*) datadir=$ac_optarg ;; -datarootdir | --datarootdir | --datarootdi | --datarootd | --dataroot \ | --dataroo | --dataro | --datar) ac_prev=datarootdir ;; -datarootdir=* | --datarootdir=* | --datarootdi=* | --datarootd=* \ | --dataroot=* | --dataroo=* | --dataro=* | --datar=*) datarootdir=$ac_optarg ;; -disable-* | --disable-*) ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && as_fn_error $? "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt" ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` case $ac_user_opts in *" "enable_$ac_useropt" "*) ;; *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--disable-$ac_useropt_orig" ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; esac eval enable_$ac_useropt=no ;; -docdir | --docdir | --docdi | --doc | --do) ac_prev=docdir ;; -docdir=* | --docdir=* | --docdi=* | --doc=* | --do=*) docdir=$ac_optarg ;; -dvidir | --dvidir | --dvidi | --dvid | --dvi | --dv) ac_prev=dvidir ;; -dvidir=* | --dvidir=* | --dvidi=* | --dvid=* | --dvi=* | --dv=*) dvidir=$ac_optarg ;; -enable-* | --enable-*) ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && as_fn_error $? "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt" ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` case $ac_user_opts in *" "enable_$ac_useropt" "*) ;; *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--enable-$ac_useropt_orig" ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; esac eval enable_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;; -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \ | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \ | --exec | --exe | --ex) ac_prev=exec_prefix ;; -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \ | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \ | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*) exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;; -gas | --gas | --ga | --g) # Obsolete; use --with-gas. with_gas=yes ;; -help | --help | --hel | --he | -h) ac_init_help=long ;; -help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*) ac_init_help=recursive ;; -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*) ac_init_help=short ;; -host | --host | --hos | --ho) ac_prev=host_alias ;; -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*) host_alias=$ac_optarg ;; -htmldir | --htmldir | --htmldi | --htmld | --html | --htm | --ht) ac_prev=htmldir ;; -htmldir=* | --htmldir=* | --htmldi=* | --htmld=* | --html=* | --htm=* \ | --ht=*) htmldir=$ac_optarg ;; -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \ | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc) ac_prev=includedir ;; -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \ | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*) includedir=$ac_optarg ;; -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf) ac_prev=infodir ;; -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*) infodir=$ac_optarg ;; -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd) ac_prev=libdir ;; -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*) libdir=$ac_optarg ;; -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \ | --libexe | --libex | --libe) ac_prev=libexecdir ;; -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \ | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*) libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;; -localedir | --localedir | --localedi | --localed | --locale) ac_prev=localedir ;; -localedir=* | --localedir=* | --localedi=* | --localed=* | --locale=*) localedir=$ac_optarg ;; -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \ | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst | --locals) ac_prev=localstatedir ;; -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \ | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* | --locals=*) localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m) ac_prev=mandir ;; -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*) mandir=$ac_optarg ;; -nfp | --nfp | --nf) # Obsolete; use --without-fp. with_fp=no ;; -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \ | --no-cr | --no-c | -n) no_create=yes ;; -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \ | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) no_recursion=yes ;; -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \ | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \ | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o) ac_prev=oldincludedir ;; -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \ | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \ | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*) oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;; -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p) ac_prev=prefix ;; -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*) prefix=$ac_optarg ;; -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \ | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p) ac_prev=program_prefix ;; -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \ | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*) program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;; -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \ | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s) ac_prev=program_suffix ;; -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \ | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*) program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;; -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \ | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \ | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \ | --program-transform | --program-transfor \ | --program-transfo | --program-transf \ | --program-trans | --program-tran \ | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t) ac_prev=program_transform_name ;; -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \ | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \ | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \ | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \ | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \ | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \ | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*) program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;; -pdfdir | --pdfdir | --pdfdi | --pdfd | --pdf | --pd) ac_prev=pdfdir ;; -pdfdir=* | --pdfdir=* | --pdfdi=* | --pdfd=* | --pdf=* | --pd=*) pdfdir=$ac_optarg ;; -psdir | --psdir | --psdi | --psd | --ps) ac_prev=psdir ;; -psdir=* | --psdir=* | --psdi=* | --psd=* | --ps=*) psdir=$ac_optarg ;; -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) silent=yes ;; -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb) ac_prev=sbindir ;; -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \ | --sbi=* | --sb=*) sbindir=$ac_optarg ;; -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \ | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \ | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \ | --sha | --sh) ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;; -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \ | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \ | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \ | --sha=* | --sh=*) sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; -site | --site | --sit) ac_prev=site ;; -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*) site=$ac_optarg ;; -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr) ac_prev=srcdir ;; -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*) srcdir=$ac_optarg ;; -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \ | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy) ac_prev=sysconfdir ;; -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \ | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*) sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;; -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t) ac_prev=target_alias ;; -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*) target_alias=$ac_optarg ;; -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb) verbose=yes ;; -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V) ac_init_version=: ;; -with-* | --with-*) ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && as_fn_error $? "invalid package name: $ac_useropt" ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` case $ac_user_opts in *" "with_$ac_useropt" "*) ;; *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--with-$ac_useropt_orig" ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; esac eval with_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;; -without-* | --without-*) ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && as_fn_error $? "invalid package name: $ac_useropt" ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` case $ac_user_opts in *" "with_$ac_useropt" "*) ;; *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--without-$ac_useropt_orig" ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; esac eval with_$ac_useropt=no ;; --x) # Obsolete; use --with-x. with_x=yes ;; -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \ | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i) ac_prev=x_includes ;; -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \ | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*) x_includes=$ac_optarg ;; -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \ | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l) ac_prev=x_libraries ;; -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \ | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*) x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;; -*) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized option: \`$ac_option' Try \`$0 --help' for more information" ;; *=*) ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. case $ac_envvar in #( '' | [0-9]* | *[!_$as_cr_alnum]* ) as_fn_error $? "invalid variable name: \`$ac_envvar'" ;; esac eval $ac_envvar=\$ac_optarg export $ac_envvar ;; *) # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0. $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2 expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2 : "${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option}" ;; esac done if test -n "$ac_prev"; then ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'` as_fn_error $? "missing argument to $ac_option" fi if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts"; then case $enable_option_checking in no) ;; fatal) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" ;; *) $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2 ;; esac fi # Check all directory arguments for consistency. for ac_var in exec_prefix prefix bindir sbindir libexecdir datarootdir \ datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir includedir \ oldincludedir docdir infodir htmldir dvidir pdfdir psdir \ libdir localedir mandir do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var # Remove trailing slashes. case $ac_val in */ ) ac_val=`expr "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*\)'` eval $ac_var=\$ac_val;; esac # Be sure to have absolute directory names. case $ac_val in [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) continue;; NONE | '' ) case $ac_var in *prefix ) continue;; esac;; esac as_fn_error $? "expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" done # There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host' # used to hold the argument of --host etc. # FIXME: To remove some day. build=$build_alias host=$host_alias target=$target_alias # FIXME: To remove some day. if test "x$host_alias" != x; then if test "x$build_alias" = x; then cross_compiling=maybe elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then cross_compiling=yes fi fi ac_tool_prefix= test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias- test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null ac_pwd=`pwd` && test -n "$ac_pwd" && ac_ls_di=`ls -di .` && ac_pwd_ls_di=`cd "$ac_pwd" && ls -di .` || as_fn_error $? "working directory cannot be determined" test "X$ac_ls_di" = "X$ac_pwd_ls_di" || as_fn_error $? "pwd does not report name of working directory" # Find the source files, if location was not specified. if test -z "$srcdir"; then ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes # Try the directory containing this script, then the parent directory. ac_confdir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_myself" || $as_expr X"$as_myself" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$as_myself" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$as_myself" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` srcdir=$ac_confdir if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then srcdir=.. fi else ac_srcdir_defaulted=no fi if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes && srcdir="$ac_confdir or .." as_fn_error $? "cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir" fi ac_msg="sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work" ac_abs_confdir=`( cd "$srcdir" && test -r "./$ac_unique_file" || as_fn_error $? "$ac_msg" pwd)` # When building in place, set srcdir=. if test "$ac_abs_confdir" = "$ac_pwd"; then srcdir=. fi # Remove unnecessary trailing slashes from srcdir. # Double slashes in file names in object file debugging info # mess up M-x gdb in Emacs. case $srcdir in */) srcdir=`expr "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*\)'`;; esac for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do eval ac_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set} eval ac_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var} eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set} eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var} done # # Report the --help message. # if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing. # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh. cat <<_ACEOF \`configure' configures Haunt 0.3.0 to adapt to many kinds of systems. Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]... To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as VAR=VALUE. See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables. Defaults for the options are specified in brackets. Configuration: -h, --help display this help and exit --help=short display options specific to this package --help=recursive display the short help of all the included packages -V, --version display version information and exit -q, --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking ...' messages --cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE [disabled] -C, --config-cache alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache' -n, --no-create do not create output files --srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..'] Installation directories: --prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX [$ac_default_prefix] --exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX [PREFIX] By default, \`make install' will install all the files in \`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc. You can specify an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix', for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'. For better control, use the options below. Fine tuning of the installation directories: --bindir=DIR user executables [EPREFIX/bin] --sbindir=DIR system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin] --libexecdir=DIR program executables [EPREFIX/libexec] --sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc] --sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com] --localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var] --libdir=DIR object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib] --includedir=DIR C header files [PREFIX/include] --oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include] --datarootdir=DIR read-only arch.-independent data root [PREFIX/share] --datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data [DATAROOTDIR] --infodir=DIR info documentation [DATAROOTDIR/info] --localedir=DIR locale-dependent data [DATAROOTDIR/locale] --mandir=DIR man documentation [DATAROOTDIR/man] --docdir=DIR documentation root [DATAROOTDIR/doc/haunt] --htmldir=DIR html documentation [DOCDIR] --dvidir=DIR dvi documentation [DOCDIR] --pdfdir=DIR pdf documentation [DOCDIR] --psdir=DIR ps documentation [DOCDIR] _ACEOF cat <<\_ACEOF Program names: --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names --program-transform-name=PROGRAM run sed PROGRAM on installed program names _ACEOF fi if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then case $ac_init_help in short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of Haunt 0.3.0:";; esac cat <<\_ACEOF Optional Features: --disable-option-checking ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options --disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no) --enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes] --enable-silent-rules less verbose build output (undo: "make V=1") --disable-silent-rules verbose build output (undo: "make V=0") --enable-dependency-tracking do not reject slow dependency extractors --disable-dependency-tracking speeds up one-time build Some influential environment variables: PKG_CONFIG path to pkg-config utility PKG_CONFIG_PATH directories to add to pkg-config's search path PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR path overriding pkg-config's built-in search path CC C compiler command CFLAGS C compiler flags LDFLAGS linker flags, e.g. -L if you have libraries in a nonstandard directory LIBS libraries to pass to the linker, e.g. -l CPPFLAGS (Objective) C/C++ preprocessor flags, e.g. -I if you have headers in a nonstandard directory Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations. Report bugs to the package provider. _ACEOF ac_status=$? fi if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help. for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue test -d "$ac_dir" || { cd "$srcdir" && ac_pwd=`pwd` && srcdir=. && test -d "$ac_dir"; } || continue ac_builddir=. case "$ac_dir" in .) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; *) ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'` # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'` case $ac_top_builddir_sub in "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; *) ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;; esac ;; esac ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix # for backward compatibility: ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix case $srcdir in .) # We are building in place. ac_srcdir=. ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;; [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute name. ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; *) # Relative name. ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;; esac ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix cd "$ac_dir" || { ac_status=$?; continue; } # Check for guested configure. if test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu"; then echo && $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu" --help=recursive elif test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure"; then echo && $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure" --help=recursive else $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2 fi || ac_status=$? cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; } done fi test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status if $ac_init_version; then cat <<\_ACEOF Haunt configure 0.3.0 generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69 Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. _ACEOF exit fi ## ------------------------ ## ## Autoconf initialization. ## ## ------------------------ ## # ac_fn_c_try_compile LINENO # -------------------------- # Try to compile conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. ac_fn_c_try_compile () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack rm -f conftest.$ac_objext if { { ac_try="$ac_compile" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.err ac_status=$? if test -s conftest.err; then grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1 cat conftest.er1 >&5 mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err fi $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && { test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || test ! -s conftest.err } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then : ac_retval=0 else $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_retval=1 fi eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno as_fn_set_status $ac_retval } # ac_fn_c_try_compile # ac_fn_c_try_link LINENO # ----------------------- # Try to link conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. ac_fn_c_try_link () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext if { { ac_try="$ac_link" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.err ac_status=$? if test -s conftest.err; then grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1 cat conftest.er1 >&5 mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err fi $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && { test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || test ! -s conftest.err } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { test "$cross_compiling" = yes || test -x conftest$ac_exeext }; then : ac_retval=0 else $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_retval=1 fi # Delete the IPA/IPO (Inter Procedural Analysis/Optimization) information # created by the PGI compiler (conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo), as it would # interfere with the next link command; also delete a directory that is # left behind by Apple's compiler. We do this before executing the actions. rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno as_fn_set_status $ac_retval } # ac_fn_c_try_link # ac_fn_c_check_func LINENO FUNC VAR # ---------------------------------- # Tests whether FUNC exists, setting the cache variable VAR accordingly ac_fn_c_check_func () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; } if eval \${$3+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Define $2 to an innocuous variant, in case declares $2. For example, HP-UX 11i declares gettimeofday. */ #define $2 innocuous_$2 /* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, which can conflict with char $2 (); below. Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since exists even on freestanding compilers. */ #ifdef __STDC__ # include #else # include #endif #undef $2 /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char $2 (); /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ #if defined __stub_$2 || defined __stub___$2 choke me #endif int main () { return $2 (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : eval "$3=yes" else eval "$3=no" fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext fi eval ac_res=\$$3 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno } # ac_fn_c_check_func cat >config.log <<_ACEOF This file contains any messages produced by compilers while running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake. It was created by Haunt $as_me 0.3.0, which was generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69. Invocation command line was $ $0 $@ _ACEOF exec 5>>config.log { cat <<_ASUNAME ## --------- ## ## Platform. ## ## --------- ## hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/hostinfo = `(/usr/bin/hostinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /bin/machine = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` _ASUNAME as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. $as_echo "PATH: $as_dir" done IFS=$as_save_IFS } >&5 cat >&5 <<_ACEOF ## ----------- ## ## Core tests. ## ## ----------- ## _ACEOF # Keep a trace of the command line. # Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up. # Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs. # Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters. # Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression. ac_configure_args= ac_configure_args0= ac_configure_args1= ac_must_keep_next=false for ac_pass in 1 2 do for ac_arg do case $ac_arg in -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;; -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) continue ;; *\'*) ac_arg=`$as_echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; esac case $ac_pass in 1) as_fn_append ac_configure_args0 " '$ac_arg'" ;; 2) as_fn_append ac_configure_args1 " '$ac_arg'" if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal. else case $ac_arg in *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \ | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \ | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \ | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x) case "$ac_configure_args0 " in "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;; esac ;; -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;; esac fi as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'" ;; esac done done { ac_configure_args0=; unset ac_configure_args0;} { ac_configure_args1=; unset ac_configure_args1;} # When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete # config.log. We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there # would cause problems or look ugly. # WARNING: Use '\'' to represent an apostrophe within the trap. # WARNING: Do not start the trap code with a newline, due to a FreeBSD 4.0 bug. trap 'exit_status=$? # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging. { echo $as_echo "## ---------------- ## ## Cache variables. ## ## ---------------- ##" echo # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, ( for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n '\''s/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'\''`; do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var case $ac_val in #( *${as_nl}*) case $ac_var in #( *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;; esac case $ac_var in #( _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #( BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #( *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;; esac ;; esac done (set) 2>&1 | case $as_nl`(ac_space='\'' '\''; set) 2>&1` in #( *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *) sed -n \ "s/'\''/'\''\\\\'\'''\''/g; s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\''\\2'\''/p" ;; #( *) sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p" ;; esac | sort ) echo $as_echo "## ----------------- ## ## Output variables. ## ## ----------------- ##" echo for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var case $ac_val in *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;; esac $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''" done | sort echo if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then $as_echo "## ------------------- ## ## File substitutions. ## ## ------------------- ##" echo for ac_var in $ac_subst_files do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var case $ac_val in *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;; esac $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''" done | sort echo fi if test -s confdefs.h; then $as_echo "## ----------- ## ## confdefs.h. ## ## ----------- ##" echo cat confdefs.h echo fi test "$ac_signal" != 0 && $as_echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal" $as_echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status" } >&5 rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* && rm -f -r conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files && exit $exit_status ' 0 for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; as_fn_exit 1' $ac_signal done ac_signal=0 # confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed. rm -f -r conftest* confdefs.h $as_echo "/* confdefs.h */" > confdefs.h # Predefined preprocessor variables. cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_URL "$PACKAGE_URL" _ACEOF # Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to. # Prefer an explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones. ac_site_file1=NONE ac_site_file2=NONE if test -n "$CONFIG_SITE"; then # We do not want a PATH search for config.site. case $CONFIG_SITE in #(( -*) ac_site_file1=./$CONFIG_SITE;; */*) ac_site_file1=$CONFIG_SITE;; *) ac_site_file1=./$CONFIG_SITE;; esac elif test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then ac_site_file1=$prefix/share/config.site ac_site_file2=$prefix/etc/config.site else ac_site_file1=$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site ac_site_file2=$ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site fi for ac_site_file in "$ac_site_file1" "$ac_site_file2" do test "x$ac_site_file" = xNONE && continue if test /dev/null != "$ac_site_file" && test -r "$ac_site_file"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;} sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5 . "$ac_site_file" \ || { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "failed to load site script $ac_site_file See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } fi done if test -r "$cache_file"; then # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special files # actually), so we avoid doing that. DJGPP emulates it as a regular file. if test /dev/null != "$cache_file" && test -f "$cache_file"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading cache $cache_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;} case $cache_file in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . "$cache_file";; *) . "./$cache_file";; esac fi else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating cache $cache_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;} >$cache_file fi # Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same # value. ac_cache_corrupted=false for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set eval ac_old_val=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value eval ac_new_val=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in set,) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;} ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; ,set) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;} ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; ,);; *) if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then # differences in whitespace do not lead to failure. ac_old_val_w=`echo x $ac_old_val` ac_new_val_w=`echo x $ac_new_val` if test "$ac_old_val_w" != "$ac_new_val_w"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;} ac_cache_corrupted=: else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&2;} eval $ac_var=\$ac_old_val fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: former value: \`$ac_old_val'" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: former value: \`$ac_old_val'" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&2;} fi;; esac # Pass precious variables to config.status. if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then case $ac_new_val in *\'*) ac_arg=$ac_var=`$as_echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;; esac case " $ac_configure_args " in *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups. Use of quotes ensures accuracy. *) as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'" ;; esac fi done if $ac_cache_corrupted; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" "$LINENO" 5 fi ## -------------------- ## ## Main body of script. ## ## -------------------- ## ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu ac_aux_dir= for ac_dir in build-aux "$srcdir"/build-aux; do if test -f "$ac_dir/install-sh"; then ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c" break elif test -f "$ac_dir/install.sh"; then ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c" break elif test -f "$ac_dir/shtool"; then ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/shtool install -c" break fi done if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then as_fn_error $? "cannot find install-sh, install.sh, or shtool in build-aux \"$srcdir\"/build-aux" "$LINENO" 5 fi # These three variables are undocumented and unsupported, # and are intended to be withdrawn in a future Autoconf release. # They can cause serious problems if a builder's source tree is in a directory # whose full name contains unusual characters. ac_config_guess="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.guess" # Please don't use this var. ac_config_sub="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" # Please don't use this var. ac_configure="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/configure" # Please don't use this var. am__api_version='1.16' # Find a good install program. We prefer a C program (faster), # so one script is as good as another. But avoid the broken or # incompatible versions: # SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install # SunOS /usr/etc/install # IRIX /sbin/install # AIX /bin/install # AmigaOS /C/install, which installs bootblocks on floppy discs # AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag # AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args # SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff" # OS/2's system install, which has a completely different semantic # ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh. # Reject install programs that cannot install multiple files. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a BSD-compatible install" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for a BSD-compatible install... " >&6; } if test -z "$INSTALL"; then if ${ac_cv_path_install+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements. case $as_dir/ in #(( ./ | .// | /[cC]/* | \ /etc/* | /usr/sbin/* | /usr/etc/* | /sbin/* | /usr/afsws/bin/* | \ ?:[\\/]os2[\\/]install[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]OS2[\\/]INSTALL[\\/]* | \ /usr/ucb/* ) ;; *) # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install. # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root # by default. for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; then if test $ac_prog = install && grep dspmsg "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then # AIX install. It has an incompatible calling convention. : elif test $ac_prog = install && grep pwplus "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then # program-specific install script used by HP pwplus--don't use. : else rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir echo one > conftest.one echo two > conftest.two mkdir conftest.dir if "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" -c conftest.one conftest.two "`pwd`/conftest.dir" && test -s conftest.one && test -s conftest.two && test -s conftest.dir/conftest.one && test -s conftest.dir/conftest.two then ac_cv_path_install="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext -c" break 3 fi fi fi done done ;; esac done IFS=$as_save_IFS rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir fi if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then INSTALL=$ac_cv_path_install else # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. Don't cache a # value for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will # break other packages using the cache if that directory is # removed, or if the value is a relative name. INSTALL=$ac_install_sh fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $INSTALL" >&5 $as_echo "$INSTALL" >&6; } # Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}. # It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution. test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}' test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL}' test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644' { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether build environment is sane" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether build environment is sane... " >&6; } # Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory # name. Accept space and tab only in the latter. am_lf=' ' case `pwd` in *[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf]*) as_fn_error $? "unsafe absolute working directory name" "$LINENO" 5;; esac case $srcdir in *[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf\ \ ]*) as_fn_error $? "unsafe srcdir value: '$srcdir'" "$LINENO" 5;; esac # Do 'set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's # arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a # symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks # (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing # directory). if ( am_has_slept=no for am_try in 1 2; do echo "timestamp, slept: $am_has_slept" > conftest.file set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null` if test "$*" = "X"; then # -L didn't work. set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file` fi if test "$*" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \ && test "$*" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane". as_fn_error $? "ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken alias in your environment" "$LINENO" 5 fi if test "$2" = conftest.file || test $am_try -eq 2; then break fi # Just in case. sleep 1 am_has_slept=yes done test "$2" = conftest.file ) then # Ok. : else as_fn_error $? "newly created file is older than distributed files! Check your system clock" "$LINENO" 5 fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } # If we didn't sleep, we still need to ensure time stamps of config.status and # generated files are strictly newer. am_sleep_pid= if grep 'slept: no' conftest.file >/dev/null 2>&1; then ( sleep 1 ) & am_sleep_pid=$! fi rm -f conftest.file test "$program_prefix" != NONE && program_transform_name="s&^&$program_prefix&;$program_transform_name" # Use a double $ so make ignores it. test "$program_suffix" != NONE && program_transform_name="s&\$&$program_suffix&;$program_transform_name" # Double any \ or $. # By default was `s,x,x', remove it if useless. ac_script='s/[\\$]/&&/g;s/;s,x,x,$//' program_transform_name=`$as_echo "$program_transform_name" | sed "$ac_script"` # Expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path. am_aux_dir=`cd "$ac_aux_dir" && pwd` if test x"${MISSING+set}" != xset; then MISSING="\${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/missing'" fi # Use eval to expand $SHELL if eval "$MISSING --is-lightweight"; then am_missing_run="$MISSING " else am_missing_run= { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: 'missing' script is too old or missing" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: 'missing' script is too old or missing" >&2;} fi if test x"${install_sh+set}" != xset; then case $am_aux_dir in *\ * | *\ *) install_sh="\${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/install-sh'" ;; *) install_sh="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh" esac fi # Installed binaries are usually stripped using 'strip' when the user # run "make install-strip". However 'strip' might not be the right # tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake # will honor the 'STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program. if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}strip", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}strip; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_STRIP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$STRIP"; then ac_cv_prog_STRIP="$STRIP" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_prog_STRIP="${ac_tool_prefix}strip" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_STRIP if test -n "$STRIP"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $STRIP" >&5 $as_echo "$STRIP" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"; then ac_ct_STRIP=$STRIP # Extract the first word of "strip", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy strip; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="$ac_ct_STRIP" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="strip" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_STRIP" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_STRIP" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_STRIP" = x; then STRIP=":" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac STRIP=$ac_ct_STRIP fi else STRIP="$ac_cv_prog_STRIP" fi fi INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a thread-safe mkdir -p" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for a thread-safe mkdir -p... " >&6; } if test -z "$MKDIR_P"; then if ${ac_cv_path_mkdir+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/opt/sfw/bin do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_prog in mkdir gmkdir; do for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" || continue case `"$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" --version 2>&1` in #( 'mkdir (GNU coreutils) '* | \ 'mkdir (coreutils) '* | \ 'mkdir (fileutils) '4.1*) ac_cv_path_mkdir=$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext break 3;; esac done done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi test -d ./--version && rmdir ./--version if test "${ac_cv_path_mkdir+set}" = set; then MKDIR_P="$ac_cv_path_mkdir -p" else # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. Don't cache a # value for MKDIR_P within a source directory, because that will # break other packages using the cache if that directory is # removed, or if the value is a relative name. MKDIR_P="$ac_install_sh -d" fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MKDIR_P" >&5 $as_echo "$MKDIR_P" >&6; } for ac_prog in gawk mawk nawk awk do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_AWK+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$AWK"; then ac_cv_prog_AWK="$AWK" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_prog_AWK="$ac_prog" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi AWK=$ac_cv_prog_AWK if test -n "$AWK"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $AWK" >&5 $as_echo "$AWK" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$AWK" && break done { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)... " >&6; } set x ${MAKE-make} ac_make=`$as_echo "$2" | sed 's/+/p/g; s/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g'` if eval \${ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat >conftest.make <<\_ACEOF SHELL = /bin/sh all: @echo '@@@%%%=$(MAKE)=@@@%%%' _ACEOF # GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering ...", which would confuse us. case `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null` in *@@@%%%=?*=@@@%%%*) eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes;; *) eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no;; esac rm -f conftest.make fi if eval test \$ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set = yes; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } SET_MAKE= else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}" fi rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null if test -d .tst; then am__leading_dot=. else am__leading_dot=_ fi rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null # Check whether --enable-silent-rules was given. if test "${enable_silent_rules+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_silent_rules; fi case $enable_silent_rules in # ((( yes) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=0;; no) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=1;; *) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=1;; esac am_make=${MAKE-make} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $am_make supports nested variables" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether $am_make supports nested variables... " >&6; } if ${am_cv_make_support_nested_variables+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if $as_echo 'TRUE=$(BAR$(V)) BAR0=false BAR1=true V=1 am__doit: @$(TRUE) .PHONY: am__doit' | $am_make -f - >/dev/null 2>&1; then am_cv_make_support_nested_variables=yes else am_cv_make_support_nested_variables=no fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $am_cv_make_support_nested_variables" >&5 $as_echo "$am_cv_make_support_nested_variables" >&6; } if test $am_cv_make_support_nested_variables = yes; then AM_V='$(V)' AM_DEFAULT_V='$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY)' else AM_V=$AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY AM_DEFAULT_V=$AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY fi AM_BACKSLASH='\' if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then # Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output # is not polluted with repeated "-I." am__isrc=' -I$(srcdir)' # test to see if srcdir already configured if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then as_fn_error $? "source directory already configured; run \"make distclean\" there first" "$LINENO" 5 fi fi # test whether we have cygpath if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w' else CYGPATH_W=echo fi fi # Define the identity of the package. PACKAGE='haunt' VERSION='0.3.0' cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE "$PACKAGE" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define VERSION "$VERSION" _ACEOF # Some tools Automake needs. ACLOCAL=${ACLOCAL-"${am_missing_run}aclocal-${am__api_version}"} AUTOCONF=${AUTOCONF-"${am_missing_run}autoconf"} AUTOMAKE=${AUTOMAKE-"${am_missing_run}automake-${am__api_version}"} AUTOHEADER=${AUTOHEADER-"${am_missing_run}autoheader"} MAKEINFO=${MAKEINFO-"${am_missing_run}makeinfo"} # For better backward compatibility. To be removed once Automake 1.9.x # dies out for good. For more background, see: # # mkdir_p='$(MKDIR_P)' # We need awk for the "check" target (and possibly the TAP driver). The # system "awk" is bad on some platforms. # Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility. Yes, it's still used # in the wild :-( We should find a proper way to deprecate it ... AMTAR='$${TAR-tar}' # We'll loop over all known methods to create a tar archive until one works. _am_tools='gnutar pax cpio none' am__tar='$${TAR-tar} chof - "$$tardir"' am__untar='$${TAR-tar} xf -' # Variables for tags utilities; see am/tags.am if test -z "$CTAGS"; then CTAGS=ctags fi if test -z "$ETAGS"; then ETAGS=etags fi if test -z "$CSCOPE"; then CSCOPE=cscope fi # POSIX will say in a future version that running "rm -f" with no argument # is OK; and we want to be able to make that assumption in our Makefile # recipes. So use an aggressive probe to check that the usage we want is # actually supported "in the wild" to an acceptable degree. # See automake bug#10828. # To make any issue more visible, cause the running configure to be aborted # by default if the 'rm' program in use doesn't match our expectations; the # user can still override this though. if rm -f && rm -fr && rm -rf; then : OK; else cat >&2 <<'END' Oops! Your 'rm' program seems unable to run without file operands specified on the command line, even when the '-f' option is present. This is contrary to the behaviour of most rm programs out there, and not conforming with the upcoming POSIX standard: Please tell bug-automake@gnu.org about your system, including the value of your $PATH and any error possibly output before this message. This can help us improve future automake versions. END if test x"$ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM" = x"yes"; then echo 'Configuration will proceed anyway, since you have set the' >&2 echo 'ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM variable to "yes"' >&2 echo >&2 else cat >&2 <<'END' Aborting the configuration process, to ensure you take notice of the issue. You can download and install GNU coreutils to get an 'rm' implementation that behaves properly: . If you want to complete the configuration process using your problematic 'rm' anyway, export the environment variable ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM to "yes", and re-run configure. END as_fn_error $? "Your 'rm' program is bad, sorry." "$LINENO" 5 fi fi # Check whether --enable-silent-rules was given. if test "${enable_silent_rules+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_silent_rules; fi case $enable_silent_rules in # ((( yes) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=0;; no) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=1;; *) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=0;; esac am_make=${MAKE-make} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $am_make supports nested variables" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether $am_make supports nested variables... " >&6; } if ${am_cv_make_support_nested_variables+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if $as_echo 'TRUE=$(BAR$(V)) BAR0=false BAR1=true V=1 am__doit: @$(TRUE) .PHONY: am__doit' | $am_make -f - >/dev/null 2>&1; then am_cv_make_support_nested_variables=yes else am_cv_make_support_nested_variables=no fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $am_cv_make_support_nested_variables" >&5 $as_echo "$am_cv_make_support_nested_variables" >&6; } if test $am_cv_make_support_nested_variables = yes; then AM_V='$(V)' AM_DEFAULT_V='$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY)' else AM_V=$AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY AM_DEFAULT_V=$AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY fi AM_BACKSLASH='\' ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile example/Makefile haunt/config.scm" ac_config_files="$ac_config_files pre-inst-env" ac_config_files="$ac_config_files test-env" ac_config_files="$ac_config_files scripts/haunt" if test "x$ac_cv_env_PKG_CONFIG_set" != "xset"; then if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}pkg-config", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}pkg-config; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case $PKG_CONFIG in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG="$PKG_CONFIG" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac fi PKG_CONFIG=$ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $PKG_CONFIG" >&5 $as_echo "$PKG_CONFIG" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG"; then ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG=$PKG_CONFIG # Extract the first word of "pkg-config", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy pkg-config; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case $ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG="$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac fi ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG=$ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG if test -n "$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" = x; then PKG_CONFIG="" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac PKG_CONFIG=$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG fi else PKG_CONFIG="$ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG" fi fi if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then _pkg_min_version=0.9.0 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking pkg-config is at least version $_pkg_min_version" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking pkg-config is at least version $_pkg_min_version... " >&6; } if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version $_pkg_min_version; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } PKG_CONFIG="" fi fi if test "x$PKG_CONFIG" = x; then as_fn_error $? "pkg-config is missing, please install it" "$LINENO" 5 fi _guile_versions_to_search="3.0 2.2 2.0" if test -n "$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION"; then _guile_tmp="" for v in $_guile_versions_to_search; do if test "$v" = "$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION"; then _guile_tmp=$v fi done if test -z "$_guile_tmp"; then { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "searching for guile development files for versions $_guile_versions_to_search, but previously found $GUILE version $GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } fi _guile_versions_to_search=$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION fi GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION="" _guile_errors="" for v in $_guile_versions_to_search; do if test -z "$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for guile $v" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: checking for guile $v" >&6;} if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG" && \ { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors \"guile-\$v\""; } >&5 ($PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors "guile-$v") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION=$v fi fi done if test -z "$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION"; then as_fn_error $? " No Guile development packages were found. Please verify that you have Guile installed. If you installed Guile from a binary distribution, please verify that you have also installed the development packages. If you installed it yourself, you might need to adjust your PKG_CONFIG_PATH; see the pkg-config man page for more. " "$LINENO" 5 fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found guile $GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: found guile $GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION" >&6;} _guile_required_version="$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION" if test -z "$_guile_required_version"; then _guile_required_version=3.0 fi _guile_candidates=guile _tmp= for v in `echo "$_guile_required_version" | tr . ' '`; do if test -n "$_tmp"; then _tmp=$_tmp.; fi _tmp=$_tmp$v _guile_candidates="guile-$_tmp guile$_tmp $_guile_candidates" done for ac_prog in $_guile_candidates do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_GUILE+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case $GUILE in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ac_cv_path_GUILE="$GUILE" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_path_GUILE="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac fi GUILE=$ac_cv_path_GUILE if test -n "$GUILE"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $GUILE" >&5 $as_echo "$GUILE" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$GUILE" && break done if test -z "$GUILE"; then as_fn_error $? "guile required but not found" "$LINENO" 5 fi _guile_suffix=`echo "$GUILE" | sed -e 's,^.*/guile\(.*\)$,\1,'` _guile_effective_version=`$GUILE -c "(display (effective-version))"` if test -z "$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION"; then GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION=$_guile_effective_version elif test "$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION" != "$_guile_effective_version"; then as_fn_error $? "found development files for Guile $GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION, but $GUILE has effective version $_guile_effective_version" "$LINENO" 5 fi _guile_major_version=`$GUILE -c "(display (major-version))"` _guile_minor_version=`$GUILE -c "(display (minor-version))"` _guile_micro_version=`$GUILE -c "(display (micro-version))"` _guile_prog_version="$_guile_major_version.$_guile_minor_version.$_guile_micro_version" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for Guile version >= $_guile_required_version" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for Guile version >= $_guile_required_version... " >&6; } _major_version=`echo $_guile_required_version | cut -d . -f 1` _minor_version=`echo $_guile_required_version | cut -d . -f 2` _micro_version=`echo $_guile_required_version | cut -d . -f 3` if test "$_guile_major_version" -gt "$_major_version"; then true elif test "$_guile_major_version" -eq "$_major_version"; then if test "$_guile_minor_version" -gt "$_minor_version"; then true elif test "$_guile_minor_version" -eq "$_minor_version"; then if test -n "$_micro_version"; then if test "$_guile_micro_version" -lt "$_micro_version"; then as_fn_error $? "Guile $_guile_required_version required, but $_guile_prog_version found" "$LINENO" 5 fi fi elif test "$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION" = "$_major_version.$_minor_version" -a -z "$_micro_version"; then # Allow prereleases that have the right effective version. true else as_fn_error $? "Guile $_guile_required_version required, but $_guile_prog_version found" "$LINENO" 5 fi elif test "$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION" = "$_major_version.$_minor_version" -a -z "$_micro_version"; then # Allow prereleases that have the right effective version. true else as_fn_error $? "Guile $_guile_required_version required, but $_guile_prog_version found" "$LINENO" 5 fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $_guile_prog_version" >&5 $as_echo "$_guile_prog_version" >&6; } # Extract the first word of "guild$_guile_suffix", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy guild$_guile_suffix; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_GUILD+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case $GUILD in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ac_cv_path_GUILD="$GUILD" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_path_GUILD="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac fi GUILD=$ac_cv_path_GUILD if test -n "$GUILD"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $GUILD" >&5 $as_echo "$GUILD" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi # Extract the first word of "guile-config$_guile_suffix", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy guile-config$_guile_suffix; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_GUILE_CONFIG+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case $GUILE_CONFIG in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ac_cv_path_GUILE_CONFIG="$GUILE_CONFIG" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_path_GUILE_CONFIG="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac fi GUILE_CONFIG=$ac_cv_path_GUILE_CONFIG if test -n "$GUILE_CONFIG"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $GUILE_CONFIG" >&5 $as_echo "$GUILE_CONFIG" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test -n "$GUILD"; then GUILE_TOOLS=$GUILD else # Extract the first word of "guile-tools$_guile_suffix", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy guile-tools$_guile_suffix; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_GUILE_TOOLS+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case $GUILE_TOOLS in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ac_cv_path_GUILE_TOOLS="$GUILE_TOOLS" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_path_GUILE_TOOLS="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac fi GUILE_TOOLS=$ac_cv_path_GUILE_TOOLS if test -n "$GUILE_TOOLS"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $GUILE_TOOLS" >&5 $as_echo "$GUILE_TOOLS" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi haunt_prefix="`eval echo $prefix | sed -e"s|NONE|/usr/local|g"`" haunt_libdir="`eval echo $libdir | sed -e"s|NONE|$haunt_prefix|g"`" guilemoduledir="`eval echo ${datarootdir}/guile/site/$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION | sed -e"s|NONE|$haunt_prefix|g"`" guileobjectdir="`eval echo ${libdir}/guile/$GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION/site-ccache | sed -e"s|NONE|$haunt_prefix|g"`" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if (system reader) is available" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if (system reader) is available... " >&6; } $GUILE -c "(use-modules (system reader)) (exit ((lambda () 0)))" > /dev/null 2>&1 have_guile_reader=$? if test "$have_guile_reader" = "0" ; then have_guile_reader=yes ; else have_guile_reader=no ; fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $have_guile_reader" >&5 $as_echo "$have_guile_reader" >&6; } if test "x$have_guile_reader" = "xyes"; then HAVE_GUILE_READER_TRUE= HAVE_GUILE_READER_FALSE='#' else HAVE_GUILE_READER_TRUE='#' HAVE_GUILE_READER_FALSE= fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if (commonmark) is available" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking if (commonmark) is available... " >&6; } $GUILE -c "(use-modules (commonmark)) (exit ((lambda () 0)))" > /dev/null 2>&1 have_guile_commonmark=$? if test "$have_guile_commonmark" = "0" ; then have_guile_commonmark=yes ; else have_guile_commonmark=no ; fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $have_guile_commonmark" >&5 $as_echo "$have_guile_commonmark" >&6; } if test "x$have_guile_commonmark" = "xyes"; then HAVE_GUILE_COMMONMARK_TRUE= HAVE_GUILE_COMMONMARK_FALSE='#' else HAVE_GUILE_COMMONMARK_TRUE='#' HAVE_GUILE_COMMONMARK_FALSE= fi DEPDIR="${am__leading_dot}deps" ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands depfiles" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether ${MAKE-make} supports the include directive" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} supports the include directive... " >&6; } cat > confinc.mk << 'END' am__doit: @echo this is the am__doit target >confinc.out .PHONY: am__doit END am__include="#" am__quote= # BSD make does it like this. echo '.include "confinc.mk" # ignored' > confmf.BSD # Other make implementations (GNU, Solaris 10, AIX) do it like this. echo 'include confinc.mk # ignored' > confmf.GNU _am_result=no for s in GNU BSD; do { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: ${MAKE-make} -f confmf.$s && cat confinc.out" >&5 (${MAKE-make} -f confmf.$s && cat confinc.out) >&5 2>&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); } case $?:`cat confinc.out 2>/dev/null` in #( '0:this is the am__doit target') : case $s in #( BSD) : am__include='.include' am__quote='"' ;; #( *) : am__include='include' am__quote='' ;; esac ;; #( *) : ;; esac if test "$am__include" != "#"; then _am_result="yes ($s style)" break fi done rm -f confinc.* confmf.* { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ${_am_result}" >&5 $as_echo "${_am_result}" >&6; } # Check whether --enable-dependency-tracking was given. if test "${enable_dependency_tracking+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_dependency_tracking; fi if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp" AMDEPBACKSLASH='\' am__nodep='_no' fi if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then AMDEP_TRUE= AMDEP_FALSE='#' else AMDEP_TRUE='#' AMDEP_FALSE= fi ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC if test -n "$CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 $as_echo "$CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then ac_ct_CC=$CC # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then CC="" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac CC=$ac_ct_CC fi else CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" fi if test -z "$CC"; then if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC if test -n "$CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 $as_echo "$CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi fi if test -z "$CC"; then # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy cc; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else ac_prog_rejected=no as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then ac_prog_rejected=yes continue fi ac_cv_prog_CC="cc" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it. set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC shift if test $# != 0; then # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one. # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name. shift ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@" fi fi fi fi CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC if test -n "$CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 $as_echo "$CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$CC"; then if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then for ac_prog in cl.exe do # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC if test -n "$CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 $as_echo "$CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$CC" && break done fi if test -z "$CC"; then ac_ct_CC=$CC for ac_prog in cl.exe do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break done if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then CC="" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac CC=$ac_ct_CC fi fi fi test -z "$CC" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } # Provide some information about the compiler. $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler version" >&5 set X $ac_compile ac_compiler=$2 for ac_option in --version -v -V -qversion; do { { ac_try="$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5") 2>conftest.err ac_status=$? if test -s conftest.err; then sed '10a\ ... rest of stderr output deleted ... 10q' conftest.err >conftest.er1 cat conftest.er1 >&5 fi rm -f conftest.er1 conftest.err $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } done cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe b.out" # Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out. # It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition # of exeext. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler works... " >&6; } ac_link_default=`$as_echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'` # The possible output files: ac_files="a.out conftest.exe conftest a.exe a_out.exe b.out conftest.*" ac_rmfiles= for ac_file in $ac_files do case $ac_file in *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;; * ) ac_rmfiles="$ac_rmfiles $ac_file";; esac done rm -f $ac_rmfiles if { { ac_try="$ac_link_default" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_link_default") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then : # Autoconf-2.13 could set the ac_cv_exeext variable to `no'. # So ignore a value of `no', otherwise this would lead to `EXEEXT = no' # in a Makefile. We should not override ac_cv_exeext if it was cached, # so that the user can short-circuit this test for compilers unknown to # Autoconf. for ac_file in $ac_files '' do test -f "$ac_file" || continue case $ac_file in *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;; [ab].out ) # We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most # certainly right. break;; *.* ) if test "${ac_cv_exeext+set}" = set && test "$ac_cv_exeext" != no; then :; else ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'` fi # We set ac_cv_exeext here because the later test for it is not # safe: cross compilers may not add the suffix if given an `-o' # argument, so we may need to know it at that point already. # Even if this section looks crufty: it has the advantage of # actually working. break;; * ) break;; esac done test "$ac_cv_exeext" = no && ac_cv_exeext= else ac_file='' fi if test -z "$ac_file"; then : { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error 77 "C compiler cannot create executables See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for C compiler default output file name... " >&6; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_file" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_file" >&6; } ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext rm -f -r a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of executables" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for suffix of executables... " >&6; } if { { ac_try="$ac_link" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then : # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable) # catch `conftest.exe'. For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will # work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with # `rm'. for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do test -f "$ac_file" || continue case $ac_file in *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;; *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'` break;; * ) break;; esac done else { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } fi rm -f conftest conftest$ac_cv_exeext { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_exeext" >&6; } rm -f conftest.$ac_ext EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext ac_exeext=$EXEEXT cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include int main () { FILE *f = fopen ("conftest.out", "w"); return ferror (f) || fclose (f) != 0; ; return 0; } _ACEOF ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files conftest.out" # Check that the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either # the compiler is broken, or we cross compile. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether we are cross compiling... " >&6; } if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then { { ac_try="$ac_link" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } if { ac_try='./conftest$ac_cv_exeext' { { case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then cross_compiling=no else if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then cross_compiling=yes else { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "cannot run C compiled programs. If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'. See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } fi fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $cross_compiling" >&5 $as_echo "$cross_compiling" >&6; } rm -f conftest.$ac_ext conftest$ac_cv_exeext conftest.out ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of object files" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for suffix of object files... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_objext+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj if { { ac_try="$ac_compile" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_compile") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then : for ac_file in conftest.o conftest.obj conftest.*; do test -f "$ac_file" || continue; case $ac_file in *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM ) ;; *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'` break;; esac done else $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } fi rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_objext" >&6; } OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext ac_objext=$OBJEXT { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { #ifndef __GNUC__ choke me #endif ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_compiler_gnu=yes else ac_compiler_gnu=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; } if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then GCC=yes else GCC= fi ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set} ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts -g... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag ac_c_werror_flag=yes ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no CFLAGS="-g" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes else CFLAGS="" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : else ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag CFLAGS="-g" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; } if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then if test "$GCC" = yes; then CFLAGS="-g -O2" else CFLAGS="-g" fi else if test "$GCC" = yes; then CFLAGS="-O2" else CFLAGS= fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no ac_save_CC=$CC cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include #include struct stat; /* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh. */ struct buf { int x; }; FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int); static char *e (p, i) char **p; int i; { return p[i]; } static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...) { char *s; va_list v; va_start (v,p); s = g (p, va_arg (v,int)); va_end (v); return s; } /* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default. It has function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants. These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated as 'x'. The following induces an error, until -std is added to get proper ANSI mode. Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an array size at least. It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something that's true only with -std. */ int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1]; /* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters inside strings and character constants. */ #define FOO(x) 'x' int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1]; int test (int i, double x); struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);}; struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);}; int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int); int argc; char **argv; int main () { return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0] || f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1]; ; return 0; } _ACEOF for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \ -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__" do CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg" if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break done rm -f conftest.$ac_ext CC=$ac_save_CC fi # AC_CACHE_VAL case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in x) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none needed" >&5 $as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;; xno) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: unsupported" >&5 $as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;; *) CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;; esac if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != xno; then : fi ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC understands -c and -o together" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether $CC understands -c and -o together... " >&6; } if ${am_cv_prog_cc_c_o+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF # Make sure it works both with $CC and with simple cc. # Following AC_PROG_CC_C_O, we do the test twice because some # compilers refuse to overwrite an existing .o file with -o, # though they will create one. am_cv_prog_cc_c_o=yes for am_i in 1 2; do if { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $CC -c conftest.$ac_ext -o conftest2.$ac_objext" >&5 ($CC -c conftest.$ac_ext -o conftest2.$ac_objext) >&5 2>&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); } \ && test -f conftest2.$ac_objext; then : OK else am_cv_prog_cc_c_o=no break fi done rm -f core conftest* unset am_i fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $am_cv_prog_cc_c_o" >&5 $as_echo "$am_cv_prog_cc_c_o" >&6; } if test "$am_cv_prog_cc_c_o" != yes; then # Losing compiler, so override with the script. # FIXME: It is wrong to rewrite CC. # But if we don't then we get into trouble of one sort or another. # A longer-term fix would be to have automake use am__CC in this case, # and then we could set am__CC="\$(top_srcdir)/compile \$(CC)" CC="$am_aux_dir/compile $CC" fi ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list= { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking dependency style of $depcc" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking dependency style of $depcc... " >&6; } if ${am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then # We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up # making a dummy file named 'D' -- because '-MD' means "put the output # in D". rm -rf conftest.dir mkdir conftest.dir # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're # using a relative directory. cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir cd conftest.dir # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes. For instance # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object # directory. mkdir sub am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then am_compiler_list=`sed -n 's/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p' < ./depcomp` fi am__universal=false case " $depcc " in #( *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;; esac for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. # # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines. # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler. : > sub/conftest.c for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c # Using ": > sub/conftst$i.h" creates only sub/conftst1.h with # Solaris 10 /bin/sh. echo '/* dummy */' > sub/conftst$i.h done echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf # We check with '-c' and '-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout" # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly # handle '-M -o', and we need to detect this. Also, some Intel # versions had trouble with output in subdirs. am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj" case $depmode in gcc) # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode. test "$am__universal" = false || continue ;; nosideeffect) # After this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll # only be used when explicitly requested. if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then continue else break fi ;; msvc7 | msvc7msys | msvisualcpp | msvcmsys) # This compiler won't grok '-c -o', but also, the minuso test has # not run yet. These depmodes are late enough in the game, and # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted. am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o} am__minus_obj= ;; none) break ;; esac if depmode=$depmode \ source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \ depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \ $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \ >/dev/null 2>conftest.err && grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings # or remarks (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message # that says an option was ignored or not supported. # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly: # icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0: # icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err || grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode break fi fi done cd .. rm -rf conftest.dir else am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&5 $as_echo "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&6; } CCDEPMODE=depmode=$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \ && test "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3; then am__fastdepCC_TRUE= am__fastdepCC_FALSE='#' else am__fastdepCC_TRUE='#' am__fastdepCC_FALSE= fi ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "inotify_init" "ac_cv_func_inotify_init" if test "x$ac_cv_func_inotify_init" = xyes; then : if true; then HAVE_INOTIFY_TRUE= HAVE_INOTIFY_FALSE='#' else HAVE_INOTIFY_TRUE='#' HAVE_INOTIFY_FALSE= fi else if false; then HAVE_INOTIFY_TRUE= HAVE_INOTIFY_FALSE='#' else HAVE_INOTIFY_TRUE='#' HAVE_INOTIFY_FALSE= fi fi # Extract the first word of "rsync", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy rsync; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_RSYNC+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case $RSYNC in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ac_cv_path_RSYNC="$RSYNC" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_path_RSYNC="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$ac_cv_path_RSYNC" && ac_cv_path_RSYNC="rsync" ;; esac fi RSYNC=$ac_cv_path_RSYNC if test -n "$RSYNC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $RSYNC" >&5 $as_echo "$RSYNC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi # Extract the first word of "hut", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy hut; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_HUT+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case $HUT in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ac_cv_path_HUT="$HUT" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_path_HUT="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$ac_cv_path_HUT" && ac_cv_path_HUT="hut" ;; esac fi HUT=$ac_cv_path_HUT if test -n "$HUT"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $HUT" >&5 $as_echo "$HUT" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi # Extract the first word of "tar", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy tar; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_TAR+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case $TAR in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ac_cv_path_TAR="$TAR" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_path_TAR="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$ac_cv_path_TAR" && ac_cv_path_TAR="tar" ;; esac fi TAR=$ac_cv_path_TAR if test -n "$TAR"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $TAR" >&5 $as_echo "$TAR" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF # This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure # tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure # scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache. # It is not useful on other systems. If it contains results you don't # want to keep, you may remove or edit it. # # config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it # the --recheck option to rerun configure. # # `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when # loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the # following values. _ACEOF # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, # but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient. # So, we kill variables containing newlines. # Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly, # and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars. ( for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'`; do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var case $ac_val in #( *${as_nl}*) case $ac_var in #( *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;; esac case $ac_var in #( _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #( BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #( *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;; esac ;; esac done (set) 2>&1 | case $as_nl`(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in #( *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *) # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes: double-quote # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \. sed -n \ "s/'/'\\\\''/g; s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p" ;; #( *) # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes. sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p" ;; esac | sort ) | sed ' /^ac_cv_env_/b end t clear :clear s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/ t end s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/ :end' >>confcache if diff "$cache_file" confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else if test -w "$cache_file"; then if test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: updating cache $cache_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: updating cache $cache_file" >&6;} if test ! -f "$cache_file" || test -h "$cache_file"; then cat confcache >"$cache_file" else case $cache_file in #( */* | ?:*) mv -f confcache "$cache_file"$$ && mv -f "$cache_file"$$ "$cache_file" ;; #( *) mv -f confcache "$cache_file" ;; esac fi fi else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&6;} fi fi rm -f confcache test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix # Let make expand exec_prefix. test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}' # Transform confdefs.h into DEFS. # Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules. # Protect against Makefile macro expansion. # # If the first sed substitution is executed (which looks for macros that # take arguments), then branch to the quote section. Otherwise, # look for a macro that doesn't take arguments. ac_script=' :mline /\\$/{ N s,\\\n,, b mline } t clear :clear s/^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*\([^ (][^ (]*([^)]*)\)[ ]*\(.*\)/-D\1=\2/g t quote s/^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*\([^ ][^ ]*\)[ ]*\(.*\)/-D\1=\2/g t quote b any :quote s/[ `~#$^&*(){}\\|;'\''"<>?]/\\&/g s/\[/\\&/g s/\]/\\&/g s/\$/$$/g H :any ${ g s/^\n// s/\n/ /g p } ' DEFS=`sed -n "$ac_script" confdefs.h` ac_libobjs= ac_ltlibobjs= U= for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed. ac_script='s/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//' ac_i=`$as_echo "$ac_i" | sed "$ac_script"` # 2. Prepend LIBOBJDIR. When used with automake>=1.10 LIBOBJDIR # will be set to the directory where LIBOBJS objects are built. as_fn_append ac_libobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i\$U.$ac_objext" as_fn_append ac_ltlibobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i"'$U.lo' done LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking that generated files are newer than configure" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking that generated files are newer than configure... " >&6; } if test -n "$am_sleep_pid"; then # Hide warnings about reused PIDs. wait $am_sleep_pid 2>/dev/null fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: done" >&5 $as_echo "done" >&6; } if test -n "$EXEEXT"; then am__EXEEXT_TRUE= am__EXEEXT_FALSE='#' else am__EXEEXT_TRUE='#' am__EXEEXT_FALSE= fi if test -z "${HAVE_GUILE_READER_TRUE}" && test -z "${HAVE_GUILE_READER_FALSE}"; then as_fn_error $? "conditional \"HAVE_GUILE_READER\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 fi if test -z "${HAVE_GUILE_COMMONMARK_TRUE}" && test -z "${HAVE_GUILE_COMMONMARK_FALSE}"; then as_fn_error $? "conditional \"HAVE_GUILE_COMMONMARK\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 fi if test -z "${AMDEP_TRUE}" && test -z "${AMDEP_FALSE}"; then as_fn_error $? "conditional \"AMDEP\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 fi if test -z "${am__fastdepCC_TRUE}" && test -z "${am__fastdepCC_FALSE}"; then as_fn_error $? "conditional \"am__fastdepCC\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 fi if test -z "${HAVE_INOTIFY_TRUE}" && test -z "${HAVE_INOTIFY_FALSE}"; then as_fn_error $? "conditional \"HAVE_INOTIFY\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 fi if test -z "${HAVE_INOTIFY_TRUE}" && test -z "${HAVE_INOTIFY_FALSE}"; then as_fn_error $? "conditional \"HAVE_INOTIFY\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 fi : "${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}" ac_write_fail=0 ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;} as_write_fail=0 cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1 #! $SHELL # Generated by $as_me. # Run this file to recreate the current configuration. # Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging # configure, is in config.log if it exists. debug=false ac_cs_recheck=false ac_cs_silent=false SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL} export SHELL _ASEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1 ## -------------------- ## ## M4sh Initialization. ## ## -------------------- ## # Be more Bourne compatible DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then : emulate sh NULLCMD=: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST else case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #( *posix*) : set -o posix ;; #( *) : ;; esac fi as_nl=' ' export as_nl # Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf. as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo # Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris, # but without wasting forks for bash or zsh. if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \ && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then as_echo='print -r --' as_echo_n='print -rn --' elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then as_echo='printf %s\n' as_echo_n='printf %s' else if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"' as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n' else as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"' as_echo_n_body='eval arg=$1; case $arg in #( *"$as_nl"*) expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl"; arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;; esac; expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl" ' export as_echo_n_body as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo' fi export as_echo_body as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo' fi # The user is always right. if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then PATH_SEPARATOR=: (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && { (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 || PATH_SEPARATOR=';' } fi # IFS # We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is # there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab. # (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word # splitting by setting IFS to empty value.) IFS=" "" $as_nl" # Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no directory separator. as_myself= case $0 in #(( *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' # in which case we are not to be found in the path. if test "x$as_myself" = x; then as_myself=$0 fi if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2 exit 1 fi # Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in # pre-3.0 UWIN ksh). But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1" # suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there. '((' could # trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14. for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \ && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || : done PS1='$ ' PS2='> ' PS4='+ ' # NLS nuisances. LC_ALL=C export LC_ALL LANGUAGE=C export LANGUAGE # CDPATH. (unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH # as_fn_error STATUS ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD] # ---------------------------------------- # Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are # provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the # script with STATUS, using 1 if that was 0. as_fn_error () { as_status=$1; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1 if test "$4"; then as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$3"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $2" >&$4 fi $as_echo "$as_me: error: $2" >&2 as_fn_exit $as_status } # as_fn_error # as_fn_set_status STATUS # ----------------------- # Set $? to STATUS, without forking. as_fn_set_status () { return $1 } # as_fn_set_status # as_fn_exit STATUS # ----------------- # Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context. as_fn_exit () { set +e as_fn_set_status $1 exit $1 } # as_fn_exit # as_fn_unset VAR # --------------- # Portably unset VAR. as_fn_unset () { { eval $1=; unset $1;} } as_unset=as_fn_unset # as_fn_append VAR VALUE # ---------------------- # Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take # advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over # repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive # implementations. if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then : eval 'as_fn_append () { eval $1+=\$2 }' else as_fn_append () { eval $1=\$$1\$2 } fi # as_fn_append # as_fn_arith ARG... # ------------------ # Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the # global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments # must be portable across $(()) and expr. if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then : eval 'as_fn_arith () { as_val=$(( $* )) }' else as_fn_arith () { as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1` } fi # as_fn_arith if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then as_expr=expr else as_expr=false fi if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then as_basename=basename else as_basename=false fi if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_dirname=dirname else as_dirname=false fi as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" || $as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X/"$0" | sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` # Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS as_cr_digits='0123456789' as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T= case `echo -n x` in #((((( -n*) case `echo 'xy\c'` in *c*) ECHO_T=' ';; # ECHO_T is single tab character. xy) ECHO_C='\c';; *) echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null ECHO_T=' ';; esac;; *) ECHO_N='-n';; esac rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file if test -d conf$$.dir; then rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file else rm -f conf$$.dir mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null fi if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then as_ln_s='ln -s' # ... but there are two gotchas: # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail. # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable. # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -pR'. ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe || as_ln_s='cp -pR' elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then as_ln_s=ln else as_ln_s='cp -pR' fi else as_ln_s='cp -pR' fi rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null # as_fn_mkdir_p # ------------- # Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary. as_fn_mkdir_p () { case $as_dir in #( -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;; esac test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || { as_dirs= while :; do case $as_dir in #( *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'( *) as_qdir=$as_dir;; esac as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs" as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" || $as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$as_dir" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` test -d "$as_dir" && break done test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs" } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error $? "cannot create directory $as_dir" } # as_fn_mkdir_p if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"' else test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p as_mkdir_p=false fi # as_fn_executable_p FILE # ----------------------- # Test if FILE is an executable regular file. as_fn_executable_p () { test -f "$1" && test -x "$1" } # as_fn_executable_p as_test_x='test -x' as_executable_p=as_fn_executable_p # Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" # Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" exec 6>&1 ## ----------------------------------- ## ## Main body of $CONFIG_STATUS script. ## ## ----------------------------------- ## _ASEOF test $as_write_fail = 0 && chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1 cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # Save the log message, to keep $0 and so on meaningful, and to # report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their # values after options handling. ac_log=" This file was extended by Haunt $as_me 0.3.0, which was generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69. Invocation command line was CONFIG_FILES = $CONFIG_FILES CONFIG_HEADERS = $CONFIG_HEADERS CONFIG_LINKS = $CONFIG_LINKS CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS $ $0 $@ on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` " _ACEOF case $ac_config_files in *" "*) set x $ac_config_files; shift; ac_config_files=$*;; esac cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # Files that config.status was made for. config_files="$ac_config_files" config_commands="$ac_config_commands" _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 ac_cs_usage="\ \`$as_me' instantiates files and other configuration actions from templates according to the current configuration. Unless the files and actions are specified as TAGs, all are instantiated by default. Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [TAG]... -h, --help print this help, then exit -V, --version print version number and configuration settings, then exit --config print configuration, then exit -q, --quiet, --silent do not print progress messages -d, --debug don't remove temporary files --recheck update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE] instantiate the configuration file FILE Configuration files: $config_files Configuration commands: $config_commands Report bugs to the package provider." _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 ac_cs_config="`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`" ac_cs_version="\\ Haunt config.status 0.3.0 configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69, with options \\"\$ac_cs_config\\" Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it." ac_pwd='$ac_pwd' srcdir='$srcdir' INSTALL='$INSTALL' MKDIR_P='$MKDIR_P' AWK='$AWK' test -n "\$AWK" || AWK=awk _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # The default lists apply if the user does not specify any file. ac_need_defaults=: while test $# != 0 do case $1 in --*=?*) ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='` ac_optarg=`expr "X$1" : 'X[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ac_shift=: ;; --*=) ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='` ac_optarg= ac_shift=: ;; *) ac_option=$1 ac_optarg=$2 ac_shift=shift ;; esac case $ac_option in # Handling of the options. -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r) ac_cs_recheck=: ;; --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v | -V ) $as_echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit ;; --config | --confi | --conf | --con | --co | --c ) $as_echo "$ac_cs_config"; exit ;; --debug | --debu | --deb | --de | --d | -d ) debug=: ;; --file | --fil | --fi | --f ) $ac_shift case $ac_optarg in *\'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; '') as_fn_error $? "missing file argument" ;; esac as_fn_append CONFIG_FILES " '$ac_optarg'" ac_need_defaults=false;; --he | --h | --help | --hel | -h ) $as_echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit ;; -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s) ac_cs_silent=: ;; # This is an error. -*) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized option: \`$1' Try \`$0 --help' for more information." ;; *) as_fn_append ac_config_targets " $1" ac_need_defaults=false ;; esac shift done ac_configure_extra_args= if $ac_cs_silent; then exec 6>/dev/null ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent" fi _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 if \$ac_cs_recheck; then set X $SHELL '$0' $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion shift \$as_echo "running CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL \$*" >&6 CONFIG_SHELL='$SHELL' export CONFIG_SHELL exec "\$@" fi _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 exec 5>>config.log { echo sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX ## Running $as_me. ## _ASBOX $as_echo "$ac_log" } >&5 _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # # INIT-COMMANDS # AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" MAKE="${MAKE-make}" _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # Handling of arguments. for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets do case $ac_config_target in "Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;; "example/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES example/Makefile" ;; "haunt/config.scm") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES haunt/config.scm" ;; "pre-inst-env") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES pre-inst-env" ;; "test-env") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES test-env" ;; "scripts/haunt") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES scripts/haunt" ;; "depfiles") CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS depfiles" ;; *) as_fn_error $? "invalid argument: \`$ac_config_target'" "$LINENO" 5;; esac done # If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate, # then the envvar interface is used. Set only those that are not. # We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely # bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3. if $ac_need_defaults; then test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files test "${CONFIG_COMMANDS+set}" = set || CONFIG_COMMANDS=$config_commands fi # Have a temporary directory for convenience. Make it in the build tree # simply because there is no reason against having it here, and in addition, # creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems. # Hook for its removal unless debugging. # Note that there is a small window in which the directory will not be cleaned: # after its creation but before its name has been assigned to `$tmp'. $debug || { tmp= ac_tmp= trap 'exit_status=$? : "${ac_tmp:=$tmp}" { test ! -d "$ac_tmp" || rm -fr "$ac_tmp"; } && exit $exit_status ' 0 trap 'as_fn_exit 1' 1 2 13 15 } # Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files. { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "./confXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -d "$tmp" } || { tmp=./conf$$-$RANDOM (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp") } || as_fn_error $? "cannot create a temporary directory in ." "$LINENO" 5 ac_tmp=$tmp # Set up the scripts for CONFIG_FILES section. # No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_FILES. # This happens for instance with `./config.status config.h'. if test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"; then ac_cr=`echo X | tr X '\015'` # On cygwin, bash can eat \r inside `` if the user requested igncr. # But we know of no other shell where ac_cr would be empty at this # point, so we can use a bashism as a fallback. if test "x$ac_cr" = x; then eval ac_cr=\$\'\\r\' fi ac_cs_awk_cr=`$AWK 'BEGIN { print "a\rb" }' /dev/null` if test "$ac_cs_awk_cr" = "a${ac_cr}b"; then ac_cs_awk_cr='\\r' else ac_cs_awk_cr=$ac_cr fi echo 'BEGIN {' >"$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" && _ACEOF { echo "cat >conf$$subs.awk <<_ACEOF" && echo "$ac_subst_vars" | sed 's/.*/&!$&$ac_delim/' && echo "_ACEOF" } >conf$$subs.sh || as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 ac_delim_num=`echo "$ac_subst_vars" | grep -c '^'` ac_delim='%!_!# ' for ac_last_try in false false false false false :; do . ./conf$$subs.sh || as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 ac_delim_n=`sed -n "s/.*$ac_delim\$/X/p" conf$$subs.awk | grep -c X` if test $ac_delim_n = $ac_delim_num; then break elif $ac_last_try; then as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 else ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! " fi done rm -f conf$$subs.sh cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 cat >>"\$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" <<\\_ACAWK && _ACEOF sed -n ' h s/^/S["/; s/!.*/"]=/ p g s/^[^!]*!// :repl t repl s/'"$ac_delim"'$// t delim :nl h s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/ t more1 s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\n"\\/ p n b repl :more1 s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/ p g s/.\{148\}// t nl :delim h s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/ t more2 s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/ p b :more2 s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/ p g s/.\{148\}// t delim ' >$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1 rm -f conf$$subs.awk cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 _ACAWK cat >>"\$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" <<_ACAWK && for (key in S) S_is_set[key] = 1 FS = "" } { line = $ 0 nfields = split(line, field, "@") substed = 0 len = length(field[1]) for (i = 2; i < nfields; i++) { key = field[i] keylen = length(key) if (S_is_set[key]) { value = S[key] line = substr(line, 1, len) "" value "" substr(line, len + keylen + 3) len += length(value) + length(field[++i]) substed = 1 } else len += 1 + keylen } print line } _ACAWK _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 if sed "s/$ac_cr//" < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then sed "s/$ac_cr\$//; s/$ac_cr/$ac_cs_awk_cr/g" else cat fi < "$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" > "$ac_tmp/subs.awk" \ || as_fn_error $? "could not setup config files machinery" "$LINENO" 5 _ACEOF # VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove sole $(srcdir), # ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ entries from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and # trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty # (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers). if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=[ ]*/{ h s/// s/^/:/ s/[ ]*$/:/ s/:\$(srcdir):/:/g s/:\${srcdir}:/:/g s/:@srcdir@:/:/g s/^:*// s/:*$// x s/\(=[ ]*\).*/\1/ G s/\n// s/^[^=]*=[ ]*$// }' fi cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES" eval set X " :F $CONFIG_FILES :C $CONFIG_COMMANDS" shift for ac_tag do case $ac_tag in :[FHLC]) ac_mode=$ac_tag; continue;; esac case $ac_mode$ac_tag in :[FHL]*:*);; :L* | :C*:*) as_fn_error $? "invalid tag \`$ac_tag'" "$LINENO" 5;; :[FH]-) ac_tag=-:-;; :[FH]*) ac_tag=$ac_tag:$ac_tag.in;; esac ac_save_IFS=$IFS IFS=: set x $ac_tag IFS=$ac_save_IFS shift ac_file=$1 shift case $ac_mode in :L) ac_source=$1;; :[FH]) ac_file_inputs= for ac_f do case $ac_f in -) ac_f="$ac_tmp/stdin";; *) # Look for the file first in the build tree, then in the source tree # (if the path is not absolute). The absolute path cannot be DOS-style, # because $ac_f cannot contain `:'. test -f "$ac_f" || case $ac_f in [\\/$]*) false;; *) test -f "$srcdir/$ac_f" && ac_f="$srcdir/$ac_f";; esac || as_fn_error 1 "cannot find input file: \`$ac_f'" "$LINENO" 5;; esac case $ac_f in *\'*) ac_f=`$as_echo "$ac_f" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; esac as_fn_append ac_file_inputs " '$ac_f'" done # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read: # /* config.h. Generated by config.status. */ configure_input='Generated from '` $as_echo "$*" | sed 's|^[^:]*/||;s|:[^:]*/|, |g' `' by configure.' if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then configure_input="$ac_file. $configure_input" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $ac_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;} fi # Neutralize special characters interpreted by sed in replacement strings. case $configure_input in #( *\&* | *\|* | *\\* ) ac_sed_conf_input=`$as_echo "$configure_input" | sed 's/[\\\\&|]/\\\\&/g'`;; #( *) ac_sed_conf_input=$configure_input;; esac case $ac_tag in *:-:* | *:-) cat >"$ac_tmp/stdin" \ || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 ;; esac ;; esac ac_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$ac_file" || $as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$ac_file" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` as_dir="$ac_dir"; as_fn_mkdir_p ac_builddir=. case "$ac_dir" in .) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; *) ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'` # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'` case $ac_top_builddir_sub in "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; *) ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;; esac ;; esac ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix # for backward compatibility: ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix case $srcdir in .) # We are building in place. ac_srcdir=. ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;; [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute name. ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; *) # Relative name. ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;; esac ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix case $ac_mode in :F) # # CONFIG_FILE # case $INSTALL in [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_INSTALL=$INSTALL ;; *) ac_INSTALL=$ac_top_build_prefix$INSTALL ;; esac ac_MKDIR_P=$MKDIR_P case $MKDIR_P in [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ;; */*) ac_MKDIR_P=$ac_top_build_prefix$MKDIR_P ;; esac _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # If the template does not know about datarootdir, expand it. # FIXME: This hack should be removed a few years after 2.60. ac_datarootdir_hack=; ac_datarootdir_seen= ac_sed_dataroot=' /datarootdir/ { p q } /@datadir@/p /@docdir@/p /@infodir@/p /@localedir@/p /@mandir@/p' case `eval "sed -n \"\$ac_sed_dataroot\" $ac_file_inputs"` in *datarootdir*) ac_datarootdir_seen=yes;; *@datadir@*|*@docdir@*|*@infodir@*|*@localedir@*|*@mandir@*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&2;} _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 ac_datarootdir_hack=' s&@datadir@&$datadir&g s&@docdir@&$docdir&g s&@infodir@&$infodir&g s&@localedir@&$localedir&g s&@mandir@&$mandir&g s&\\\${datarootdir}&$datarootdir&g' ;; esac _ACEOF # Neutralize VPATH when `$srcdir' = `.'. # Shell code in configure.ac might set extrasub. # FIXME: do we really want to maintain this feature? cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 ac_sed_extra="$ac_vpsub $extrasub _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 :t /@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b s|@configure_input@|$ac_sed_conf_input|;t t s&@top_builddir@&$ac_top_builddir_sub&;t t s&@top_build_prefix@&$ac_top_build_prefix&;t t s&@srcdir@&$ac_srcdir&;t t s&@abs_srcdir@&$ac_abs_srcdir&;t t s&@top_srcdir@&$ac_top_srcdir&;t t s&@abs_top_srcdir@&$ac_abs_top_srcdir&;t t s&@builddir@&$ac_builddir&;t t s&@abs_builddir@&$ac_abs_builddir&;t t s&@abs_top_builddir@&$ac_abs_top_builddir&;t t s&@INSTALL@&$ac_INSTALL&;t t s&@MKDIR_P@&$ac_MKDIR_P&;t t $ac_datarootdir_hack " eval sed \"\$ac_sed_extra\" "$ac_file_inputs" | $AWK -f "$ac_tmp/subs.awk" \ >$ac_tmp/out || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 test -z "$ac_datarootdir_hack$ac_datarootdir_seen" && { ac_out=`sed -n '/\${datarootdir}/p' "$ac_tmp/out"`; test -n "$ac_out"; } && { ac_out=`sed -n '/^[ ]*datarootdir[ ]*:*=/p' \ "$ac_tmp/out"`; test -z "$ac_out"; } && { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir' which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir' which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined" >&2;} rm -f "$ac_tmp/stdin" case $ac_file in -) cat "$ac_tmp/out" && rm -f "$ac_tmp/out";; *) rm -f "$ac_file" && mv "$ac_tmp/out" "$ac_file";; esac \ || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 ;; :C) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: executing $ac_file commands" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: executing $ac_file commands" >&6;} ;; esac case $ac_file$ac_mode in "pre-inst-env":F) chmod +x pre-inst-env ;; "test-env":F) chmod +x test-env ;; "scripts/haunt":F) chmod +x scripts/haunt ;; "depfiles":C) test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || { # Older Autoconf quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files # are listed without --file. Let's play safe and only enable the eval # if we detect the quoting. # TODO: see whether this extra hack can be removed once we start # requiring Autoconf 2.70 or later. case $CONFIG_FILES in #( *\'*) : eval set x "$CONFIG_FILES" ;; #( *) : set x $CONFIG_FILES ;; #( *) : ;; esac shift # Used to flag and report bootstrapping failures. am_rc=0 for am_mf do # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file. am_mf=`$as_echo "$am_mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'` # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile which includes # dependency-tracking related rules and includes. # Grep'ing the whole file directly is not great: AIX grep has a line # limit of 2048, but all sed's we know have understand at least 4000. sed -n 's,^am--depfiles:.*,X,p' "$am_mf" | grep X >/dev/null 2>&1 \ || continue am_dirpart=`$as_dirname -- "$am_mf" || $as_expr X"$am_mf" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$am_mf" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$am_mf" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$am_mf" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$am_mf" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` am_filepart=`$as_basename -- "$am_mf" || $as_expr X/"$am_mf" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ X"$am_mf" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$am_mf" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X/"$am_mf" | sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: cd "$am_dirpart" \ && sed -e '/# am--include-marker/d' "$am_filepart" \ | $MAKE -f - am--depfiles" >&5 (cd "$am_dirpart" \ && sed -e '/# am--include-marker/d' "$am_filepart" \ | $MAKE -f - am--depfiles) >&5 2>&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); } || am_rc=$? done if test $am_rc -ne 0; then { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "Something went wrong bootstrapping makefile fragments for automatic dependency tracking. If GNU make was not used, consider re-running the configure script with MAKE=\"gmake\" (or whatever is necessary). You can also try re-running configure with the '--disable-dependency-tracking' option to at least be able to build the package (albeit without support for automatic dependency tracking). See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } fi { am_dirpart=; unset am_dirpart;} { am_filepart=; unset am_filepart;} { am_mf=; unset am_mf;} { am_rc=; unset am_rc;} rm -f conftest-deps.mk } ;; esac done # for ac_tag as_fn_exit 0 _ACEOF ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save test $ac_write_fail = 0 || as_fn_error $? "write failure creating $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 # configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status. # config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log. # Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open # by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its # output is simply discarded. So we exec the FD to /dev/null, # effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and # appended to by config.status. When coming back to configure, we # need to make the FD available again. if test "$no_create" != yes; then ac_cs_success=: ac_config_status_args= test "$silent" = yes && ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet" exec 5>/dev/null $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false exec 5>>config.log # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction. $ac_cs_success || as_fn_exit 1 fi if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts" && test "$enable_option_checking" != no; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2;} fi haunt-0.3.0/guix.scm0000644000175000017500000000421514524023030014124 0ustar frankiefrankie;;; Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ;;; Copyright © 2015 David Thompson ;;; ;;; This file is part of Haunt. ;;; ;;; Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Haunt. If not, see . ;;; Commentary: ;; ;; GNU Guix development package. To build and install, run: ;; ;; guix package -f guix.scm ;; ;; To use as the basis for a development environment, run: ;; ;; guix shell ;; ;;; Code: (use-modules (guix packages) (guix licenses) (guix git) (guix build-system gnu) (gnu packages) (gnu packages autotools) (gnu packages base) (gnu packages guile) (gnu packages guile-xyz) (gnu packages pkg-config) (gnu packages rsync) (gnu packages texinfo) (gnu packages version-control)) (package (name "haunt") (version "0.2.6") (source (git-checkout (url (dirname (current-filename))))) (build-system gnu-build-system) (arguments '(#:phases (modify-phases %standard-phases (add-after 'unpack 'bootstrap (lambda _ (zero? (system* "sh" "bootstrap"))))))) (native-inputs (list autoconf automake pkg-config texinfo)) (inputs (list guile-3.0 hut rsync tar)) (propagated-inputs (list guile-commonmark guile-reader)) (synopsis "Functional static site generator") (description "Haunt is a static site generator written in Guile Scheme. Haunt features a functional build system and an extensible interface for reading articles in any format.") (home-page "http://haunt.dthompson.us") (license gpl3+)) haunt-0.3.0/Makefile.am0000644000175000017500000000673014543277565014535 0ustar frankiefrankie## Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ## Copyright © 2015 David Thompson ## Copyright © 2015 Mathieu Lirzin ## Copyright © 2016 Erik Edrosa ## ## This file is part of Haunt. ## ## Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ## under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ## the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ## (at your option) any later version. ## ## Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ## WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ## General Public License for more details. ## ## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ## along with Haunt. If not, see . GOBJECTS = $(SOURCES:%.scm=%.go) nobase_mod_DATA = $(SOURCES) $(NOCOMP_SOURCES) nobase_go_DATA = $(GOBJECTS) # Make sure source files are installed first, so that the mtime of # installed compiled files is greater than that of installed source # files. See # # for details. guile_install_go_files = install-nobase_goDATA $(guile_install_go_files): install-nobase_modDATA EXTRA_DIST = $(SOURCES) $(NOCOMP_SOURCES) GUILE_WARNINGS = -Wunbound-variable -Warity-mismatch -Wformat SUFFIXES = .scm .go .scm.go: $(AM_V_GEN)$(top_builddir)/pre-inst-env $(GUILE_TOOLS) compile $(GUILE_WARNINGS) -o "$@" "$<" moddir=$(prefix)/share/guile/site/$(GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION) godir=$(libdir)/guile/$(GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION)/site-ccache bin_SCRIPTS = \ scripts/haunt SOURCES = \ haunt/config.scm \ haunt/utils.scm \ haunt/post.scm \ haunt/page.scm \ haunt/asset.scm \ haunt/artifact.scm \ haunt/reader.scm \ haunt/publisher.scm \ haunt/site.scm \ haunt/html.scm \ haunt/builder/assets.scm \ haunt/builder/atom.scm \ haunt/builder/blog.scm \ haunt/builder/rss.scm \ haunt/builder/redirects.scm \ haunt/builder/flat-pages.scm \ haunt/reader/texinfo.scm \ haunt/publisher/rsync.scm \ haunt/publisher/sourcehut.scm \ haunt/watch/fallback.scm \ haunt/ui.scm \ haunt/ui/build.scm \ haunt/ui/publish.scm \ haunt/ui/serve.scm \ haunt/serve/mime-types.scm \ haunt/serve/web-server.scm if HAVE_GUILE_READER SOURCES += \ haunt/skribe.scm \ haunt/skribe/utils.scm \ haunt/reader/skribe.scm endif if HAVE_GUILE_COMMONMARK SOURCES += \ haunt/reader/commonmark.scm endif if HAVE_INOTIFY SOURCES += \ haunt/inotify.scm \ haunt/watch/linux.scm endif TESTS = \ tests/helper.scm \ tests/post.scm \ tests/utils.scm TEST_EXTENSIONS = .scm SCM_LOG_COMPILER = $(top_builddir)/test-env $(GUILE) AM_SCM_LOG_FLAGS = --no-auto-compile -L "$(top_srcdir)" info_TEXINFOS = doc/haunt.texi doc_haunt_TEXINFOS = doc/fdl-1.3.texi AM_MAKEINFOHTMLFLAGS = \ --css-ref=https://dthompson.us/css/dthompson.css \ --css-include=doc/manual.css dvi: # Don't build dvi docs EXTRA_DIST += \ pre-inst-env.in \ README \ guix.scm \ $(TESTS) SUBDIRS = \ example CLEANFILES = \ $(GOBJECTS) \ $(TESTS:tests/%.scm=%.log) publish: distcheck gpg --sign --detach-sign --armor --yes haunt-$(VERSION).tar.gz && \ scp haunt-$(VERSION).tar.gz haunt-$(VERSION).tar.gz.asc \ publish@dthompson.us:/var/www/files/haunt/ haunt-0.3.0/scripts/0000755000175000017500000000000014564660362014154 5ustar frankiefrankiehaunt-0.3.0/scripts/haunt.in0000755000175000017500000000235514343462711015624 0ustar frankiefrankie#!@GUILE@ --no-auto-compile -*- scheme -*- !# ;;; Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ;;; Copyright © 2015 David Thompson ;;; ;;; This file is part of Haunt. ;;; ;;; Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Haunt. If not, see . (define-syntax-rule (push! elt v) (set! v (cons elt v))) ;; Automatically add Haunt modules to Guile's load path so that users ;; aren't wondering why Haunt isn't working when the modules aren't ;; installed to Guile's default module locations. (unless (getenv "HAUNT_UNINSTALLED") (push! "@guilemoduledir@" %load-path) (push! "@guileobjectdir@" %load-compiled-path)) (use-modules (haunt ui)) (apply haunt-main (command-line)) haunt-0.3.0/README0000644000175000017500000000423114540366647013350 0ustar frankiefrankie-*- mode: org -*- Haunt is a static site generator written in Guile Scheme. It's simple, functional, and extensible. * Features - Easy blog and Atom/RSS feed generation - Supports any markup language that can be parsed to SXML - Simple development server - Purely functional build process - User extensible * Example Configuration #+BEGIN_SRC scheme (use-modules (haunt site) (haunt reader) (haunt builder blog) (haunt builder atom) (haunt builder assets)) (site #:title "Built with Guile" #:domain "example.com" #:default-metadata '((author . "Eva Luator") (email . "eva@example.com")) #:readers (list sxml-reader html-reader) #:builders (list (blog) (atom-feed) (atom-feeds-by-tag) (static-directory "images")) #+END_SRC * Usage Write a configuration file named =haunt.scm=. Add your posts to a directory named =posts=. Then run =haunt build=! To view your creation, run =haunt serve= and browse to =localhost:8080=. For quicker development cycles, run =haunt serve --watch= to automatically rebuild the site when things change. * Requirements - GNU Guile >= 2.0.11 Optional: - guile-reader (for Skribe support) - guile-commonmark (for CommonMark support) * Building from Git Haunt uses the familiar GNU build system. GNU automake, autoconf, and make are required to build from a git checkout. #+BEGIN_SRC sh ./bootstrap && ./configure && make #+END_SRC Once Haunt is built, it can be run directly from the source tree (no need to run =make install=) via the =pre-inst-env= script: #+BEGIN_SRC sh ./pre-inst-env haunt --help #+END_SRC GNU Guix users can quickly create a build environment with all of the necessary dependencies using the handy =guix environment= tool: #+BEGIN_SRC sh guix environment -l guix.scm #+END_SRC * Example An example Haunt site can be found in the =example= directory. To build it, run: #+BEGIN_SRC sh cd example ../pre-inst-env haunt build #+END_SRC * License GNU GPLv3 or later. See =COPYING= for the full license text. haunt-0.3.0/tests/0000755000175000017500000000000014564660362013627 5ustar frankiefrankiehaunt-0.3.0/tests/helper.scm0000644000175000017500000000176714343462711015616 0ustar frankiefrankie;;; Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ;;; Copyright © 2022 David Thompson ;;; ;;; This file is part of Haunt. ;;; ;;; Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Haunt. If not, see . (define-module (tests helper) #:use-module (srfi srfi-64) #:export (with-tests)) (define-syntax-rule (with-tests name body ...) (begin (test-begin name) body ... (exit (zero? (test-runner-fail-count (test-end)))))) haunt-0.3.0/tests/utils.scm0000644000175000017500000000467214343462711015475 0ustar frankiefrankie;;; Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ;;; Copyright © 2015, 2022 David Thompson ;;; ;;; This file is part of Haunt. ;;; ;;; Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Haunt. If not, see . (define-module (test-utils) #:use-module (haunt utils) #:use-module (srfi srfi-19) #:use-module (srfi srfi-64) #:use-module (tests helper)) (with-tests "utils" (test-equal "flatten, all" '(1 2 3 4 5 6) (flatten '(1 (2 3 (4) (5 (6)))))) (test-equal "flatten, limited depth" '(1 2 3 4 5 (6)) (flatten '(1 (2 3 (4) (5 (6)))) 2)) (test-equal "flat-map" '(5 7 9) (flat-map (compose list +) '(1 2 3) '(4 5 6))) (test-equal "string-split-at, no match" '("foo") (string-split-at "foo" #\z)) (test-equal "string-split-at, match" '("foo" "bar") (string-split-at "foo/bar" #\/)) (test-equal "file-name-components, empty string" '() (file-name-components "")) (test-equal "file-name-components, root directory" '("") (file-name-components "/")) (test-equal "file-name-components, full file name" '("share" "haunt") (file-name-components "/share/haunt")) (test-equal "join-file-name-components" "share/haunt/info/haunt.info" (join-file-name-components '("share" "haunt" "info" "haunt.info"))) (test-equal "absolute-file-name, already absolute" "/share/haunt" (absolute-file-name "/share/haunt")) (test-equal "absolute-file-name, relative file name" (string-append (getcwd) "/share/haunt") (absolute-file-name "share/haunt")) (test-equal "take-up-to, less than n elements" '(1 2 3) (take-up-to 4 '(1 2 3))) (test-equal "take-up-to, more than n elements" '(1 2) (take-up-to 2 '(1 2 3))) (test-equal "string->date*" (make-date 0 0 15 06 05 09 2015 (date-zone-offset (string->date "2015-09-05" "~Y~m~d"))) (string->date* "2015-09-05 06:15"))) haunt-0.3.0/tests/post.scm0000644000175000017500000000725514523447466015334 0ustar frankiefrankie;;; Haunt --- Static site generator for GNU Guile ;;; Copyright © 2015, 2022 David Thompson ;;; ;;; This file is part of Haunt. ;;; ;;; Haunt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it ;;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or ;;; (at your option) any later version. ;;; ;;; Haunt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but ;;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ;;; General Public License for more details. ;;; ;;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;;; along with Haunt. If not, see . (define-module (test-post) #:use-module (haunt post) #:use-module (srfi srfi-19) #:use-module (srfi srfi-64) #:use-module (tests helper)) (define (make-date* year month day) (make-date 0 0 0 0 day month year 0)) (define %tzoffset (date-zone-offset (string->date "2015-09-05" "~Y~m~d"))) (with-tests "post" (test-equal "post-ref" '(hello test) (post-ref (make-post "foo.skr" '((tags hello test)) '()) 'tags)) (test-equal "post-slug" "hello-world" (post-slug (make-post "foo.skr" '((title . "Hello, world!")) '()))) (test-equal "post-date, no date metadata" %default-date (post-date (make-post "foo.skr" '() '()))) (let ((date (make-date* 2015 10 15))) (test-equal "post-date, date metadata" date (post-date (make-post "foo.skr" `((date . ,date)) '())))) (let ((oldest (make-post "foo.skr" `((date . ,(make-date* 2015 10 13))) '())) (newest (make-post "bar.skr" `((date . ,(make-date* 2015 10 15))) '())) (middle (make-post "baz.skr" `((date . ,(make-date* 2015 10 14))) '()))) (test-equal "posts/reverse-chronological" (list newest middle oldest) (posts/reverse-chronological (list oldest newest middle)))) (let ((example-post (make-post "foo.skr" '((author . "Eva Luator") (tags "foo" "bar" "baz") (title . "Hello, world!")) '()))) (test-equal "post-author, author metadata" "Eva Luator" (post-author example-post)) (test-equal "post-tags, tags metadata" '("foo" "bar" "baz") (post-tags example-post)) (test-equal "post-title, title metadata" "Hello, world!" (post-title example-post))) (let ((no-metadata-post (make-post "foo.skr" '() '()))) (test-equal "post-author, no metadata" #f (post-author no-metadata-post)) (test-equal "post-tags, no metadata" '() (post-tags no-metadata-post)) (test-equal "post-title, no metadata" #f (post-title no-metadata-post))) (let ((foo-post (make-post "foo.skr" '((tags "foo")) '())) (another-foo-post (make-post "another-foo.skr" '((tags "foo")) '())) (bar-post (make-post "bar.skr" '((tags "bar")) '()))) (test-equal "posts/group-by-tag" `(("foo" ,foo-post ,another-foo-post) ("bar" ,bar-post)) (posts/group-by-tag (list another-foo-post foo-post bar-post)))) (test-equal "parse-metadata, tags" '("foo" "bar" "baz") (parse-metadata 'tags "foo, bar, baz")) (test-equal "parse-metadata, date" (make-date 0 0 30 22 15 10 2015 %tzoffset) (parse-metadata 'date "2015-10-15 22:30")) (test-equal "read-metadata-headers" `((tags "foo" "bar" "baz") (date . ,(make-date 0 0 30 22 15 10 2015 %tzoffset)) (title . "Hello, World!")) (call-with-input-string "title: Hello, World! date: 2015-10-15 22:30 tags: foo, bar, baz --- " read-metadata-headers)) )